You are on page 1of 597

2016-2020 全国各地高考英语真题汇编

公众号“一个高中僧”整理

2020 年 8 月
目录

2016 普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(新课标 I) ....................................................................3

2016 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国二) .................................................................14

2016 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(全国卷 III) ....................................................................24

2016 年普通高等学校全国招生统一考试(北京卷) .................................................................36

2016 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(江苏) .............................................................................49

2016 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(上海) .............................................................................64

2016 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(四川卷) .........................................................................78


2016 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(天津卷) .................................................................89


2016 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(浙江) ...........................................................................102

2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(I) .........................................................................118



2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(II) .............................................................................131

2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(III) ............................................................................142


“一

2017 年普通高等学校全国招生统一考试(北京卷) ...............................................................155

2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(江苏卷) ...............................................................170


2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(天津卷) ...............................................................187


2017 年 6 月普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(浙江卷) .......................................................200


2018 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(I) ...............................................................................211

2018 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(II) .............................................................................222

2018 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(新课标 III 卷) .....................................................236

2018 年 6 月普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(浙江卷) .......................................................248

2018 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(北京卷) ...............................................................259

2018 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(江苏卷) ...............................................................273

2018 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(天津卷) ...............................................................291

2019 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国卷 I) ..................................................................304

2019 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国卷 II) ................................................................317


2019 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国卷 III) ...............................................................330

2019 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(北京卷) ....................................................................341

2019 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(江苏卷) ....................................................................354

2019 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(天津卷) ...............................................................371

2019 年 6 月普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(浙江卷) ............................................................385

2020 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国卷 I) ..................................................................396

2020 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国卷 II) ................................................................413

2020 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国卷 III) ...............................................................426

2020 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(新全国一) ................................................................439

2020 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(浙江) ...........................................................................449


2016 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(江苏) ...........................................................................459


2020 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(天津卷) ....................................................................476


“一



2016 普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(新课标 I)

英 语 试卷类型 A

注意事项:

1. 答题前,先将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在试题卷和答题卡上,并将准考证号条形码

粘贴在答题卡上的指定位置。用 2B 铅笔将答题卡上试卷类型 A 后的方框涂黑。

2. 选择题的作答:每小题选出答案后,用 2B 铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。

写在试题卷、草稿纸和答题卡上的非答题区域均无效。

3. 非选择题的作答:用签字笔直接答在答题卡上对应的答题区域内。写在试题卷、草稿


纸和答题卡上的非答题区域均无效。


4. 考试结束后,请将本试题卷和答题卡一并上交。 高
第 Ⅰ 卷

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)
“一

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转

涂到答题卡上。

第一节(共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)


听下面 5 段对话,每段对话后有一个小题。从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出


最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小

题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?

A. £ 19.15. B. £ 9.18. C. £ 9.15.

答案是 C。

1. What are the speakers talking about?

A. Having a birthday party. B. Doing some exercise. C. Getting Lydia a gift.


2. What is the woman going to do?

A. Help the man. B. Take a bus. C. Get a camera.

3. What does the woman suggest the man do?

A. Tell Kate to stop. B. Call Kate’s friends. C. Stay away from

Kate.

4. Where does the conversation probably take place?

A. In a wine shop. B. In a supermarket. C. In a restaurant.

5. What does the woman mean?


A. Keep the window closed. B. Go out for fresh air. C. Turn on the fan.

第二节 (共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)




听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个

选项中选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个
“一

小题,每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。

听第 6 段材料,回答第 6、7 题。

6. What is the man going to do this summer?


A. Teach a course. B. Repair his house. C. Work at a hotel.


7. How will the man use the money?

A. To hire a gardener. B. To buy books. C. To pay for a boat

trip.

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8、9 题。

8. What is the probable relationship between the speakers?

A. Schoolmates. B. Colleagues. C. Roommates.

9. What does Frank plan to do right after graduation?


A. Work as a programmer. B. Travel around the world. C. Start his own

business.

听第 8 段材料,回答第 10 至 12 题

10. Why does the woman make the call?

A. To book a hotel room. B. To ask about the room service. C. To make changes to

a reservation.

11. When will the woman arrive at the hotel?

A. On September 15. B. On September 16. C. On September 23.


12. How much will the woman pay for her room per night?


A. $179. B. $199. C. $219.

听第 9 段材料,回答第 13 至 16 题。

13. What is the woman’s plan for Saturday?


“一

A. Going shopping. B. Going camping. C. Going boating.


14. Where will the woman stay in Keswick?


A. In a country inn. B. In a five-star hotel. C. In her aunt’s home.


15. What will Gordon do over the weekend?

A. Visit his friends. B. Watch DVDs. C. Join the woman.

16. What does the woman think of Gordon’s coming weekend?

A. Relaxed. B. Boring. C. Busy.

听第 10 段材料,回答第 17 至 20 题

17. Who is Wang Ming?

A. A student. B. An employer. C. An engineer.

18. What does the speaker say about the college job market this year?
A. It’s unpredictable. B. It’s quite stable. C. It’s not optimistic.

19. What percentage of student job seekers have found a job by now?

A. 20%. B. 22%. C. 50%.

20. Why are engineering graduates more likely to accept a job?

A. They need more work experience.

B. The salary is usually good.

C. Their choice is limited.

第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)


第一节(共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中选出最佳选项,并在答题


卡上将该项涂黑。

A
“一

You probably know who Marie Curie was, but you may not have heard of Rachel Carson. Of

the outstanding ladies listed below, who do you think was the most important woman of the past

100 years?

Jane Addams(1860—1935)

Anyone who has ever been helped by a social worker has Jane Addams to thank. Addams

helped the poor and worked for peace. She encouraged a sense of community(社区) by creating

shelters and promoting education and services for people in need. In 1931, Addams became the

first American woman to win the Nobel Peace Prize.

Rachel Carson(1907—1964)

If it weren’t for Rachel Carson, the environmental movement might not exist today. Her

popular 1962 book Silent Spring raised awareness of the dangers of pollution and the harmful
effects of chemicals on humans and on the world’s lakes and oceans.

Sandra Day O’Connor(1930—present)

When Sandra Day O’Connor finished third in her class at Stanford Law School, in 1952, she

could not find work at a law firm because she was a woman. She became an Arizona state

senator(参议员) and, in 1981, the first woman to join the U.S. Supreme Court. O’Connor gave the

deciding vote in many important cases during her 24 years on the top court.

Rosa Parks(1913—2005)

On December 1, 1955, in Montgomery, Alabama, Rosa Parks would not give up her seat on a

bus to a white passenger. Her simple act landed Parks in prison. But it also set off the


Montgomery bus boycott. It lasted for more than a year, and kicked off the civil-rights


movement. "The only tired I was, was tired of giving in," said Parks.

21. What is Jane Addams noted for in history?

A. Her social work. B. Her teaching skills.


“一

C. Her efforts to win a prize. D. Her community background.


22. What was the reason for O’Connor’s being rejected by the law firm?

A. Her lack of proper training in law. B. Her little work experience in court.

C. The discrimination against women. D. The poor financial conditions.

23. Who made a great contribution to the civil-rights movement in the U.S.?

A. Jane Addams. B. Rachel Carson.

C. Sandra Day O’Connor. D. Rosa Park.

24. What can we infer about the women mentioned in the text?

A. They are highly educated. B. They are truly creative.

C. They are pioneers. D. They are peace-lovers.

B
Grandparents Answer a Call

As a third-generation native of Brownsville, Texas, Mildred Garza never planned to move

away. Even when her daughter and son asked her to move to San Antonio to help with their

children, she politely refused. Only after a year of friendly discussion did Ms. Garza finally say

yes. That was four years ago. Today all three generations regard the move as a success, giving

them a closer relationship than they would have had in separate cities.

No statistics show the number of grandparents like Garza who are moving closer to adult

children and grandchildren. Yet there is evidence suggesting that the trend is growing. Even

President Obama’s mother-in-law, Marian Robinson, has agreed to leave Chicago and move into


the White House to help care for her granddaughters. According to a study by grandparents. Com,

83 percent of the people said Mrs. Robinson’s decision will influence grandparents in the


American family. Two-thirds believe more families will follow the example of Obama’s family.

"In the 1960s we were all a little wild and couldn’t get away from home far enough for fast

enough to prove we could do it on our own, " says Christine Crosby, publisher of Grand , a
“一

magazine for grandparents."We now realize how important family is and how important it is"to

be near them, especially when you’re raising children."


Moving is not for everyone. Almost every grandparent wants to be with his or her

grandchildren and is willing to make sacrifices, but sometimes it is wiser to say no and visit

frequently instead. Having your grandchildren far away is hard, especially knowing your adult

child is struggling, but giving up the life you know may be harder.

25. Why was Garza’s move a success?

A. It strengthened her family ties. B. It improved her living conditions.

C. It enabled her to make more friends. D. It helped her know more new

places.

26. What was the reaction of the public to Mrs. Robinson’s decision?

A. 17% expressed their support for it. B. Few people responded


sympathetically.

C. 83% believed it had a bad influence. D. The majority thought it was a

trend.

27. What did Crosby say about people in the 1960s?

A. They were unsure of themselves. B. They were eager to raise more

children.

C. They wanted to live away from their parents. D. They had little respect for their

grandparents.


28. What does the author suggest the grandparents do in the last paragraph?


A. Make decisions in the best interests of their own. B. Ask their children to pay more

visits to them.

C. Sacrifice for their struggling children. D. Get to know themselves better.

C
“一

I am Peter Hodes, a volunteer stem cell courier. Since March 2012, I’ve done 89 trips—of

those , 51 have been abroad. I have 42 hours to carry stem cells(干细胞)in my little box because

I’ve got two ice packs and that’s how long they last. In all, from the time the stem cells are

harvested from a donor(捐献者) to the time they can be implanted in the patient, we’ve got 72

hours at most. So I am always conscious of time.

I had one trip last year where I was caught by a hurricane in America. I picked up the stem

cells in Providence, Rhode Island, and was meant to fly to Washington then back to London. But

when I arrived at the check-in desk at Providence, the lady on the desk said:"Well, I’m really

sorry, I’ve got some bad news for you—there are no flights from Washington." So I took my

box and put it on the desk and I said:"In this box are some stem cells that are urgently needed for

a patient-please, please, you’ve got to get me back to the United Kingdom." She just dropped

everything. She arranged for a flight on a small plane to be held for me , re-routed( 改 道 )me

through Newark and got me back to the UK even earlier than originally scheduled.
For this courier job, you’re consciously aware that in that box you’re got something that is

potentially going to save somebody’s life.

29. Which of the following can replace the underlined word "courier" in Paragraph1?

A. provider B. delivery man C. collector D.

medical doctor

30. Why does Peter have to complete his trip within 42hours?

A. He cannot stay away from his job too long.

B. The donor can only wait for that long.

C. The operation needs that much time.


D. The ice won’t last any longer.


31. Which flight did the woman put Peter on first?

A. To London. B. To New York. C. To Providence.

D. To Washington.

D
“一

The meaning of silence varies among cultural groups. Silences may be thoughtful, or they ma

y be empty when a person has nothing to say. A silence in a conversation may also show stubborn

ness, uneasiness,or worry. Silence may be viewed by some cultural groups as extremely uncomfor

table; therefore attempts may be made to fill every gap(间隙) with conversation. Persons in other

cultural groups value silence and view it as necessary for understanding a person’s needs.

Many Native Americans value silence and feel it is a basic part of communicating among peo

ple, just as some traditional Chinese and Thai persons do. Therefore, when a person from one of th

ese cultures is speaking and

suddenly stops, what may be implied(暗示) is that the person wants the listener to consider what

has been said before continuing. In these cultures, silence is a call for reflection.

Other cultures may use silence in other ways, particularly when dealing with conflicts among

people or in relationships of people with different amounts of power. For example, Russian,
French, and Spanish persons may use silence to show agreement between parties about the topic

under discussion. However, Mexicans may use silence when instructions are given by a person in

authority rather than be rude to that person by arguing with him or her. In still another use, persons

in Asian cultures may view silence as a sign of respect, particularly to an elder or a person in

authority.

Nurses and other care-givers need to be aware of the possible meanings of silence when they

come across the personal anxiety their patients may be experiencing. Nurses should recognize

their own personal and cultural construction of silence so that a patient’s silence is not interrupted

too early or allowed to go on unnecessarily. A nurse who understands the healing(治愈) value of

silence can use this understanding to assist in the care of patients from their own and from other


cultures.

32. What does the author say about silence in conversations?




A. It implies anger.

B. It promotes friendship.
“一

C. It is culture-specific.

D. It is content-based.

33. Which of the following people might regard silence as a call for careful thought?

A. The Chinese.

B. The French.

C. The Mexicans.

D. The Russians.

34. What does the author advise nurses to do about silence?

A. Let it continue as the patient pleases.

B. Break it while treating patients.


C. Evaluate its harm to patients.

D. Make use of its healing effects.

35. What may be the best title for the text?

A. Sound and Silence

B. What It Means to Be Silent

C. Silence to Native Americans

D. Speech Is Silver; Silence Is Gold

第二节 (共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)


根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余

选项。


Secret codes(密码) keep messages private. Banks, companies, and government agencies use

secret codes in doing business, especially when information is sent by computer.


“一

People have used secret codes for thousands of years. 36 Code breaking never

lags(落后) far behind code making. The science of creating and reading coded messages is called

cryptography.

There are three main types of cryptography. 37 For example, the first letters of "My

elephant eats too many eels" spell out the hidden message "Meet me."

38 You might represent each letter with a number, for example. Let’s number the

letters of the alphabet, in order, from 1 to 26. If we substitute a number for each letter, the

message "Meet me" would read "135 520 135."

A code uses symbols to replace words, phrases, or sentences. To read the message of a real

code, you must have a code book. 39 For example, "bridge" might stand for "meet"

and "out" might stand for "me." The message "Bridge out" would actually mean "

Meet me." 40 However, it is also hard to keep a code book secret for long. So codes

must be changed frequently.


A. It is very hard to break a code without the code book.

B. In any language, some letters are used more than others.

C. Only people who know the keyword can read the message.

D. As long as there have been codes, people have tried to break them.

E. You can hide a message by having the first letters of each word spell it out.

F. With a code book, you might write down words that would stand for other words.

G. Another way to hide a message is to use symbols to stand for specific letters of the alphabet.

第三部分 英语知识运用 (共两节,满分 45 分)


第一节 完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中,选出可以填入空


白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

A Heroic Driver
“一

Larry works with Transport Drivers, Inc. One morning in 2009, Larry was 41 along
165 north after delivering to one of his 42 . Suddenly, he saw a car with its bright lights on.

43 he got closer, he found 44 vehicle upside down on the road. One more look and he
noticed 45 shooting out from under the 46 vehicle. Larry pulled over, set the

brake and 47 the fire extinguisher(灭火器). Two good bursts from the extinguisher and the
fire was put out.

The man who had his bright lights on 48 and told Larry he had 49 an

emergency call. They 50 heard a woman’s voice coming from the wrecked(毁坏的)

vehicle. 51 the vehicle, they saw that a woman was trying to get out of the broken

window. They told her to stay 52 until the emergency personnel arrived, 53 she

thought the car was going to 54 . Larry told her that he had already put out the fire and she

should not move 55 she injured her neck.

Once fire and emergency people arrived, Larry and the other man 56 and let them go

to work. Then, Larry asked the 57 if he was needed or 58 to go. They let him and

the other man go.


One thing is 59 —Larry went above and beyond the call of duty by getting so close

to the burning vehicle! His 60 most likely saved the woman’s life.

41. A. walking B. touring C. traveling D. rushing

42. A. passengers B. colleagues C. employers D. customers

43. A. Since B. Although C. As D. If

44. A. each B. another C. that D. his

45. A. flames B. smoke C. water D. steam

46. A. used B. disabled C. removed D. abandoned


47. A. got hold of B. prepared C. took charge of D. controlled

48. A. came down B. came through C. came in


中 D. came over

49. A. returned B. received C. made D. confirmed

50. A. then B. again C. finally D. even


“一

51. A. Starting B. Parking C. Passing D. Approaching


52. A. quiet B. still C. away D. calm


53. A. for B. so C. and D. but


54. A. explode B. slip away C. fall apart D. crash

55. A. as if B. unless C. in case D. after

56. A. stepped forward B. backed off

C. moved on D. set out

57. A. woman B. police C. man D. driver

58. A. forbidden B. ready C. asked D. free

59. A. for certain B. for consideration


C. reported D. checked

60. A. patience B. skills C. efforts D. promise

第 II 卷

第三部分 英语知识运用

第二节(共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)

阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1 个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。

Chengdu has dozens of new millionaires, Asia’s biggest building, and fancy new hotels. But

for tourists like me, pandas are its top 61 (attract).


So it was a great honour to be invited backstage at the not-for-profit Panda Base, where

ticket money helps pay for research. I 62



(allow)to get up close to these cute animals

at the 600-acre centre. From tomorrow, I will be their UK ambassador. The title will be 63

(official) given to me at a ceremony in London. But my connection with pandas goes back

64 my days on a TV show in the mid-1980s, 65 I was the first Western TV


“一

reporter 66 (permit) to film a special unit caring for pandas rescued from starvation in

the wild. My ambassadorial duties will include 67 (introduce) British visitors to the

120-plus pandas at Chengdu and others at a research in the misty mountains of Bifengxia.

On my recent visit, I held a lively three-month-old twin that had been rejected by 68

(it) mother. The nursery team switches him every few 69 (day) with his sister so

that while one is being bottle-fed, 70 other is with mum — she never suspects.

第四部分 写作 (共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。

文中共有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修

改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(  ),并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:把多余的词用斜线( )划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。

注意:1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;

2.只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。

My uncle is the owner of a restaurant close to that I live .Though not very big, but the

restaurant is popular in our area. It is always crowded with customers at meal times. Some people

even had to wait outside. My uncle tells me that the key to his success is honest. Every day he

makes sure that fresh vegetables or high quality oil are using for cooking. My uncle says that he


never dreams becoming rich in the short period of time. Instead, he hopes that our business will

grow steady.

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)


假定你是李华,暑假想去一家外贸公司兼职,已写好申请书和个人简历(resume)。给外

教 Ms Jenkins 写信,请她帮你修改所附材料的文字和格式(format)。
“一

注意:

1. 词数 100 左右;

2. 可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

__________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________
_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________




2016 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国二)

“一

第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节 (共 15 题:每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)


阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中,选出最佳选项,

并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

What’s On?

Electric Underground

7.30pm–1.00am Free at the Cyclops Theatre

Do you know who’s playing in your area? We’re bringing you an exciting evening of live rock

and pop music from the best local bands. Are you interested in becoming a musician and getting a

recording contract( 合 同 )? If so, come early to the talk at 7.30pm by Jules Skye, a successful
record producer. He’s going to talk about how you can find the right person to produce your

music.

Gee Whizz

8.30pm–10.30pm Comedy at Kaleidoscope

Come and see Gee Whizz perform. He’s the funniest stand-up comedian on the comedy scene.

This joyful show will please everyone, from the youngest to the oldest. Gee Whizz really knows

how to make you laugh! Our bar is open from 7.00pm for drinks and snacks(快餐).

Simon’s Workshop


5.00pm–7.30pm Wednesdays at Victoria Stage


This is a good chance for anyone who wants to learn how to do comedy. The workshop looks at

every kind of comedy, and practices many different ways of making people laugh. Simon is a

comedian and actor who has 10 years’ experience of teaching comedy. His workshops are exciting

and fun. An evening with Simon will give you the confidence to be funny.
“一

Charlotte Stone

8.00pm–11.00pm Pizza World

Fine food with beautiful jazz music; this is a great evening out. Charlotte Stone will perform songs

from her new best-selling CD, with James Pickering on the piano. The menu is Italian, with

excellent meat and fresh fish, pizzas and pasta(面食). Book early to get a table. Our bar is open all

day, and serves cocktails, coffee, beer, and white wine.

1. Who can help you if you want to have your music produced?

A. Jules Skye. B. Gee Whizz.

C. Charlotte Stone. D. James Pickering.

2. At which place can people of different ages enjoy a good laugh?

A. The Cyclops Theatre. B. Kaleidoscope.


C. Victoria Stage. D. Pizza World.

3. What do we know about Simon’s Workshop?

A. It requires membership status. B. It lasts three hours each time.

C. It is run by a comedy club. D. It is held every Wednesday.

4. When will Charlotte Stone perform her songs?

A. 5.00pm–7.30pm. B.7.30pm–1.00am.

C. 8.00pm–11.00pm. D.8.30pm–10.30pm.


B


Five years ago, when I taught art at a school in Seattle, I used Tinkertoys as a test at the

beginning of a term to find out something about my students. I put a small set of Tinkertoys in

front of each student, and said: "Make something out of the Tinkertoys. You have 45 minutes
“一

today — and 45 minutes each day for the rest of the week."

A few students hesitated to start. They waited to see what the rest of the class would do.

Several others checked the instructions and made something according to one of the model plans

provided. Another group built something out of their own imaginations.


Once I had a boy who worked experimentally with Tinkertoys in his free time. His

constructions filled a shelf in the art classroom and a good part of his bedroom at home. I was

delighted at the presence of such a student. Here was an exceptionally creative mind at work. His

presence meant that I had an unexpected teaching assistant in class whose creativity would

infect(感染)other students.

Encouraging this kind of thinking has a downside. I ran the risk of losing those students who

had a different style of thinking. Without fail one would declare, "But I’m just not creative."

"Do you dream at night when you’re asleep?"

"Oh, sure."
"So tell me one of your most interesting dreams." The student would tell something wildly

imaginative. Flying in the sky or in a time machine or growing three heads. "That’s pretty creative.

Who does that for you?"

"Nobody. I do it."

"Really — at night, when you’re asleep?"

"Sure."

"Try doing it in the daytime, in class, okay?"

5. The teacher used Tinkertoys in class in order to    .


A. know more about the students B. make the lessons more exciting


C. raise the students’ interest in art D. teach the students about toy design

6. What do we know about the boy mentioned in Paragraph 3?

A. He liked to help his teacher. B. He preferred to study alone.


“一

C. He was active in class. D. He was imaginative.


7. What does the underlined word "downside" in Paragraph 4 probably mean?


A. Mistake. B. Drawback.

C. Difficulty. D. Burden.

8. Why did the teacher ask the students to talk about their dreams?

A. To help them to see their creativity.

B. To find out about their sleeping habits.

C. To help them to improve their memory.

D. To find out about their ways of thinking.

C
Reading can be a social activity. Think of the people who belong to book groups. They

choose books to read and then meet to discuss them. Now, the website BookCrossing.com turns

the page on the traditional idea of a book group.

Members go on the site and register the books they own and would like to share.

BookCrossing provides an identification number to stick inside the book. Then the person leaves it

in a public place, hoping that the book will have an adventure, traveling far and wide with each

new reader who finds it.

Bruce Pederson, the managing director of BookCrossing, says, "The two things that change

your life are the people you meet and books you read. BookCrossing combines both."


Members leave books on park benches and buses, in train stations and coffee shops. Whoever


finds their book will go to the site and record where they found it.

People who find a book can also leave a journal entry describing what they thought of

it.E-mails are then sent to the BookCrossers to keep them updated about where their books have

been found. Bruce Pederson says the idea is for people not to be selfish by keeping a book to
“一

gather dust on a shelf at home.


BookCrossing is part of a trend among people who want to get back to the "real" and not the

virtual( 虚 拟 ). The site now has more than one million members in more than one hundred

thirty-five countries.

9. Why does the author mention book groups in the first paragraph?

A. To explain what they are.

B. To introduce BookCrossing.

C. To stress the importance of reading.

D. To encourage readers to share their ideas.

10. What does the underlined word "it" in Paragraph 2 refer to?

A. The book. B. An adventure.


C. A public place. D. The identification number.

11. What will a BookCrosser do with a book after reading it?

A. Meet other readers to discuss it. B. Keep it safe in his bookcase.

C. Pass it on to another reader. D. Mail it back to its owner.

12. What is the best title for the text?

A. Online Reading: A Virtual Tour

B. Electronic Books: A New Trend

C. A Book Group Brings Tradition Back


D.A Website Links People through Books



D

A new collection of photos brings an unsuccessful Antarctic voyage back to life.


“一

Frank Hurley’s pictures would be outstanding — undoubtedly first-rate photo-journalism —


if they had been made last week. In fact, they were shot from 1914 through 1916, most of them

after a disastrous shipwreck( 海 难 ), by a cameraman who had no reasonable expectation of

survival. Many of the images were stored in an ice chest, under freezing water, in the damaged

wooden ship.

The ship was the Endurance, a small, tight, Norwegian-built three-master that was intended

to take Sir Ernest Shackleton and a small crew of seamen and scientists, 27 men in all, to the

southernmost shore of Antarctica’s Weddell Sea. From that point Shackleton wanted to force a

passage by dog sled (雪橇) across the continent. The journey was intended to achieve more than

what Captain Robert Falcon Scott had done. Captain Scott had reached the South Pole early in

1912 but had died with his four companions on the march back.

As writer Caroline Alexander makes clear in her forceful and well-researched

story TheEndurance, adventuring was even then a thoroughly commercial effort. Scott’s last
journey, completed as he lay in a tent dying of cold and hunger, caught the world’s imagination,

and a film made in his honor drew crowds. Shackleton, a onetime British merchant-navy officer

who had got to within 100 miles of the South Pole in 1908, started a business before his 1914

voyage to make money from movie and still photography. Frank Hurley, a confident and gifted

Australian photographer who knew the Antarctic, was hired to make the images, most of which

have never before been published.

13. What do we know about the photos taken by Hurley?

A. They were made last week. B. They showed undersea sceneries.

C. They were found by a cameraman. D. They recorded a disastrous


adventure.


14. Who reached the South Pole first according to the text?

A. Frank Hurley. B. Ernest Shackleton.

C. Robert Falcon Scott. D. Caroline Alexander.


“一

15. What does Alexander think was the purpose of the 1914 voyage?

A. Artistic creation. B. Scientific research.


C. Money making. D. Treasure hunting.


第二节(共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余

选项。

A garden that’s just right for you

Have you ever visited a garden that seemed just right for you, where the atmosphere of the

garden appeared to total more than the sum(总和) of its parts?  16 . But it doesn’t happen by

accident. It starts with looking inside yourself and understanding who you are with respect to the

natural world and how you approach the gardening process.


●  17 

Some people may think that a garden is no more than plants, flowers, patterns and masses of

color. Others are concerned about using gardening methods that require less water and fewer

fertilizers (肥料).  18 .However, there are a number of other reasons that might explain why

you want to garden. One of them comes from our earliest years.

●Recall(回忆)your childhood memories

Our model of what a garden should be often goes back to childhood. Grandma’s rose garden

and Dad’s vegetable garden might be good or bad, but that’s not what’s important.  19  — how

being in those gardens made us feel. If you’d like to build a powerful bond with your garden, start


by taking some time to recall the gardens of your youth.  20 . Then go outside and work out a


plan to translate your childhood memories into your grown-up garden. Have fun.

A. Know why you garden

B. Find a good place for your own garden


“一

C. It’s our experience of the garden that matters

D. It’s delightful to see so many beautiful flowers


E. Still others may simply enjoy being outdoors and close to plants

F. You can produce that kind of magical quality in your own garden, too

G. For each of those gardens, write down the strongest memory you have

第二部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节 完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中,选出可以填入空

白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Hundreds of people have formed impressions of you through that little device (装置) on your

desk. And they’ve never actually  21   you. Everything they know about you  22   through

this device, sometimes from hundreds of miles away.   23   they feel they can know

you  24  from the sound of your voice. That’s how powerful the  25  is.

Powerful, yes, but not always  26 . For years I dealt with my travel agent only by phone.

Rani, my faceless agent whom I’d never met  27 , got me rock-bottom prices on airfares, cars,

and hotels. But her cold voice really  28  me. I sometimes wished to 29  another agent.

One morning, I had to  30  an immediate flight home for a family emergency. I ran into

Rani’s office   31   . The woman sitting at the desk,   32   my madness, sympathetically


jumped up. She gave me a  33  smile, nodded while listening patiently, and then printed out

the  34  immediately. "What a wonderful lady! " I thought.


Rushing out  35  I called out over my shoulder, "By the way, what’s your name?" "I’m

Rani," she said. I turned around and saw a  36  woman with a big smile on her face waving to

wish me a safe trip. I was  37 ! Why had I thought she was cold? Rani was, well, so  38 .
“一

Sitting back in the car on the way to the airport, I figured it all out. Rani’s   39   — her

warm smile, her nods, her ‘I’m here for you’  40  — were all silent signals that didn’t travel

through wires.

21. A. accepted B. noticed C. heard D. met


22. A. came B. moved C. ran D. developed

23. A. Thus B. Yet C. Then D. Indeed

24. A. rather B. also C. just D. already

25. A. telephone B. voice C. connection D. impression

26. A. direct B. useful C. easy D. accurate

27. A. in person B. by myself C. in public D. on purpose

28. A. annoyed B. interested C. discouraged D. confused


29. A. promote B. train C. find D. know

30. A. arrange B. postpone C. confirm D. book

31. A. for the first time B. at any time C. from time to time D. in good time

32. A. expecting B. seeing C. testing D. avoiding

33. A. shy B. comforting C. familiar D. forced

34. A. bill B. form C. ticket D. list

35. A. hopefully B. disappointedly C. gratefully D. regretfully

36. A. careful B. serious C. nervous D. pleasant


37. A. amused B. worried C. helpless D. speechless

38. A. calm B. nice



C. proud D. clever

39. A. forgiveness B. eagerness C. friendliness D. skillfulness

40. A. explanation B. attitude C. concept D. behavior


“一

第二节(共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)


阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1 个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。

If you feel stressed by responsibilities at work, you should take a step back and identify(识别)

those of  41 (great) and less importance. Then, handle the most important tasks first so you’ll

feel a real sense of  42 (achieve). Leaving the less important things until tomorrow  43  (be)

often acceptable.

Most of us are more focused  44  our tasks in the morning than we are later in the day. So,

get an early start and try to be as productive  45  possible before lunch. This will give you the

confidence you need to get you through the afternoon and go home feeling accomplished.
Recent   46   (study) show that we are far more productive at work if we take short

breaks  47   (regular). Give your body and brain a rest by stepping outside for  48   while,

exercising, or doing something you enjoy.

If you find something you love doing outside of the office, you’ll be less likely  49 (bring)

your work home. It could be anything — gardening, cooking, music, sports — but whatever it

is,  50  (make) sure it’s a relief from daily stress rather than another thing to worry about.

【语篇解读】本文为说明文。本文主要介绍了缓解工作中的压力的一些方法。

41. greater 考查形容词的比较级。根据语境及下文的"and less importance"可知,此处应用形

容词的比较级 来修饰 importance,故填 greater。


42. achievement 考查词性转换。首先处理最重要的工作以便你能感到一种真实的成就感。


介词后接名词,a real sense of achievement 意为"一种真实的成就感"。

43. is 考查主谓一致和时态。把不太重要的事情留到明天通常是可以接受的。分析句子结

构可知,该句中 的主语为动名词短语"Leaving the less important things until tomorrow",

故谓语动词为第三人称单数 形式,且全文的基本时态为一般现在时。故填 is。


“一

44. on 考查介词。我们中的大多数人在早上的时候会比我们在一天中的晚些时候更加集中

于我们的工作。 固定短语 be focused on 意为"集中于……"。故填 on。


45. as 考查连词。因此,早点儿开始并且在午饭前要尽可能高效。固定结构 as...as possible


意为"尽可 能……"。

46. studies 考查名词复数。最新的研究表明,如果我们有规律地短暂休息的话,我们在工作

中会变得高效得 多。分析句子结构可知,谓语动词为 show,为复数形式,且 study 作

"研究,调查"讲时为可数名词, 故主语应为复数。故填 studies。

47. regularly 考查词性转换。副词修饰谓语动词 take,故填 regularly"有规律地"。

48. a 考查冠词。固定短语 for a while 意为"一会儿"。

49. to bring 考查非谓语动词。固定短语 be likely to do sth.意为"可能做某事",故填 to bring。


50. make 考查祈使句。分析句子结构可知,but 连接两个并列分句。其中第二个分句

中,whatever 引导让 步状语从句,其后为祈使句充当主句。故填 make。

第三部分 写作(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题,每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共

有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。

删除:把多余的词用斜线(﹨)划掉。

删除:在错的词下画一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。


注意:1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;


2.只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。

The summer holiday is coming. My classmates and I are talking about how to do during the

holiday. We can chose between staying at home and take a trip. If we stay at home, it is

comfortable but there is no need to spend money. But in that case, we will learn little about world.
“一

If we go on a trip abroad, we can broaden your view and gain knowledges we cannot get from

books. Some classmates suggest we can go to places of interest nearby. I thought that it is a good

idea. It does not cost many, yet we can still learn a lot.

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

假定你是李华,你校摄影俱乐部(photography club)将举办国际中学摄影展。请给你的

英国朋友 Peter 写封信,请他提供作品。信的内容包括:

1.主题:环境保护;

2.展览时间;

3.投稿邮箱:intlphotoshow@gmschool.com.

注意:

1.词数 100 左右;

2.可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。
绝密★启用前

2016 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(全国卷 III)


英 语


注意事项:

本试卷分第 I 卷(选择题)和第 II 卷(非选择题)两部分。考试结束后,将本试卷和答


“一

题卡一并交回。

第I卷

注意事项:

1. 答第 I 卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡上。

2. 选出每小题答案后,用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动,用橡

皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。不能答在本试卷上,否则无效。

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你酱油两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案

转涂到答题卡上。

第一节 (共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话,每段对话后有一个小题。从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最


佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题

和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?

答案是 C。

A. £ 19. 15. B. £ 9. 18. C. £ 9. 15.

1. What will Lucy do at 11:30 tomorrow?

A. Go out for lunch. B. See her dentist. C. Visit a friend.

2. What is the weather like now?


A. It’s sunny. B. It’s rainy. C. It’s cloudy.

3. Why does the man talk to Dr. Simpson?




A. To make an apology. B. To ask for help. C. To discuss his studies.

4. How will the woman get back from the railway station?
“一

A. By train. B. By car. C. By bus.


5. What does Jenny decide to do first?


A. Look for a job. B. Go on a trip. C. Get an assistant.


第二节 (共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个

选项中选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个

小题,每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。

听第 6 段材料,回答第 6、7 题。

6. What time is it now?

A. 1:45. B. 2:10. C. 2:15.

7. What will the man do?


A. Work on a project.

B. See Linda in the library.

C. Meet with Professor Smith.

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8 至 10 题。

8. What are the speakers talking about?

A. Having guests this weekend.

B. Going out for sightseeing.

C. Moving into a new house.


9. What is the relationship between the speakers?

A. Neighbors. B. Husband and wife.



C. Host and visitor.

10. What will the man do tomorrow?

A. Work in his garden. B. Have a barbecue. C. Do some shopping.


“一

听第 8 段材料,回答第 11 至 13 题。

11. Where was the man born?


A. In Philadelphia. B. In Springfield. C. In Kansas.


12. What did the man like doing when he was a child?

A. Drawing. B. Traveling. C. Reading.

13. What inspires the man most in his work?

A. Education. B. Family love. C. Nature.

听第 9 段材料,回答第 14 至 17 题。

14. Why is Dorothy going to Europe?

A. To attend a training program.


B. To carry out some research.

C. To take a vacation.

15. How long will Dorothy stay in Europe?

A. A few days. B. Two weeks. C. Three months.

16. What does Dorothy think of her apartment?

A. It’s expensive. B. It’s satisfactory. C. It’s inconvenient.

17 What does Bill offer to do for Dorothy?


A. Recommend her apartment to Jim.


B. Find a new apartment for her. 高
C. Take care of her apartment.

听第 10 段材料,回答第 18 至 20 题。
“一

18. What are the tourists advised to do when touring London?

A. Take their tour schedule.


B. Watch out for the traffic.


C. Wear comfortable shoes.


19. What will the tourists do in fifteen minutes?

A. Meet the speaker.

B. Go to their rooms.

C. Change some money.

20. Where probably is the speaker?

A. In a park. B. In a hotel. C. In a shopping centre.

第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)
第一节 (共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中,选出最佳选项,并在答

题卡上将该项涂黑。

Music

Opera at Music Hall:1243 Elm Street. The season runs June through August, with additional

performances in March and September. The Opera honors Enjoy the Arts membership discounts.

Phone: 241–2742. http://www.cityopera.com.


Chamber Orchestra: The Orchestra plays at Memorial Hall at 1406 Elm Street, which offers

several concerts from March through June. Call 723–1182 for more information.

http://www.chamberorch.com.


Symphony Orchestra: At Music Hall and Riverbend. For ticket sales, call 381–3300. Regular

season runs September through May at Music Hall and in summer at Riverbend.
“一

http://www.symphony.org/home.asp.

College Conservatory of Music (CCM): Performances are on the main campus( 校 园 ) of the

university, usually at Patricia Cobbett Theater. CCM organizes a variety of events, including

performances by the well-known LaSalle Quartet, CCM’s Philharmonic Orchestra, and various

groups of musicians presenting Baroque through modern music. Students with I.D. cards can

attend the events for free. A free schedule of events for each term is available by calling the box

office at 556–4183. http://www.ccm.uc.edu/events/calendar.

Riverbend Music Theater: 6295 Kellogg Ave. Large outdoor theater with the closest seats under

cover (price difference). Big name shows all summer long! Phone: 232–6220.

http:///www.riverbendmusic.com.

21. Which number should you call if you want to see an opera?

A. 241–2742. B. 723–1182.

C. 381–3300. D. 232–6220.
22. When can you go to a concert by Chamber Orchestra?

A. February. B. May. C. August. D.

November.

23. Where can student go for free performances with their I.D. cards?

A. Music Hall. B. Memorial Hall.

C. Patricia Cobbett Theater. D. Riverbend Music Theater.

24. How is Riverbend Music Theater different from the other places?

A. It has seats in the open air.


B. It gives shows all year round.

C. It offers membership discounts.




D. It presents famous musical works.

B
“一

On one of her trips to New York several years ago, Eudora Welty decided to take a couple

of New York friends out to dinner. They settled in at a comfortable East Side cafe and within

minutes, another customer was approaching their table.


" Hey, aren’t you from Mississippi? " the elegant, white-haired writer remembered being

asked by the stranger. "I’m from Mississippi too."

Without a second thought, the woman joined the Welty party. When her dinner partner

showed up, she also pulled up a chair.

"They began telling me all the news of Mississippi," Welty said. "I didn’t know what

my New York friends were thinking."

Taxis on a rainy New York night are rarer than sunshine. By the time the group got up to

leave, it was pouring outside. Welty’s new friends immediately sent a waiter to find a cab.

Heading back downtown toward her hotel, her big-city friends were amazed at the turn of events
that had changed their Big Apple dinner into a Mississippi state reunion(团聚).

"My friend said: ‘Now we believe your stories,’" Welty added. "And I said: ‘Now you

know. These are the people that make me write them.’"

Sitting on a sofa in her room, Welty, a slim figure in a simple gray dress, looked pleased with

this explanation.

"I don’t make them up," she said of the characters in her fiction these last 50 or so years."I

don’t have to."

Beauticians, bartenders, piano players and people with purple hats, Welty’s people come

from afternoons spent visiting with old friends, from walks through the streets of her native


Jackson, Miss., from conversations overheard on a bus. It annoys Welty that, at 78, her left ear has


now given out. Sometimes, sitting on a bus or a train, she hears only a fragment( 片 段 ) of a

particularly interesting story.

25. What happened when Welty was with her friends at the cafe?
“一

A. Two strangers joined her.

B. Her childhood friends came in.


C. A heavy rain ruined the dinner.


D. Some people held a party there.


26. The underlined word "them" in Paragraph 6 refers to Welty’s _____________.

A. readers B. parties C. friends D.

stories

27. What can we learn about the characters in Welty’s fiction?

A. They live in big cities. B. They are mostly women.

C. They come from real life. D. They are pleasure seekers.

C
If you are a fruit grower — or would like to become one — take advantage of Apple Day to

see what’ around. It’ called Apple Day but in practice it’ more like Apple Month. The Day itself is

on October 21, but since it has caught on, events now spread out over most of October around

Britain.

Visiting an apple event is a good chance to see, and often taste, a wide variety of apples. To

people who are used to the limited choice of apples such as Golden Delicious and Royal Gala in

supermarkets, it can be quite an eye opener to see the range of classical apples still in existence,

such as Decio which was grown by the Romans. Although it doesn’t taste of anything special, it’s

still worth a try, as is the knobbly(多疙瘩的) Cat’ Head which is more of a curiosity than anything

else.


There are also varieties developed to suit specific local conditions. One of the very best


varieties for eating quality is Orleans Reinette, but you’ll need a warm, sheltered place with

perfect soil to grow it, so it’ a pipe dream for most apple lovers who fall for it.

At the events, you can meet expert growers and discuss which ones will best suit your
“一

conditions, and because these are family affairs, children are well catered for with apple-themed

fun and games.


Apple Days are being held at all sorts of places with an interest in fruit, including stately

gardens and commercial orchards(果园). If you want to have a real orchard experience, try visiting

the National Fruit Collection at Brogdale, near Faversham in Kent.


28. What can people do at the apple events?

A. Attend experts’ lectures.

B. Visit fruit-loving families.

C. Plant fruit trees in an orchard.

D. Taste many kinds of apples.

29. What can we learn about Decio?

A. It is a new variety.
B. It has a strange look.

C. It is rarely seen now.

D. It has a special taste.

30. What does the underlined phrase "a pipe dream" in Paragraph 3 mean?

A. A practical idea. B. A vain hope.

C. A brilliant plan. D. A selfish desire.

31. What is the author’ purpose in writing the text?

A. To show how to grow apples.


B. To introduce an apple festival.

C. To help people select apples.




D. To promote apple research.

D
“一

Bad news sells. If it bleeds, it leads. No news is good news, and good news is no news. Those

are the classic rules for the evening broadcasts and the morning papers. But now that information

is being spread and monitored(监控) in different ways, researchers are discovering new rules. By

tracking people’s e-mails and online posts, scientists have found that good news can spread faster

and farther than disasters and sob stories.

" The ‘if it bleeds’ rule works for mass media, " says Jonah Berger, a scholar at the

University of Pennsylvania. "They want your eyeballs and don’t care how you’re feeling. But

when you share a story with your friends, you care a lot more how they react. You don’t want

them to think of you as a Debbie Downer."

Researchers analyzing word-of-mouth communication — e-mails, Web posts and reviews,

face-to-face conversations — found that it tended to be more positive than negative(消极的), but

that didn’t necessarily mean people preferred positive news. Was positive news shared more often

simply because people experienced more good things than bad things? To test for that possibility,
Dr. Berger looked at how people spread a particular set of news stories: thousands of articles on

The New York Times’ website. He and a Penn colleague analyzed the "most e-mailed" list for

six months. One of his first findings was that articles in the science section were much more likely

to make the list than non-science articles. He found that science amazed Times’ readers and made

them want to share this positive feeling with others.

Readers also tended to share articles that were exciting or funny, or that inspired negative

feelings like anger or anxiety, but not articles that left them merely sad. They needed to be

aroused(激发) one way or the other, and they preferred good news to bad. The more positive an

article, the more likely it was to be shared, as Dr. Berger explains in his new book, "Contagious:

Why Things Catch On."


32. What do the classic rules mentioned in the text apply to?

A. News reports.
中 B. Research papers.

C. Private e-mails. D. Daily conversations.

33. What can we infer about people like Debbie Downer?


“一

A. They’re socially inactive.


B. They’re good at telling stories.


C. They’re inconsiderate of others.


D. They’re careful with their words.

34. Which tended to be the most e-mailed according to Dr. Berger’s research?

A. Sports news. B. Science articles.

C. Personal accounts. D. Financial reviews.

35. What can be a suitable title for the text?

A. Sad Stories Travel Far and Wide.

B. Online News Attracts More People.


C. Reading Habits Change with the Times.

D. Good News Beats Bad on Social Networks.

第二节 (共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余

选项。

Everyone knows that fish is good for health. 36 But it seems that many people

don’t cook fish at home. Americans eat only about fifteen pounds of fish per person per year,

but we eat twice as much fish in restaurants as at home. Buying, storing, and cooking fish isn’t

difficult. 37 This text is about how to buy and cook fish in an easy way.


38 Fresh fish should smell sweet: you should feel that you’re standing at the ocean’s

edge. Any fishy or strong smell means the fish isn’t fresh.

中 39 When you have bought a



fish and arrive home, you’d better store the fish in the refrigerator if you don’t cook it

immediately, but fresh fish should be stored in your fridge for only a day or two. Frozen fish isn’t

as tasty as the fresh one.


“一

There are many common methods used to cook fish. 40 First, clean it and season it

with your choice of spices(调料). Put the whole fish on a plate and steam it in a steam pot for 8 to

10 minutes if it weighs about one pound. (A larger one will take more time.) Then, it’s ready to

serve.

A. Do not buy it.

B. The easiest is to steam it.

C. This is how you can do it.

D. It just requires a little knowledge.

E. The fish will go bad within hours.

F. When buying fish, you should first smell it.

G. The fats in fish are thought to help prevent heart disease.

第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)
第一节 完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1. 5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中,选出可以填入空

白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

When I was 13 my only purpose was to become the star on our football team. That meant

41 Miller King, who was the best 42 at our school.

Football season started in September and all summer long I worked out. I carried my

football everywhere for 43 .

Just before September, Miller was struck by a car and lost his right arm. I went to see him

after he came back from 44 . He looked very 45 , but he didn`t cry.


That season, I 46 all of Miller`s records while he 47 the home games from

the bench. We went 10-1 and I was named most valuable player,
中 48 I often had crazy

dreams in which I was to blame for Miller’s 49 .

One afternoon, I was crossing the field to go home and saw Miller 50 going over a
“一

fence — which wasn’t 51 to climb if you had both arms. I’m sure I was the last

person in the world he wanted to accept 52 from. But even that challenge he

accepted. I 53 him move slowly over the fence. When we were finally 54 on

the other side, he said to me, " You know, I didn’t tell you this during the season, but you

did 55 .Thank you for filling in for 56 ."


His words freed me from my bad 57 . I thought to myself, how even without an

arm he was more of a leader. Damaged but not defeated, he was 58 ahead of me. I was

right to have 59 him. From that day on, I grew 60 and a little more real.

41. A. cheering for B. beating out

C. relying on D. staying with

42. A. coach B. student C. teacher D.

player

43. A. practice B. show C. comfort D.


pleasure

44. A. school B. vacation C. hospital D.

training

45. A. pale B. calm C. relaxed D.

ashamed

46. A. held B. broke C. set D.

tried

47. A. reported B. judged C. organized

D. watched


48. A. and B. then C. but D.

thus


49. A. decision B. mistake

C. accident D. sacrifice
“一

50. A. stuck B. hurt C. tried D.


lost

51. A. steady B. hard C. fun D.

fit

52. A. praise B. advice C. assistance D.

apology

53. A. let B. helped C. had D.

noticed

54. A. dropped B. ready C. trapped D.

safe

55. A. fine B. wrong

C. quickly D. normally
56. A. us B. yourself C. me D.

them

57. A. memories B. ideas C. attitudes D.

dreams

58. A. still B. also C. yet D.

just

59. A. challenged B. cured C. invited D.

admired

60. A. healthier B. bigger C. cleverer D.


cooler


第 II 卷

注意:将答案写在答题卡上。写在本试卷上无效。

第三部分 英语知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第二节(共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)


“一

阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1 个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。

In much of Asia, especially the so-called " rice bowl " cultures of China, Japan, Korea,

61 Vietnam, food is usually eaten with chopsticks.


Chopsticks are usually two long, thin pieces of wood or bamboo. They can also be made of

plastic, animal bone or metal. Sometimes chopsticks are quite artistic. Truly elegant chopsticks

might 62 (make) of gold and silver with Chinese characters. Skilled workers also

combine various hardwoods and metal 63 (create) special designs.

The Chinese have used chopsticks for five thousand years. People probably cooked their food

in large pots, __64__ (use) twigs(树枝) to remove it. Over time, 65 the population grew,

people began cutting food into small pieces so it would cook more quickly. Food in small pieces

could be eaten easily with twigs which __66__ (gradual) turned into chopsticks.

Some people think that the great Chinese scholar Confucius, 67 lived from roughly
551 to 479 B.C., influenced the 68 (develop) of chopsticks. Confucius believed knives

would remind people of killings and __69__ (be) too violent for use at the table.

Chopsticks are not used everywhere in Asia. In India, for example, most people traditionally

eat __70__ their hands.

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共

有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。


增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。


删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。 高
修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。

注意:1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
“一

2.只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。

The teenage year from 13 to 19 were the most difficult time for me. They were also the best

and worse years in my life. At the first, I thought I knew everything and could make decisions by

yourself. However, my parents didn’t seem to think such. They always tell me what to do and how

to do it. At one time, I even felt my parents couldn’t understand me so I hoped I could be freely

from them. I showed them I was independent by wear strange clothes. Now I am leaving home to

college. At last, I will be on my own, but I still want to have my parents to turn to whenever need

help.

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

假定你是李华,与留学生朋友 Bob 约好一起去书店,因故不能赴约。请给他写封邮件,

内容包括:

1. 表示歉意;

2. 说明原因;
3. 另约时间。

注意:

1. 词数 100 左右;

2. 可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。

_______________________________________________________________________________

绝密★启用前

2016 年普通高等学校全国招生统一考试(北京卷)


英 语
本试卷共 16 页,共 150 分。考试时长 120 分钟。考生务必将答案答在答题卡上,在试


卷上作答无效。考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

第二部分:知识运用(共两节,45 分)
“一

第一节 单项填空(共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,共 15 分)


从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题


卡上将该项涂黑。

例:It’s so nice to hear from her again ________, we last met more than thirty years ago.

A. What’s more B. That’s to say

C. In other words D. Believe it or not

答案是 D。

21. Jack ________ in th e lab when the power cut occurred.

A. works B. has worked C. was working D. would work

22. I live next door to a couple ________ children often make a lot of noise.
A. whose B. why C. where D. which

23. —Excuse me, which movie are you waiting for?

—The new Star Wars. We ________ here for more than two hours.

A. waited B. wait C. would be waiting D. have been

waiting

24. Your support is important to our work. ________ you can do helps.

A. However B. Whoever C. Whatever D.

Wherever


25. I ________ half of the English novel, and I’ll try to finish it at the weekend.


A. read B. have read C. am reading D. will read

26. ________ it easier to get in touch with us, you’d better keep this card at hand.

A. Made B. Make C. Making D. To make


“一

27. My grandfather still plays tennis now and then, ________ he’s in his nineties.

A. as long as B. as if C. even though D. in case



28. ________ over a week ago, the books are expected to arrive any time now.

A. Ordering B. To order C. Having ordered D. Ordered

29. The most pleasant thing of the rainy season is ________ one can be entirely free from dust.

A. what B. that C. whether D. why

30. The students have been working hard on their lessons and their efforts ________ with success

in the end.

A. rewarded B. were rewarded C. will reward D. will be

rewarded
31. I love the weekend, because I ________ get up early on Saturdays and Sundays.

A. needn’t B. mustn’t C. wouldn’t D. shouldn’t

32. Newly-built wooden cottages line the street, ________ the old town into a dreamland.

A. turn B. turning C. to turn D. turned

33. I really enjoy listening to music ________ it helps me relax and takes my mind away from

other cares of the day.

A. because B. before C. unless D. until

34. Why didn’t you tell me about your trouble last week? If you __ ______ me, I could have


helped.


A. told B. had told C. were to tell D. would tell

35. I am not afraid of tomorrow, ________ I have seen yesterday and I love today.

A. so B. and C. for D. but


“一

第二节 完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,共 30 分)


阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,

并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

A Race Against Death


It was a cold January in 1925 in Nome, Alaska. The town was cut off from the rest of the

world due to heavy snow.

On the 20th of that month, Dr. Welch 36 a sick boy, Billy, and knew he had diphtheria,

a deadly infectious(传染的) disease mainly affecting children. The children of Nome would be

37 if it struck the town. Dr. Welch needed medicine as soon as possible to stop other kids from

getting sick. 38 , the closest supply was over 1,000 miles away, in Anchorage.

How could the medicine get to Nome? The town’s 39 was already full of ice, so it

couldn’t come by ship. Cars and horses couldn’t travel on the 40 roads. Jet airplanes and big
trucks didn’t exist yet.

41 January 26, Billy and three other children had died. Twenty more were 42 .

Nome’s town officials came up with a(n) 43 . They would have the medicine sent by 44

from Anchorage to Nenana. From there, dogsled( 狗 拉 雪 橇 ) drivers—known as " mushers "

—would 45 it to Nome in a relay(接力).

The race began on January 27. The first musher, Shannon, picked up the medicine from the

train at Nenana and rode all night. 46 he handed the medicine to the next musher, Shannon’s

face was black from the extreme cold.


On January 31, a musher named Seppala had to 47 a frozen body of water called


Norton Sound. It was the most 48 part of the journey. Norton Sound was covered with ice,

wh ich could sometimes break up without warning. If that happened, Seppala might fall into the

icy water below. He would 49 , and so would the sick children of Nome. But Seppala made it

across.
“一

A huge snowstorm hit on February 1. A musher named Kaasen had to brave this storm. At one

point, huge piles of snow blocked his 50 . He had to leave the trail (雪橇痕迹)to get around

them. Conditions were so bad that it was impossible for him to 51 the trail again. The only

hope was Balto, Kaasen’s lead dog. Balto put his nose to the ground, 52 to find the smell of

other dogs that had traveled on the trail. If Balto failed, it would mean disaster for Nome. The

minutes passed by. Suddenly, Balto began to 53 . He had found the trail.

At 5:30 am on February 2, Kaasen and his dogs 54 in Nome. Within minutes, Dr. Welch

had the medicine. He quickly gave it to the sick children. All of them recovered.

Nome had been 55 .

36. A. examined B. warned C. interviewed D. cured

37. A. harmless B. helpless C. fearless D. careless

38. A. Moreover B. Therefore C. Otherwise D. However


39. A. airport B. station C. harbor D. border

40. A. narrow B. snowy C. busy D. dirty

41. A. From B. On C. By D. After

42. A. tired B. upset C. pale D. sick

43. A. plan B. excuse C. message D. topic

44. A. air B. rail C. sea D. road

45. A. carry B. return C. mail D. give

46. A. Though B. Since C. When D. If


47. A. enter B. move C. visit D. cross

48. A. shameful B. boring



C. dangerous D. foolish

49. A. escape B. bleed C. swim D. die

50. A. memory B. exit C. way D. destination


“一

51. A. find B. fix C. pass D. change


52. A. pretending B. trying C. asking D. learning


53. A. run B. leave C. bite D. play


54. A. gathered B. stayed C. camped D. arrived

55. A. controlled B. saved C. founded D. developed

第三部分:阅读理解(共两节,40 分)

第一节(共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,共 30 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡

上将该项涂黑。

A
December 15, 2014

Dear Alfred,

I want to tell you how important your help is to my life.

Growing up, I had people telling me I was too slow, though, with an IQ of 150+ at 17, I’m

anything but stupid. The fact was that I was found to have ADHD( 注 意 力 缺 陷 多 动 障 碍 ).

Anxious all the time, I was unable to keep focused for more than an hour at a time.

However, when something did interest me, I could become absorbed. In high school, I

became curious about the computer, and built my first website. Moreover, I completed the senior

course of Computer Basics, plus five relevant pre-college courses.


While I was exploring my curiosity, my disease got worse. I wanted to go to college after


high school, but couldn’t. So, I was killing my time at home until June 2012 when I discovered the

online computer courses of your training center.

Since then, I have taken courses like Data Science and Advanced Mathematics. Currently,
“一

I’m learning your Probability course. I have hundreds of printer paper, covered in self-written

notes from your videos. This has given me a purpose.


Last year, I spent all my time looking for a job where, without dealing with the public, I

could work alone, but still have a team to talk to. Luckily, I discovered the job—Data

Analyst—this month and have been going full steam ahead. I want to prove that I can teach myself

a respectful profession, without going to college, and be just as good as, if not better than, my

competitors.

Thank you. You’ve given me hope that I can follow my heart. For the first time, I feel good

about myself because I’m doing something, not because someone told me I was doing good. I feel

whole.

This is why you’re saving my life.

Yours,

Tanis
56. Why didn’t Tanis go to college after high school?

A. She had learned enough about computer science.

B. She had more difficulty keeping focused.

C. She preferred taking online courses.

D. She was too slow to learn.

57. As for the working environment, Tanis prefers _________.

A. working by herself

B. dealing with the public


C. competing against others

D. staying with ADHD students




58. Tanis wrote this letter in order to _________.

A. explain why she was interested in the computer


“一

B. share the ideas she had for her profession


C. show how grateful she was to the center


D. describe the courses she had taken so far


Surviving Hurricane Sandy(飓风桑迪)

Natalie Doan, 14, has always felt lucky to live in Rockaway, New York. Living just a few

blocks from the beach, Natalie can see the ocean and hear the waves from her house. "It’s the

ocean that makes Rockaway so special," she says.

On October 29, 2012, that ocean turned fierce. That night, Hurricane Sandy attacked the East

Coast, and Rockaway was hit especially hard. Fortunately, Natalie’s family escaped to Brooklyn

shortly before the city’s bridge closed.


[来源:学,科,网 Z,X,X,K]
When they returned to Rockaway the nex t day, they found their neighborhood in ruins.

Many of Natalie’s friends had lost their homes and were living far away. All around her, people

were suffering, especially the elderly. Natalie’s school was so damaged that she had to temporarily

attend a school in Brooklyn.

In the following few days, the men and women helping Rockaway recover inspired Natalie.

Volunteers came with carloads of donated clothing and toys. Neighbors devoted their spare time

to helping others rebuild. Teenagers climbed dozens of flights of stairs to deliver water and food

to elderly people trapped in powerless high-rise buildings.


"My mom tells me that I can’t control what happens to me," Na talie says, "but I can

always choose how I deal with it."




Natalie’s choice was to help.

She created a website page, matching survivors in need with donors who wanted to help.
“一

Natalie posted information about a boy named Patrick, who lost his baseball card collection when

his house burned down. Within days, Patrick’s collection was replaced.

In the coming months, her website page helped lots of kids: Christopher, who received a new

basketball; Charlie, who go t a new keyboard. Natalie also worked with other organizations to

bring much-needed supplies to Rockaway. Her efforts made her a famous person. Last April, she

was invited to the White House and honored as a Hurricane Sandy Champion of Change.

Today, the scars(创痕) of destruction are still seen in Rockaway, but hope is in the air. The

streets are clear, and many homes have been rebuilt. " I can’t imagine living anywhere but

Rockaway," Natalie declares. "My neighborhood will be back, even stronger than before."

59. When Natalie returned to Rockaway after the hurricane, she found _________.

A. some friends had lost their lives

B. her neighborhood was destroyed


C. her school had moved to Brooklyn

D. the elderly were free from suffering

60. According to Paragraph 4, who inspired Natalie most?

A. The people helping Rockaway rebuild.

B. The people trapped in high-rise buil dings.

C. The volunteers donating money to survivors.

D. Local teenagers bringing clothing to elderly people.

61. How did Natali e help the survivors?


A. She gave her toys to other kids.

B. She took care of younger children.




C. She called on the White House to help.

D. She built an information sharing platform.


“一

62. What does the story intend to tell us?


A. Little people can make a big difference.


B. A friend in need is a friend indeed.


C. East or west, home is best.

D. Technology is power.

California Condor’s Shocking Recovery

California condors are North America’s largest birds, with wing-length of up to 3 meters. In

the 1980s, electrical lines and lead poisoning( 铅 中 毒 ) nearly drove them to dying out. Now,

electric shock training and medical treatment are helping to rescue these big birds.
In the late 1980s, the last few condors were taken from the wild to be bred(繁殖). Since 1992,

there have been multiple reintroductions to the wild, and there are now more than 150 flying over

California and nearby Arizona, Utah and Baja in Mexico.

Electrical lines have been killing them off. " As they go in to rest for the night, they just

don’t see the power lin es," says Bruce Rideout of San Diego Zoo. Their wings can bridge the

gap between lines, resulting in electrocution(电死) if they touch two lines at once.


So scientists have come up with a shocking idea. Tall poles, placed in large training areas,


teach the birds to stay clear of electrical lines by giving them a painful but undeadly electric

shock. Before the training was introduced, 66% of set-freed birds died of electrocution. This has

now dropped to 18%.


Lead poisonous has proved more difficult to deal with. When condors eat dead bodies of
“一

other animals containing lead, they absorb large quantities of lead. This affects their nervous

systems and ability to produce baby birds, and can lead to kidney( 肾 ) failures and death. So

condors with high levels of lead are sent to Los Angeles Zoo, where they are treated with calcium

EDTA, a chemical that removes lead from the blood over several days. This work is starting to

pay off. The annual death rate for adult condors has dropped from 38% in 2000 to 5.4% in 2011.

Rideout’s team thinks that the California condors’ average survival time in the wild is now

just under eight years. " Although these measures are not effective forever, they are vital for

now," he says. "They are truly good birds that are worth every effort we put into recovering

them. "

63. California condors attract researchers’ interest because they _________.

A. are active at night

B. had to be bred i n the wild


C. are found only in California

D. almost died out in the 1980s

64. Researchers have found electrical lines are _________.

A. blocking condors’ journey home

B. big killers of California condors

C. rest places for condors at night

D. used to keep condors away [来源:学科网]

65. According to Paragraph 5, lead poisoning _________.


A. makes condors too nervous to fly

B. has little effect on condors’ kidneys




C. can hardly be gotten rid of from condors’ blood

D. makes it difficult for condors to produce baby birds


“一

66. This passage shows that _________.


A. the average survival time of condors is satisfactory


B. Rideout’s research interest lies in electric engineering


C. the efforts to protect condors have brought good results

D. researchers have found the final answers to the problem

Why College Is Not Home

The college years are supposed to be a time for important growth in autonomy(自主性) and

the development of adult identity. However, now they are becoming an extended period of

adolescence, during which many of today’s students are not shouldered with adult responsibilities.
For previous generations, college was a decisive break from parental control; guidance and

support needed to come from people of the same age and from within. In the past two decades,

however, continued connection with and dependence on family, thanks to cell phones, email and

social media, have increased significantly. Some parents go so far as to help with coursework.

Instead of promoting the idea of college as a passage from the shelter of the family to autonomy

and adult responsibility, universities have given in to the idea that they should provide the same

environment as that of the home.

To prepare for increased autonomy and responsibility, college needs to be a time of

exploration and experimentation. This process involves " trying on " new ways of thinking

about oneself bother intellectually(在思维方面) and personally. While we should provide "safe


spaces" within colleges, we must also make it safe to express opinions and challenge majority


views. Intellectual growth and flexibility are fostered by strict debate and questioning.

Learning to deal with the social world is equally important. Because a college community(群

体) differs from the family, many students will struggle to find a sense of belonging. If students
“一

rely on administrators to regulate their social behavior and thinking pattern, they are not facing the

challenge of finding an identity within a larger and complex community.


Moreover, the tendency for universities to monitor and shape student behavior runs up

against another characteristic of young adults: the response to being controlled by their elders. If

acceptable social behavior is too strictly defined( 规 定 ) and controlled, the insensitive or

aggressive behavior that administrators are seeking to minimize may actually be encouraged.

It is not surprising that young people are likely to burst out, particularly when there are

reasons to do so. Our generation once joined hands and stood firm at times of national emergency.

What is lacking today is the conflict between adolescent’s desire for autonomy and their

understanding of an unsafe world. Therefore, there is the desire for their dorms to be replacement

homes and not places to experience intellectual growth.

Every college discussion about community values, social climate and behavior should
include recognition of the developmental importance of student autonomy and self-regulation, of

the necessary tension between safety and self-discovery.

67. What’s the author’s attitude toward continued parental guidance to college students?

A. Sympathetic. B. Disapproving.

C. Supportive. D. Neutral.

68. The underlined word "passage" in Paragraph 2 means _________.

A. change B. choice


C. text D. extension

69. According to the author, what role should college play?




A. To develop a shared identity among students.

B. To define and regulate students’ social behavior.


“一

C. To provide a safe world without tension for students.


D. To foster students’ intellectual and personal development.


70. Which of the following shows the development of ideas in the passage?

I: Introduction P:Point Sp:Sub-point(次要点) C:Conclusion

第二节(共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,共 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的七个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为

多余选项。

The Science of Risk-Seeking

Sometimes we decide that a little unnecessary danger is worth it because when we weigh the

risk and the reward, the risk seems worth tasking. 71 Some of us enjoy activities that

would surprise and scare the rest of us. Why? Experts say it may have to do with how our brains

work.


The reason why any of us take any risks at all might have to do with early humans.

Risk-takers were better at hunting, fighting, or exploring.


中 72 As the qual ity of

risk-taking was passed from one generation to the next, humans ended up with a sense of

adventure and a tolerance for risk.


“一

So why aren’t we all jumping out of airplanes then? Well, even 200,000 years ago, too

much risk-taking could get one Killed. A few daring survived, though, along with a few

stay-in-the-cave types. As a result, humans developed a range of character types that still exists

today. So maybe you love car racing, or maybe you hate it. 73

No matter where you are on the risk-seeking range, scientists say that your willingness to

take risks increases during your teenage years. 74 To help you do that, your brain

increases your hunger for new experiences. New experiences often mean taking some risks, so

your brain raises your tolerance for risk as well.

75 For the risk-seekers, a part of the brain related to pleasure becomes active,

while for the rest of us, a part of the brain related to fear becomes active.

As experts continue to study the science of risk-seeking, we’ll continue to hit the mountains,

the waves or the shallow end of the pool.

A. It all depends on your character.


B. Those are the risks you should jump to take.

C. Being better at those things meant a greater chance of survival.

D. Thus, these well-equipped people survived because they were the fittest.

E. This is when you start to move away from your family and into the bigger world.

F. However, we are not all using the same reference standard to weigh risks and rewards.

G. New brain research suggests our brains work differently when we face a nervous situation.

第四部分:书面表达(共两节,35 分)

第一节(15 分)


假设你是红星中学高三学生李华。你的英国朋友 Jim 在给你的邮件中提到他对中国历

史很感兴趣,并请你介绍一位你喜欢的中国历史人物。请你给 Jim 回信,内容包括:




1. 该人物是谁;

2. 该人物的主要贡献;
“一

3. 该人物对你的影响。

注意:

1. 词数不少于 50;

2. 开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数。

Dear Jim,

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________ [来源:学。科。网 Z。X。X。K]


_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________

__________________________________________________________________[来源:学科网]

Yours,

Li Hua [来源:学§科§网]

第二节 (20 分)

假设你是红星中学高三一班的学生李华。你班同学参加了学校的"地球日"系列活动。

请按照以下四幅图的先后顺序,以"Actions for a Greener Earth"为题,给校刊"英语角"

写一篇英文稿件,介绍活动的全过程。


注意:词数不少于 60。

提示词:地球日 Earth Day





“一



2016 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(江苏)

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 20 分)

做题时,现将答案标在试卷上,录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案

转涂到答题卡上。

第一节(共 5 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 5 分)

听下面 5 段对话,每段对话后有一个小题。从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出

最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小

题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。


例: How much is the shirt?


A. £ 19.15. B. £ 9.18. C. £ 9.15.

答案是 C。

1. What are the speakers talking about?


“一

A. Having a birthday party. B. Doing some exercise. C. Getting Lydia a gift.


2. What is the woman going to do?


A. Help the man. B. Take a bus. C. Get a camera.


3. What does the woman suggest the man do?

A. Tell Kate’s to stop. B. Call Kate’s friends. C. Stay away from Kate.

4. Where does the conversation probably take place?

A. In a wine shop. B. In a supermarket. C. In a restaurant.

5. What does the woman mean?

A. Keep the window closed. B. Go out for fresh air. C. Turn on the fan.

第二节 (共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 15 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个


选项中选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个

小题,每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。

听第 6 段材料,回答第 6、7 题。

6. What is the man going to do this summer?

A. Teach a course. B. Repair his house. C. Work at a hotel.

7. How will the man use the money?

A. To hire a gardener. B. To buy books. C. To pay for a boat trip.

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8、9 题。


8. What is the probable relationship between the speakers?

A. Schoolmates. B. Colleagues.
中 C. Roommates.

9. What does Frank plan to do right after graduation?

A. Work as a programmer. B. Travel around the world. C. Start his own business.
“一

听第 8 段材料,回答第 10 至 12 题。

10. Why does the woman make the call?


A. To book a hotel room.


B. To ask about the room service.

C. To make changes to a reservation.

11. When will the woman arrive at the hotel?

A. On September 15. B. On September 16. C. On September 23.

12. How much will the woman pay for her room per night?

A. $179. B. $199. C. $219.

听第 9 段材料,回答第 13 至 16 题。
13. What is the woman’s plan for Saturday?

A. Going shopping. B. Going camping. C. Going boating.

14. Where will the woman stay in Keswick?

A. In a country inn. B. In a five-star hotel. C. In her aunt’s home.

15. What will Gordon do over the weekend?

A. Visit his friends. B. Watch DVDs. C. Join the woman.

16. What does the woman think of Gordon’s coming weekend?

A. Relaxed. B. Boring. C. Busy.


听第 10 段材料,回答第 17 至 20 题。

17. Who is Wang Ming?




A. A student. B. An employer. C. An engineer.

18. What does the speaker say about the college job market this year?
“一

A. It’s unpredictable. B. It’s quite stable. C. It’s not optimistic.


19. What percentage of student job seekers have found a job by now?

A. 20%. B. 22%. C. 50%.


20. Why are engineering graduates more likely to accept a job?

A. They need more work experience.

B. The salary is usually good.

C. Their choice is limited.

第二部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节:单项填空(共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 15 分)

请阅读下面各题,从题中所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡


上将该项涂黑。

例:It is generally considered unwise to give a child _________ he or she wants.

A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever

答案是 B。

21. It is often the case _________ anything is possible for those who hang on to hope.

A. why B. what C. as D. that

22. More efforts, as reported, _________ in the years ahead to accelerate the supply-side structural

reform.


A. are made B. will be made

C. are being made



D. have been made

23. Many young people, most _________ were well-educated, headed for remote regions to chase

their dreams.
“一

A. of which B. of them C. of whom D. of those


24. —Can you tell us your _________ for happiness and a long life?

—Living every day to the full, definitely.


A. recipe B. record C. range D. receipt

25. He did not _________ easily, but was willing to accept any constructive advice for a worthy

cause.

A. approach B. wrestle C. compromise D. communicate

26. _________some people are motivated by a need for success, others are motivated by a fear of

failure.

A. Because B. If C. Unless D. While

27. If it _________ for his invitation the other day, I should not be here now.
A. had not been B. should not be

C. were not to be D. should not have been

28. In art criticism, you must assume the artist has a secret message _________ within the work.

A. to hide B. hidden C. hiding D. being hidden

29. Dashan, who _________ crosstalk, the Chinese comedic tradition, for decades, wants to mix it

up with the Western stand-up tradition.

A. will be learning B. is learning

C. had been learning D. has been learning


30. Many businesses started up by college students have _________ thanks to the comfortable


climate for business creation.

A. fallen off B. taken off C. turned off D. left off

31. His comprehensive surveys have provided the most _________ statements of how, and on
“一

what basis, data are collected.

A. explicit B. ambiguous C. original D. arbitrary


32. —Only those who have a lot in common can get along well.

—_________. Opposites sometimes do attract.


A. I hope not B. I think so C. I appreciate that D. I beg to differ

33. Parents should actively urge their children to _________ the opportunity to join sports teams.

A. gain admission to B. keep track of C. take advantage of D. give rise to

34. Not until recently _________ the development of tourist-related activities in the rural areas.

A. they had encouraged B. had they encouraged

C. did they encourage D. they encouraged

35. —Jack still can’t help being anxious about his job interview.
—Lack of self-confidence is his _________, I am afraid.

A. Achilles’ heel B. child’s play C. green fingers D. last straw

第二节:完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 20 分)

请阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在

答题卡上将该项涂黑。

Years ago, a critical event occurred in my life that would change it forever. I met Kurt

Kampmeir of Success Motivation Incorporation for breakfast. While we were  36 , Kurt asked

me, "John, what is your  37 for personal growth?"


Never at a loss for words, I tried to find things in my life that might  38 for growth. I told

him about the many activities in which I was  39 . And I went into a  40 about how hard I


worked and the gains I was making. I must have talked for ten minutes. Kurt  41 patiently, but

then he  42 smiled and said, "You don’t have a personal plan for growth, do you?"

"No," I  43 .
“一

"You know," Kurt said simply, "growth is not a(n)  44 process."


And that’s when it  45 me. I wasn’t doing anything  46 to make myself better. And at

that moment, I made the  47 : I will develop and follow a personal growth plan for my  48 .

That night, I talked to my wife about my  49 with Kurt and what I had learned. I  50 

her the workbook and tapes Kurt was selling. We  51 that Kurt wasn’t just trying to make a

sale. He was offering a  52 for us to change our lives and achieve our dreams.

Several important things happened that day. First, we decided to  53 the resources. But

more importantly, we made a commitment to  54 together as a couple. From that day on, we

learned together, traveled together, and sacrificed together. It was a   55   decision. While too

many couples grow apart, we were growing together.

36. A. working B. preparing C. thinking D. eating

37. A. suggestion B. demand C. plan D. request


38. A. appeal B. look C. call D. qualify

39. A. involved B. trapped C. lost D. bathed

40. A. lecture B. speech C. discussion D. debate

41. A. calculated B. listened C. drank D. explained

42. A. eagerly B. gradually C. gratefully D. finally

43. A. admitted B. interrupted C. apologized D. complained

44. A. automatic B. slow C. independent D. changing

45. A. confused B. informed C. pleased D. hit


46. A. on loan B. on purpose C. on sale D. on balance

47. A. comment B. announcement



C. decision D. arrangement

48. A. life B. progress C. performance D.

investment
“一

49. A. contract B. conversation C. negotiation D. argument


50. A. lent B. sold C. showed D. offered


51. A. recalled B. defined C. recognized D. declared


52. A. tool B. method C. way D. rule

53. A. provide B. buy C. give D. deliver

54. A. grow B. survive C. move D. gather

55. A. difficult B. random C. firm D. wise

第三部分:阅读理解(共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)

请阅读下列短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并

在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

A
Day school Program

Secondary students across Toronto District School Board(TDSB) are invited to take one or two

e-Learning courses on their day school timetable. Students will remain on the roll at their day

school.

The on-line classroom provides an innovative, relevant and interactive learning environment. The

courses and on-line classroom are provided by the Ministry of Education.


These on-line courses


are taught by TDSB secondary school teachers;

are part of the TDSB Student’s timetable; and

appear on the Student’s report upon completion.


“一

Benefits of e-Learning

Include:

access to courses that may not be available at his or her TDSB school;

using technology to provide students with current information: and,


assistance to solve timetable conflicts.

Is e-Learning for You?

Students who are successful in an on-line course are usually:

able to plan, organize time and complete assignments and activities;

capable of working independently in a responsible and honest manner; and,

able to regularly use a computer or mobile device with internet access.

Students need to spend at least as much time with their on-line course work as they would in a
face-to-face classroom course.

56. E-Learning courses are different from other TDSB courses in that _________.

A. they are given by best TDSB teachers

B. they are not on the day school timetable

C. they are not included on students’ reports

D. they are an addition to TDSB courses

57. What do students need to do before completing e-Learning courses?

A. To learn information technology on-line.


B. To do their assignments independently.

C. To update their mobile devices regularly.




D. To talk face to face with their teachers.

B
“一

Chimps (黑猩猩) will cooperate in certain ways, like gathering in war parties to protect their

territory. But beyond the minimum requirements as social beings, they have little instinct (本能) to

help one another. Chimps in the wild seek food for themselves. Even chimp mothers regularly

decline to share food with their children, who are able from a young age to gather their own food.

In the laboratory, chimps don’t naturally share food either. If a chimp is put in a cage where

he can pull in one plate of food for himself or, with no greater effort, a plate that also provides

food for a neighbor in the next cage, he will pull at random — he just doesn’t care whether his

neighbor gets fed or not. Chimps are truly selfish.

Human children, on the other hand, are naturally cooperative. From the earliest ages, they

desire to help others, to share information and to participate in achieving common goals. The

psychologist Michael Tomasello has studied this cooperativeness in a series of experiments with

very young children. He finds that if babies aged 18 months see an unrelated adult with hands full

trying to open a door, almost all will immediately try to help.


There are several reasons to believe that the urges to help, inform and share are not taught,

but naturally possessed in young children. One is that these instincts appear at a very young age

before most parents have started to train their children to behave socially. Another is that the

helping behaviors are not improved if the children are rewarded. A third reason is that social

intelligence develops in children before their general cognitive ( 认 知 的 ) skills, at least when

compared with chimps. In tests conducted by Tomasello, the human children did no better than the

chimps on the physical world tests but were considerably better at understanding the social world.

The core of what children’s minds have and chimps’ don’t is what Tomasello calls shared

intentionality. Part of this ability is that they can infer what others know or are thinking. But

beyond that, even very young children want to be part of a shared purpose. They actively seek to


be part of a "we", a group that intends to work toward a shared goal.

58.What can we learn from the experiment with chimps?




A. Chimps seldom care about others’ interests.

B. Chimps tend to provide food for their children.


“一

C. Chimps like to take in their neighbors’ food.


D. Chimps naturally share food with each other.


59.Michael Tomasello’s tests on young children indicate that they _______.


A. have the instinct to help others B. know how to offer help to adults

C. know the world better than chimps D. trust adults with their hands full

60.The passage is mainly about _________.

A. the helping behaviors of young children

B. ways to train children’s shared intentionality

C. cooperation as a distinctive human nature

D. the development of intelligence in children


C

El Niño, a Spanish term for "the Christ child," was named by South American fishermen who

noticed that the global weather pattern, which happens every two to seven years, reduced the

amount of fishes caught around Christmas. El Niño sees warm water, collected over several years

in the western Pacific, flow back eastwards when winds that normally blow westwards weaken, or

sometimes the other way round.

The weather effects, both good and bad, are felt in many places. Rich countries gain more

from powerful Niños, on balance, than they lose. A study found that a strong Niño in 1997-98

helped America’s economy grow by $15 billion, partly because of better agricultural harvests:


farmers in the Midwest gained from extra rain. The total rise in agricultural incomes in rich

countries is greater than the fall in poor ones.


But in Indonesia extremely dry forests are in flames. A multi-year drought ( 干 旱 ) in

south-east Brazil is becoming worse. Though heavy rains brought about by El Niño may relieve

the drought in California, they are likely to cause surface flooding and other disasters.
“一

The most recent powerful Niño, in 1997-98, killed around 21,000 people and caused damage

worth $36 billion around the globe. But such Niños come with months of warning, and so much is

known about how they happen that governments can prepare. According to the Overseas

Development Institute (ODI), however, just 12% of disaster-relief funding in the past two decades

has gone on reducing risks in advance, rather than recovery and rebuilding afterwards. This is

despite evidence that a dollar spent on risk-reduction saves at least two on reconstruction.

Simple improvements to infrastructure (基础设施) can reduce the spread of disease. Better

sewers (下水道) make it less likely that heavy rain is followed by an outbreak of the disease of

bad stomach. Stronger bridges mean villages are less likely to be left without food and medicine

after floods. According to a paper in 2011 by Mr Hsiang and co-authors, civil conflict is related to

El Niño’s harmful effects — and the poorer the country, the stronger the link. Though the

relationship may not be causal, helping divided communities to prepare for disasters would at least

reduce the risk that those disasters are followed by killing and wounding people. Since the poorest

are least likely to make up for their losses from disasters linked to El Niño, reducing their losses
needs to be the priority.

61.What can we learn about El Niño in Paragraph 1?

A. It is named after a South American fisherman.

B. It takes place almost every year all over the world.

C. It forces fishermen to stop catching fish around Christmas.

D. It sees the changes of water flow direction in the ocean.

62.What may El Niños bring about to the countries affected?

A. Agricultural harvests in rich countries fall.


B. Droughts become more harmful than floods.

C. Rich countries’ gains are greater than their losses.




D. Poor countries suffer less from droughts economically.

63.The data provided by ODI in Paragraph 4 suggest that     .


“一

A. more investment should go to risk reduction


B. governments of poor countries need more aid


C. victims of El Niño deserve more compensation


D. recovery and reconstruction should come first

64.What is the author’s purpose in writing the passage?

A. To introduce El Niño and its origin.

B. To explain the consequences of El Niño.

C. To show ways of fighting against El Niño.

D. To urge people to prepare for El Niño.

D
Not so long ago, most people didn’t know who Shelly-Ann Fraser-Pryce was going to

become. She was just an average high athlete. There was every indication that she was just another

Jamaican teenager without much of a future. However, one person wanted to change this. Stephen

Francis observed then eighteen-year-old Shelly-Ann at a track meet and was convinced that he had

seen the beginnings of true greatness. Her times were not exactly impressive, but even so, he

sensed there was something trying to get out, something the other coaches had overlooked when

they had assessed her and found her lacking. He decided to offer Shelly-Ann a place in his very

strict training sessions. Their cooperation quickly produced results, and a few years later at

Jamaica’s Olympic trials in early 2008, Shelly-Ann, who at that time only ranked number 70 in

the world, beat Jamaica’s unchallenged queen of the sprint (短跑).


"Where did she come from?" asked an astonished sprinting world, before concluding that she


must be one of those one-hit wonders that spring up from time to time, only to disappear again

without signs. But Shelly-Ann was to prove that she was anything but a one-hit wonder. At the

Beijing Olympics she swept away any doubts about her ability to perform consistently by

becoming the first Jamaican woman ever to win the 100 metres Olympic gold. She did it again one
“一

year on at the World Championships in Berlin, becoming world champion with a time of 10.73 —

the fourth fastest time ever.


Shelly-Ann is a little woman with a big smile. She has a mental toughness that did not come

about by chance. Her journey to becoming the fastest woman on earth has been anything but

smooth and effortless. She grew up in one of Jamaica’s toughest inner-city communities known as

Waterhouse, where she lived in a one-room apartment, sleeping four in a bed with her mother and

two brothers. Waterhouse, one of the poorest communities in Jamaica, is a really violent and

overpopulated place. Several of Shelly-Ann’s friends and family were caught up in the killings;

one of her cousins was shot dead only a few streets away from where she lived. Sometimes her

family didn’t have enough to eat. She ran at the school championships barefooted because she

couldn’t afford shoes. Her mother Maxime, one of a family of fourteen, had been an athlete

herself as a young girl but, like so many other girls in Waterhouse, had to stop after she had her

first baby. Maxime’s early entry into the adult world with its responsibilities gave her the

determination to ensure that her kids would not end up in Waterhouse’s roundabout of poverty.
One of the first things Maxime used to do with Shelly-Ann was taking her to the track, and she

was ready to sacrifice everything.

It didn’t take long for Shelly-Ann to realize that sports could be her way out of Waterhouse.

On a summer evening in Beijing in 2008, all those long, hard hours of work and commitment

finally bore fruit. The barefoot kid who just a few years previously had been living in poverty,

surrounded by criminals and violence, had written a new chapter in the history of sports.

But Shelly-Ann’s victory was far greater than that. The night she won Olympic gold in

Beijing, the routine murders in Waterhouse and the drug wars in the neighbouring streets stopped.

The dark cloud above one of the world’s toughest criminal neighbourhoods simply disappeared


for a few days. "I have so much fire burning for my country," Shelly said. She plans to start a

foundation for homeless children and wants to build a community centre in Waterhouse. She


hopes to inspire the Jamaicans to lay down their weapons. She intends to fight to make it a

woman’s as well as a man’s world.

As Muhammad Ali puts it, "Champions aren’t made in gyms. Champions are made from
“一

something they have deep inside them. A desire, a dream, a vision." One of the things Shelly-Ann

can be proud of is her understanding of this truth.


65.Why did Stephen Francis decide to coach Shelly-Ann?


A. He had a strong desire to free her family from trouble.


B. He sensed a great potential in her despite her weaknesses.

C. She had big problems maintaining her performance.

D. She suffered a lot of defeats at the previous track meets.

66.What did the sprinting world think of Shelly-Ann before the 2008 Olympic Games?

A. She would become a promising star.

B. She badly needed to set higher goals.

C. Her sprinting career would not last long.


D. Her talent for sprinting was known to all.

67.What made Maxime decide to train her daughter on the track?

A. Her success and lessons in her career.

B. Her interest in Shelly-Ann’s quick profit.

C. Her wish to get Shelly-Ann out of poverty.

D. Her early entrance into the sprinting world.

68.What can we infer from Shelly-Ann’s statement underlined in Paragraph 5?

A. She was highly rewarded for her efforts.


B. She was eager to do more for her country.

C. She became an athletic star in her country.




D. She was the envy of the whole community.

69.By mentioning Muhammad Ali’s words, the author intends to tell us that ________.
“一

A. players should be highly inspired by coaches


B. great athletes need to concentrate on patience


C. hard work is necessary in one’s achievements


D. motivation allows great athletes to be on the top

70.What is the best title for the passage?

A. The Making of a Great Athlete B. The Dream for Championship

C. The Key to High Performance D. The Power of Full Responsibility

第四部分:任务型阅读(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

请阅读下面短文,并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。

注意:请将答案写在答题卡上相应题号的横线上。每个空格只填一个单词。
An Extension of the Human Brain

Other people can help us compensate for our mental and emotional deficiencies (欠缺), much

as a wooden leg can compensate for a physical deficiency. To be exact, other people can extend

our intelligence and help us understand and adjust our emotions. When another person helps us in

such ways, he or she is participating in what I’ve called a "social prosthetic (义肢的) system."

Such systems do not need to operate face-to-face, and it’s clear to me that the Internet is

expanding the range of my own social prosthetic systems. It’s already a big bank of many minds.

Even in its current state, the Internet has extended my memory and judgment.

Regarding memory: Once I look up something on the Internet, I don’t need to keep all the


details for future use — I know where to find that information again and can quickly and easily do

so. More generally, the Internet functions as if it were my memory. This function of the Internet is


particularly striking when I’m writing; I’m no longer comfortable writing if I’m not connected to

the Internet. It’s become natural to check facts as I write, taking a minute or two to dip into

PubMed, Wikipedia, or other websites.


“一

Regarding judgment: The Internet has made me smarter in matters small and large. For

example, when I’m writing a textbook, it has become second nature to check a dozen definitions

of a key term, which helps me dig into the core and understand its meaning. But more than that, I

now regularly compare my views with those of many others. If I have a "new idea," I now quickly

look to see whether somebody else has already thought of it, or something similar — and I then

compare what I think with what others have thought. This certainly makes my own views clearer.

Moreover, I can find out whether my reactions to an event are reasonable enough by reading about

those of others on the Internet.

These effects of the Internet have become even more striking since I’ve begun using a

smartphone. I now regularly pull out my phone to check a fact, watch a video, read weibo. Such

activities fill the spaces that used to be dead time (such as waiting for somebody to arrive for a

lunch meeting).
But that’s the upside(好处). The downside is that in those dead periods I often would let my

thoughts flow and sometimes would have an unexpected insight or idea. Those opportunities are

now fewer and farther between.

An Extension of the Human Brain

●The (71) ▲ can help make up for our mental and emotional

deficiencies as a wooden leg can compensate for a bodily

deficiency.
A prosthetic nature

●It (72) ▲ in our daily events, extending our intelligence,


comprehending our feelings, and expanding the range of social

activities.


●On the Internet, we could quickly and easily locate the details, and

check facts, without (73) ▲ them in mind.

Wonderful aspects:
●The Internet makes us smarter over (74)
“一

▲ kinds of things. It
memory and judgment
provides a dozen definitions of a key term for us to find the (75)

▲ of the matter.

●The Internet enables us to exchange ideas with many others to (76)


▲ our claims, and to (77) ▲ our actions.

●Smartphones make it easier and more (79) ▲ to check reality,

The (78) ▲ sides watch video clips, read weibo.

of smartphones
●Smartphones (80) ▲ the possibility for new and insightful

minds, and steal away our dead time.

第五部分:书面表达(满分 25 分)

81. 请阅读下面短文,并按照要求用英语写一篇 150 词左右的文章。


In recent years, internet voting has become increasingly popular in China. People not only

cast on-line votes themselves, but also urge others to vote for competitions like the "Most

Beautiful Teacher" and the "Cutest Baby".

Li Jiang, a high school student, is invited to vote in the "Best Police Officer" competition,

organized by the local government to let the public have a better understanding of police officers’

daily work. Li Jiang visits the website and reads all the stories. He is deeply moved by their

glorious deeds. He is already thinking of becoming a policeman himself in the future.

Su Hua is invited by his uncle to vote for his cousin in the "Future Singer" competition. He

has already received three similar invitations this week. His uncle tells him that if his cousin wins


the competition, the family will win an overseas tour for free. Su Hua likes his cousin very much,

but he finds other singers perform even better. To vote, or not to vote? This is a question that

troubles him very much.




【写作内容】

1. 用约 30 个单词写出上文概要;
“一

2. 用约 120 个单词阐述你对网络投票的看法,并用 2~3 个理由或论据支撑你的看法。


【写作要求】

1. 写作过程中不能直接引用原文语句;

2. 作文中不能出现真实姓名和学校名称;

3. 不必写标题。

【评分标准】

内容完整,语言规范,语篇连贯,词数适当。

2016 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(上海)
本卷分为第 I 卷(选择题)和第 II 卷(非选择题)两部分。考试时间 120 分钟,试卷满分 150

分。

第 I 卷(共 103 分)

I. Listening Comprehension

Section A

Directions: In Section A, you will hear ten short conversations between two speakers. At the end

of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. The conversations and the

questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a conversation and the question about it, read


the four possible answers on your paper, and decide which one is the best answer to the question

you have heard.

1. A. It is satisfactory. B. It is luxurious.


C. It is old-fashioned. D. It is disappointing.

2. A. On August 5th. B. On August 6th. C. On August 7th. D. On August 8th.


“一

3. A. A waiter. B. A butcher. C. A porter. D. A farmer.


4. A. In a theatre. B. In a library. C. In a booking office. D. In a furniture store.


5. A. She expected to a better show. B. She could hardly find her seat.

C. She wasn’t interested in the show. D. She didn’t get a favourable seat.

6. A. The woman often eats out for breakfast. B. The cafeteria serves good breakfast.

C. The woman doesn’t have breakfast. D. The cafeteria doesn’t serve breakfast.

7. A. Selling cucumbers. B. Planting vegetables. C. Cooking a meal. D. Picking tomatoes.

8. A. The man should work hard. B. The man should turn down the job offer.

C. The man may have another chance. D. The man can apply for the job again.

9. A. It is a hot and smoggy day. B. There is a traffic jam on King Street.


C. A vehicle is polluting the air. D. The man is reading a report online.

10. A. Its ending is not good enough. B. Its special effects are not satisfying.

C. It deserves an award. D. It is good except for the scary part.

Section B

Directions: In Section B, you will hear two short passages, and you will be asked three questions

on each of the passages. The passages will be read twice, but the questions will be spoken only

once. When you hear a question, read the four possible answers on your paper and decide which

one would be the best answer to the question you have heard.


Questions 11 through 13 are based on the following passage.


11. A. $1. B. $2 C. $3 D. $ 52. 高
12. A. Pay the bills first.

B. Spend 2% of the salary on living expenses.


“一

C. Deposit $1000 every month.

D. Put part of the money in a savings account.


13. A. Methods of saving money.


B. Saving money for family emergencies.


C. The importance of saving money.

D. Secrets of spending money wisely.

Questions 14 through 16 are based on the following passage.

14. A. Free education.

B. A sum of money.

C. Donations from a local newspaper.

D. Gifts from many people.


15. A. Let students in before school.

B. Offer ice cream and coffee.

C. Introduce a bank into the campus.

D. Reduce the traffic jams around.

16. A. It lacks positive news.

B. It should grow into a big city.

C. It is a place worth living in.

D. It remains peaceful and quiet.


Section C


Directions: In section C, you will hear two longer conversations. The conversations will be read

twice. After you hear each conversation, you are required to fill in the numbered blanks with the

information you have heard. Write your answers on your answer sheet.
“一

Blanks 17 through 20 are based on the following conversation.


Complete the form. Write ONE WORD for each answer.


Class Diary (June 13-19)


13 SUN


14 MON 17 for after-class activity application


15 TUE


16 WED Handing in three student 18

Basketball Club meeting



17 THU
Time:12:45—1:30 pm Place: The 19


18 FRI Filling in a form with up-to-date personal data
Time: 20 break Place: The computer room


19 SAT

Blanks 21 through 24 are based on the following conversation.

Complete the form. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.

Who is Sue Walter? She is 21 in court and a writer.

What is Sue’s suggestion for people with difficulties? 22

In Sue’s eyes, what is the best part about her job? 23 in decision-making.


What does Sue think happiness is? 24


II. Grammar and Vocabulary

Section A

Directions: After reading the passages below, fill in the blanks to make the passages coherent
“一

and grammatically correct. For the blanks with a given word, fill in each blank with the proper

form. of the given word; for the other blanks, use one word that best fits each blank.

(A)

Bags of Love

Last year, I was assigned to work at an office near my mother’s house, so I stayed with her

for a month. During that time, I helped out with the housework and contributed to the groceries.

After less than a week, I started noticing that the groceries were running out pretty quickly —

we were always suddenly out of something. (25)_______(wonder) how my mum could consume

them so quickly, I began observing her daily routine for two weeks. To my surprise, I found that

she would pack a paper bag full of canned goods and head out every morning at about nine.

Eventually, I decided to follow her and (26)_______ happened truly amazed me. She was taking

the food to the refugee camp, in (27)______ she distributed it to children.


I asked around and found out that my mum was very well known in the area. The kids were

very friendly with her and even looked up to her as if she were their own mother. Then it hit me

—why would she not want to tell me about what she (28)_____(do)? Was she worried about how

I would react or that I would stop (29)_____(buy) the groceries if I found out?

When she got home, I told her about my discovery. (30)_____ she could react, I gave her a big

hug and told her she didn’t need to keep it a secret (31)______ me. She told me that some of the

children lived with an older lady in a shelter while others slept on the streets. For years, my mum

has been helping out by giving them whatever food she could spare. I was so impressed by

(32)_____ selfless she was.


(B)


Stress: Good or Bad?

Stress used to be an almost unknown word, but now that we are used to talking about it, I

have found that people are beginning to get stressed about being stressed.

In recent years, stress(33)______(regard) as a cause of a whole range of medical problems,


“一

from high blood pressure to mental illness. But like so many other things, it is only too much

stress(34)______ does you harm. It is time you considered that if there were no stress in your life,

you would achieve a little. If you are stuck at home with no stress, then your level of performance

will be low. Up to a certain point, the more stress you are under, the (35)_____(good) your

performance will be. Beyond a certain point, though , further stress will only lead to exhaustion,

illness and finally a breakdown. You can tell when you are over the top and on the downward

slope, by asking yourself (36)_______ number of questions. Do you, for instance, feel that too

much is being expected of (37)______, and yet find it impossible to say no? Do you find yourself

getting impatient or(38) _____(annoy) with people over unimportant things?... If the answer to all

those questions is yes, you had better(39)______(control ) your stress, as you probably are under

more stress than is good for you.

To some extent you can control the amount of stress in your life. Doctors have worked out a

chart showing how much stress is involved in various events. Getting married is 50, pregnancy 40,

moving house 20, Christmas 12,etc. If the total stress in your life is over 150, you are twice as
likely (40)_______ (get )ill.

Section B

Directions: Complete the following passage by using the words in the box. Each word can only

be used once. Note that there is one word more than you need.

A. account B. adjustable C. appliances D. capture E. decorations F. direct

G. experiment H. intended I. operated J. soulless K. squeeze

Golden Rules of Good Design

What makes good design? Over the years, designers and artists have been trying to 41


the essentials of good design. They have found that some sayings can help people understand the


ideas of good design. There are four as follows. 高
Less is more. This saying is associated with the German-born architect Mies van der Rohe. In

his Modernist view, beauty lies in simplicity and elegance, and the aim of the designer is to create

solutions to problems through the most efficient means. Design should avoid unnecessary 42
“一

More is not a bore. The American-born architect Robert Venturi concluded that if simplicity

is done badly, the result is 43 design. Post-Modernist designers began to 44 with

decoration and color again. Product design was heavily influenced by this view and can be seen in

kitchen 45 such as ovens and kettles.


Fitness for purpose. Successful product design takes into consideration a product’s function,

purpose, shape, form, color, and so on. The most important result for the user is that the product

does what is 46 . For example, think of a(n) 47 desk lamp. It needs to be constructed

from materials that will stand the heat of the lamp and regular adjustments by the user. It also

needs to be stable. Most importantly, it needs to 48 light where it is needed.

From follows emotion. This phrase is associated with the German designer Hartmut

Esslinger. He believes design must take into 49 the sensory side of our nature—sight,

smell, touch and taste. These are as important as rational( 理 性 的 ). When choosing everyday

products such as toothpaste, we appreciate a cool-looking device that allows us to easily 50


the toothpaste onto our brush.

III. Reading Comprehension

Section A

Directions: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B,

C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.

In the 1960s, Douglas McGregor, one of the key thinkers in the art of management,

developed the mow famous Theory X and Theory Y. Theory X is the idea that people instinctively

51 work and will do anything to avoid it. Theory Y is the view that everyone has the potential

to find satisfaction in work.


In any case, despite so much evidence to the 52 , many managers still agree to Theory

X. They believe, 53

, that their employees need constant supervision if they are to work

effectively, or that decisions must be imposed from 54 without consultation. This, of course,

makes for authoritarian (专制的) managers.


“一

Different cultures have different ways of 55 people. Unlike authoritarian management,

some cultures, particularly in Asia, are well known for the consultative nature of decision-making—all

members of the department or work group are asked to 56 to this process. This is

management by the collective opinion. Many western companies have tried to imitate such Asian

ways of doing things, which are based on general 57 . Some experts say that women will

become more effective managers than men because they have the power to reach common goals in

a way that traditional 58 managers cannot.

A recent trend has been to encourage employees to use their own initiative, to make

decisions on their own without 59 managers first. This empowerment (授权) has been part

of the trend towards downsizing: 60 the number of management layers in companies. After

de-layering in this way, a company may be 61 with just a top level of senior managers,

front-line managers and employees with direct contact with the public. Empowerment takes the

idea of delegation ( 委 托 ) much further than has 62 been the case. Empowerment and

delegation mean new forms of management control to 63 that the overall business plan is
being followed, and that operations become more profitable under the new organization, rather

than less.

Another trend is off-site or 64 management, where teams of people linked by e-mail

and the Internet work on projects from their own houses. Project managers evaluate the 65

of the team members in terms of what they produce for projects, rather than the amount of time

they spend on them.

51. A. desire B. seek C. lose D. dislike

52. A. contrary B. expectation C. degree D. extreme

53. A. vice versa B. for example C. however D. otherwise


54. A. outside B. inside C. below D. above

55. A. replacing B. assessing C. managing


中 D. encouraging

56. A. refer B. contribute C. object D. apply

57. A. agreement B. practice C. election D. impression


“一

58. A. bossy B. experienced C. western D. male


59. A. asking B. training C. warning D. firing


60. A. doubling B. maintaining C. reducing D. estimating


61. A. honored B. left C. crowded D. compared

62. A. economically B. traditionally C. inadequately D. occasionally

63. A. deny B. admit C. assume D. ensure

64. A. virtual B. ineffective C. day-to-day D. on-the-scene

65. A. opinion B. risk C. performance D. attractiveness

Section B

Direction:Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or
unfinished sattments. For each of them there are four choices markedA, B, C and D. Choose the

one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.

(A)

One early morning, I went into the living room to find my mother reading a thick book called

Best Loved Poems to Read Again and Again. My interest was aroused only by the fact that the

word "Poems" appeared in big, hot pink letters.

"Is it good?" I asked her.

" Yeah, " she answered. " There’s one I really like and you’ll like it, too. " I leaned

forward.


"‘Patty Poem,’" she read the title. Who is Patty? I wondered. The poem began:


She never puts her toys away,

Just leaves them scattered① where they lay,… ①散乱的

“一

The poem was just three short sections. The final one came quickly:

When she grows and gathers poise②, ②稳重


I’ll miss her harum-scarum③ noise, ③莽撞的

And look in vain④ for scattered toys. ④徒劳地

And I’ll be sad.

A terrible sorrow washed over me. Whoever Patty was, she was a mean girl. Then, the shock.

"It’s you, honey," My mother said sadly.

To my mother, the poem revealed a parent’s affection when her child grows up and leaves.
To me, the " she " in the poem was horror. It was my mama who would be sad. It was so
terrible I burst out crying.
"What’s wrong?" my mother asked.

"Oh Mama," I cried. "I don’t want to grow up ever!"

She smiled. "Honey, it’s okay. You’re not growing up anytime soon. And when you do, I’ll
still love you, okay?"

"Okay," I was still weeping. My panic has gone. But I could not help thinking about that
silly poem. After what seemed like a safe amount of time, I read the poem again and was
confused. It all fit so well together, like a puzzle. The language was simple, so simple I could
plainly understand its meaning, yet it was still beautiful. I was now fascinated by the idea of
poetry, words that had the power to make or break a person’s world.

I have since fallen in love with other poems, but "Patty Poem" remains my poem. After
all, " Patty Poem " gave me my love for poetry not because it was the poem that lifted my


spirits, but because it was the one that hurt me the most.


66. Why was the writer attracted by the book Best Loved Poems to Read Again and Again?

A. It was a thick enough book.

B. Something on its cover caught her eye.


“一

C. Her mother was reading it with interest.

D. It has a meaningful title.


67. After her mother read the poem to her, the writer felt ______ at first.

A. sad B. excited C. horrified D. confused


68. The writer’s mother liked to read "Patty Poem" probably because______.

A. it reflected her own childhood

B. it was written in simple language

C. it was composed by a famous poet

D. it gave her a hint of what would happen

69. It can be concluded from the passage that"Patty Poem"leads the writer to _______.

A. discover the power of poetry

B. recognize her love for puzzles

C. find her eagerness to grow up


D. experience great homesickness

(B)

Is there link between humans and climate change or not? This question was first studied in the

early 1900s. Since then, many scientists have thought that our actions do make a difference. In

1997, the Kyoto Protocol explained our role in the Earth’s changing atmosphere and set

international limits for gas emissions(排放) from 2008 to 2012. Some countries have decided to

continue these reductions until 2020. More recently, the Paris Agreement, stuck by nearly 200

countries, also aims to limit global warming. But just now how much warmer it will get depends

on how deeply countries cut carbon emissions.





“一


3.5℃

This is how much temperatures would rise by 2100 even if nations live up to the initial Paris

promises to reduce carbon emissions; this rise could still put coastal cities under water and drive

over half of all species to extinction.

2℃

To meet this minimum goal, the Agreement requires countries to tighten emissions targets every

five years. Even this increase could sink some islands, worse drought(干旱) and drive a decline of

up to a third in the number of species.


1.5℃

This is the most ambitious goal for temperature rise set by the Paris Agreement, after a push by

low-lying island nations like Kiribati, which say limiting temperature rise to 1.5℃ could save

them from sinking.

0.8℃

This is how much temperatures have risen since the industrial age began, putting us 40% of the

way to the 2℃ point.


0℃


The baseline here is average global temperature before the start of the industrial age.

70. It can be concluded from paragraph 1 that _______.

A. the problem of global warming will have been quite solved by 2020
“一

B. gas emissions have been effectively reduced in developed countries

C. the Paris Agreements is more influential than the Kyoto Protocol


D. humans have made continuous efforts to slow down global warming


71. If nations could only keep the initial promises of the Paris Agreement, what would happen by

the year 2100?

A. The human population would increase by one third.

B. Little over 50% of all species would still exist.

C. Nations would not need to tighten their emissions targets.

D. The Agreement’s minimum goal would not be reached.

72. If those island nations not far above sea level are to survive, the maximum temperature rise,

since the start of the industrial age, should be_______.


A. 0.8℃ B. 1.5℃

C. 2℃ D. 3.5℃

(C)

Enough " meaningless drivel " . That’s the message from a group of members of the UK

government who have been examining how social media firms like LinkedIn gather and use social

media data.

The House of Commons Science and Technology Committee’s report, released last week, has

blamed firms for making people sign up to long incomprehensible legal contracts and calls for an

international standard or kitemark (认证标记) to identify sites that have clear terms and conditions.


"The term and conditions statement that we all carelessly agree to is meaningless drivel to


anyone," says Andrew Miller, the chair of the committee. Instead, he says, firms should provide

a plain-English version of their terms. The simplified version would be checked by a third party

and awarded a kitemark if it is an accurate reflection of the original.


“一

It is not yet clear who would administer the scheme, but the UK government is looking at

introducing it on a voluntary basis. " we need to think through how we make that work in

practice," says Miller.


Would we pay any more attention to a kitemark? "I think if you went and did the survey,

people would like to think they would," says Nigel Shadbolt at the University of Southampton,

UK, who studies open data. "We do know people worry a lot about the inappropriate use of their

information." But what would happen in practice is another matter, he says.

Other organisations such as banks ask customers to sign long contracts they may not read or

understand, but Miller believes social media requires special attention because it is so new. "We

still don’t know how significant the long-term impact is going to be of unwise things that kids put

on social media that come back and bite them in 20 years’ time," he says.
Shadbolt, who gave evidence to the committee, says the problem is that we don’t know how co

mpanies will use our data because their business models and uses of data are still evolving. Large

collections of personal information have become valuable only recently, he says.

The shock and anger when a social media firm does something with data that people don’t

expect, even if users have apparently permission, show that the current situation isn’t working. If

properly administered, a kitemark on terms and conditions could help people know what exactly

they are signing up to. Although they would still have to actually read them.

73. What does the phrase " meaningless drivel" in paragraphs 1 and 3 refer to?

A. Legal contracts that social media firms make people sign up to.


B. Warnings from the UK government against unsafe websites.

C. Guidelines on how to use social media websites properly.




D. Insignificant data collected by social media firms.

74. It can be inferred from the passage that Nigel Shadbolt doubts whether _______.
“一

A. social media firms would conduct a survey on the kitemark scheme


B. people would pay as much attention to a kitemark as they think


C. a kitemark scheme would be workable on a nationwide scale


D. the kitemark would help companies develop their business models

75. Andrew Miller thinks social media needs more attention than banks mainly because _______.

A. their users consist largely of kids under 20 years old

B. the language in their contracts is usually harder to understand

C. the information they collected could become more valuable in future

D. it remains unknown how users’ data will be taken advantage of

76. The writer advises users of social media to _______.


A. think carefully before posting anything onto such websites

B. read the terms and conditions even if there is a kitemark

C. take no further action if they can find a kitemark

D. avoid providing too much personal information

77. Which of the following is the best title of the passage?

A. Say no to social media?

B. New security rules in operation?

C. Accept without reading?


D. Administration matters!

Section C


Directions: Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in

the fewest possible words.


“一

Walking will be banned on escalators as part of a trail designed to reduce congestion(拥堵) at


some of the country’s busiest stations.


In the first move of its kind, all travelers will be forced to stand on both sides of escalators on

the London Underground as part of a plan to increase capacity(容量) at the height of the rush hour.

A six-month trial will be introduced at Holborn station from mid-April, eliminating the rule

of standing on the right and walking on the left. The move, imitating a similar structure in Far

eastern cities such as Hong Kong, is designed to increase the number of people using long

escalators at the busiest times . It could be expanded across the Tube network in coming years.

According to London Underground, only 40 percent of travelers walk the full length of long

escalators, leaving the majority at the bottom as they wait to get on to the "standing "side.

A three-week trial at Holborn last year found that the number of people using escalators at any

time of could be raised by almost a third. Peter McNaught, operations director at London
Underground, said: " It may not seem right that you can go quicker by standing still, but our

experiments at Holborn have proved that it can be true. This new six-month trial will help us find

out if we can influence customers to stand on both sides in the long term."

Holborn has one of the longest sets of escalators on the Underground network at 23.4 high.

Tube bosses claim that capacity was limited because so few people wanted to walk up—meaning

only one side was used at all times. Research has shown that it is more effective use of escalators

over 18.5 to ban walking.

The previous trial found that escalators at the station normally carried 2,500 people between

8:30am and 9:30am on a typical day, rising to 3,250 during the researching period.


In the new trial, which will be launched from April 18, one of three "up" escalators will be


standing only, with a second banning walking at peak times. A third will remain a mix of walking

and standing.

(Note: Answering the questions or complete the statements in NO MORE THAN TEN WORDS.)

78. What is the existing problem with standing on the right and walking on the left?
“一

79. What did last year’s three-week trial at Holborn station prove?

80.The research suggests that walking should be forbidden on escalators that are at least

_________ in height.

81. In the new trail, in addition to one escalator banning walking in rush hours, the other "up"

escalators will be used for_________________.

第 II 卷(共 47 分)

I. Translation

Directions: Translate the following sentences into English, using the words given in the brackets.

1.我真希望自己的文章有朝一日能见报。(hope)

2.二十世纪末中国经济迅速发展。(witness)
3.为买一双运动鞋而通宵排队有意义吗?(point)

4.虽然当时我年幼,不理解这部电影的含义,但我记得我的家人都感动得落泪了。(too…to…)

5.我阿姨苦读四年之后获得了文凭,那一刻她欣喜万分。(The moment…)

II. Guided Writing

Directions: Write an English composition in 120–150 words according to the instructions given

below in Chinese.

假设你是中华中学学生姚平,最近参加了一项研究性学习调研,课题为"父母是否以子

女为荣"。通过调研你校学生及其父母,结果发现双方对此问题的看法有差异(数据如图所


示)。根据图表写一份报告,在报告中,你必须:


1. 描述调研数据; 高
2. 分析可能导致这一结果的原因。

“一


绝密★启用前
2016 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(四川卷)

英语

第 Ⅰ 卷

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转

涂到答题卡上。

第一节(共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)


听下面 5 段对话,每段对话后有一个小题。从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出


最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小

题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?

A. £ 19.15. B. £ 9.18. C. £ 9.15.


“一

答案是 C。

1.What will Lucy do at 11:30 tomorrow?


A. Go out for lunch. B. See her dentist. C. Visit a friend.


2.What is the weather like now?

A. It’s sunny. B. It’s rainy. C.I t’s cloudy.

3.Why does the man talk to Dr. Simpson?

A. To make an apology. B. To ask for help. C. To discuss his

studies.

4.How will the woman get back from the railway station?

A. By train. B. By car. C. By bus.

5.What does Jenny decide to do first?


A. Look for a job. B. Go on a trip. C. Get an assistant.

第二节 (共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个

选项中选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个

小题,每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。

听第 6 段材料,回答第 6、7 题。

6.What time is it now?

A.1:45. B.2:10. C.2:15.


7.What will the man do?


A. Work on a project.

B. See Linda in the library.

C. Meet with Professor Smith.


“一

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8 至 10 题。

8.What are the speakers talking about?


A. Having guests this weekend.


B. Going out for sightseeing.

C. Moving into a new house.

9.What is the relationship between the speakers?

A. Neighbors. B. Husband and wife. C. Host and visitor.

10.What will the man do tomorrow?

A. Work in his garden. B. Have a barbecue. C. Do some

shopping.

听第 8 段材料,回答第 11 至 13 题
11.Where was the man born?

A. In Philadelphia. B. In Springfield. C. In Kansas.

12.What did the man like doing when he was a child?

A. Drawing. B. Traveling. C. Reading.

13.What inspires the man most in his work?

A. Education. B. Family love. C. Nature.

听第 9 段材料,回答第 14 至 17 题。

14.Why is Dorothy going to Europe?


A. To attend a training program.

B. To carry out some research.




C. To take a vacation.

15.How long will Dorothy stay in Europe?


“一

A.A few days. B. Two weeks. C. Three months.


16.What does Dorothy think of her apartment?


A. It’s expensive. B. It’s satisfactory. C. It’s


inconvenient.

17.What does Bill offer to do for Dorothy?

A. Recommend her apartment to Jim.

B. Find a new apartment for her.

C. Take care of her apartment.

听第 10 段材料,回答第 18 至 20 题

18.What are the tourists advised to do when touring London?


A. Take their tour schedule.

B. Watch out for the traffic.

C. Wear comfortable shoes.

19.What will the tourists do in fifteen minutes?

A. Meet the speaker. B. Go to their rooms. C. Change some

money.

20.Where probably is the speaker?

A. In a park. B. In a hotel. C. In a shopping


centre.


第二部分阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节(共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中,选出最佳选项,并在答
“一

题卡上将该项涂黑。

A

Basketball Statistician Help Wanted


The Athletic Department is looking for students to help assist staff during the Fall 2016,

Winter 2016-17 and Spring 2017 semesters. Students in this position will be keeping live statistics

during basketball games. Students must meet all of the following requirements:

 Good computer skills

 Available evenings and weekends

 Knowing basketball rules and statistics

Students interested in working for the Athletic Department should contact the Athletic

Coordinator at their respective(各自的) campuses.


 TP/SS Athletic Coordinator, Michael Simone,240-567-1308

 Rockville Athletic Coordinator, Jorge Zuniga,240-567-7589

 Springfield Athletic coordinator, Gary Miller,240-567-2273

 Germantown Athletic Coordinator, GavriChavan, 240-567-6915

21.When will the job start?

A .In May 2016 B. In May 2017

C. In September 2016 D. In September2017

22.Who is more likely to get job?


A. Sam, English major ,member of the college basketball team


B. Judy, IT staff with night classes, children’s basketball team coach

C. Ted, computer major, basketball fan, free on evenings and weekends

D. Molly, part-time programmer, high school basketball player ,new mother


“一

23.Whom should you contact if you want to apply for the job in Rockville?

A. Michael. B. Jorge. C. Gauri. D. Gary.


B

If you could have one superpower, what would it be?

Dreaming about whether you would want to read minds, see through walls, or have

superhuman strength may sound silly, but it actually gets to the heart

of what really matters in your life.

Every day in our work, we are inspired by the people we meet doing extraordinary things to

improve the world.

They have a different kind of superpower that all of us possess: the power to make a

difference in the lives of others.


We’re not saying that everyone needs to contribute their lives to the poor. Your lives are busy

enough doing homework, playing sports, making friends, seeking after your dreams. But we do

think that you can live a more powerful life when you devote some of your time and energy to

something much larger than yourself. Find an issue you are interested in and learn more.

Volunteer or, if you can, contribute a little money to a cause. Whatever you do, don’t be a

bystander. Get involved. You may have the opportunity to make your biggest difference when

you’re older. But why not start now?

Our own experience working together on health, development, and energy the last twenty

years has been one of the most rewarding parts of our lives. It has changed who we are and

continues to fuel our optimism about how much the lives of the poorest people will improve in the


years ahead.

24.What does the underlined part in Paragraph 2 refer to?




A. Your life style. B. Your life value.

C. Your trouble in life. D. Your life experience.


“一

25.Why does the author say they are inspired every day?

A. They possess different kinds of superpowers.


B. They have got the power to change the world.


C. Some people around them are making the world better.

D. There are many powerful people in their life and work.

26.What does the author stress in Paragraph 5?

A. Learning more and contributing more to a cause.

B. Rising above self and acting to help others.

C. Working hard to get a bigger opportunity.

D. Trying your best to help the poor.


27.What can be inferred from the last paragraph?

A. The author believes the lives of the poorest will get better.

B. Much more progress will be made in the near future.

C. The work on health is the most valuable experience.

D. People’s efforts have been materially rewarded.

In the depths of the French Guianese rainforest, there still remain unusual groups of

indigenous (土著的) people. Surprisingly, these people live largely by their own laws and their


own social customs. And yet, people in this area are in fact French citizens because it has been a


colony (殖民地) of the French Republic since 1946. In theory, they should live by the French law.

However, their remote locations mean that the French law is often ignored or unknown, thus

making them into an interesting area of "lawlessness" in the world.

The lives of these people have finally been recorded thanks to the efforts of a Frenchman
“一

from Paris called Gin. Gin spent five months in early 2015 exploring the most remote corners of

this area, which sits on the edge of the Amazon rainforest, with half its population of only 250,000

living in its capital, Cayenne.


"I have a special love for the French Guianese people. I have worked there on and off for

almost ten years," says Gin. "I’ve been able to keep firm friendships with them. Thus I have been

allowed to gain access to their living environment. I don’t see it as a lawless land. But rather I see

it as an area of freedom."

"I wanted to show the audience a photographic record touching upon the uncivilized life,"

continues Gin. "I prefer to work in black and white, which allows me to show different specific

worlds more clearly."

His black-and-white pictures present a world almost lost in time. These pictures show people

seemingly pushed into a world that they were unprepared for. These local citizens now have to

balance their traditional self-supporting hunting lifestyle with the lifestyle offered by the modern
French Republic, which brings with it not only necessary state welfare, but also alcoholism,

betrayal and even suicide.

28.Why does the author feel surprised about the indigenous people in French Guiana?

A. They seldom follow the French law.

B. They often ignore the Guianese law.

C. They are separated from the modern world.

D. They are both Guianese and French citizens.

29.Gin introduces the special world of the indigenous Guianese as________.


A. a tour guide B. a geographer C. a film director D. a photographer


30.What is Gin’s attitude towards the lives of the indigenous Guianese?

A. Cautious. B. Doubtful. C. Uninterested. D. Appreciative.

31.What does the underlined word "it" in the last paragraph refer to?
“一

A. The modern French lifestyle. B. The self-supporting hunting.


C. The uncivilized world. D. The French Republic.


D

A warm drink of milk before bed has long been the best choice for those wanting a good

night’s sleep. But now a study has found it really does help people nod off — if it is milked from a

cow at night.

Researchers have discovered that "night milk" contains more melatonin (褪黑激素),which

has been proven to help people feel sleepy and reduce anxiety.

The study, by researchers from Seoul, South Korea, involved mice being fed with dried milk

powder made from cows milked both during the day and at night.

Those given night milk, which contained 10 times the amount of melatonin, were less active

and less anxious than those fed with the milk collected during daytime, according to the study
published in

The Journal of Medicinal Food.

Night milk quickened the start of sleep and caused the mice to sleep longer.

While the effect of cows milk harvested at different time has not been tested on humans up to

now, taking melatonin drugs has been suggested to those who are struggling to fall asleep at night.

Previous studies have also indicated that milk can be excellent for helping sleep because of the

calcium content, which helps people to relax.

Milk is also sugar-free and additive-free with nutritionists recommending skimmed milk as


the best choice before bed as it is the least fattening. The more fat you take in before bedtime, the

greater burden you will put on your body at night.

1.According to the text, the mice fed with daytime milk    .


A. started sleep more easily B. were more anxious

C. were less active D. woke up later


“一

2.Which of the following is true of melatonin according to the text?


A. It’s been tested on mice for ten times.


B. It can make people more energetic.


C. It exists in milk in great amount.

D. It’s used in sleeping drugs.

3.What can be a suitable title for the text?

A. Night Milk and Sleep B. Fat, Sugar and Health

C. An Experiment on Mice D. Milk Drinking and Health

4.How does the author support the theme of the text?

A. By giving examples. B. By stating arguments.


C. By explaining statistical data. D. By providing research results.

第二节 (共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余

选项。

Both men and women are living longer these days in industrialized countries.   36   In

general, they can expect to live six or seven years more than men. One reason for this is

biological.


One important biological factor that helps women live longer is the difference in hormones

between men and women.   37   Between the ages of about 12 and 50, women produce


hormones that are involved in fertility(生育能力). These hormones also have a positive effect on

the heart and the blood flow. In fact, women are less likely to have high blood pressure or to die

from heart attacks.


“一

  38   They help the body defend itself against some kinds of infections. This means that

women generally get sick less often and less seriously than men. The common cold is a good

example: women, on average, get fewer colds than men.


 39  Scientists are still not exactly sure how genes influence aging, but they believe that

they do. Some think that a woman’s body cells have a tendency(倾向)to age more slowly than a

man’s. Others think that a man’s body cells have a tendency to age more quickly.  40 

A. However, women, on average, live longer.

B. The biological factor plays an important part.

C. Women are also helped by their female genes.

D. The female hormones also protect the body in another way.

E. Recent research seems to support both of these possibilities.

F. Therefore, women are more healthy than men and can live a better life.
G. Hormones are chemicals which are produced by the body to control various body functions.

第三部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1. 5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面的短文,从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中,选出可以填入

空白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

Lainey finished third grade. She had good grades and could read  41  grade level, but she

did not like to read. On a family car trip, her Aunt Dede pulled out a copy of Harry Potter, as a

surprise for her  42 . But Lainey took one look at it,  43  her eyes, and said, "Borrrring!"


Aunt Dede, a teacher, had read the book to her students, and they loved it.   44   the

youngest children in the class were   45   by the story. They   46   with great interest, and


then  47  joined in grand conversations about Harry’s adventures.

"How can you say it’s  48 ?Have you read it?" asked Aunt Dede.

"No, it’s too long and it doesn’t have any  49 ," complained Lainey.
“一

"Oh, that’s where you are   50   ;there are lots of pictures. Every page is full of pictures;

you just have to read the words to  51  them. It’s like magic."

"Nice try, Aunt Dede," Lainey replied  52  from the back seat.

Another  53  was in order. "Well, if you don’t want to read it, give it  54 .Maybe your

mom would   55   hearing the story." The book sailed through the air to Aunt Dede and she

began to read it aloud. By the end of the first chapter,  56  were coming from the back seat:

"Please read a little  57 ."

Lainey is an example of an  58  reader. As shown here, Lainey can become  59  about

reading when  60  with literature on topics that interest her, and when the people around her

model involvement in the reading process.

41.A.within B. on C.to D. above

42.A.daughter B. niece C. student D. friend


43.A.opened B. dried C. rolled D. shaded

44.A.Even B. Still C. Just D. Yet

45.A.surprised B. annoyed C. puzzled D. attracted.

46.A.read B. told C. listened D. wrote

47.A.suspectedly B. anxiously C. calmly D. enthusiastically

48.A.amazing B. boring C. ridiculous D. humorous

49.A.pictures B. stories C. adventures D. conversations

50.A.crazy B. foolish C. wrong D. different


51.A.see B. match C. show D. recognize

52.A.sourly B. patiently C. eagerly


中 D. shyly

53.A.idea B. try C. belief D. behavior

54.A.away B. out C.in D. back


“一

55.A.enjoy B. admit C. mind D. finish


56.A.decisions B. requests C. comments D. promises


57.A.more clearly B. longer C. louder D. more carefully


58.A. Unpleasant B. Innocent C. unwilling D. independent

59.A.astonished B. worried C. confused D. excited


60.A. presented B. concerned C. disturbed D. replaced

第 II 卷

第三部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第二节(共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)

阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1 个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。

The giant panda   61   (love) by people throughout the world. Chinese

scientists  62  (recent) had a chance to study a wild female panda with a newborn baby. She

was a very   63   (care) mother. For 25 days, she never left her baby, not even to find
something   64   (eat)! She would not let any other pandas come near. She licked the baby

constantly to keep it clean. Any smell might attract natural  65   (enemy) that would try to eat

the little panda. The mother held the baby in her front paws much the way a human

does.  66  it cried, she rocked it back and forth and gave it little comforting pats. The mother

continued to care for the young panda  67  more than two years. By that time, the panda no

longer needed   68   (it) mother for food. However, it stayed with her and learned about the

ways of the forest. Then, after two and a half years, the mother  69 (drive) the young panda

away. It was time for her to have a new baby,  70  it was also time for the young panda to be

independent.

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 35 分)


第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有 10


处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。
“一

删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。

注意:1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;

2.只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。

It is Mother’s Day today. Though it’s a western festival, it’s popular in China now.

Mom has a full-time job, so she has to do most of the houseworks. She is a great mother.

Both Dad or I planned to do something on Mother’s Day. We get up early in the morning. Dad

cleaned the house, and then went on shopping. When he came back, I found a bunch of flowers in

her hand. I asked Mom to stay in the sitting room and I cooked in kitchen. The dishes what I

cooked were Mom’s favoritiest. At dinner, we said to her, “Happy Mother’s Day ! ”Mom was

grateful and moving.

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)
第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

某中学生英文报正举办“The Season I Like Best”的征文活动。请用英文写一篇短文投稿,

内容包括:

1. 你最喜欢的季节;

2. 你喜欢该季节的两条理由(如:气候、景色、活动、感受……)。

注意:

1. 词数 100 左右;

2. 题目已为你写好;


3. 行文连贯,语篇完整;

4. 文中不得透露个人真实信息。



“一

绝密★启用前

2016 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(天津卷)

英语 笔试
本试卷分为第 I 卷(选择题)和第 II 卷(非选择题)两部分,共 130 分,考试用时 100

分钟。第 I 卷 1 至 10 页,第 II 卷 11 至 12 页。

答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名,准考号填写在答题卡上,并在规定位置粘贴考试用条

形码。答卷时,考生务必将答案写在答题卡上,答在试卷上的无效。考试结束后,将本试卷

和答题卡一并交回。
祝各位考生考试顺利!

第I 卷

注意事项:

1. 每小题选出答案后,用铅笔将答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如果改动,用橡

皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。

2. 本卷共 55 小题,共 95 分。

第一部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节:单项填空(共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 15 分)


从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。


例:Stand over there _____________ you’ll be able to see it better.

A. or B. and C. but D.

while
“一

答案是 B。

1. —It was a wonderful trip. So, which city did you like better, Paris or Rome?

—_____________. There were good things and bad things about them.

A. It’s hard to say B. I didn’t get it

C. You must be kidding D. Couldn’t be better

2. The dictionary is _____________: many words have been added to the language since it was

published.

A. out of control B. out of date C. out of sight D.

out of reach

3. When walking down the street, I came across David, whom I _____________ for years.

A. didn’t see B. haven’t seen C. hadn’t seen D.


wouldn’t see

4. The cooling wind swept through our bedroom windows, _____________ air conditioning

unnecessary.

A. making B. to make C. made D.

being made

5. It was really annoying; I _____________ get access to the data bank you had recommended.

A. wouldn’t B. couldn’t C. shouldn’t D.

needn’t


6. —I’m thinking of going back to school to get another degree.


—Sounds great! _____________. 高
A. It all depends B. Go for it C. Never mind D.

No wonder

7. _____________ the average age of the population increases, there are more and more old
“一

people to care for.


A. Unless B. Until C. As D.

While

8. Mary was silent during the early part of the discussion but finally she _____________ her

opinion on the subject.

A. gave voice to B. kept an eye on

C. turned a deaf ear of D. set foot on

9. We will put off the picnic in the park until next week, _____________ the weather may be

better.

A. that B. where C. which D.

when
10. The weather forecast says it will be cloudy with a slight _____________ of rain later tonight.

A. effect B. sense C. change D.

chance

11. The manager put forward a suggestion _____________ we should have an assistant. There is

too much work to do.

A. whether B. that C. which D.

when

12. I’m going to _____________ advantage of this tour to explore the history of the castle.


A. put B. make C. take D.

give


13. You are waiting at a wrong place. It is at the hotel _____________ the coach picks up tourists.

A. who B. which C. where D.

that
“一

14. I hate it when she calls me at work — I’m always too busy to _____________ a conversation

with her.

A. carry on B. break into C. turn down D.

cut off

15. I was wearing a seatbelt. If I hadn’t been wearing one, I _____________.

A. were injured B. would be injured

C. had been injured D. would have been injured

第二节:完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从 16~35 各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出

最佳选项。

The journey my daughter Cathy has had with her swimming is as long as it is beautiful.
Cathy suffered some terrible 16 in her early childhood. After years of regular treatment,

she 17 became healthy.

Two years ago, while Cathy was watching the Olympics, a dream came into her sweet little

head — to be a swimmer. Last summer, she wanted to 18 out local swim team. She practiced

hard and finally 19 it. The team practice, 20 , was a rough start. She coughed and

choked and could hardly 21 her first few weeks. Hearing her coughing bitterly one night, I

decided to 22 her from it all. But Cathy woke me up early next morning, wearing her

swimsuit 23 to go! I told her she shouldn’t swim after a whole night’s coughing, but she

refused to 24 and insisted she go.


From that day on, Cathy kept swimming and didn’t 25 a single practice. She had a 26

intention within herself to be the best she could be. My ten-year-old was growing and changing


right before my eyes, into this __27__ human being with a passion and a mission. There were

moments of 28 of course: often she would be the last swimmer in the race. It was difficult

for Cathy to accept that she wasn’t a 29 — ever. But that didn’t stop her from trying.
“一

Then came the final awards ceremony at the end of the year. Cathy didn’t expect any award

but was still there to 30 her friends and praise their accomplishments. As the ceremony was

nearing the end, I suddenly heard the head coach 31 , “The highest honor goes to Cathy!”

Looking around, he continued, “Cathy has inspired us with her 32 and enthusiasm. 33

skills and talents bring great success, the most valuable asset(财富) one can hold is the heart.”

It was the greatest 34 of my daughter’s life. With all she had been 35 in her ten

years, this was the hour of true triumph(成功).

16. A. failure B. pressure C. loss D.

illness

17. A. usually B. finally C. firstly D.

frequently

18. A. improve B. train C. join D.

contact
19. A. increased B. found C. created D. made

20. A. however B. therefore C. otherwise D.

instead

21. A. use B. survive C. save D. waste

22. A. pull B. tell C. hide D. fire

23. A. afraid B. nervous C. ready D.

free

24. A. take off B. set off C. give up D. show


up


25. A. attend B. miss 高 C. ban D. start

26. A. rich B. weak C. firm D. kind


27. A. trusted B. determined C. experienced D.

embarrassed
“一

28. A. frustration B. delight C. excitement D.


surprise

29. A. beginner B. learner C. partner D.


winner

30. A. cheer on B. compete with C. respond to D. run

after

31. A. admitting B. explaining C. announcing D.

whispering

32. A. humor B. will C. honesty D.

wisdom

33. A. Although B. Since C. Once D.

Because
34. A. discovery B. choice C. influence D.

moment

35. A. through B. under C. across D.

around

第二部分:阅读理解(共 20 小题;每小题 2.5 分,满分 50 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。

A Language Programme for Teenagers


Welcome to Teenagers Abroad! We invite you to join us on an amazing journey of language


learning. 高
Our Courses

Regardless of your choice of course, you’ll develop your language ability both quickly and

effectively.
“一

Our Standard Course guarantees a significant increase in your confidence in a foreign language,

with focused teaching in all 4 skill areas — speaking, listening, reading and writing.

Our Intensive Course builds on our Standard Course, with 10 additional lessons per week,

guaranteeing the fastest possible language learning (see table below).

Course Type Days Number of Lessons Course Timetable

Standard Course Mon—Fri 20 lessons 9:00—12:30

Intensive Course Mon—Fri 20 lessons 9:00—12:30

10 lessons 13:00—14:30

Evaluation

Students are placed into classes according to their current language skills. The majority of them

take an online language test before starting their programme. However, if this is not available,
students sit the exam on the first Monday of their course.

Learning materials are provided to students throughout their course, and there will never be more

than 15 participants in each class.

Arrivals and Transfer

Our programme offers the full package — students are taken good care of from the start through

to the very end. They are collected from the airport upon arrival and brought to their

accommodation in comfort. We require the student’s full flight details at least 4 weeks in advance.

Meals/Allergies(过敏)/Special Dietary Requirements


Students are provided with breakfast, dinner and either a cooked or packed lunch(which consists

of a sandwich, a drink and a dessert). Snacks outside of mealtimes may be purchased by the

student individually.


We ask that you let us know of any allergies or dietary requirements as well as information about

any medicines you take. Depending on the type of allergies and/or dietary requirements, an extra
“一

charge may be made for providing special food.

36. How does Intensive Course differ from Standard Course?


A. It is less effective. B. It focuses on speaking.


C. It includes extra lessons. D. It gives you confidence.


37. When can a student attend Standard Course?

A. 13:00—14:30 Monday. B. 9:00—12:30 Tuesday.

C. 13:00—14:30 Friday. D. 9:00—12:30 Saturday.

38. Before starting their programme, students are expected to _____________.

A. take a language test B. have an online interview

C. prepare learning materials D. report their language levels

39. With the full package, the programme organizer is supposed to _____________.
A. inform students of their full flight details

B. look after students throughout the programme

C. offer students free sightseeing trips

D. collect students’ luggage in advance

40. Which of the following may require an extra payment?

A. Cooked dinner. B. Mealtime dessert.

C. Packed lunch. D. Special diet.


Every man wants his son to be somewhat of a clone, not in features but in footsteps. As he


grows you also age, and your ambitions become more unachievable. You begin to realize that

your boy, in your footsteps, could probably accomplish what you hoped for. But footsteps can be

muddied and they can go off in different directions.


“一

My son Jody has hated school since day one in kindergarten. Science projects waited until the

last moment. Book reports weren’t written until the final threat.

I’ve been a newspaperman all my adult life. My daughter is a university graduate working

toward her master’s degree in English. But Jody? When he entered the tenth grade he became a

“vo-tech” student(技校学生). They’re called “motorheads” by the rest of the student body.

When a secretary in my office first called him “motorhead”, I was shocked. “Hey, he’s a

good kid,” I wanted to say. “And smart, really.”

I learned later that motorheads are, indeed, different. They usually have dirty hands and wear

dirty work clothes. And they don’t often make school honor rolls(光荣榜).

But being the parent of a motorhead is itself an experience in education. We who labor in

clean shirts in offices don’t have the abilities that motorheads have. I began to learn this when I

had my car crashed. The cost to repair it was estimated at $800. “Hey, I can fix it,” said Jody. I

doubted it, but let him go ahead, for I had nothing to lose.
My son, with other motorheads, fixed the car. They got parts( 零 件 ) from a junkyard, and

ability from vo-tech classes. The lost was $25 instead of $80.

Since that first repair job, a broken air-conditioner, a non-functioning washer and a

non-toasting toaster have been fixed. Neighbors and co-workers trust their car repairs to him.

These kids are happiest when doing repairs. They joke and laugh and are living in their own

relaxed world. And their minds are bright despite their dirty hands and clothes.

I have learned a lot from my motorhead: publishers need printers, engineers need mechanics,

and architects need builders. Most important, I have learned that fathers don’t need clones in

footsteps or anywhere else.


My son may never make the school honor roll. But he made mine.

41. What used to be the author’s hope for his son?




A. To avoid becoming his clone. B. To resemble him in

appearance.
“一

C. To develop in a different direction. D. To reach the author’s

unachieved goals.

42. What can we learn about the author’s children?


A. His daughter does better in school. B. His daughter has got a


master’s degree.

C. His son tried hard to finish homework. D. His son couldn’t write his

book reports.

43. The author let his son repair the car because he believed that _____________.

A. His son had the ability to fix it B. it would save him much time

C. it wouldn’t cause him any more loss D. other motorheads would come

to help

44. In the author’s eyes, motorheads are _____________.


A. tidy and hardworking B. cheerful and smart

C. lazy but bright D. relaxed but rude

45. What did the author realize in the end?

A. It is unwise to expect your child to follow your path.

B. It is important for one to make the honor roll.

C. Architects play a more important role than builders.

D. Motorheads have greater ability than office workers.


When John was growing up, other kids felt sorry for him. His parents always had him


weeding the garden, carrying out the garbage and delivering newspapers. But when John reached

adulthood, he was better off than his childhood playmates. He had more job satisfaction, a better

marriage and was healthier. Most of all, he was happier. Far happier.
“一

These are the findings of a 40-year study that followed the lives of 456 teenage boys from

Boston. The study showed that those who had worked as boys enjoyed happier and more

productive lives than those who had not. “Boys who worked in the home or community gained

competence ( 能 力 ) and came to feel they were worthwhile members of society,” said George

Vaillant, the psychologist (心理学家) who made the discovery. “And because they felt good about

themselves, others felt good about them.”

Vaillant’s study followed these males in great detail. Interviews were repeated at ages 25, 31

and 47. Under Vaillant, the researchers compared the men’s mental-health scores with their

boyhood-activity scores. Points were awarded for part-time jobs, housework, effort in school, and

ability to deal with problems.

The link between what the men had done as boys and how they turned out as adults was

surprisingly sharp. Those who had done the most boyhood activities were twice as likely to have

warm relations with a wide variety of people, five times as likely to be well paid and 16 times less

likely to have been unemployed. The researchers also found that IQ and family social and
economic class made no real difference in how the boys turned out.

Working — at any age — is important. Childhood activities help a child develop

responsibility, independence, confidence and competence — the underpinnings ( 基 础 ) of

emotional health. They also help him understand that people must cooperate and work toward

common goals. The most competent adults are those who know how to do this. Yet work isn’t

everything. As Tolstoy once said, “One can live magnificently in this world if one knows how to

work and how to love, to work for the person one loves and to love one’s work.”

46. What do we know about John?

A. He enjoyed his career and marriage. B. He had few childhood


playmates.


C. He received little love from his family. D. He was envied by others in his

childhood.

47. Vaillant’s words in Paragraph 2 serve as _____________.


“一

A. a description of personal values and social values

B. an analysis of how work was related to competence


C. an example for parents’ expectations of their children


D. an explanation why some boys grew into happy men


48. Vaillant’s team obtained their findings by _____________.

A. recording the boys’ effort in school B. evaluating the men’s mental health

C. comparing different sets of scores D. measuring the men’s problem

solving ability

49. What does the underlined word “sharp” probably mean in Paragraph 4?

A. Quick to react. B. Having a thin edge.

C. Clear and definite. D. sudden and rapid.


50. What can be inferred from the last paragraph?

A. Competent adults know more about love than work.

B. Emotional health is essential to a wonderful adult life.

C. Love brings more joy to people than work does.

D. Independence is the key to one’s success.

Failure is probably the most exhausting experience a person ever has. There is nothing more

tiring than not succeeding.


We experience this tiredness in two ways: as start-up fatigue(疲惫) and performance fatigue.


In the former case, we keep putting off a task because it has either too boring or too difficult. And

the longer we delay it, the more tired we feel.

Such start-up fatigue is very real, even if not actually physical, not something in our muscles

and bones. The solution is obvious though perhaps not easy to apply: always handle the most
“一

difficult job first.


Years ago, I was asked to write 102 essays on the great ideas of some famous authors.

Applying my own rule, I determined to write them in alphabetical order( 按 字 母 顺 序 ), never

letting myself leave out a tough idea. And I always started the day’s work with the difficult task of

essay-writing. Experience proved that the rule works.

Performance fatigue is more difficult to handle. Though willing to get started, we cannot

seem to do the job right. Its difficulties appear so great that, however hard we work, we fail again

and again. In such a situation, I work as hard as I can — then let the unconscious take over.

When planning Encyclopaedia Britannica (《大英百科全书》), I had to create a table of

contents based on the topics of its articles. Nothing like this had ever been done before, and day

after day I kept coming up with solutions, but none of them worked. My fatigue became almost

unbearable.
One day, mentally exhausted, I wrote down all the reasons why this problem could not be

solved. I tried to convince myself that the trouble was with the problem itself, not with me.

Relieved, I sat back in an easy chair and fell asleep.

An hour later, I woke up suddenly with the solution clearly in mind. In the weeks that

followed, the solution which had come up in my unconscious mind proved correct at every step.

Though I worked as hard as before, I felt no fatigue. Success was now as exciting as failure had

been depressing.

Human beings, I believe must try to succeed. Success, then, means never feeling tired.

51. People with start-up fatigue are most likely to _____________.


A. delay tasks B. work hard C. seek help D.


accept failure

52. What does the author recommend doing to prevent start-up fatigue?

A. Writing essays in strict order. B. Building up physical strength.


“一

C. Leaving out the toughest ideas. D. Dealing with the hardest task

first.

53. On what occasion does a person probably suffer from performance fatigue?

A. Before starting a difficult task.


B. When all the solutions fail.

C. If the job is rather boring.

D. After finding a way out.

54. According to the author, the unconscious mind may help us _____________.

A. ignore mental problems B. get some nice sleep

C. gain complete relief D. find the right solution

55. What could be the best title for the passage?


A. Success Is Built upon Failure

B. How to Handle Performance Fatigue

C. Getting over Fatigue: A Way to Success

D. Fatigue: An Early Sign of Health Problems

第 II 卷

注意事项:

1. 用黑色墨水的钢笔或签字笔将答案写在答题卡上。

2. 本卷共 6 小题,共 35 分。


第三部分: 写作

第一节:阅读表达(共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)




阅读短文,并按照题目要求用英语回答问题。

I’m a 34-year-old man, married, lived in a nice house, and have a successful career as an
“一

educational consultant. But my life was not always so great. I had a learning disability from an

early age. I went to a special school where I got plenty of extra help. Still, I suffered the rest of my

school days in public schools.


My life improved remarkably when I discovered art. The art world gave me a chance to

express myself without words. I went to a workshop and gradually got good at making things with

clay(黏土). Here I learned my first important lesson: disabled as I was in language, I could still be

smart and well express myself with clay. And my confidence came along.

I got my next lesson from rock climbing. It was a fun thing but I was scared from the start. I

soon noticed it wasn’t a talent thing; it was practice. So I did it more. After about five years of

climbing, I found myself in Yosemite Valley on a big wall. I learned that if you fall in love with

something and do it all the time, you will get better at it.

Later I decided to apply my previous experience to learning how to read and write. Every day

I practiced reading and writing, which I used to avoid as much as


possible. After two hard years, I was literate.

Having gone through the long process with art, rock climbing, and reading and writing, now I

’ve got to a point in my life where I know I am smart enough to dive into an area that is totally un

known, hard, but interesting.

56. What made the author’s school days difficult? (No more than 5 words)

57. Why did art give the author confidence? (No more than 10 words)

58. What lesson did the author learn from rock climbing? (No more than 15 words)

59. What is the meaning of the underlined part in Paragraph 4? (No more than 5 words)


60. How does the author’s story inspire you to overcome difficulties in life? Put it in your own


words. (No more than 20 words) 高
第二节:书面表达(满分 25 分)

61.
“一

假设你是晨光中学的学生会主席李津。一批来自英国的高中生与你校学生开展了为期两

周的交流活动。现在,他们即将回国,你将在欢送会上致辞。请根据以下提示写一篇发言稿。

(1)回顾双方的交流活动(如学习、生活、体育、文艺等方面)

(2)谈谈收获或感想;

(3)表达祝愿与期望。

注意:

(1)词数不少于 100;

(2)可适当加入细节,使内容充实、行文连贯;

(3)开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数。

Dear friends,

How time flies!


Thank you.

绝密★启封前


2016 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(浙江)


选择题部分(共 80 分)

第一部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分 30 分)
“一

第一节:单项填空(共 20 小题;每小题 0.5 分,满分 10 分)


从 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题纸上将该选

项标号涂黑。

1. —Are you sure you’re ready for the best?


—_________. I’m well prepared for it.

A. I’m afraid not B. No problem C. Hard to say D. Not really

2. _________ prize for the winner of the competition is _________ two-week holiday in Paris.

A. The; 不填 B. A; 不填 C. A; the D. The; a

3. In many ways, the education system in the US is not very different from _________ in the UK.

A. that B. this C. one D. it

4. It is important to pay your electricity bill on time, as late payments may affect your _________.
A. condition B. income C. credit D. status

5. _________online shopping has changed our life, not all of its effects have been positive.

A. Since B. After C. While D. Unless

6. That young man is honest, cooperative, always there when you need his help. _________, he’s

reliable.

A. Or else B. In short C. By the way D. For one thing

7. The study suggests that the cultures we grow up _________ influence the basic processes by

which we see world around us.


A. on B. in C. at D. about


8. We can achieve a lot when we learn to let our differences unite, rather than _________ us.

A. divide B. reject C. control D. abandon

9. Silk _________ one of the primary goods traded along the Silk Road by about 100 BC.
“一

A. had become B. was becoming C. has become D. is becoming


10. To return to the problem of water pollution, I’d like you to look at a study _________ in

Australia in 2012.

A. having conducted B. to be conducted C. conducting D. conducted


11. Scientists have advanced many theories about why human beings cry tears, none of

_________ has been proved.

A. whom B. which C. what D. that

12. When their children lived far away from them, these old people felt _________ from the

world.

A. carried away B. broken down C. cut off D. brought up

13. A sudden stop can be a very frightening experience, _________ if you are travelling at high

speed.
A. eventually B. strangely C. merely D. especially

14. When the time came to make the final decision for a course, I decided to apply for the one that

_________ my interest.

A. limited B. reserved C. reflected D. spoiled

15. Had the governments and scientists not worked together, AIDS-related deaths _________

since their highest in 2005.

A. had not fallen B. would not fall C. did not fall D. would not have

fallen


16. In this article, you need to back up general statements with _________ examples.


A. specific B. permanent 高 C. abstract D. universal

17. George _________ too far. His coffee is still warm.


A. must have gone B. might have gone C. can’t have gone D. needn’t have

gone
“一

18. I have always enjoyed all the events you organized and I hope to attend _________ in the

coming years.

A. little more B. no more C. much more D. many more


19. I had as much fun sailing the seas as I now do _________ with students.

A. working B. work C. to work D. worked

20. —The movie starts at 8:30, and we can have a quick bite before we go.

—_________. See you at 8:10.

A. So long B. Sounds great C. Good luck D. Have a good

time

第二节:完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 20 分)

阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从 21~40 各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中,


选出最佳选项,并在答题纸上将该选项标号涂黑。

During the war, my husband was stationed at an army camp in a desert in California. I went

to live there in order to be  21  him. I hated the place. I had never  22  been so unhappy.

My husband was ordered out on a long-term duty, and I was left in a tiny shack(棚屋) alone. The

heat was  23  — almost 125°F even in the shade of a cactus(仙人掌).  24  a soul to talk to.

The wind blew non-stop, and all the food I ate, and the very air I breathed, were   25   with

sand, sand, sand!

I was so sorry for myself that I wrote to my parents. I told them I was  26  and coming

back home. I said I couldn’t stand it one minute longer. I  27  be in prison! My father answered


my  28  with just two lines — two lines that will always sing in my  29 — two lines that

completely changed my life:


Two men looked out from prison bars,

One saw the mud, the other saw the stars.

I read those two lines  30 . I was ashamed of myself. I made up my mind I would find out
“一

what was good in my present  31 ; I would look for the stars.

I made friends with the natives, and their  32  amazed me. They gave me presents of their

favorite artworks which they had  33  to sell to tourists. I studied the delightful forms of the

cactus. I watched for the desert sunsets, and  34  for seashells that had been left there millions

of years ago when the sands of the desert had been an ocean  35 .

What brought about this  36  change in me? The desert hadn’t changed,  37  I had. I

had changed my   38   . And by doing so, I changed an unhappy experience into the most

amazing  39  of my life. I was excited by this new world that I had discovered. I had looked

out of my self-created prison and  40  the stars.

21. A. off B. behind C. near D. beyond

22. A. before B. already C. then D. still

23. A. inflexible B. incomprehensible C. uncontrollable D. unbearable


24. A. Only B. Not C. Many D. Such

25. A. covered B. filled C. buried D. charged

26. A. catching up B. keeping up C. giving up D. getting up

27. A. ought to B. might well C. would rather D. had better

28. A. request B. call C. question D. letter

29. A. comparison B. imagination C. consideration D. memory

30. A. over and over B. by and by C. up and down D. now and then

31. A. company B. occupation C. situation D. relationship


32. A. movement B. reaction C. guidance D. purpose

33. A. refused B. failed



C. managed D. happened

34. A. asked B. hunted C. waited D. headed

35. A. floor B. surface C. rock D. level


“一

36. A. shocking B. challenging C. puzzling D. astonishing


37. A. as B. but C. for D. or


38. A. attitude B. principle C. identity D. standard


39. A. vacation B. operation C. affair D. adventure

40. A. sought B. counted C. found D. reached

第二部分:阅读理解(第一节 20 小题,第二节 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 50 分)

第一节:阅读下列材料,从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和 D)中,选出最佳选项,并

在答题纸上将该选项标号涂黑。

"Did you hear what happened to Adam last Friday?" Lindsey whispers to Tori.
With her eyes shining, Tori brags, "You bet I did. Sean told me two days ago."

Who are Lindsey and Tori talking about? It just happens to be yours truly, Adam Freedman. I

can tell you that what they are saying is (a) not nice and (b) not even true. Still, Lindsey and Tori

aren’t very different from most students here at Linton High School, including me. Many of our

conversations are gossip(闲话). I have noticed three effects of gossip: it can hurt people, it can

give gossipers a strange kind of satisfaction, and it can cause social pressures in a group.

An important negative effect of gossip is that it can hurt the person being talked about.

Usually, gossip spreads information about a topic — breakups, trouble at home, even dropping out

— that a person would rather keep secret. The more embarrassing or shameful the secret is, the


juicier the gossip it makes. Probably the worst type of gossip is the absolute lie. People often think

of gossipers as harmless, but cruel lies can cause pain.


If we know that gossip can be harmful, then why do so many of us do it? The answer lies in

another effect of gossip: the satisfaction it gives us. Sharing the latest rumor(传言) can make a

person feel important because he or she knows something that others don’t. Similarly, hearing the
“一

latest rumor can make a person feel like part of the "in group." In other words, gossip is satisfying

because it gives people a sense of belonging or even superiority(优越感).


Gossip also can have a third effect: it strengthens unwritten, unspoken rules about how

people should act. Professor David Wilson explains that gossip is important in policing behaviors

in a group. Translated into high school terms, this means that if everybody you hang around with

is laughing at what John wore or what Jane said, then you can bet that wearing or saying

something similar will get you the same kind of negative attention. The do’s and don’ts conveyed

through gossip will never show up in any student handbook.

The effects of gossip vary depending on the situation. The next time you feel the urge to

spread the latest news, think about why you want to gossip and what effects your "juicy story"

might have.

41.The author uses a conversation at the beginning of the passage to ___________.

A. introduce a topic B. present an argument


C. describe the characters D. clarify his writing purpose

42.An important negative effect of gossip is that it ___________.

A. breaks up relationships B. embarrasses the listener

C. spreads information around D. causes unpleasant experiences

43.In the author’s opinion, many people like to gossip because it ___________.

A. gives them a feeling of pleasure

B. helps them to make more friends

C. makes them better at telling stories


D. enables them to meet important people


44.Professor David Wilson thinks that gossip can ___________.

A. provide students with written rules

B. help people watch their own behaviors


“一

C. force schools to improve student handbooks


D. attract the police’s attention to group behaviors


45.What advice does the author give in the passage?


A. Never become a gossiper. B. Stay away from gossipers.

C. Don’t let gossip turn into lies. D. Think twice before you gossip.

B
Below are the search results from a university library’s database.

Quick Search 丨 Category 丨 Full Text 丨 Advanced

Refine Your Search

Remove all filtors


Search full text of books for children
Year Published


2016(9) Displaying 1 to 100 of 639 titles for children where Category is


2015(90) Education

2014(290)
1 2 3 4 5…7 Next》
2013(118)

2012(62)
“一

Show more…

Build It, Make It, Do It, Play It! Guides for Children and Teens Bomhold Catharine;

Language

English(637) Elder Terri, 2004 丨 ABC-CLIO


German(2) Series: Children’s and Young Adult Literature Reference


Category
Available
Education(639)
For busy librarians and educators, finding instructions for projects,
Social Science(27)
activities, sports, and games that children and teens will find interesting
Medicine (15)
is a constant challenge. This guide is a time-saving, one-stop…
Psychology(11)
Read this book 丨 View details 丨 Add to Collection
Language/Linguistics
(10) Circle Time for Young Children

Show more… Mosley Jenny, 2014 丨 Taylor and Francis

Series: Essential Guides for Early Years Practitioners


Available

Jenny Mosley’s quality circle time model involves setting up an

on-going, timetabled process of circle-meetings for adults and children.

As a basis for teaching relationship skills, building up self-esteem…

Read this book 丨 View details 丨 Add to Collection

Connecting Animals and Children in Early Childhood

Selly Patty Born, 2014 丨 Redleaf Press

Available


Understand the value of connecting animals and children. From family’s


pets and wild animals to toys, stuffed animals, and media images, animals

are a central part of every child’s world. This book examines…

Read this book 丨 View details 丨 Add to Collection


“一

Education and Disadvantaged Children and Young People

Matsumoto Mitsuko; Brock Colin, 2013 丨 Bloomsbury Publishing


Series: Education as a Humanitarian Response


Available

Do street children go to school, and if not, why not? What kind of education

can be ‘meaningful’ to young people affected by conflict? The contributors explore groups of

children and young people who have…

Read this book 丨 View details 丨 Add to Collection

Children with School Problems: A Physician’s Manual

The Canadian Paediatric Society; Andrews Debra; Mahoney William J, 2012 丨 Wiley

Available

The physician’s guide to diagnosing and treating learning disabilities in children. 1


to 10 Canadians have a learning disability, and doctors must be able to identify,

diagnose, treat, and manage children…

Read this book 丨 View details 丨 Add to Collection

Songs in Their Heads: Music and Its Meaning In Children’s Lives

Campbell Patricia Shehan,1989 丨 Oxford University Press

Available

This book explores the musical interest and needs of children in their daily
lives. Based upon their expressed thoughts and actual “musicking” behaviors,
this text examines the songs they sing, the rhythms…


Read this book 丨 View details 丨 Add to Collection


Young Children as Artists: Art and Design in the Earty Years and Kay

Stage 1

Tutchell Suzy, 2014 丨 Taylor and Francis


“一

Available

From the moment a child is born, they interact with the sensory world,

looking at colours, feeling textures; constructing mental and physical images


of what they see and experience. Within all early years…

Read this book 丨 View details 丨 Add to Collection


Big Ideas for Little Kids: Teaching Philosophy Through Children’s Literature

Wartenberg Thomas E, 2014 丨 Rowman & Littlefield Publishers

Available

Big Ideas for Little Kids includes everything a teacher, a parent, or a college

student needs to teach philosophy to elementary school children from picture

books. Written in a clear and accessible style…

Read this book 丨 View details 丨 Add to Collection

46. Suppose you are doing research on children’s relationship skills, you may want to read
__________.

A. Circle Time for Young Children

B. Children with School Problems: A Physician’s Manual

C. Education and Disadvantaged Children and Young People

D. Build It, Make It, Do It, Play It! Guides for Children and Teens

47. Which book would you recommend to someone interested in children’s mental images?

A. Connecting Animals and Children in Early Childhood.

B. Songs in Their Heads: Music and Its Meaning in Children’s Lives.


C. Big Ideas for Little Kids: Teaching Philosophy Through Children’s Literature.


D. Young Children as Artists: Art and Design in the Early Years and Key Stage 1.

48. How many books published in 2015 are found in this search?

A. 9. B. 90. C. 118. D. 290.


“一

49. Children with School Problems: A Physician’s Manual is most likely intended for

__________.

A. educators B. librarians C. doctors D. artists


A scientist working at her lab bench and a six-month-old baby playing with his food might

seem to have little in common. After all, the scientist is engaged in serious research to uncover the

very nature of the physical world,and the baby is, well, just playing...right? Perhaps, but some

developmental psychologists ( 心 理 学 家 )have argued that this "play" is more like a scientific

investigation than one might think.

Take a closer look at the baby playing at the table. Each time the bowl of rice is pushed over

the table edge, it falls to the ground — and, in the process, it brings out important evidence about

how physical objects interact(相互作用):bowls of rice do not float in mid-air, but require support
to remain stable. It is likely that babies are not born knowing this basic fact of the universe; nor

are they ever clearly taught it. Instead, babies may form an understanding of object support

through repeated experiments and then build on this knowledge to learn even more about how

objects interact. Though their ranges and tools differ, the baby’s investigation and the scientist’s

experiment appear to share the same aim (to learn about the natural world), overall approach

(gathering direct evidence from the world), and logic (are my observations what I expected?).

Some psychologists suggest that young children learn about more than just the physical

world in this way — that they investigate human psychology and the rules of language using

similar means. For example, it may only be through repeated experiments, evidence gathering, and

finally overturning a theory, that a baby will come to accept the idea that other people can have


different views and desires from what he or she has, for example, unlike the child, Mommy


actually doesn’t like Dove chocolate.

Viewing childhood development as a scientific investigation throws light on how children

learn, but it also offers an inspiring look at science and scientists. Why do young children and

scientists seem to be so much alike? Psychologists have suggested that science as an effort — the
“一

desire to explore, explain, and understand our world — is simply something that comes from our

babyhood. Perhaps evolution(进化) provided human babies with curiosity and a natural drive to

explain their worlds, and adult scientists simply make use of the same drive that served them as

children. The same cognitive(认知的) systems that make young children feel good about figuring

something out may have been adopted by adult scientists. As some psychologists put it, "It is not

that children are little scientists but that scientists are big children."

50.According to some developmental psychologists,    .

A. a baby’s play is nothing more than a game

B. scientific research into babies’ games is possible

C. the nature of babies’ play has been thoroughly investigated

D. a baby’s play is somehow similar to a scientist’s experiment

51.We learn from Paragraph 2 that    .


A. scientists and babies seem to observe the world differently

B. scientists and babies often interact with each other

C. babies are born with the knowledge of object support

D. babies seem to collect evidence just as scientists do

52.Children may learn the rules of language by    .

A. exploring the physical world B. investigating human psychology

C. repeating their own experiments D. observing their parents’ behaviors

53.What is the main idea of the last paragraph?


A. The world may be more clearly explained through children’s play.


B. Studying babies’ play may lead to a better understanding of science.

C. Children may have greater ability to figure out things than scientists.

D. One’s drive for scientific research may become stronger as he grows.


“一

54.What is the author’s tone when he discusses the connection between scientists’ research and

babies’ play?

A. Convincing. B. Confused. C. Confident. D. Cautious.


Two things changed my life: my mother and a white plastic bike basket. I have thought long

and hard about it and it’s true. I would be a different person if my mom hadn’t turned a silly

bicycle accessory into a life lesson I carry with me today.

My mother and father were united in their way of raising children, but it mostly fell to my

mother to actually carry it out. Looking back, I honestly don’t know how she did it. Managing the

family budget must have been a very hard task, but she made it look effortless. If we complained

about not having what another kid did, we’d hear something like, "I don’t care what so-and-so got

for his birthday, you are not getting a TV in your room/a car for your birthday/a lavish sweet-16
party." We had to earn our allowance( 零 用 钱 ) by doing chores around the house. I can still

remember how long it took to polish the legs of our coffee table. My brothers can no doubt

remember hours spent cleaning the house. Like the two little girls growing up at the White House,

we made our own beds (no one left the house until that was done) and picked up after ourselves.

We had to keep track of our belongings, and if something was lost, it was not replaced.

It was summer and, one day, my mother drove me to the bike shop to get a tire fixed — and

there it was in the window. White, shiny, plastic and decorated with flowers, the basket winked at

me and I knew — I knew — I had to have it.

"It’s beautiful," my mother said when I pointed it out to her. "What a neat basket."


I tried to hold off at first. I played it cool for a short while. But then I guess I couldn’t stand it


any longer: "Mom, please can I please, please get it? I’ll do extra chores for as long as you say. I’ll

do anything, but I need that basket. I love that basket. Please, Mom. Please?"

I was desperate.

"You know," she said, gently rubbing my back while we both stared at what I believed was
“一

the coolest thing ever, "If you save up you could buy this yourself."

"By the time I make enough it’ll be gone!"


"Maybe Roger here could hold it for you," she smiled at Roger, the bike guy.

"He can’t hold it for that long, Mom. Someone else will buy it. Please, Mom, please?"

"There might be another way," she said.

And so our paying plan unfolded. My mother bought the beautiful basket and put it safely in

some hiding place I couldn’t find. Each week I eagerly counted my growing savings increased by

extra work here and there (washing the car, helping my mother make dinner, delivering or

collecting things on my bike that already looked naked without the basket in front). And then,

weeks later, I counted, re-counted and jumped for joy. Oh, happy day! I made it! I finally had the

exact amount we’d agreed upon....

Days later the unthinkable happened. A neighborhood girl I’d played with millions of times
appeared with the exact same basket fixed to her shiny, new bike that already had all the bells and

whistles. I rode hard and fast home to tell my mother about this disaster. This horrible turn of

events.

And then came the lesson I’ve taken with me through my life:"Honey, your basket is

extra-special," Mom said, gently wiping away my hot tears. "Your basket is special because you

paid for it yourself."

55.What can we learn from the first two paragraphs?

A. The children enjoyed doing housework.

B. The author came from a well-off family.


C. The mother raised her children in an unusual way.

D. The children were fond of the US president’s daughters.




56.When the author saw the basket in the window, she ________.

A. fell in love with it B. stared at her mother


“一

C. recognized it at once D. went up to the bike guy


57.Why did the author say many "pleases" to her mother?


A. She longed to do extra work.


B. She was eager to have the basket.

C. She felt tired after standing too long.

D. She wanted to be polite to her mother.

58.By using "naked" (Paragraph 12), the author seems to stress that the basket was ________.

A. something she could afford B. something important to her

C. something impossible to get D. something she could do without

59.To the author, it seemed to be a horrible turn of events that ________.


A. something spoiled her paying plan

B. the basket cost more than she had saved

C. a neighborhood girl had bought a new bike

D. someone else had got a basket of the same kind

60.What is the life lesson the author learned from her mother?

A. Save money for a rainy day. B. Good advice is beyond all price.

C. Earn your bread with your sweat. D. God helps those who help themselves.

第二节:下面文章中有 5 处(第 61~65 题)需要添加小标题。请从以下选项(A、B、C、


D、E 和 F)中选出符合各段意思的小标题,并在答题纸上将相应选项的标号涂黑。选项中


有一项是多余选项。

A. Get involved in student activities

B. Your voice is actually super important


“一

C. There is a significant increase of opportunities


D. Stay in active communication with your friends


E. Get smart about the people who you spend your time with

F. Your major does not matter as much in your first year of college

Five Things Nobody Told Me about College

As I type this, I am in my university dorm room. A year ago, when I was awaiting to hear the

results of my college applications, I often went to websites for some type of insider look on what

college would be like. However, there’s only so much that prep books, websites, and older friends

can teach. Here are the top 5 things nobody told me about college:

61.   

Nobody entering a university knows exactly what they want to study. If they tell you

otherwise, they’re lying and will probably change what they want to pursue within the first quarter
of attendance. During my first quarter at University of California, Riverside(UCR), I thought that I

wanted to study Political Science with its focus on International Affairs, so that’s what I applied

for. However, once I worked with statewide and local government, I realized that a better fit for

me would be Public Policy, and now I am in the process of changing my area.

62.   

In college, there are so many good chances for you to meet your expectations. However,

there is a very important difference between wanting to do something and applying for something.

In order for you to take full advantage of the conferences, research, internships( 实 习 ), and

fellowships that your university offers, apply! Step into your academic advisor’s office, introduce


yourself, and begin making the valuable connections that are necessary to help during the rest of

your college career. Great things happen when you step out of your comfort zone, and you would

be surprised on how many chances exist if you just ask.




63.   

College is where you meet your bridesmaids, groomsmen, neighbors, and potential bosses.
“一

The relationships you develop now will probably be linked to the ones you value later, so be wise

about the people who you invest yourself in. You are only one person, and you do not have time to

waste on people who would rather cause drama or mess up with your purpose. Surround yourself

with uplifting individuals who challenge you to be better while loving you for who you are, and be

patient to the people who are the complete opposite of that description.

64.   

As a first-year, I was afraid to make any noise towards campus issues that I noticed. It was

not until I became involved in student government that I gained the confidence to handle projects

that I created with the help of ASUCR Office of the President. During my first quarter, I spoke

directly to the Chancellor(校长), asking him for support towards my initiatives(提议), met with the

Vice Chancellors, and cooperated with my teaching assistants to begin my undergraduate research

project. Nothing good will happen when you are silent.

65.   
At my high school, there were about only four active clubs and organizations that students

could be a part of. Imagine my surprise when I stepped foot onto UCR’s campus, where over 400

organizations exist, ranging from political organizations to karate club. You are not paying all of

your tuition(学费) to merely go to class, study, pass tests and graduate. Make something worthy

out of your experience. Create stories that you will want to tell your grandchildren one day. It all

begins here, by signing up to join an organization.

非选择题部分(共 40 分)

第三部分:写作(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节:短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)


下面短文中有 10 处语言错误。请在有错误的地方增加、删减或修改某个单词。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写上该加的词。


删除:把多余的词用斜线(/)划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写上修改后的词。
“一

注意:1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;

2. 只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。



When I was a very young children, my father created a regular practice I remember well

years late. Every time he arrived home at end of the day, we’d greet her at the door. He would ask

who we was and pretend not to knowing us. Then he and my mother would have had a drink while

she prepared dinner and they would talk about his day and hers. While they chat, my father would
lift my sister and me up to sit in the top of the fridge. It was both excited and frightening to be up

there! My sister and I thought he was so cool for putting us there.

第二节:书面表达(满分 30 分)

“Planning is good, but doing is better”是一句英国名言。请以此为题用英语写一篇 100~120

词的短文。

要求如下:

1. 简述你对这句名言的理解;

2. 用一个具体事例加以说明;


3. 给出恰当的结尾。


注意:1. 文章的标题已给出(不计词数):

2. 文中不得以任何形式透露地区、学校、老师或同学姓名等真实信息,否则按作弊

行为认定。
“一

Planning Is Good, But Doing Is Better


_______________________

________________________________

________________________________

绝密★启用前
2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(I)

英 语
(考试时间:120 分钟 试卷满分:150 分)

注意事项:

1. 答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡上。

2. 回答选择题时,选出每小题答案后,用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。

如需改动,用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。回答非选择题时,将答案写在答题卡上,

写在本试卷上无效。


3. 考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)


做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案

转涂到答题卡上。
“一

第一节(共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)


听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最


佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对

话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?

A. £ 19. 15. B. £ 9. 18. C. £ 9. 15.

答案是 C。

1. What does the woman think of the movie?

A. It’s amusing. B. It’s exciting. C. It’s disappointing.

2. How will Susan spend most of her time in France?

A. Traveling around. B. Studying at a school. C. Looking after her


aunt.

3. What are the speakers talking about?

A. Going out. B. Ordering drinks. C. Preparing for a

party.

4. Where are the speakers?

A. In a classroom. B. In a library. C. In a bookstore.

5. What is the man going to do?

A. Go on the Internet. B. Make a phone call. C. Take a train trip.


第二节 (共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个




选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,每小题 5 秒钟;听

完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
“一

听第 6 段材料,回答第 6、7 题。

6. What is the woman looking for?


A. An information office. B. A police station. C. A shoe repair shop.


7. What is the Town Guide according to the man?


A. A brochure. B. A newspaper. C. A map.

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8、9 题。

8. What does the man say about the restaurant?

A. It’s the biggest one around.

B. It offers many tasty dishes.

C. It’s famous for its seafood.

9. What will the woman probably order?


A. Fried fish. B. Roast chicken. C. Beef steak.

听第 8 段材料,回答第 10 至 12 题。

10. Where will Mr. White be at 11 o’clock?

A. At the office. B. At the airport. C. At the

restaurant.

11. What will Mr. White probably do at one in the afternoon?

A. Receive a guest. B. Have a meeting. C. Read a report.

12. When will Miss Wilson see Mr. White?


A. At lunch time. B. Late in the afternoon. C. The next morning.

听第 9 段材料,回答第 13 至 16 题。


13. Why is Bill going to Germany?

A. To work on a project. B. To study German. C. To start a new


“一

company.

14. What did the woman dislike about Germany?


A. The weather. B. The food. C. The schools.


15. What does Bill hope to do about his family?

A. Bring them to Germany.

B. Leave them in England.

C. Visit them in a few months.

16. What is the probable relationship between the speakers?

A. Fellow-travelers. B. Colleagues. C. Classmates.

听第 10 段材料,回答第 17 至 20 题。
17. When did it rain last time in Juárez?

A. Three days ago. B. A month ago. C. A year ago.

18. What season is it now in Juárez?

A. Spring. B. Summer. C. Autumn.

19. What are the elderly advised to do?

A. Take a walk in the afternoon.

B. Keep their homes cool.

C. Drink plenty of water.


20. What is the speaker doing?

A. Hosting a radio program.




B. Conducting a seminar.

C. Forecasting the weather.


“一

第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节 (共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)


阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。


Pacific Science Center Guide

◆Visit Pacific Science Center’s Store

Don’t forget to stop by Pacific Science Center’s Store while you are here to pick up a

wonderful science activity or souvenir to remember your visit. The store is located(位于) upstairs

in Building 3 right next to the Laser Dome.

◆Hungry?

Our exhibits will feed your mind, but what about your body? Our café offers a complete
menu of lunch and snack options, in addition to seasonal specials. The café is located upstairs in

Building 1 and is open daily until one hour Pacific Science Center closes.

◆Rental Information

Lockers are available to store any belongings during your visit. The lockers are located in

Building 1 near the Information Desk and in Building 3. Pushchairs and wheelchairs are available

to rent at the Information Desk and Denny Way entrance. ID required.

◆Support Pacific Science Center

Since 1962, Pacific Science Center has been inspiring a passion( 热 情 ) for discovery and

lifelong learning in science, math and technology. Today, Pacific Science Center serves more than


1.3 million people a year and brings inquiry-based science education to classrooms and


community events all over Washington State. It’s an amazing accomplishment and one we cannot

achieve without generous support from individuals, corporations, and other social organizations.

Visit pacificsciencecenter.org to find various ways you can support Pacific Science Center.

21. Where can you buy a souvenir at Pacific Science Center?


“一

A. In Building 1.

B. In Building 3.

C. At the Laser Dome.


D. At the Denny Way entrance.

22. What does Pacific Science Center do for schools?

A. Train science teachers.

B. Distribute science books.

C. Inspire scientific research.

D. Take science to the classroom.

23. What is the purpose of the last part of the text?

A. To encourage donations.
B. To advertise coming events.

C. To introduce special exhibits.

D. To tell about the Center’s history.

I work with Volunteers for Wildlife, a rescue and education organization at Bailey

Arboretum in Locust Valley. Trying to help injured, displaced or sick creatures can be

heartbreaking; survival is never certain. However, when it works, it is simply beautiful.

I got a rescue call from a woman in Muttontown. She had found a young owl(猫头鹰) on the


ground. When I arrived, I saw a 2-to 3-week-old owl. It had already been placed in a carrier for


safety. 高
I examined the chick(雏鸟) and it seemed fine. If I could locate the nest, I might have been

able to put it back, but no luck. My next work was to construct a nest and anchor it in a tree.

The homeowner was very helpful. A wire basket was found. I put some pine branches into
“一

the basket to make this nest safe and comfortable. I placed the chick in the nest, and it quickly

calmed down.

Now all that was needed were the parents, but they were absent. I gave the homeowner a

recording of the hunger screams of owl chicks. These advertise the presence of chicks to adults;

they might also encourage our chick to start calling as well. I gave the owner as much information

as possible and headed home to see what news the night might bring.

A nervous night to be sure, but sometimes the spirits of nature smile on us all! The

homeowner called to say that the parents had responded to the recordings. I drove over and saw

the chick in the nest looking healthy and active. And it was accompanied in the nest by the

greatest sight of all — LUNCH! The parents had done their duty and would probably continue to

do so.

24. What is unavoidable in the author’s rescue work according to paragraph 1?


A. Efforts made in vain.

B. Getting injured in his work.

C. Feeling uncertain about his future.

D. Creatures forced out of their homes.

25. Why was the author called to Muttontown?

A. To rescue a woman.

B. To take care of a woman.


C. To look at a baby owl.


D. To cure a young owl. 高
26. What made the chick calm down?

A. A new nest. B. Some food. C. A recording. D.

Its parents.
“一

27. How would the author feel about the outcome of the event?

A. It’s unexpected. B. It’s beautiful.


C. It’s humorous. D. It’s discouraging.


Some of the world’s most famous musicians recently gathered in Paris and New Orleans to

celebrate the first annual International Jazz Day. UNESCO(United Nations Educational, Scientific

and Cultural Organization) recently set April 30 as a day to raise awareness of jazz music, its

significance, and its potential as a unifying(联合) voice across cultures.

Despite the celebrations, though, in the U.S. the jazz audience continues to shrink and grow

older, and the music has failed to connect with younger generations.

It’s Jason Moran’s job to help change that. As the Kennedy Center’s artistic adviser for jazz,
Moran hopes to widen the audience for jazz, make the music more accessible, and preserve its

history and culture.

" Jazz seems like it’s not really a part of the American appetite, " Moran tells National

Public Radio’s reporter Neal Conan. "What I’m hoping to accomplish is that my generation and

younger start to reconsider and understand that jazz is not black and white anymore. It’s actually

color, and it’s actually digital."

Moran says one of the problems with jazz today is that the entertainment aspect of the music

has been lost.

"The music can’t be presented today the way it was in 1908 or 1958. It has to continue to move,


because the way the world works is not the same," says Moran.


Last year, Moran worked on a project that arranged Fats Waller’s music for a dance party, "

just to kind of put it back in the mind that Waller is dance music as much as it is concert music,"

says Moran. "For me, it’s the recontextualization. In music, where does the emotion(情感) lie?

Are we, as humans, gaining any insight(感悟) on how to talk about ourselves and how something
“一

as abstract as a Charlie Parker record gets us into a dialogue about our emotions and our thoughts?

Sometimes we lose sight that the music has a wider context, " says Moran, " so I want to

continue those dialogues. Those are the things I want to foster."


28. Why did UNESCO set April 30 as International Jazz Day?


A. To remember the birth of jazz.

B. To protect cultural diversity.

C. To encourage people to study music.

D. To recognize the value of jazz.

29. What does the underlined word "that" in paragraph 3 refer to?

A. Jazz becoming more accessible.

B. The production of jazz growing faster.


C. Jazz being less popular with the young.

D. The jazz audience becoming larger.

30. What can we infer about Moran’s opinion on jazz?

A. It will disappear gradually.

B. It remains black and white.

C. It should keep up with the times.

D. It changes every 50 years.

31. Which of the following can be the best title for the text?


A. Exploring the Future of Jazz

B. The Rise and Fall of Jazz




C. The Story of a Jazz Musician

D. Celebrating the Jazz Day


“一

D

A build-it-yourself solar still(蒸馏器) is one of the best ways to obtain drinking water in

areas where the liquid is not readily available. Developed by two doctors in the U.S. Department

of Agriculture, it’s an excellent water collector. Unfortunately, you must carry the necessary

equipment with you, since it’s all but impossible to find natural substitutes. The only components

required, though, are a 5'  5' sheet of clear or slightly milky plastic, six feet of plastic tube,

and a container — perhaps just a drinking cup — to catch the water. These pieces can be folded

into a neat little pack and fastened on your belt.

To construct a working still, use a sharp stick or rock to dig a hole four feet across and three

feet deep. Try to make the hole in a damp area to increase the water catcher’s productivity. Place

your cup in the deepest part of the hole. Then lay the tube in place so that one end rests all the way

in the cup and the rest of the line runs up — and out — the side of the hole.
Next, cover the hole with the plastic sheet, securing the edges of the plastic with dirt and

weighting the sheet’s center down with a rock. The plastic should now form a cone(圆锥体) with

45-degree-angled sides. The low point of the sheet must be centered directly over, and no more

than three inches above, the cup.

The solar still works by creating a greenhouse under the plastic. Ground water evaporates(蒸

发) and collects on the sheet until small drops of water form, run down the material and fall off

into the cup. When the container is full, you can suck the refreshment out through the tube, and

won’t have to break down the still every time you need a drink.

32. What do we know about the solar still equipment from the first paragraph?


A. It’s delicate. B. It’s expensive.


C. It’s complex. D. It’s portable.

33. What does the underlined phrase "the water catcher" in paragraph 2 refer to?

A. The tube. B. The still.


“一

C. The hole. D. The cup.


34. What is the last step of constructing a working solar still?


A. Dig a hole of a certain size. B. Put the cup in place.


C. Weight the sheet’s center down. D. Cover the hole with the plastic

sheet.

35. When a solar still works, drops of water come into the cup from .

A. the plastic tube B. outside the hole

C. the open air D. beneath the sheet

第二节 (共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余

选项。
If anyone had told me three years ago that I would be spending most of my weekends

camping, I would have laughed heartily. Campers, in my eyes, were people who enjoyed insect

bites, ill-cooked meals, and uncomfortable sleeping bags. They had nothing in common with me.

36

The friends who introduced me to camping thought that it meant to be a pioneer. 37

We slept in a tent, cooked over an open fire, and walked a long distance to take the shower and

use the bathroom. This brief visit with Mother Nature cost me two days off from work, recovering

from a bad case of sunburn and the doctor’s bill for my son’s food poisoning.

I was, nevertheless, talked into going on another fun-filled holiday in the wilderness. 38


Instead, we had a pop-up camper with comfortable beds and an air conditioner. My nature-loving

friends had remembered to bring all the necessities of life.

39 中
We have done a lot of it since. Recently, we bought a twenty-eight-foot travel

trailer complete with a bathroom and a built-in TV set. There is a separate bedroom, a modern

kitchen with a refrigerator. The trailer even has matching carpet and curtains.
“一

40 It must be true that sooner or later, everyone finds his or her way back to nature. I

recommend that you find your way in style.


A. This time there was no tent.


B. Things are going to be improved.


C. The trip they took me on was a rough one.

D. I was to learn a lot about camping since then, however.

E. I must say that I have certainly come to enjoy camping.

F. After the trip, my family became quite interested in camping.

G. There was no shade as the trees were no more than 3 feet tall.

第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节 完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)


阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处

的最佳选项。

While high school does not generally encourage students to explore new aspects of life,

college sets the stage for that exploration. I myself went through this 41 process and

found something that has changed my 42 at college for the better: I discovered ASL —

American Sign Language(美式手语).

I never felt an urge to 43 any sign language before. My entire family is hearing, and

so are all my friends. The 44 languages were enough in all my interactions(交往). Little

did I know that I would discover my 45 for ASL.


The 46 began during my first week at college. I watched as the ASL Club 47


their translation of a song. Both the hand movements and the very 48 of communicating

without speaking 49 me. What I saw was completely unlike anything I had experienced in

the 50 . This newness just left me ___51___ more.

After that, feeling the need to 52 further, I decided to drop in on one of ASL Club’s
“一

meetings. I only learned how to 53 the alphabet that day. Yet instead of being

discouraged by my 54 progress, I was excited. I then made it a point to 55 those


meetings and learn all I could.


The following term, I 56 an ASL class. The professor was deaf and any talking was

57 . I soon realized that the silence was not unpleasant. 58 , if there had been any

talking, it would have 59 us to learn less. Now, I appreciate the silence and the 60

way of communication it opens.

41. A. searching B. planning C. natural

D. formal

42. A. progress B. experience C. major D.

opinion

43. A. choose B. read C. learn D.

create
44. A. official B. foreign C. body D.

spoken

45. A. love B. concern C. goal D.

request

46. A. meeting B. trip C. story D.

task

47. A. recorded B. performed C. recited D.

discussed

48. A. idea B. amount C. dream D.


reason

49. A. disturbed B. supported


中 C. embarrassed D.

attracted

50. A. end B. past C. course D.


“一

distance

51. A. showing B. acting C. saying D.


wanting

52. A. exercise B. explore C. express D.


explain

53. A. print B. write C. sign D.

count

54. A. slow B. steady C. normal D.

obvious

55. A. chair B. sponsor C. attend D.

organize

56. A. missed B. passed C. gave up D.


registered for

57. A. prohibited B. welcomed C. ignored D.

repeated

58. A. Lastly B. Thus C. Instead D.

However

59. A. required B. caused C. allowed D.

expected

60. A. easy B. popular C. quick D.

new


第二节 (共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)

阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。


There has been a recent trend in the food service industry toward lower fat content and less

salt. This trend, which was started by the medical community(医学界) 61 a method of
“一

fighting heart disease, has had some unintended side 62 (effect) such as overweight and

heart disease — the very thing the medical community was trying to fight.

Fat and salt are very important parts of a diet. They are required 63 (process) the

food that we eat, to recover from injury and for several other bodily functions. When fat and salt

64 (remove) from food, the food tastes as if it is missing something. As 65 result,

people will eat more food to try to make up for that something missing. Even 66 (bad),

the amount of fast food that people eat goes up. Fast food ___67___ (be) full of fat and salt; by

68 (eat) more fast food people will get more salt and fat than they need in their diet.

Having enough fat and salt in your meals will reduce the urge to snack(吃点心)between

meals and will improve the taste of your food. However, be 69 (care) not to go to

extremes. Like anything, it is possible to have too much of both, 70 is not good for the

health.

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 35 分)
第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 l 分,满分 10 分)

假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共

有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。

删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。

注意:

1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;


2. 只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。


In the summer holiday following my eighteen birthday, I took driving lessons. I still

remember how hard first day was. Before getting into the car, I thought I had learned the

instructor’s orders, so once I started the car, my mind goes blank. I forgot what he had said to me

altogether. The instructor kept repeating the word, "Speed up!" "Slow down!" "Turning
“一

left!" I was so much nervous that I could hardly tell which direction was left. A few minutes late,

the instructor asked me to stop the car. It was a relief and I came to a suddenly stop just in the

middle on the road.


第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

假定你是李华,正在教你的英国朋友 Leslie 学习汉语。请你写封邮件告知下次上课的计

划。内容包括:

(1)时间和地点;

(2)内容:学习唐诗;

(3)课前准备:简要了解唐朝的历史。

注意:

1. 词数 100 左右;
2. 可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。





“一



绝密★启用前

2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(II)

英 语

本试卷共 150 分,共 14 页。考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

注意事项:

1.答题前,考生先将自己的姓名、准考证号码填写清楚,将条形码准确粘贴在条形码区

域内。


2.选择题必须使用 2B 铅笔填涂;非选择题必须使用 0.5 毫米黑色字迹的签字笔书写,


字体工整、笔迹 清楚。

3.请按照题号顺序在答题卡各题目的答题区域内作答,超出答题区域书写的答案无效;

在草稿纸、试题 卷上答题无效。
“一

4.作图可先用铅笔画出,确定后必须用黑色字迹的签字笔描黑。

5.保持卡面清洁,不要折叠、不要弄破、弄皱,不准使用涂改液、修正带、刮纸刀。

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上,录音结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转

涂到答题卡上。

第一节 (共 5 小题,每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出

最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段

对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?

答案是 C。

1. What will the woman do this afternoon?


A .Do some exercise. B. Go shopping. C. Wash her

clothes.

2. Why does the woman call the man?

A. To cancel a flight. B. To make an apology. C. To put off a

meeting.

3. How much more does David need for the car?

A. $ 5,000. B. $20,000. C. $25,000.

4. What is Jane doing?


A. Planning a tour. B. Calling her father C. Asking for leave.


5. How does the man feel?

A. Tired. B. Dizzy. C. Thirsty.

第二节(共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)


“一

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个

选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,每小题 5 秒钟;听

完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。

听第 6 段材料,回答第 6、7 题。

6. What does Jack want to do?

A. Watch TV. B. Play outside. C. Go to the zoo.

7. Where does the conversation probably take place?

A. At home. B. In a cinema. C. In a supermarket.

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8 至 10 题。

8. What does Richard do?

A. He’s a newsman. B. He’s a manager. C. He’s a researcher.


9. Where is Richard going next week?

A. Birmingham. B. Mexico City. C. Shanghai.

10. What will the speakers do tomorrow?

A. Eat out together. B. Visit a university. C. See Professor Hayes.

听第 8 段材料,回答第 11 至 13 题。

11. What is the probable relationship between the speakers?

A. School friends.

B. Teacher and student.


C. Librarian and library user.

12. Why does Jim suggest Mary buy the book?




A. It’s sold at a discount price.

B. It’s important for her study.


“一

C. It’s written by Professor Lee.


13. What will Jim do for Mary?


A. Share his book with her.


B. Lend her some money.

C. Ask Henry for help.

听第 9 段材料,回答第 14 至 16 题。

14.Where does Stella live?

A. In Memphis. B. In Boston. C. In St Louis.

15.What would peter and his family like to do on Beale Street?

A.Visit a museum. B. Listen to music. C. Have dinner.


16.What kind of hotel does Peter prefer?

A. A big one. B. A quiet one. C.A modern one.

听第 10 段材料,回答第 17 至 20 题。

17.How many lab sessions will the students have every week?

A. One. B. Two. C. Three.

18.What are the students allowed to wear in the lab ?

A. Long scarves. B. Loose clothes. C. Tennis shoes.

19.Why should the students avoid mixing liquid with paper?


A. It may cause a fire. B. It may create waste. C. It may produce pollution.

20.What does the speaker mainly talk about?




A. Grades the students will receive.

B. Rules the students should follow.


“一

C. Experiments the students will do.


第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节 (共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)


阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。

In the coming months, we are bringing together artists from all over the globe, to enjoy speaking

Shakespeare’s plays in their own language, in our Globe, within the architecture Shakespeare

wrote for. Please come and join us.

National Theatre of China Beijing | Chinese

This great occasion( 盛 会 )will be the National Theatre of China ’ s first visit to the UK. The

company’s productions show the new face of 21st century Chinese theatre. This production of
Shakespeare’
s Richard Ⅲ will be directed by the National’
s Associate Director, Wang Xiaoying.

Date & Time: Saturday 28 April, 2.30pm & Sunday 29 April, 1.30pm & 6.30pm

Marjanishvili Theatre Tbilisi | Georgian

One of the most famous theatres in Georgia,the Marjanishvili,founded in 1928, appears regularly

at theatre festivals all over the world. This new production of As You Like It is helmed(指导) by

the company’s Artistic Director Levan Tsuladze.

Date & Time: Friday 18 May, 2.30pm & Saturday 19 May, 7.30pm

Deafinitely Theatre London | British Sign Language(BSL)


By translating the rich and humourous text of Love’s Labour’s Lost into the physical language of


BSL, Deafinitely Theatre creates a new interpretation of Shakespeare’s comedy and aims to build

a bridge between deaf and hearing worlds by performing to both groups as one audience.

Date & Time: Tuesday 22 May, 2.30pm & Wednesday 23 May,7.30pm

Habima National Theatre Tel Aviv | Hebrew


“一

The Habima is the centre of Hebrew-language theatre worldwide. Founded in Moscow after the

1905 revolution, the company eventually settled in Tel Aviv in the late 1920s. Since 1958, they

have been recognised as the national theatre of Israel. This production of Shakespeare’s The

Merchant of Venice marks their first visit to the UK.


Date & Time: Monday 28 May, 7.30pm & Tuesday 29 May, 7.30pm

21. Which play will be performed by the National Theatre of China?

A. Richard Ⅲ. B. Love’s Labour’s Lost.

C. As You Like It. D. The Merchant of Venice.

22. What is special about Deafinitely Theatre?

A. It has two groups of actors.

B. It is the leading theatre in London.


C. It performs plays in BSL.

D. It is good at producing comedies.

23. When can you see a play in Hebrew?

A. On Saturday 28 April.

B. On Sunday 29 April.

C. On Tuesday 22 May.

D. On Tuesday 29 May.


I first met Paul Newman in 1968, when George Roy Hill, the director of Butch Cassidy


and the Sundance Kid, introduced us in New York City. When the studio didn’t want me for the

film — it wanted somebody as well known as Paul — he stood up for me. I don’t know how many

people would have done that; they would have listened to their agents or the studio powers.
“一

The friendship that grew out of the experience of making that film and The Sting four years

later had its root in the fact that although there was an age difference, we both came from a

tradition of theater and live TV. We were respectful of craft(技艺) and focused on digging into the

characters we were going to play. Both of us had the qualities and virtues that are typical of

American actors: humorous, aggressive, and making fun of each other — but always with an

underlying affection. Those were also at the core(核心) of our relationship off the screen.

We shared the belief that if you’re fortunate enough to have success, you should put

something back — he with his Newman’s Own food and his Hole in the Wall camps for kids who

are seriously ill, and me with Sundance and the institute and the festival. Paul and I didn’t see each

other all that regularly, but sharing that brought us together. We supported each other financially

and by showing up at events.

I last saw him a few months ago. He’d been in and out of the hospital. He and I both knew

what the deal was, and we didn’t talk about it. Ours was a relationship that didn’t need a lot of

words.
24. Why was the studio unwilling to give the role to the author at first?

A. Paul Newman wanted it.

B. The studio powers didn’t like his agent.

C. He wasn’t famous enough.

D. The director recommended someone else.

25. Why did Paul and the author have a lasting friendship?

A. They were of the same age.

B. They worked in the same theater.


C. They were both good actors.

D. They had similar characteristics.




26. What does the underlined word "that" in paragraph 3 refer to?

A. Their belief.
“一

B. Their care for children.


C. Their success.

D. Their support for each other.


27. What is the author’s purpose in writing the text?

A. To show his love of films.

B. To remember a friend.

C. To introduce a new movie.

D. To share his acting experience.

Terrafugia Inc. said Monday that its new flying car has completed its first flight, bringing the
company closer to its goal of selling the flying car within the next year. The vehicle — named the

Transition — has two seats, four wheels and wings that fold up so it can be driven like a car. The

Transition, which flew at 1,400 feet for eight minutes last month, can reach around 70 miles per

hour on the road and 115 in the air. It flies using a 23-gallon tank of gas and burns 5 gallons per

hour in the air. On the ground, it gets 35 miles per gallon.

Around 100 people have already put down a $10,000 deposit to get a Transition when they

go on sale, and those numbers will likely rise after Terrafugia introduces the Transition to the

public later this week at the New York Auto Show. But don’t expect it to show up in too many

driveways. It’s expected to cost $279,000. And it won’t help if you’re stuck in traffic. The car

needs a runway.


Inventors have been trying to make flying cars since the 1930s, according to Robert Mann, an


airline industry expert. But Mann thinks Terrafugia has come closer than anyone to making the

flying car a reality. The government has already permitted the company to use special materials to

make it easier for the vehicle to fly. The Transition is now going through crash tests to make sure

it meets federal safety standards.


“一

Mann said Terrafugia was helped by the Federal Aviation Administration’s decision five

years ago to create a separate set of standards for light sport aircraft, which are lower than those

for pilots of larger planes. Terrafugia says an owner would need to pass a test and complete 20

hours of flying time to be able to fly the Transition, a requirement pilots would find relatively easy

to meet.

28. What is the first paragraph mainly about?

A. The basic data of the Transition.

B. The advantages of flying cars.

C. The potential market for flying cars.

D. The designers of the Transition.

29. Why is the Transition unlikely to show up in too many driveways?


A. It causes traffic jams.

B. It is difficult to operate.

C. It is very expensive.

D. It burns too much fuel.

30. What is the government’s attitude to the development of the flying car?

A. Cautious. B. Favorable.

C. Ambiguous. D. Disapproving.

31. What is the best title for the text?


A. Flying Car at Auto Show B. The Transition’s First Flight

C. Pilots’ Dream Coming True



D. Flying Car Closer to Reality

D

When a leafy plant is under attack, it doesn’t sit quietly. Back in 1983, two scientists, Jack
“一

Schultz and Ian Baldwin, reported that young maple trees getting bitten by insects send out a

particular smell that neighboring plants can get. These chemicals come from the injured parts of

the plant and seem to be an alarm. What the plants pump through the air is a mixture of chemicals

known as volatile organic compounds, VOCs for short.


Scientists have found that all kinds of plants give out VOCs when being attacked. It’s a

plant’s way of crying out. But is anyone listening? Apparently. Because we can watch the

neighbors react.

Some plants pump out smelly chemicals to keep insects away. But others do double duty.

They pump out perfumes designed to attract different insects who are natural enemies to the

attackers. Once they arrive, the tables are turned. The attacker who was lunching now becomes

lunch.

In study after study, it appears that these chemical conversations help the neighbors. The

damage is usually more serious on the first plant, but the neighbors, relatively speaking, stay safer
because they heard the alarm and knew what to do.

Does this mean that plants talk to each other? Scientists don’t know. Maybe the first plant

just made a cry of pain or was sending a message to its own branches, and so, in effect, was

talking to itself. Perhaps the neighbors just happened to "overhear" the cry. So information was

exchanged, but it wasn’t a true, intentional back and forth.

Charles Darwin, over 150 years ago, imagined a world far busier, noisier and more

intimate(亲密的) than the world we can see and hear. Our senses are weak. There’s a whole lot

going on.

32. What does a plant do when it is under attack?


A. It makes noises. B. It gets help from other plants.

C. It stands quietly.

D. It sends out certain chemicals.

33. What does the author mean by "the tables are turned" in paragraph 3?

A. The attackers get attacked. B. The insects gather under the table.
“一

C. The plants get ready to fight back. D. The perfumes attract natural enemies.

34. Scientists find from their studies that plants can .


A. predict natural disasters B. protect themselves against insects


C. talk to one another intentionally D. help their neighbors when necessary

35. What can we infer from the last paragraph?

A. The world is changing faster than ever. B. People have stronger senses than before.

C. The world is more complex than it seems. D. People in Darwin’s time were more

imaginative.

第二节 (共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多

余选项。
Interruptions are one of the worst things to deal with while you’re trying to get work done.  

36 , there are several ways to handle things. Let’s take a look at them now.

  37 . Tell the person you’re sorry and explain that you have a million things to do and

then ask if the two of you can talk at a different time.

When people try to interrupt you, have set hours planned and let them know to come back

during that time or that you’ll find them then. 38 . It can help to eliminate(消除)future

interruptions.

When you need to talk to someone, don’t do it in your own office. 39 , it’s much

easier to excuse yourself to get back to your work than if you try to get someone out of your space


even after explaining how busy you are.


If you have a door to your office, make good use of it. 40 . If someone knocks and it’

s not an important matter, excuse yourself and let the person know you’re busy so they can get the

hint(暗示)that when the door is closed, you’re not to be disturbed.


A. If you’re busy, don’t feel bad about saying no


“一

B. When you want to avoid interruptions at work


C. Set boundaries for yourself as far as your time goes


D. If you’re in the other person’s office or in a public area


E. It’s important that you let them know when you’ll be available

F. It might seem unkind to cut people short when they interrupt you

G. Leave it open when you’re available to talk and close it when you’re not

第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节(共 20 小题:每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处

的最佳选项。
In 1973, I was teaching elementary school. Each day, 27 kids   41   "The Thinking

Laboratory."That was the   42   students voted for after deciding that "Room 104" was

too  43 .

Freddy was an average  44 , but not an average person. He had the rare balance of fun and

compassion(同情). He would  45 the loudest over fun and be the saddest over anyone’s  46 .

Before the school year   47   , I gave the kids a special   48   , T-shirts with the words

"Verbs Are Your  49 " on them. I had advised the kids that while verbs (动词)may seem dull,

most of the  50 things they do throughout their lives will be verbs.

Through the years, I’d run into former students who would provide  51 on old classmates.


I learned that Freddy did several jobs after his   52   from high school and remained the


same  53 person I met forty years before. Once, while working overnight at a store, he let a

homeless man  54 in his truck. Another time, he  55 a friend money to buy a house.

Just last year, I was   56   a workshop when someone knocked at the classroom door. A

woman  57 the interruption and handed me an envelope. I stopped teaching and  58 it up.
“一

Inside were the "Verbs" shirt and a   59   from Freddy’s mother. "Freddy passed away on

Thanksgiving. He wanted you to have this."


I told the story to the class. As sad as it was, I couldn’t help smiling. Although Freddy was

taken from us, we all  60 something from Freddy.


41. A. built B. entered C. decorated D. ran

42. A.name B. rule C. brand D. plan

43. A. small B. dark C. strange D. dull

44. A. scholar B. student C. citizen D.

worker

45. A. speak B. sing C. question D. laugh

46. A. misfortune B. disbelief C. dishonesty D.

mistake
47. A. changed B. approached C. returned D.

ended

48. A. lesson B. gift C. report D.

message

49. A. Friends B. Awards C. Masters D.

Tasks

50. A. simple B. unique C. fun D.

clever

51. A. assessments B. comments C. instructions D.


updates

52. A. graduation B. retirement



C. separation D.

resignation

53. A. daring B. modest C. caring D. smart


“一

54. A. wait B. sleep C. study D. live


55. A. paid B. charged C. lent D. owed


56. A. observing B. preparing C. designing D.

conducting

57. A. regretted B. avoided C. excused D.

ignored

58. A. opened B. packed C. gave D. held

59. A. picture B. bill C. note D. diary

60. A. chose B. took C. expected D.

borrowed

新课标卷 2
第二节(共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)

In 1863 the first underground passenger railway in the world opened in London. It ran for

just under seven kilometers and allowed people to avoid terrible   61   (crowd) on the roads

above as they travelled to and  62 work. It took three years to complete and was built using an

interesting method. This included digging up the road,  63 (lay) the track and then building a

strong roof over  64 top. When all those had been done, the road surface was replaced.

Steam engines  65 (use) to pull the carriages and it must have been 66 (fair)unpleasant

for the passengers, with all the smoke and noise. However, the railway quickly proved to be a

great success and within six months, more than 25,000 people were using  67 every day.


Later, engineers  68 (manage) to construct railways in a system of deep tunnels (隧道),


which became known as the Tube. This development was only possible with the   69 

(introduce) of electric-powered engines and lifts. The Central London Railway was one of the

most 70 (success) of these new lines, and was opened in 1900. It had white-painted tunnels

and bright red carriages, and proved extremely popular with the public.
“一

第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)


假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共

有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。

删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改的词。

注意:1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;

2.只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。

Mr. and Mrs. Zhang all work in our school. They live far from the school, and it takes them

about a hour and a half to go to work every day. In their spare time, they are interesting in planting

vegetables in their garden, that is on the rooftop of their house. They often get up earlier and water

the vegetables together. They have also bought for some gardening tools. Beside, they often get
some useful informations from the Internet. When summer came, they will invite their students

pick the fresh vegetables!

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

假定你是李华,想邀请外教 Henry 一起参观中国剪纸(paper-cutting)艺术展。请给他

写封邮件,内容包括:

1.展览时间、地点;

2.展览内容。

注意:


1.词数 100 左右;


2.可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。

绝密★启用前
“一

2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(III)

英 语

(考试时间:120 分钟 试卷满分:150 分)

注意事项:

1. 答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡上。

3. 回答选择题时,选出每小题答案后,用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。

如需改动,用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。回答非选择题时,将答案写在答题卡上,

写在本试卷上无效。

3. 考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)
做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答

案转涂到答题卡上。

第一节 (共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最

佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对

话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?

A. £19.15.    B. £9.18.    C. £9.15.


答案是 C。


1. What will the woman do this afternoon? 高
A. Do some exercise.  B. Go shopping. C. Wash her clothes.

2. Why does the woman call the man?


“一

A. To cancel a flight. B. To make an apology. C. To put off a meeting.

3. How much more does David need for the car?


A. $ 5,000. B. $20,000. C. $25,000.


4. What is Jane doing?


A. Planning a tour. B. Calling her father. C. Asking for leave.

5. How does the man feel?

A. Tired. B. Dizzy. C. Thirsty.

第二节(共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个

选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,每小题 5 秒钟;听

完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第 6 段材料,回答第 6、7 题。

6. What does Jack want to do?

A. Watch TV. B. Play outside. C. Go to the zoo.

7. Where does the conversation probably take place?

A. At home. B. In a cinema. C. In a supermarket.

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8 至 10 题。

8. What does Richard do?

A. He’s a newsman. B. He’s a manager. C. He’s a researcher.


9. Where is Richard going next week?

A. Birmingham. B. Mexico City.



C. Shanghai.

10. What will the speakers do tomorrow?

A. Eat out together. B. Visit a university. C. See Professor Hayes.


“一

听第 8 段材料,回答第 11 至 13 题。

11. What is the probable relationship between the speakers?


A. School friends.

B. Teacher and student.

C. Librarian and library user.

12. Why does Jim suggest Mary buy the book?

A. It’s sold at a discount price.

B. It’s important for her study.

C. It’s written by Professor Lee.

13. What will Jim do for Mary?


A. Share his book with her.

B. Lend her some money.

C. Ask Henry for help.

听第 9 段材料,回答第 14 至 16 题。

14. Where does Stella live?

A. In Memphis. B. In Boston. C. In St Louis.

15. What would Peter and his family like to do on Beale Street?

A. Visit a museum. B. Listen to music. C. Have dinner.


16. What kind of hotel does Peter prefer?

A. A big one. B. A quite one.


中 C. A modern one.

听第 10 段材料,回答第 17 至 20 题。

17. How many lab sessions will the students have every week?
“一

A. One. B. Two. C. Three.


18. What are the students allowed to wear in the lab?


A. Long scarves. B. Loose clothes. C. Tennis shoes.


19. Why should the students avoid mixing liquid with paper?

A. It may cause a fire.

B. It may create waste.

C. It may produce pollution.

20. What does the speaker mainly talk about?

A. Grades the student will receive.

B. Rules the students should follow.


C. Experiments the students will do.

第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节 (共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。

San Francisco Fire Engine Tours

San Francisco Winery Tour

Running: February 1st through April 30th


This delicious tour goes through the city on its way to Treasure Island where we will stop at


the famous Winery SF. Here you can enjoy 4 pours of some of the best wine San Francisco has to

offer.(Included in tickets price)

Departing from the Cannery: Tour times upon request.


“一

Duration(时长): 2 hours

Price: $90

Back to the Fifties Tour


Running: August 16th through August 31st

This tour transports you back in time to one of San Francisco’s most fantastic periods, the

1950s! Enjoy fun history as we take you through San Francisco for a free taste of ice cream.

Departing from the Cannery: 5:00 pm and 7:30 pm

Duration: 2 hours

Price: $90

Spooky Halloween Tour

Running: October 10th through October 31st


Join us for a ride through the historical Presidio district. Authentic fire gear(服装) is provided

for your warmth as our entertainers take you to some of the most thrilling parts of San Francisco.

Departing from the Cannery: 6:30 pm and 8:30 pm

Duration: 1 hour and 30 minutes

Price: Available upon request

Holiday Lights Tour

Running: December 6th through December 23rd

This attractive tour takes you to some of San Francisco’s most cheerful holiday scenes.


Authentic fire gear is provided for your warmth as you get into the holiday spirit.


Departing from the Cannery: 7:00 pm and 9:00 pm

Duration: 1 hour and 30 minutes

Advance reservations required.


“一

21. Which of the tours is available in March?


A. San Francisco Winery Tour.


B. Back to the Fifties Tour.


C. Spooky Hallowen Tour.

D. Holiday Lights Tour.

22. What can tourists do on Back to the Fifties Tours?

A. Go to Treasure Island.

B. Enjoy the holiday scenes.

C. Have free ice cream.

D. Visit the Presidio district.

23. What are tourists required to do to go on Holiday Lights Tour?


A. Take some drinks.

B. Set off early in the morning.

C. Wear warm clothes.

D. Make reservations in advance.

Minutes after the last movie ended yesterday at the Plaza Theater, employees were busy

sweeping up popcorns and gathering coke cups. It was a scene that had been repeated many times

in the theater’s 75-year history. This time, however, the cleanup was a little different. As one


group of workers carried out the rubbish, another group began removing seats and other theater

equipment in preparation for the building’s end.


The film classic The Last Picture Show was the last movie shown in the old theater. Though

the movie is 30 years old, most of the 250 seats were filled with teary-eyed audience wanting to

say good-bye to the old building. Theater owner Ed Bradford said he chose the movie because it
“一

seemed appropriate. The movie is set in a small town where the only movie theater is preparing to

close down.

Bradford said that large modern theaters in the city made it impossible for the Plaza to

compete. He added that the theater’s location( 位 置 ) was also a reason. " This used to be the

center of town," he said. "Now the area is mostly office buildings and warehouses."

Last week some city officials suggested the city might be interested in turning the old theater

into a museum and public meeting place. However, these plans were abandoned because of

financial problems. Bradford sold the building and land to a local development firm, which plans

to build a shopping complex on the land where the theater is located.

The theater audience said good-bye as Bradford locked the doors for the last time. After 75

years the Plaza Theater had shown its last movie. The theater will be missed.

24. In what way was yesterday’s cleanup at the Plaza special?

A. It made room for new equipment.


B. It signaled the closedown of the theater.

C. It was done with the help of the audience.

D. It marked the 75th anniversary of the theater.

25. Why was The Last Picture Show put on?

A. It was an all-time classic.

B. It was about the history of the town.

C. The audience requested it.

D. The theater owner found it suitable.


26. What will probably happen to the building?

A. It will be repaired.


B. It will be turned into a museum.

C. It will be knocked down.


“一

D. It will be sold to the city government.


27. What can we infer about the audience?


A. They are disappointed with Bradford.


B. They are sad to part with the old theater.

C. They are supportive of the city officials.

D. They are eager to have a shopping center.

After years of heated debate, gray wolves were reintroduced to Yellowstone National Park.

Fourteen wolves were caught in Canada and transported to the park. By last year, the Yellowstone

wolf population had grown to more than 170 wolves.

Gray wolves once were seen here and there in the Yellowstone area and much of the
continental United States, but they were gradually displaced by human development. By the

1920s, wolves had practically disappeared from the Yellowstone area. They went farther north

into the deep forests of Canada, where there were fewer humans around.

The disappearance of the wolves had many unexpected results. Deer and elk populations —

major food sources (来源) for the wolf — grew rapidly. These animals consumed large amounts of

vegetation ( 植 被 ), which reduced plant diversity in the park. In the absence of wolves, coyote

populations also grew quickly. The coyotes killed a large percentage of the park’s red foxes, and

completely drove away the park’s beavers.

As early as 1966, biologists asked the government to consider reintroducing wolves to


Yellowstone Park. They hoped that wolves would be able to control the elk and coyote problems.

Many farmers opposed the plan because they feared that wolves would kill their farm animals or

pets.


The government spent nearly 30 years coming up with a plan to reintroduce the wolvers. The

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service carefully monitors and manages the wolf packs in Yellowstone.
“一

Today, the debate continues over how well the gray wolf is fitting in at Yellowstone. Elk, deer,

and coyote populations are down, while beavers and red foxes have made a comeback. The

Yellowstone wolf project has been a valuable experiment to help biologists decide whether to

reintroduce wolves to other parts of the country as well.


28. What is the text mainly about?


A. Wildlife research in the United States.

B. Plant diversity in the Yellowstone area.

C. The conflict between farmers and gray wolves.

D. The reintroduction of wolves to Yellowstone Park.

29. What does the underlined word "displaced" in paragraph 2 mean?

A. Tested. B. Separated. C. Forced out. D.

Tracked down.
30. What did the disappearance of gray wolves bring about?

A. Damage to local ecology. B. A decline in the park’s income.

C. Preservation of vegetation. D. An increase in the variety of

animals.

31. What is the author’s attitude towards the Yellowstone wolf project?

A. Doubtful. B. Positive. C. Disapproving. D.

Uncaring.


The Intelligent Transport team at Newcastle University have turned an electric car into a


mobile laboratory named " DriveLAB " in order to understand the challenges faced by older

drivers and to discover where the key stress points are.



Research shows that giving up driving is one of the key reasons for a fall in health and

well-being among older people, leading to them becoming more isolated(隔绝) and inactive.
“一

Led by Professor Phil Blythe, the Newcastle team are developing in-vehicle technologies for

older drivers which they hope could help them to continue driving into later life.

These include custom-made navigation( 导 航 ) tools, night vision systems and intelligent

speed adaptations. Phil Blythe explains: "For many older people, particularly those living alone

or in the country, driving is important for preserving their independence, giving them the freedom

to get out and about without having to rely on others."

" But we all have to accept that as we get older our reactions slow down and this often

results in people avoiding any potentially challenging driving conditions and losing confidence in

their driving skills. The result is that people stop driving before they really need to."

Dr Amy Guo, the leading researcher on the older driver study, explains: "The DriveLAB is

helping us to understand what the key points and difficulties are for older drivers and how we

might use technology to address these problems.

"For example, most of us would expect older drivers always go slower than everyone else but
surprisingly, we found that in 30mph zones they struggled to keep at a constant speed and so were

more likely to break the speed limit and be at risk of getting fined. We’re looking at the benefits of

systems which control their speed as a way of preventing that.

"We hope that our work will help with technological solutions(解决方案) to ensure that older

drivers stay safer behind the wheel."

32. What is the purpose of the DriveLAB?

A. To explore new means of transport.

B. To design new types of cars.


C. To find out older driver’s problems.


D. To teach people traffic rules. 高
33. Why is driving important for older people according to Phil Blythe?

A. It keeps them independent.


“一

B. It helps them save time.

C. It builds up their strength.


D. It cures their mental illnesses.


34. What do researchers hope to do for older drivers?


A. Improve their driving skills.

B. Develop driver-assist technologies.

C. Provide tips on repairing their cars.

D. Organize regular physical checkups.

35. What is the best title for the text?

A. A new Model Electric Car

B. A Solution to Traffic Problems


C. Driving Services for Elders

D. Keeping Older Drivers on the Road

第二节 (共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余

选项。

Lots of people find it hard to get up in the morning, and put the blame on the alarm clock. In

fact, the key to easy morning wake-up lies in resting your body clock. 36 Here’s how to

make one.


● 37 In order to make a change, you need to decide why it’s important. Do you

want to get up in time to have breakfast with your family, get in some exercise, or just be better


prepared for your day? Once you are clear about your reasons, tell your family or roommates

about the change you want to make.

● Rethink mornings. Now that you know why you want to wake up, consider re-arranging
“一

your morning activities. If you want time to have breakfast with your family, save some time the

night before by setting out clothes, shoes, and bags. 38 That’s a quarter-hour more you

could be sleeping if you bought a coffee maker with a timer.


● Keep your sleep/wake schedule on weekends. If you’re tired out by Friday night, sleeping

in on Saturday could sound wonderful. But compensating on the weekends actually feeds into

your sleepiness the following week, a recent study found. 39

● Keep a record and evaluate it weekly. Keep track of your efforts and write down how you

feel. After you’ve tried a new method for a week, take a look at your record. 40 If not, take

another look at other methods you could try.

A. Get a sleep specialist.

B. Find the right motivation.

C. A better plan for sleep can help.


D. And consider setting a second alarm.

E. If the steps you take are working, keep it up.

F. Stick to your set bedtime and wake-up time, no matter the day.

G. Reconsider the 15 minutes you spend in line at the cafe to get coffee.

第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节 (共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处


的最佳选项。


A Toronto man is offering a free round-the-world air ticket to the right woman. But 41

apply. You must be named Elizabeth Gallagher and have a Canadian 42 .

Jordan Axani, 28, said he and his then girlfriend, Elizabeth Gallagher, booked heavily
“一

discounted round-the-world air tickets in May, but their 43 ended and he did not want her

ticket to 44 . The ticket had a strict no-transfer(不可转让) 45 , but since passport


information was not required when 46 , any Canadian Elizabeth Gallagher can 47 it.

"I just want to see the ticket go to good use and for someone to 48 a lot of joy," said

Axani. He posted his 49 on a social networking website, and received thousands of e-mails,

including thirty from actual Elizabeth Gallaghers with the 50 passports. "More 51 ,

there are hundreds of Canadians who are interested in 52 their name to Elizabeth Gallagher,"

Axani said. "It was absolutely out of 53 , thousands of e-mails, people around the world

54 their stories of travel."

Axani wrote in his post that he is not 55 anything in return and that the woman who uses the

56 ticket can choose to either travel with him or 57 the ticket and travel on her own.

The 58 is scheduled to start on December 21 in New York City and continue on to

Milan, Prague, Paris, Bangkok and New Delhi before 59 in Toronto on January 8. He said
the 60 woman will be announced on the website and the trip will be shared online.

41. A. benefits B. deposits C. restrictions D.

examinations

42. A. origin B. passport C. accent D.

friend

43. A. holiday B. marriage C. dream D.

relationship

44. A. go to waste B. come to mind C. go on sale D. come

into effect


45. A. policy B. order C. payment D.

schedule


46. A. applying B. booking C. checking D.

bargaining
“一

47. A. use B. borrow C. choose D. buy


48. A. sacrifice B. express C. experience D.

provide

49. A. answer B. advice C. offer D.


comment

50. A. same B. right C. new D. real

51. A. interesting B. annoying C. satisfying D.

convincing

52. A. writing B. giving C. lending D.

changing

53. A. touch B. question C. date D.

control
54. A. admiring B. advertising C. sharing D.

doubting

55. A. leaving B. looking for C. losing D.

dealing with

56. A. single B. strange C. regular D. extra

57. A. return B. take C. reserve D. hide

58. A. interview B. program C. trip D.

meeting


59. A. ending B. calling C. repeating D.

staying

60. A. honored B. lovely


中C. intelligent D. lucky

第二节 (共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)

阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
“一

She looks like any other schoolgirl, fresh-faced and full of life. Sarah Thomas is looking

forward to the challenge of her new A-level course. But unlike her school friends,

16-year-old Sarah is not spending half-term 61 (rest). Instead, she is earning £6,500 a

day as 62 model in New York.


Sarah 63 (tell) that she could be Britain’s new supermodel, earning a million dollars in

the next year. Her father Peter, 44, wants her to give up school to model full-time. But Sarah,

64 has taken part in shows along with top models, wants 65 (prove) that she has brains as

well as beauty. She is determined to carry on with her 66 (educate).

She has turned down several 67 (invitation) to star at shows in order to concentrate on

her studies. After school she plans to take a year off to model full-time before going to university

to get a degree 68 engineering or architecture.

Sarah says, "My dad thinks I should take the offer now. But at the moment, school 69

(come) first. I don’t want to get too absorbed in modeling. It is 70 (certain) fun but the
lifestyle is a little unreal. I don’t want to have nothing else to fall back on when I can’t model any

more."

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 l 分,满分 10 分)

假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共

有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。

删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。


修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。


注意:1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;

2. 只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。

When I look at this picture of myself, I realize of how fast time flies. I had grown not only
“一

physically, and also mentally in the past few years. About one month after this photo was took, I

entered my second year of high school and become a new member of the school music club.

Around me in picture are the things they were very important in my life at that time: car

magazines and musical instruments. I enjoyed studying difference kinds of cars and planes,

playing pop music, and collecting the late music albums. This picture often brings back to me

many happy memories of your high school days.

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

假定你是李华。你所在的校乒乓球队正在招收新队员。请给你的留学生朋友 Eric 写封

邮件邀请他加入,内容包括:

1. 球队活动;

2. 报名方式及截止日期。

注意:
1. 词数 100 左右;

2. 可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________________________

____________

绝密★启用前


2017 年普通高等学校全国招生统一考试(北京卷)
“一

英 语

本试卷共 16 页,共 150 分。考试时长 120 分钟。考生务必将答案答在答题卡上,在试


卷上作答无效。考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

第一部分:听力理解(共三节,30 分)

第一节 (共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,共 7.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一道小题,从每题所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最

佳选项。听完每段对话后,你将有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对

话你将听一遍。

例:What is the man going to read?

A. A newspaper. B. A magazine. C. A book.

答案是 A。
1. When will the film start?

A. At 5:00. B. At 6:00. C. At 7:00.

2. Which club will the man join?

A. The film club. B. The travel club. C. The sports club.

3. What was the weather like in the mountains yesterday?

A. Sunny. B. Windy. C. Snowy.

4. What does the man want to cut out of paper?

A. A fish. B. A bird. C. A monkey.


5. Where does the conversation most probably take place?

A. In a library. B. At a bookstore.
中 C. In a museum.

第二节 (共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,共 15 分)

听下面 4 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几道小题,从每题所给的 A、B、C 三个


“一

选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有 5 秒钟的时间阅读每小题。听完后,每

小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白你 将听两遍。


听第 6 段材料,回答第 6 至 7 题。

6. Why does the woman make the call?

A. To make an invitation.

B. To ask for information.

C. To discuss a holiday plan.

7. How much does the woman need to pay for the minibus?

A. $50. B. $150. C. $350.

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8 至 9 题。

8.What are the two sperkers mainly talking about?


A. Electronic waste. B. Soil pollution. C. Recycling

benefits. [来源:Zxxk.Com]

9.What does the woman decide to do with her cell phone in the end?

A.Throw it away. B. Keep it at home. C. Sell it to be

recycled.

听第 8 段材料,回答第 10 至 12 题。

10. What is the possible relationship between the two speakers?

A. Friends. B. Wife and husband. C. Business


partners.


11. Where does the woman work now? 高
A. In a school. B. In a restaurant. C. In a travel

agency.

12. What are the two speakers going to do?


“一

[来源:学&科&网][来源:学|科|网]

A. To take a trip. B. To have a coffee. C. To attend a


meeting.

听第 9 段材料,回答第 13 至 15 题。

13.What has been improved according to the speaker?

A. The train station. B. The bus service. C. The parking

lot.

14. How does the speaker get to her office today?

A. By bus and on foot. B. By train and by bus. C. By train and on

foot.

15. Who is the speaker?

A. A reporter. B. A policeman. C. A
photographer.

第三节(共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,共 7.5 分)

听下面一段对话,完成第 16 至 20 五道小题,每小题仅填写一个词。听对话前,你将有

20 秒钟的时间阅读试题,听完后你将有 60 秒钟的作答时间。这段对话你将听两遍。

Pick-up Appointment Form

Item(物品) A 16 and some magazines [来源:学§科§网]

Destination Overseas to 17

Delivery ☑Air □Regular


Time to pick up 5:00 18 afternoon

Packing

A medium box

Customer’s information Mr. Hudson 19

[来源:学|科|网]

89 Street, Chicago, 20
“一

Tel:4159786

第二部分:知识运用(共两节,45 分)

第一节 单项填空(共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,共 15 分)


从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题

卡上将该项涂黑。

例:It’s so nice to hear from her again. ___________, we last met more than thirty years ago.

A. What’s more B. That’s to say C. In other w ords D. Believe it

or not

答案是 D。

21. Samuel, the tallest boy in our class, ___________ easily reach the books on the top shelf.

A. must B. should C. can D. need


22. —Peter, please send us postcards ___________ we’ll know where you have visited.

—No problem.

A. but B. or C. for D. so

23. Every year, ___________ makes the most beautiful kite will win a prize in the Kite Festival.

A. whatever B. whoever C. whomever D.

whichever

24. —___________ that company to see how they think of our product yesterday?

—Yes. They are happy with it.


A. Did you call B. Have you called C. Will you call D. Were


you calling

25. ___________ birds use their feathers for flight, some of their feathers are for other purposes.

A. Once B. If C. Although D.
“一

Because

26. Jane moved aimlessly down the tree-lined street, not knowing ___________ she was heading.

A. why B. where C. how D. when


27. Many airlines now allow passengers to print their boarding passes online ___________ their

valuable time.

A. save B. saving C. to save D. saved

28. If you don’t understand something, you may research, study, and talk to other people

___________ you figure it out.

A. because B. though C. until D. since

29. In the 1950s in the USA, most families had just one phone at home, and wireless phones

___________ yet.

A. haven’t invented B. haven’t been invented


C. hadn’t invented D. hadn’t been invented

30. The national park has a large collection of wildlife, ___________ from butterflies to elephants.

A. ranging B. range C. to range D.

ranged

31. The little problems ___________ we meet in our daily lives may be inspirations for great

inventions.

A. that B. as C. where D. when

32. Jim has retired, but he still remember the happy time ___________ with his students.


A. to spend B. spend C. spending D. spent


33. People ___________ better access to health care than they used to, and they’re living longer as

a result.

A. will have B. have C. had D. had

had
“一

34. If the new safety system ___________ to use, the accident would never have happened.

A. had been put B. were put C. should be put D. would be


put

35. Many people who live along the coast make a living ___________ fishing industry.

A. at B. in C. on D. by

第二节 完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,共 30 分)

阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,

并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

Hannah Taylor is a schoolgirl from Manitoba, Canada. One day, when she was five years old,

she was walking with her mother in downtown Winnipeg. They saw a man 36 out of a

garbage can. She asked her mother why he did that and her mother said that the man was homeless and
hungry. Hannah was very 37 . She couldn’t understand why some people had to live their

lives without shelter or enough food. Hannah started to think about how she could 38 , but,

of course, there is not a lot one five-year-old can do to solve(解决) the problem of homelessness.

Later, when Hannah attended school, she saw another homeless person. It was a woman,

39 an old shopping trolley ( 购 物 车 ) which was piled with 40 . It seemed that

everything the woman owned was in them. This made Hannah very sad, and even more 41

to do something. She had been talking to her mother about the lives of homeless people 42

they first saw the homeless man. Her mother told her that if she did something to change the

problem that made her sad, she wouldn’t 43 as bad.


Hannah began to speak out about the homelessness in Manitoba and then in other

provinces. She hoped to 44 her message of hope and awareness. She started the


Ladybug Foudation, an organization aiming at getting rid of homelessness. She began to

45 "Big Bosses" lunches, where she would try to persuade local business leaders to 46

to the cause. She also organized a fundraising(募捐) drive in


“一

"Ladybug Jars" to collect everyone’s spare change during "Make Change" month. More

recently, the foundation began another 47 called National Red Scarf Day — a day when

people donate $20 and wear red scarves in support of Canada’s 48 and homel ess.

There is an emergency shelter in Winnipeg called "Hannah’s Place", something that Hannah is

very 49 of. Hannah’s Place is divided into several areas, providing shelter for people when it

is so cold that 50 outdoors can mean death. In the more than five years since Hannah began her

activities, she has received a lot of 51 . For example, she received the 20 07 BRICK Award

recognizing the 52 of young people to change the world. But 53 all this, Hannah

still has the 54 life of a Winnipeg schoolgirl, except that she pays regular visits to

homeless people.

Hannah is one of many examples of young people who are making a 55 in the world.

You can, too!

36. A. jumping B. eating C. crying D. waving


37. A. annoyed B. nervous C. ashamed D. upset

38. A. behave B. manage C. help D. work

39. A. pushing B. carrying C. buying D. holding

40. A. goods B. bottles C. foods D. bags

41. A. excited B. determined C. energetic D. grateful

42. A. since B. unless C. although D. as

43. A. sound B. get C. feel D. look

44. A. exchange B. leave C. keep D. spread


45. A. sell B. deliver C. host D. pack

46. A. contribute B. lead



C. apply D. agree

47. A. campaign B. trip C. procedure D. trial

48. A. elderly B. hungry C. lonely D. sick


“一

49. A. aware B. afraid C. proud D. sure


50 A. going B. sleeping C. traveling D. playing


51. A. praises B. invitations C. replies D. appointments


52. A. needs B. interests C. dreams D. efforts

53. A. for B. through C. besides D. along

54. A. healthy B. public C. normal D. tough

55. A. choice B. profit C. judgement D. difference

第三部分:阅读理解(共两节,40 分)

第一节 (共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,共 30 分)


阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡

上将该项涂黑。

It was a cold March day in High Point, North Carolina. The girls on the Wesleyan Academy

softball team were waiting for their next turns at bat during practice, stamping their feet to stay

warm. Eighth-grader Taylor Bisbee shivered( 发 抖 ) a little as she watched her teammate Paris

White play. The two didn’t know each other well — Taylor had just moved to town a month or so

before.

Suddenly, Paris fell to the ground,"Paris’s eyes rolled back," Taylor says. "She started


shaking. I knew it was an emergency."


It certainly was, Paris had suffered a sudden heart failure. Without immediate medical care,

Paris would die. At first, no one moved. The girls were in shock. Then the softball coach

shouted out, "Does anyone know CPR?"


CPR is a life-saving technique. To do CPR, you press on the sick person’s chest so that blood
“一

moves through the body and takes oxygen to organs. Without oxygen, the brain is damaged

quickly.

Amazingly, Taylor had just taken a CPR course the day before. Still, she hesitated. She didn’t

think she knew i t well enough. But when no one else came forward, Taylor ran to Paris and began

doing CPR. "It was scary. I knew it was the difference between life and death," says Taylor.

Taylor’s swift action helped her teammates calm down. One girl called 911. Two more ran to

get the school nurse, who brought a defibrillator, an electronic device(器械) that can shock the

heart back into work. Luck stayed with them: Paris’s heartbeat returned.

"I know I was really lucky," Paris says now. "Most people don’t survive this. My team

saved my life."

Experts say Paris is right: For a sudden heart failure, the single best chance for survival is

having someone nearby step in and do CPR quickly.


Today, Paris is back on the softball team. Taylor will apply to college soon. She wants to be a

nurse. " I feel more confident in my actions now, " Taylor says. " I know I can act under

pressure in a scary situation."

56. What happened to Paris on a March day?

A. She caught a bad cold.

B. She had a sudden heart problem.

C. She was knocked down by a ball.

D. She shivered terribly during practice.


57. Why does Paris say she was lucky?


A. She made a worthy friend.

B. She recovered from shock.

C. She received immediate CPR.


“一

D. She came back on the softball team.


58. Which of the following words can best describe Taylor?


A. Enthusiastic and kind.


B. Courageous and calm.

C. Cooperative and generous.

D. Ambitious and professional.

Inspiring young minds!

TOKNOW Magazine is a big hit in the world of children’s publishing, bringing a unique

combination of challenging ideas and good fun to young fans every month.

What is so special about TOKNOW magazine? What’s inside?

Well, it has no ads or promotions inside— Every month the magazine introduces a

instead it is jam-packed with serious ideas. fresh new topic with articles, experiments

TOKNOW makes complex ideas attractive and and creative things to make — the magazine
Sounds too good to be true?

Take a look online—evidence shows tha t thousands of teachers and parents know a good

thing when they see it and recommend TOKNOW to their friends.


Happy Birthday All Year!


What could be more fun than a gift that keeps coming through the letterbox every month?

The first magazine with your gift message will arrive in time for the special day.

SUBSCRIBE NOW
“一

□Annual Subscription

Europe £55 Rest of World £65


□Annual Subscription with Gift Pack


Includes a Mammoth Map, a Passport Puzzle Booklet, and Subscription

Europe £60 Rest of World £70

Refund Policy—the subscription can be cancelled within 28 days and you can get your money

back.

59. Why is TOKNOW a special magazine?

A. It entertains young parents.

B. It provides serious advertisements.

C. It publishes popular science fictions.


D. It combines fun with complex concepts.

60. What does TOKNOW offer its readers?

A. Online courses.

B. Articles on new topics.

C. Lectures on a balanced life.

D. Reports on scientific discoveries.

61. How much should you pay if you make a 12-mouth subscription to TOKNOW with gift pack

from China?


A. £55. B. £60. C. £65. D. £70.

62. Subscribers of TOKNOW would get .




A. free birthday presents

B. full refund within 28 days


“一

C. membership of the TOKNOW club


D. chances to meet the experts in person


C

Measles(麻疹), which once killed 450 children each year and disabled even more, was nearly

wiped out in the United States 14 years ago by the universal use of the MMR vaccine(疫苗). But

the disease is making a comeback, caused by a growing anti-vaccine movement and

misinformation that is spreading quickly. Already this year, 115 measles cases have been reported

in the USA, compared with 189 for all of last year.

The numbers might sound small, but they are the leading edge of a dangerous trend. When

vaccination rates are very high, as they still are in the nation as a whole, everyone is protected.

This is called "herd immunity", which protects the people who get hurt easily, including those

who can’t be vaccinated for medical reasons, babies too young to get vaccinated and people on
whom the vaccine doesn’t work.

But herd immunity works only when nearly the whole herd joins in. When some refuse

vaccination and seek a free ride, immunity breaks down and everyone is in even bigger danger.

That’s exactly what is happening in small neighborhoods around the country from Orange

County, California, where 22 measles cases were reported this month, to Brooklyn, N.Y., where a

17-year-old caused an outbreak last year.

The resistance to vaccine has continued for decades, and it is driven by a real but very small

risk. Those who refuse to take that risk selfishly make others suffer.

Making things worse are state laws that make it too easy to opt out(决定不参加) of what are


supposed to be required vaccines for all children entering kindergarten. Seventeen states allow


parents to get an exemption(豁免), sometimes just by signing a paper saying they personally

object to a vaccine.

Now, several states are moving to tighten laws by adding new regulations for opting out. But

no one does enough to limit exemptions.


“一

Parents ought to be able to opt out only for limited medical or religious reasons. But personal

opinions? Not good enough. Everyone enjoys the life-saving benefits vaccines provide, but they’ll

exist only as long as everyone shares in the risks.


63. The first two paragraphs suggest that ____________.

A. a small number of measles cases can start a dangerous trend

B. the outbreak of measles attracts the public attention

C. anti-vaccine movement has its medical reasons

D. information about measles spreads quickly

64. Herd immunity works well when ____________.

A. exemptions are allowed

B. several vaccines are used together


C. the whole neighborhood is involved in

D. new regulations are added to the state laws

65. What is the main reason for the comeback of measles?

A. The overuse of vaccine.

B. The lack of medical care.

C. The features of measles itself.

D. The vaccine opt-outs of some people.

66. What is the purpose of the passage?


A. To introduce the idea of exemption.

B. To discuss methods to cure measles.




C. To stress the importance of vaccination.

D. To appeal for equal rights in medical treatment.


“一

D

Hollywood’s theory that machines with evil(邪恶) minds will drive armies of killer robots is

just silly. The real problem relates to the possibility that artificial intelligence(AI) may become

extremely good at achieving something other than what we really want. In 1960 a well-known

mathematician Norbert Wiener, who founded the field of cybernetics ( 控 制 论 ) , put it this

way: "If we use, to achieve our purposes, a mechanical agency with whose operation we cannot

effectively interfere(干预), we had better be quite sure that the purpose put into the machine is the

purpose which we really desire."

A machine with a specific purpose has another quality, one that we usually associate with

living things: a wish to preserve its own existence. For the machine, this quality is not in-born, nor

is it something introduced by humans; it is a logical consequence of the simple fact that the

machine can not achieve its original purpose if it is dead. So if we send out a robot with the single

instruction of fetching coffee, it will have a strong desire to secure success by disabling its own off
switch or even killing anyone who might interfere with its task. If we are not careful, then, we

could face a kind of global chess match against very determined, super intelligent machines whose

objectives conflict with our own, with the real world as the chessboard.

The possibility of entering into and losing such a match should concentrate the minds of

computer scientists. Some researchers argue that we can seal the machines inside a kind of

firewall, using them to answer difficult questions but never allowing them to affect the real world.

Unfortunately, that plan seems unlikely to work: we have yet to invent a firewall that is secure

against ordinary humans, let alone super intelligent machines.

Solving the safety problem well enough to move forward in AI seems to be possible but not


easy. There are probably decades in which to plan for the arrival of super intelligent machines. But

the problem should not be dismissed out of hand, as it has been by some AI researchers. Some


argue that humans and machines can coexist as long as they work in teams—yet that is not

possible unless machines share the goals of humans. Others say we can just "switch them off"

as if super intelligent machines are too stupid to think of that possibility. Still others think that

super intelligent AI will never happen. On September 11, 1933, famous physicist Ernest
“一

Rutherford stated, with confidence, " Anyone who expects a source of power in the

transformation of these atoms is talking moonshine. "


However, on September 12, 1933,

physicist Leo Szilard invented the neutron-induced(中子诱导) nuclear chain reaction.


67. Paragraph 1 mainly tells us that artificial intelligence may ____________.


A. run out of human control

B. satisfy human’s real desires

C. command armies of killer robots

D. work faster than a mathematician

68. Machines with specific purposes are associated with living things partly because they might be

able to ____________.

A. prevent themselves from being destroyed


B. achieve their original goals independently

C. do anything successfully with given orders

D. beat humans in international chess matches

69. According to some researchers, we can use firewalls to ____________.

A. help super intelligent machines work better

B. be secure against evil human beings

C. keep machines from being harmed

D. avoid robots’ affecting the world


70. What does the author think of the safety problem of super intelligent machines?

A. It will disappear with the development of AI.




B. It will get worse with human interference.

C. It will be solved but with difficulty.


“一

D. It will stay for a decade.


第二节 (共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,共 10 分)


根据短文内容,从短文后的七个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为

多余选项。

Every animal sleeps, but the reason for this has remained foggy. When lab rats are not

allowed to sleep, they die within a month. 71

One idea is that sleep helps us strengthen new memories. 72 We know that, while

awake, fresh memories are recorded by reinforcing(加强) connections between brain cells, but the

memory processes that take place while we sleep have been unclear.

Support is growing for a theory that sleep evolved so that connections between neurons(神经

元) in the brain can be weakened overnight, making room for fresh memories to form the next day.

73
Now we have the most direct evidence yet that he is right. 74 The synapses in the

mice taken at the end of a period of sleep were 18 per cent smaller than those taken before sleep,

showing that the connections between neurons weaken while sleeping.

If Tononi’s theory is right, it would explain why, when we miss a night ’s, we find it harder

the next day to concentrate and learn new information — our brains may have smaller room for

new experiences.

Their research also suggests how we may build lasting memories over time even though the

synapses become thinner. The team discovered that some synapses seem to be protected and

stayed the same size. 75 "You keep what matters," Tononi says.


A. We should also try to sleep well the night before.


B. It’s as if the brain is preserving its most important memories.

C. Similarly, when people go for a few days without sleeping, they get sick.

D. The processes take place to stop our brains becoming loaded with memories.
“一

E. That’s why students do better in tests if they get a chance to sleep after learning.

F. "Sleep is the price we pay for learning,"says Giulio Tononi, who developed the idea.

G. Tononi’s team measured the size of these connections, or synapses, in the brains of 12 mice.

第四部分 书面表达(共两节,35 分)

第一节 (15 分)

你的英国朋友 Jim 所在的学校要组织学生来中国旅行,有两条线路可以选择:"长江之

行"或者"泰山之旅"。Jim 来信希望你能给些建议。请你给他回信,内容包括:

1. 你建议的线路;

2. 你的理由;

3. 你的祝愿。

注意:1. 词数不少于 50;


2. 开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数。

Dear Jim,

______

______

______


______



______

Yours,
“一

Li Hua

第二节 (20 分)

假设你是红星中学高三学生李华,请根据以下四幅图的先后顺序,写一篇英文周记,记
录毕业前夕你们制作以"感恩母校"为主题的毕业纪念视频的全过程。

注意:词数不 少于 60。

提示词:视频 video

(请务必将作文写在答题卡指定区域内)



2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(江苏卷)

英 语 试 题
“一

注 意 事 项

考生在答题前请认真阅读本注意事项及各题答题要求。

1. 本试卷共 14 页,包含选择题(第 1 题~第 70 题,共 70 题)、非选择题(第 71 题~第 81


题,共 11 题)两部分。本卷满分为 120 分,考试时间为 120 分钟。考试结束后,请将
本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

2. 答题前,请务必将自己的姓名、准考证号用 0.5 毫米黑色墨水的签字笔填写在试卷及答


题卡的规定位置上。

3. 请认真核对监考员在答题卡上所粘贴的条形码上的姓名、准考证号与本人是否相符。

4. 作答选择题,必须用 2B 铅笔将答题卡上对应选项的方框涂满、涂黑;如需改动,请用
橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案。作答非选择题,必须用 0.5 毫米黑色墨水的签字笔
在答题卡上的指定位置作答,在其他位置作答一律无效。

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 20 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上,录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案
转涂到答题卡上。

第一节 (共 5 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 5 分)

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出


最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段
对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?

A. ₤19.15. B. ₤9.18. C. ₤9.15.


答案是 C。


1.What does the woman think of the movie?

A.It’s amusing. B. It’s exciting. C. It’s disappointing.

2. How will Susan spend most of her time in France?


A. Traveling around.
“一

B. Studying at a school.

C. Looking after her aunt.

3. What are the speakers talking about?


A. Going out.

B. Ordering drinks.

C. Preparing for a party.

4. Where are the speakers?

A. In a classroom. B. In a library. C. In a bookstore.

5. What is the man going to do?

A. Go on the Internet. B. Make a phone call. C. Take a train trip.

第二节 (共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 15 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个


选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,每小题 5 秒钟;听
完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。

听第 6 段材料,回答第 6、7 题。

6. What is the woman looking for?

A. An information office. B. A police station. C. A shoe repair shop.

7. What is the Town Guide according to the man?

A. A brochure. B. A newspaper. C. A map.

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8、9 题。

8. What does the man say about the restaurant?

A. It’s the biggest one around. B. It offers many tasty dishes. C. It’s famous for its


seafood.

9. What will the woman probably order?

A. Fried fish. B. Roast chicken.


中 C. Beef steak.

听第 8 段材料,回答第 10 至 12 题。

10. Where will Mr. White be at 11 o’clock?


“一

A. At the office. B. At the airport. C. At the


restaurant.

11. What will Mr. White probably do at one in the afternoon?


A. Receive a guest. B. Have a meeting. C. Read a report.

12. When will Miss Wilson see Mr. White?


A. At lunch time. B. Late in the afternoon. C. The next morning.

听第 9 段材料,回答第 13 至 16 题。

13. Why is Bill going to Germany?

A. To work on a project. B. To study German. C. To start a new


company.

14. What did the woman dislike about Germany?

A. The weather. B. The food. C. The schools.

15. What does Bill hope to do about his family?

A. Bring them to Germany. B. Leave them in England. C. Visit them in a few


months.

16. What is the probable relationship between the speakers?

A. Fellow-travelers. B. Colleagues. C. Classmates.

听第 10 段材料,回答第 17 至 20 题。

17. When did it rain last time in Juárez?

A. Three days ago. B. A month ago. C. A year ago.

18. What season is it now in Juárez?

A. Spring. B. Summer C. Autumn.

19. What are the elderly advised to do?


A. Take a walk in the afternoon. B. Keep their homes cool. C. Drink plenty of
water.

20. What is the speaker doing?




A. Hosting a radio program. B. Conducting a seminar. C. Forecasting the

weather.

第二部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分 35 分)
“一

第一节:单项填空(共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 15 分)


请认真阅读下面各题,从题中所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在


答题卡将该项涂黑。

例:It is generally considered unwise to give a child ____________ he or she wants.

A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever

答案是 B。

21. Many Chinese brands, ____________ their reputations over centuries, are facing new

challenges from the modern market.

A. having developed B. being developed C. developed D.

developing

22. ____________ not for the support of the teachers, the student could not overcome her
difficulty.

A. It were B. Were it C. It was D. Was

it

23. Located ____________ the Belt meets the Road, Jiangsu will contribute more to the Belt and

Road construction.

A. why B. when C. which D.

where

24. The publication of Great Expectations, which ____________ both widely reviewed and highly

praised, strengthened Dickens, status as a leading novelist.


A. is B. are C. was D. were


25. Working with the medical team in Africa has ____________ the best in her as a doctor.

A. held out B. brought out C. picked out D. given

out
“一

26. We choose this hotel because the price for a night here is down to $20, half of ____________

it used to charge.

A. that B. which C. what D. how


27. He hurried home, never once looking back to see if he ____________.

A. was being followed B. was following

C. had been followed D. followed

28. In 1963 the UN set up the World Food Programme, one of ____________ purposes is to

relieve worldwide starvation.

A. which B. its C. whose D. whom

29. Only five years after Steve Jobs’ death, smart-phones defeated ____________ PCs in sales.

A. controversial B. contradictory C. confidential D.


conventional

30. A quick review of successes and failures at the end of year will help ____________ your year

ahead.

A. shape B. switch C. stretch D. sharpen

31. He’s been informed that he ____________ for the scholarship because of his academic

background.

A. hasn’t qualified B. hadn’t qualified

C. doesn’t qualify D. wasn’t qualifying


32. Determining where we are ____________ our surroundings remains an essential skill for our


survival. 高
A. in contrast to B. in defense of

C. in face of D. in relation to
“一

33. —What does the stuff on your T-shirt mean?

—It’s nothing. Just something ____________.


A.as clear as day B. off the top of my head


C. under my nose D. beyond my wildest dreams


34. The disappearance of dinosaurs is not necessarily caused by astronomical incidents. But

_______ explanations are hard to find.

A. alternative B. aggressive C. ambiguous D.

apparent

35. —Going to watch the Women’s Volleyball Match on Wednesday?

—____________!Will you go with me?

A. You there B. You bet


C. You got me D. You know better

第二节:完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 20 分)

请认真阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,


并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

For a long time Gabriel didn’t want to be involved in music at all. In his first years of high

school, Gabriel would look pityingly at the music students,  36 across the campus with their

heavy instrument cases,  37 at school for practice hours  38 anyone else had to be there. He

swore to himself to  39 music, as he hated getting to school extra early.

 40 , one day, in the music class that was  41 of his school’s standard curriculum, he


was playing idly( 随 意 地 ) on the piano and found it   42   to pick out tunes. With a sinking


feeling, he realized that he actually  43 doing it. He tried to hide his  44 pleasure from the

music teacher, who had  45 over to listen. He might not have done this particularly well,  46 

the teacher told Gabriel that he had a good  47 and suggested that Gabriel go into the music

store-room to see if any of the instruments there  48 him. There he decided to give the cello(大
“一

提琴) a  49 . When he began practicing, he took it very  50 . But he quickly found that he

loved playing this instrument, and was  51 to practicing it so that within a couple of months he

was playing reasonably well.


This   52   , of course, that he arrived at school early in the morning,   53   his heavy

instrument case across the campus to the  54 looks of the non-musicians he had left 55 .

36. A. travelling B. marching C. pacing D.

struggling

37. A. rising up B. coming up C. driving up D.

turning up

38. A. before B. after C. until D. since

39. A. betray B. accept C. avoid D.

appreciate

40. A. Therefore B. However C. Thus D.


Moreover

41. A. part B. nature C. basis D. spirit

42. A. complicated B. safe C. confusing D. easy

43. A. missed B. disliked C. enjoyed D.

denied

44. A. transparent B. obvious C. false D.

similar

45. A. run B. jogged C. jumped D.


wandered


46. A. because B. but 高 C. though D. so

47. A. ear B. taste C. heart D. voice


48. A. occurred to B. took to C. appealed to D. held

to
“一

49. A. change B. chance C. mission D.


function

50. A. seriously B. proudly C. casually D.


naturally

51. A. committed B. used C. limited D.

admitted

52. A. proved B. showed C. stressed D.

meant

53. A. pushing B. dragging C. lifting D.

rushing

54. A. admiring B. pitying C. annoying D.

teasing
55. A. over B. aside C. behind D. out

第三部分:阅读理解(共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)

请认真阅读下列短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,


并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

CHRONOLOGICA
——The Unbelievable Years that Defined History

DID YOU KNOW…

In 105 AD paper was invented in China?


When Columbus discovered the New World?

The British Museum opened in 1759?




CHRONOLOGICA is a fascinating journey through time, from the
foundation of Rome to the creation of the Internet. Along the way are

tales of kings and queens, hot air balloons…and monkeys in space.


“一

Travel through 100 of the most unbelievable years in world history and
learn why being a Roman Emperor wasn’t always
as good as it sounds, how the Hundred Years’ War didn’t actually last for

100 years and why Spencer Perceval holds a rather unfortunate record.

CHRONOLOGICA is an informative and entertaining tour into history,


beautifully illustrated and full of unbelievable facts. While

CHRONOLOGICA tells the stories of famous people in history such as


Thomas Edison and Alexander the Great, this book
also gives an account of the lives of
lesser-known individuals including the
explorer Mungo Park and sculptor Gutzon
Borglum.

This complete but brief historical collection is


certain to entertain readers young and old, and
guaranteed to present even the biggest history lover with something new!

56. What is CHRONOLOGICA according to the next?


A. A biography. B. A travel guide.

C. A history book. D. A science fiction.

57. How does the writer recommend CHRONOLOGICA to readers?

A. By giving details of its collection. B. By introducing some of its

contents.

C. By telling stories at the beginning. D. By comparing it with other books.

Before birth, babies can tell the difference between loud sounds


and voices. They can even distinguish their mother’s voice from that of


a female stranger. But when it comes to embryonic learning( 胎

教 ),birds could rule the roost. As recently reported in The Auk:



Ornithological Advances, some mother birds may teach their young to

sing even before they hatch( 孵 化 ). New-born chicks can then imitate
“一

their mom’s call within a few days of entering the world.

This educational method was first observed in 2012 by Sonia Kleindorfer, a biologist at

Flinders University in South Australia, and her colleagues. Female Australian superb fairy wrens

were found to repeat one sound over and over again while hatching their eggs. When the eggs

were hatched, the baby birds made the similar chirp to their mothers — a sound that served as

their regular "feed me!" call.

To find out if the special quality was more widespread in birds, the researchers sought the

red-backed fairy wren, another species of Australian songbird. First they collected sound data

from 67 nests in four sites in Queensland before and after hatching. Then they identified begging

calls by analyzing the order and number of notes. A computer analysis blindly compared calls

produced by mothers and chicks, ranking them by similarity.

It turns out that baby red-backed fairy wrens also emerge chirping like their moms. And the

more frequently mothers had called to their eggs, the more similar were the babies’ begging calls.
In addition, the team set up a separate experiment that suggested that the baby birds that most

closely imitated their mom’s voice were rewarded with the most food.

This observation hints that effective embryonic learning could signal neurological(神经系统

的) strengths of children to parents. An evolutionary inference can then be drawn. "As a parent, do

you invest in quality children, or do you invest in children that are in need?"Kleindorfer asks.

"Our results suggest that they might be going for quality."

58. The underlined phrase in Paragraph 1 means "   ".

A.be the worst B.be the best

C.be just as bad D.be just as good


59. What are Kleindorfer’s findings based on?

A. Similarities between the calls of moms and chicks.




B. The observation of fairy wrens across Australia.

C. The data collected from Queensland’s locals.


“一

D. Controlled experiments on wrens and other birds.


60. Embryonic learning helps mother birds to identify the baby birds which   .

A. can receive quality signals B. are in need of training


C. fit the environment better D. make the loudest call

A new commodity brings about a highly profitable, fast-growing industry, urging antitrust(反

垄 断 ) regulators to step in to check those who control its flow. A century ago, the resource in

question was oil. Now similar concerns are being raised by the giants(巨头) that deal in data, the

oil of the digital age. The most valuable firms are Google, Amazon, Facebook and Microsoft. All

look unstoppable.

Such situations have led to calls for the tech giants to be broken up. But size alone is not a

crime. The giants’ success has benefited consumers. Few want to live without search engines or a
quick delivery. Far from charging consumers high prices, many of these services are free (users

pay, in effect, by handing over yet more data). And the appearance of new-born giants suggests

that newcomers can make waves, too.

But there is cause for concern. The internet has made data abundant, all-present and far more

valuable, changing the nature of data and competition. Google initially used the data collected

from users to target advertising better. But recently it has discovered that data can be turned into

new services: translation and visual recognition, to be sold to other companies. Internet

companies’ control of data gives them enormous power. So they have a "God’s eye view" of

activities in their own markets and beyond.


This nature of data makes the antitrust measures of the past less useful. Breaking up firms

like Google into five small ones would not stop remaking themselves: in time, one of them would


become great again. A rethink is required — and as a new approach starts to become apparent,

two ideas stand out.

The first is that antitrust authorities need to move from the industrial age into the 21st
“一

century. When considering a merger( 兼 并 ), for example, they have traditionally used size to

determine when to step in. They now need to take into account the extent of firms’ data assets(资

产 ) when assessing the impact of deals. The purchase price could also be a signal that an

established company is buying a new-born threat. When this takes place, especially when a

new-born company has no revenue to speak of, the regulators should raise red flags.

The second principle is to loosen the control that providers of on-line services have over data

and give more to those who supply them. Companies could be forced to reveal to consumers what

information they hold and how much money they make from it. Governments could order the

sharing of certain kinds of data, with users’ consent.

Restarting antitrust for the information age will not be easy. But if governments don’t want a

data economy controlled by a few giants, they must act soon.

61. Why is there a call to break up giants?

A. They have controlled the data market.


B. They collect enormous private data.

C. They no longer provide free services.

D. They dismissed some new-born giants.

62. What does the technological innovation in Paragraph 3 indicate?

A. Data giants’ technology is very expensive.

B. Google’s idea is popular among data firms.

C. Data can strengthen giants’ controlling position.

D. Data can be turned into new services or products.


63. By paying attention to firms’ data assets, antitrust regulators could    .

A. kill a new threat



B. avoid the size trap

C. favour bigger firms D. charge higher prices

64. What is the purpose of loosening the giants’ control of data?


“一

A. Big companies could relieve data security pressure.


B. Governments could relieve their financial pressure.


C. Consumers could better protect their privacy.


D. Small companies could get more opportunities.

Old Problem, New Approaches

While clean energy is increasingly used in our daily life, global warming will continue for

some decades after CO2 emissions( 排 放 ) peak. So even if emissions were to begin to decrease

today, we would still face the challenge of adapting to climate change. Here I will stress some

smarter and more creative examples of climate adaptation.

When it comes to adaptation, it is important to understand that climate change is a process.


We are therefore not talking about adapting to a new standard, but to a constantly shifting set of

conditions. This is why, in part at least, the US National Climate Assessment says that: "There is

no ‘one-size fits all’ adaptation." Nevertheless, there are some actions that offer much and carry

little risk or cost.

Around the world, people are adapting in surprising ways, especially in some poor countries.

Floods have become more damaging in Bangladesh in recent decades. Mohammed Rezwan saw

opportunity where others saw only disaster. His not-for-profit organization runs 100 river boats

that serve as floating libraries, schools, and health clinics, and are equipped with solar panels and

other communicating facilities. Rezwan is creating floating connectivity(连接) to replace flooded

roads and highways. But he is also working at a far more fundamental level: his staff show people


how to make floating gardens and fish ponds to prevent starvation during the wet season.


Elsewhere in Asia even more astonishing actions are being taken. Chewang Norphel lives in

a mountainous region in India, where he is known as the Ice Man. The loss of glaciers(冰川) there

due to global warming represents an enormous threat to agriculture. Without the glaciers, water

will arrive in the rivers at times when it can damage crops. Norphel’s inspiration came from
“一

seeing the waste of water over winter, when it was not needed. He directed the wasted water into

shallow basins where it froze, and was stored until the spring. His fields of ice supply perfectly

timed irrigation(灌溉) water. Having created nine such ice reserves, Norphel calculates that he has

stored about 200,000m3of water. Climate change is a continuing process, so Norphel’s ice reserves

will not last forever. Warming will overtake them. But he is providing a few years during which

the farmers will, perhaps, be able to find other means of adapting.

Increasing Earth’s reflectiveness can cool the planet. In southern Spain the sudden increase of

greenhouses(which reflect light back to space) has changed the warming trend locally, and

actually cooled the region. While Spain as a whole is heating up quickly, temperatures near the

greenhouses have decreased. This example should act as an inspiration for all cities. By painting

buildings white, cities may slow down the warming process.

In Peru, local farmers around a mountain with a glacier that has already fallen victim to

climate change have begun painting the entire mountain peak white in the hope that the added
reflectiveness will restore the life-giving ice. The outcome is still far from clear. But the World

Bank has included the project on its list of "100 ideas to save the planet".

More ordinary forms of adaptation are happening everywhere. A friend of mine owns an area

of land in western Victoria. Over five generations the land has been too wet for cropping. But

during the past decade declining rainfall has allowed him to plant highly profitable crops. Farmers

in many countries are also adapting like this — either by growing new produce, or by growing the

same things differently. This is common sense. But some suggestions for adapting are not. When

the polluting industries argue that we’ve lost the battle to control carbon pollution and have no

choice but to adapt, it’s a nonsense designed to make the case for business as usual.


Human beings will continue to adapt to the changing climate in both ordinary and astonishing

ways. But the most sensible form of adaptation is surely to adapt our energy systems to emit less


carbon pollution. After all, if we adapt in that way, we may avoid the need to change in so many

others.

65. The underlined part in Paragraph 2 implies   .


“一

A. adaptation is an ever-changing process


B. the cost of adaptation varies with time


C. global warming affects adaptation forms


D. adaptation to climate change is challenging

66. What is special with regard to Rezwan’s project?

A. The project receives government support.

B. Different organizations work with each other.

C. His organization makes the best of a bad situation.

D. The project connects flooded roads and highways.

67. What did the Ice Man do to reduce the effect of global warming?

A. Storing ice for future use.


B. Protecting the glaciers from melting.

C. Changing the irrigation time.

D. Postponing the melting of the glaciers.

68. What do we learn from the Peru example?

A. White paint is usually safe for buildings.

B. The global warming trend cannot be stopped.

C. This country is heating up too quickly.

D. Sunlight reflection may relieve global warming.


69. According to the author, polluting industries should    .

A. adapt to carbon pollution



B. plant highly profitable crops

C. leave carbon emission alone D. fight against carbon pollution

70. What’s the author’s preferred solution to global warming?


“一

A. Setting up a new standard. B. Reducing carbon emission.


C. Adapting to climate change. D. Monitoring polluting industries.


第四部分:任务型阅读(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)


请认真阅读下面短文,并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。

注意:请将答案写在答题卡上相应题号的横线上。每个空格只填一个单词。

Population Change

Why is the world’s population growing? The answer is not what you might think. The reason

for the explosion is not that people have been reproducing like rabbits, but that people have

stopped dropping dead like flies. In 1900, people died at the average age of 30. By 2000 the

average age was 65. But while increasing health was a typical feature of the 20th century,

declining birth rate could be a defining one of the 21st.


Statistics show that the average number of births per woman has fallen from 4.9 in the early

1960s to 2.5 nowadays. Furthermore, around 50% of the world’s population live in regions where

the figure is now below the replacement level (i.e.2.1 births per woman) and almost all developed

nations are experiencing sub-replacement birth rate. You might think that developing nations

would make up the loss(especially since 80% of the world’s people now live in such nations), but

you’d be wrong. Declining birth rate is a major problem in many developing regions too, which

might cause catastrophic global shortages of work force within a few decades.

A great decline in young work force is likely to occur in China, for instance. What does it

imply? First, China needs to undergo rapid economic development before a population decline hits

the country. Second, if other factors such as technology remain constant, economic growth and


material expectations will fall well below recent standards and this could invite trouble.


Russia is another country with population problems that could break its economic promise.

Since 1992 the number of people dying has been bigger than that of those being born by a massive

50%. Indeed official figures suggest the country has shrunk by 5% since 1993 and people in

Russia live a shorter life now than those in 1961. Why is this occurring? Nobody is quite sure, but
“一

poor diet and above all long-time alcoholism have much to do with it. If current trends don’t bend,

Russia’s population will be about the size of Yemen’s by the year 2050.

In the north of India, the population is booming due to high birth rates, but in the south,

where most economic development is taking place, birth rate is falling rapidly. In a further twist,

birth rate is highest in poorly educated rural areas and lowest in highly educated urban areas. In

total, 25% of India’s working-age population has no education. In 2030, a sixth of the country’s

potential work force could be totally uneducated.

One solution is obviously to import foreign workers via immigration. As for the USA, it is

almost unique among developed nations in having a population that is expected to grow by 20%

from 2010-2030. Moreover, the USA has a track record of successfully accepting immigrants. As

a result it’s likely to see a rise in the size of its working-age population and to witness strong

economic growth over the longer term.


Population Change

The birth rate in the 21st century may be much (71) ▲ than it was in

the 20th.

Decline of the birth rate


It would be difficult for developed countries to maintain the (72) ▲ of

population.


The impact of dropping birth rate on developing countries may not

be (73) ▲ but disastrous.



To guarantee its economic growth, China needs to deal with the

population issue properly, as its workers are getting (75) ▲ .


“一

The (76) ▲ death of Russians may result in a shrinking


population, which would damage its economic future. It would be


better if it can change people’s way of (77) ▲ .


Population and (74)


Leaving aside the birth rate issue, India’s economy may take off when
▲ pressure
the country achieves (78) ▲ of educational opportunity.
The USA will increase, from 2010-2030, its population by 20% through

(79) ▲ . This will (80) ▲ _ for the lack of young work force.
American solution

第五部分:书面表达(满分 25 分)

81.请认真阅读下面有关我国电影票房收入(box-office income)的柱状图及相关文字,并按


照要求用英语写一篇 150 词左右的文章。


Saturday Afternoon. In a Shopping Centre.

Li Jiang: Hi, Su Hua. Which movie shall we see?

Su Hua: Whatever. We’ve got so many choices, Kung Fu Yoga, Journey


“一

to the West…Each sounds great!


Li Jiang: Yeah! And some movie stars are fantastic.


Su Hua: And the high-tech!...


Li Jiang: Perfect! Let’s get some food first. We only have 20 minutes

left.
One Day in 2016. At Home.
Su Hua: No hurry. The cinema is on the same floor.
Son: Mum, shall we go and see a film tonight?

Mother: Why bother? We can stay at home and watch films online. It’s convenient with our new

and faster network

Son: But it feels good in a cinema.

Mother: And the price… We have to pay 50 yuan a ticket.


Son: Only 10 yuan more than last year.

Mother: But still we cannot get the money’s worth. Some films are just boring…

【写作内容】

1. 用约 30 个单词概述柱状图信息的主要内容;

2. 我国电影票房收入变化的原因有哪些,简要谈谈你的看法(上述对话仅供参考,原因不

少于两点);

3. 谈谈你对我国电影票房收入走向的看法,并简要说明理由。

【写作要求】


1. 写作过程中不能直接引用原文语句;

2. 作文中不能出现真实姓名和学校名称;


3. 不必写标题。

【评分标准】
“一

内容完整,语言规范,语篇连贯,词数适当。



绝密★启用前

2017 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(天津卷)

英语 笔试
本试卷分为第 I 卷(选择题)和第 II 卷(非选择题)两部分,共 130 分,考试用时 100

分钟。第 I 卷 1 至 10 页,第 II 卷 11 至 12 页。

答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考号填写在答题卡上,并在规定位置粘贴考试用条

形码。答卷时,考生务必将答案涂写在答题卡上,答在试卷上的无效。考试结束后,将本试


卷和答题卡一并交回。


祝各位考生考试顺利! 高
第I卷

注意事项:
“一

1. 每小题选出答案后,用铅笔将答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动,用橡

皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。

2. 本卷共 55 小题,共 95 分。

第一部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节:单项填空(共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 15 分)

从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。

例:Stand over there___________ you’ll be able to see it better.

A. or B. and C. but D.

while

答案是 B。

1. —Albert’s birthday is on next Saturday, and I’m planning a surprise party for him.
—___________. I’ll bring some wine.

A. Sounds like fun B. It depends

C. Just a minute D. You are welcome

2. My room is a mess, but I ___________ clean it before I go out tonight. I can do it in the

morning.

A. daren’t B. shouldn’t C. needn’t D.

mustn’t

3. —I want to see Mr. White. We have an appointment.


—I’m sorry, but he is not ___________ at the moment, for the meeting hasn’t ended.


A. busy B. active C. concerned D.

available

4. She asked me ___________ I had returned the books to the library, and I admitted that I hadn’t.
“一

A. when B. where C. whether D.

what

5. Mr. and Mrs. Brown would like to see their daughter ___________, get married, and have kids.

A. settled down B. keep off C. get up D.


cut in

6. Nowadays, cycling, along with jogging and swimming, ___________ as one of the best

all-round forms of exercise.

A. regard B. is regarded C. are regarded D.

regards

7. —Michael was late for Mr. Smith’s chemistry class this morning.

—___________? As far as I know, he never came late to class.

A. So what B. Why not C. Who cares D.


How come

8. I ___________ down to London when I suddenly found that I was on the wrong road.

A. was driving B. have driven C. would drive D.

drove

9. My eldest son, ___________ work takes him all over the world, is in New York at the moment.

A. that B. whose C. his D.

who

10. I was watching the clock all through the meeting, as I had a train ___________.


A. catching B. caught C. to catch D.


to be caught 高
11. It was when I got back to my apartment ___________ I first came across my new neighbors.

A. who B. where C. which D.

that
“一

12. When you drive through the Redwood Forests in California, you will be ___________ trees

that are over 1,000 years old.


A. among B. against C. behind D.


below

13. We offer an excellent education to our students. ___________, we expect students to work

hard.

A. On average B. At best C. In return D.

After all

14. The hospital has recently obtained new medical equipment, ___________ more patients to be

treated.

A. being allowed B. allowing C. having allowed D.

allowed
15. —Do you have Betty’s phone number?

—Yes. Otherwise, I ___________ able to reach her yesterday.

A. hadn’t been B. wouldn’t have been C. weren’t D.

wouldn’t be

第二节:完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从 16~35 各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出

最佳选项。

At my heaviest I weighed 370 pounds. I had a very poor relationship with food: I used it to


16 bad feelings, to make myself feel better, and to celebrate. Worried about my health, I tried

many different kinds of 17 but nothing worked. I came to believe that I could do nothing

about my 18 .


When I was 50, my weight problem began to affect me 19 . I didn’t want to live the rest

of my life with this 20 weight any more.


“一

That year, I 21 a seminar where we were asked to create a project that would touch the

world. A seminar leader shared her 22 story — she had not only lost 125 pounds, but also

raised $25,000 for homeless children.


23 by her story, I created the As We Heal(痊愈), the World Heals 24 . My goal


was to lose 150 pounds in one year and raise $50,000 25 a movement founded 30 years ago

to end hunger. This combination of healing myself and healing the world 26 me as the

perfect solution.

27 I began my own personal weight program, I was filled with the fear that I would

28 the same difficulties that beat me before. While the 29 hung over my head, there were

also signs that I was headed down the right 30 . I sent letters to everyone I knew, telling them

about my project. It worked perfectly. Donations began 31 in from hundreds of people.

Of course, I also took some practical steps to lose weight. I consulted with a physician(内科

医生), I hired a fitness coach, and I began to eat small and 32 meals. My fund-raising focus
also gave me new motivation to exercise 33 .

A year later, I 34 my goal: I lost 150 pounds and raised $50,000! I feel that I’ve been

given a second life to devote to something that is 35 and enormous.

16. A. add B. mix C. kill D.

share

17. A. diets B. drinks C. fruits D.

dishes

18. A. height B. ability C. wisdom D.

weight


19. A. temporarily B. recently C. seriously D.

secretly


20. A. ideal B. extra C. normal D.

low
“一

21. A. attended B. organized C. recommended D.

mentioned

22. A. folk B. success C. adventure D.


science

23. A. Surprised B. Amused C. Influenced D.

Disturbed

24. A. project B. business C. system D.

custom

25. A. in search of B. in need of C. in place of D.

in support of

26. A. scared B. considered C. confused D.

struck
27. A. As B. Until C. If D.

Unless

28. A. get over B. run into C. look for D.

put aside

29. A. excitement B. joy C. anger D.

fear

30. A. row B. hall C. path D.

street

31. A. breaking B. flooding C. jumping D.


stepping

32. A. heavy B. full


中 C. expensive D.

healthy

33. A. regularly B. limitlessly C. suddenly D.


“一

randomly

34. A. set B. reached C. missed D.


dropped

35. A. stressful B. painful C. meaningful D.


peaceful

第二部分:阅读理解(共 20 小题;每小题 2.5 分,满分 50 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。

Suppose you’re in a rush, feeling tired, not paying attention to your screen, and you send an

email that could get you in trouble.

Realisation will probably set in seconds after you’ve clicked “send”. You freeze in horror and

burn with shame.


What to do? Here are four common email accidents, and how to recover.

Clicking “send” too soon

Don’t waste your time trying to find out if the receiver has read it yet. Write another email as

swiftly as you can and send it with a brief title explaining that this is the correct version and the

previous version should be ignored.

Writing the wrong time

The sooner you notice, the better. Respond quickly and briefly, apologising for your mistake.

Keep the tone measured: don’t handle it too lightly, as people can be offended, especially if your

error suggests a misunderstanding of their culture(i.e. incorrect ordering of Chinese names).


Clicking “reply all” unintentionally


You accidentally reveal(透露)to the entire company what menu choices you would prefer at

the staff Christmas dinner, or what holiday you’d like to take. In this instance, the best solution is

to send a quick, light-hearted apology to explain your awkwardness. But it can quickly rise to
“一

something worse, when everyone starts hitting “reply all” to join in a long and unpleasant

conversation. In this instance, step away from your keyboard to allow everyone to calm down.

Sending an offensive message to its subject


The most awkward email mistake is usually committed in anger. You write an unkind

message about someone, intending to send it to a friend, but accidentally send it to the person

you’re discussing. In that case, ask to speak in person as soon as possible and say sorry. Explain

your frustrations calmly and sensibly — see it as an opportunity to clear up any difficulties you

may have with this person.

36. After realising an email accident, you are likely to feel ____________.

A. curious B. tired C. awful D.

funny

37. If you have written the wrong name in an email, it is best to ____________.
A. apologise in a serious manner

B. tell the receiver to ignore the error

C. learn to write the name correctly

D. send a short notice to everyone

38. What should you do when an unpleasant conversation is started by your “reply all” email?

A. Try offering other choices.

B. Avoid further involvement.

C. Meet other staff members.


D. Make a light-hearted apology.


39. How should you deal with the problem caused by an offensive email?

A. By promising not to offend the receiver again.

B. By seeking support from the receiver’s friends.


“一

C. By asking the receiver to control his anger.


D. By talking to the receiver face to face.


40. What is the passage mainly about?


A. Defining email errors.

B. Reducing email mistakes.

C. Handling email accidents.

D. Improving email writing.

Fifteen years ago, I took a summer vacation in Lecce in southern Italy. After climbing up a

hill for a panoramic(全景的) view of the blue sea, white buildings and green olive trees, I paused

to catch my breath and then positioned myself to take the best photo of this panorama.
Unfortunately, just as I took out my camera, a woman approached from behind, and planted

herself right in front of my view. Like me, this woman was here to stop, sigh and appreciate the

view.

Patient as I was, after about 15 minutes, my camera scanning the sun and reviewing the shot I

would eventually take, I grew frustrated. Was it too much to ask her to move so I could take just

one picture of the landscape? Sure, I could have asked her, but something prevented me from

doing so. She seemed so content in her observation. I didn’t want to mess with that.

Another 15 minutes passed and I grew bored. The woman was still there. I decided to take

the photo anyway. And now when I look at it, I think her presence in the photo is what makes the


image interesting. The landscape, beautiful on its own, somehow comes to life and breathes

because this woman is engaging with it.


This photo, with the unique beauty that unfolded before me and that woman who “ruined” it,

now hangs on a wall in my bedroom. What would she think if she knew that her figure is

captured( 捕 捉 ) and frozen on some stranger’s bedroom wall? A bedroom, after all, is a very
“一

private space, in which some woman I don’t even know has been immortalized(使……永存). In

some ways, she lives in my house.


Perhaps we all live in each others’ spaces. Perhaps this is what photos are for: to remind us

that we all appreciate beauty, that we all share a common desire for pleasure, for connection, for

something that is greater than us.


That photo is a reminder, a captured moment, an unspoken conversation between two

women, separated only by a thin square of glass.

41. What happened when the author was about to take a photo?

A. Her camera stopped working.

B. A woman blocked her view.

C. Someone asked her to leave.

D. A friend approached from behind.


42. According to the author, the woman was probably___________.

A. enjoying herself

B. losing her patience

C. waiting for the sunset

D. thinking about her past

43. In the author’s opinion, what makes the photo so alive?

A. The rich color of the landscape.

B. The perfect positioning of the camera.


C. The woman’s existence in the photo.

D. The soft sunlight that summer day.




44. The photo on the bedroom wall enables the author to better understand ____________.

A. the need to be close to nature


“一

B. the importance of private space


C. the joy of the vacation in Italy


D. the shared passion for beauty


45. The passage can be seen as the author’s reflections upon _____________.

A. a particular life experience B. the pleasure of traveling

C. the art of photography D. a lost friendship

This month, Germany’s transport minister, Alexander Dobrindt, proposed the first set of rules

for autonomous vehicles(自主驾驶车辆). They would define the driver’s role in such cars and

govern how such cars perform in crashes where lives might be lost.

The proposal attempts to deal with what some call the “death valley” of autonomous
vehicles: the grey area between semi-autonomous and fully driverless cars that could delay the

driverless future.

Dobrindt wants three things: that a car always chooses property(财产) damage over personal

injury; that it never distinguishes between humans based on age or race; and that if a human

removes his or her hands from the driving wheel — to check email, say — the car’s maker is

responsible if there is a crash.

“The change to the road traffic law will permit fully automatic driving,” says Dobrindt. It

will put fully driverless cars on an equal legal footing to human drivers, he says.

Who is responsible for the operation of such vehicles is not clear among car makers,


consumers and lawyers. “The liability( 法 律 责 任 ) issue is the biggest one of them all,” says


Natasha Merat at the University of Leeds, UK. 高
An assumption behind UK insurance for driverless cars, introduced earlier this year, insists

that a human “be watchful and monitoring the road” at every moment.

But that is not what many people have in mind when thinking of driverless cars. “When you
“一

say ‘driverless cars’, people expect driverless cars.” Merat says. “You know — no driver.”

Because of the confusion, Merat thinks some car makers will wait until vehicles can be fully

automated without human operation.


Driverless cars may end up being a form of public transport rather than vehicles you own,

says Ryan Calo at Stanford University, California. That is happening in the UK and Singapore,

where government-provided driverless vehicles are being launched.

That would go down poorly in the US, however. “The idea that the government would take

over driverless cars and treat them as a public good would get absolutely nowhere here,” says

Calo.

46. What does the phrase “death valley” in Paragraph 2 refer to?

A. A place where cars often break down.

B. A case where passing a law is impossible.


C. An area where no driving is permitted.

D. A situation where drivers’ role is not clear.

47. The proposal put forward by Dobrindt aims to _____________.

A. stop people from breaking traffic rules

B. help promote fully automatic driving

C. protect drivers of all ages and races

D. prevent serious property damage

48. What do consumers think of the operation of driverless cars?


A. It should get the attention of insurance companies.

B. It should be the main concern of law makers.




C. It should not cause deadly traffic accidents.

D. It should involve no human responsibility.


“一

49. Driverless vehicles in public transport see no bright future in ____________.


A. Singapore B. the UK C. the US D.


Germany

50. What could be the best title for the passage?

A. Autonomous Driving: Whose Liability?

B. Fully Automatic Cars: A New Breakthrough

C. Autonomous Vehicles: Driver Removed!

D. Driverless Cars: Root of Road Accidents

I read somewhere that we spend a full third of our lives waiting. But where are we doing all

of this waiting, and what does it mean to an impatient society like ours? To understand the issue,
let’s take a look at three types of “waits”.

The very purest form of waiting is the Watched-Pot Wait. It is without doubt the most

annoying of all. Take filling up the kitchen sink( 洗 碗 池 ) as an example. There is absolutely

nothing you can do while this is going on but keep both eyes fixed on the sink until it’s full.

During these waits, the brain slips away from the body and wanders about until the water runs

over the edge of the counter and onto your socks. This kind of wait makes the waiter helpless and

mindless.

A cousin to the Watched-Pot Wait is the Forced Wait. This one requires a bit of discipline.

Properly preparing packaged noodle soup requires a Forced Wait. Directions are very specific.


“Bring three cups of water to boil, add mix, simmer three minutes, remove from heat, let stand

five minutes.” I have my doubts that anyone has actually followed the procedures strictly. After

all, Forced Waiting requires patience.




Perhaps the most powerful type of waiting is the Lucky-Break Wait. This type of wait is

unusual in that it is for the most part voluntary. Unlike the Forced Wait, which is also voluntary,
“一

waiting for your lucky break does not necessarily mean that it will happen.

Turning one’s life into a waiting game requires faith and hope, and is strictly for the optimists

among us. On the surface it seems as ridiculous as following the directions on soup mixes, but the

Lucky-Break Wait well serves those who are willing to do it. As long as one doesn’t come to rely

on it, wishing for a few good things to happen never hurts anybody.

We certainly do spend a good deal of our time waiting. The next time you’re standing at the

sink waiting for it to fill while cooking noodle soup that you’ll have to eat until a large bag of cash

falls out of the sky, don’t be desperate. You’re probably just as busy as the next guy.

51. While doing a Watched-Pot Wait, we tend to ___________.

A. keep ourselves busy

B. get absent-minded

C. grow anxious
D. stay focused

52. What is the difference between the Forced Wait and the Watched-Pot Wait?

A. The Forced Wait requires some self-control.

B. The Forced Wait makes people passive.

C. The Watched-Pot Wait needs directions.

D. The Watched-Pot Wait engages body and brain.

53. What can we learn about the Lucky-Break Wait?

A. It is less voluntary than the Forced Wait.


B. It doesn’t always bring the desired result.

C. It is more fruitful than the Forced Wait.




D. It doesn’t give people faith and hope.

54. What does the author advise us to do the next time we are waiting?
“一

A. Take it seriously.

B. Don’t rely on others.


C. Do something else.

D. Don’t lose heart.

55. The author supports his view by ____________.

A. exploring various causes of “waits”

B. describing detailed processes of “waits”

C. analyzing different categories of “waits”

D. revealing frustrating consequences of “waits”

第 II 卷
注意事项:

1. 用黑色墨水的钢笔或签字笔将答案写在答题卡上。

2. 本卷共 6 小题,共 35 分。

第三部分:写作

第一节:阅读表达(共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

阅读短文,并按照题目要求用英语回答问题。

In the years of my growing up, Dad was strict with me. He made sure I made my bed and did

my homework. He would call in advance to make sure there was no alcohol at the party. I got so


angry with him for laying down the law. I would scream, “ I hate you!” Dad would yell back,


“Good! I don’t care!” Deep down I knew he did. 高
One time at a party, I drank too much alcohol and got so sick. I said, “ Call my dad.” Next

thing, Dad was carrying me to the car. I woke up the next morning, thinking I would definitely be

criticised. As expected, I got a roasting, but I now understand why I needed discipline.
“一

Dad was 29 when he got his big roles in films. I had an early start at the age of nine with a

role in a 1990s TV series, but it wasn’t until I finished film studies that I pursued my career as an

actress. Like those early days for Dad, I faced lots of rejections. Working in such a competitive

industry, I’ve sometimes thought, “I can’t do this any more.”


Once, after a trip to Hollywood, I returned to Australia so depressed and spent months in my

bedroom painting, listening to Eckhart Tolle’s music and trying to find myself again. Dad sat me

down and said,“Alice, I know it’s hard, but it’s all about persistence(坚持不懈).”

Now I get to work with Dad a lot, which I love. We are both passionate about acting, which

comes from us being so interested in people. If it weren’t for Dad, I wouldn’t be where I am today.

He’s my biggest fan, and when you have that in your life you can go a long way.

56. What rules did Alice’s father set for her when she was growing up?(no more than 15 words)

57. What does the underlined part in Paragraph 2 mean? (no more than 5 words)
58. What did Alice’s father do when she felt depressed? (no more than 5 words)

59. According to the last paragraph, what do Alice and her father have in common? (no more than

10 words)

60. What do you think of Alice’s father? Please explain. (no more than 20 words)

第二节:书面表达(满分 25 分)

61. 假设你是李津,与你以前的外籍教师 Mrs. Green 一直保持联系。近日她来信询问你的近

况,请根据以下提示给她回复一封邮件。

(1)简要介绍自己的学习和生活;


(2)告知你已成为八月底在津举办的第十三届全运会的志愿者,并介绍为此所做的准


备(如深入了解天津等); 高
(3)希望她有机会重访天津。

注意:
“一

(1)词数不少于 100;

(2)可适当加入细节,使内容充实、行文连贯;

(3)开头已给出,不计入总词数。

参考词汇:第十三届全运会 the 13th National Games


Dear Mrs. Green,

I’m glad to hear from you.

______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________

_______________________________________________________________________________
_________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________


_______________________________________________________________________________

_________


_______________________________________________________________________________

_________
“一

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________

Yours,

Li Jin

绝密★启用前

2017 年 6 月普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(浙江卷)

英 语

选择题部分
第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案

转涂到答题纸上。

第一节(共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最

佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题

和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?


A. £19.15. B. £9.18. C. £9.15.


答案是 C。 高
1. What does the woman think of the movie?

A. It’s amusing. B. It’s exciting. C. It’s disappointing.


“一

2. How will Susan spend most of her time in France?

A. Traveling around. B. Studying at a school. C. Looking after her


aunt.

3. What are the speakers talking about?


A. Going out. B. Ordering drinks. C. Preparing for a

party.

4. Where are the speakers?

A. In a classroom. B. In a library. C. In a bookstore.

5. What is the man going to do?

A. Go on the Internet. B. Make a phone call. C. Take a train trip.

第二节(共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)


听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个

选项中选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个

小题,每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。

听第 6 段材料,回答第 6、7 题。

6. What is the woman looking for?

A. An information office. B. A police station. C. A shoe repair shop.

7. What is the Town Guide according to the man?

A. A brochure. B. A newspaper. C. A map.


听第 7 段材料,回答第 8、9 题。


8. What does the man say about the restaurant?

A. It’s the biggest one around.

B. It offers many tasty dishes.


“一

C. It’s famous for its seafood.


9. What will the woman probably order?


A. Fried fish. B. Roast chicken. C. Beef steak.


听第 8 段材料,回答第 10 至 12 题。

10. Where will Mr. White be at 11 o’clock?

A. At the office. B. At the airport C. At the

restaurant.

11. What will Mr. White probably do at one in the afternoon?

A. Receive a guest. B. Have a meeting. C. Read a report.

12. When will Miss Wilson see Mr. White?

A. At lunch time. B. Late in the afternoon. C. The next morning.


听第 9 段材料,回答第 13 至 16 题。

13. Why is Bill going to Germany?

A. To work on a project. B. To study German. C. To start a new

company.

14. What did the woman dislike about Germany?

A. The weather. B. The food. C. The schools.

15. What does Bill hope to do about his family?

A. Bring them to Germany. B. Leave them in England. C. Visit them in a few


months.


16. What is the probable relationship between the speakers?

A. Fellow-travelers. B. Colleagues. C. Classmates.

听第 10 段材料,回答第 17 至 20 题。
“一

17. When did it rain last time in Juárez?


A. Three days ago. B. A month ago. C. A year ago.


18. What season is it now in Juárez?


A. Spring. B. Summer. C. Autumn.

19. What are the elderly advised to do?

A. Take a walk in the afternoon.

B. Keep their homes cool.

C. Drink plenty of water.

20. What is the speaker doing?

A. Hosting a radio program.

B. Conducting a seminar.
C. Forecasting the weather.

第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节(共 10 小题;每小题 2.5 分,满分 25 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题纸

上将该项涂黑。

Benjamin West, the father of American painting, showed his talent for art when he was only

six years of age. But he did not know about brushes before a visitor told him he needed one. In


those days, a brush was made from camel’s hair. There were no camels nearby. Benjamin decided

that cat hair would work instead. He cut some fur from the family cat to make a brush.


The brush did not last long. Soon Benjamin needed more fur. Before long, the cat began to

look ragged(蓬乱). His father said that the cat must be sick. Benjamin was forced to admit what he

had been doing.


“一

The cat’s lot was about to improve. That year, one of Benjamin’s cousins, Mr. Pennington,

came to visit. He was impressed with Benjamin’s drawings. When he went home, he sent

Benjamin a box of paint and some brushes. He also sent six engravings(版画) by an artist. These

were the first pictures and first real paint and brushes Benjamin had ever seen.

In 1747, when Benjamin was nine years old, Mr.Pennington returned for another visit. He

was amazed at what Benjamin had done with his gift. He asked Benjamin’s parents if he might

take the boy back to Philadelphia for a visit.

In the city, Mr.Pennington gave Benjamin materials for creating oil paintings. The boy began

a landscape( 风 景 ) painting. William Williams, a well-known painter, came to see him work.

Williams was impressed with Benjamin and gave him two classic books on painting to take home.

The books were long and dull. Benjamin could read only a little, having been a poor student. But

he later said, "Those two books were my companions by day, and under my pillow at night."

While it is likely that he understood very little of the books, they were his introduction to classical
paintings. The nine-year-old boy decided then that he would be an artist.

21.What is the text mainly about?

A. Benjamin’s visit to Philadelphia.

B. Williams’ influence on Benjamin.

C. The beginning of Benjamin’s life as an artist.

D. The friendship between Benjamin and Pennington.

22.What does the underlined sentence in paragraph 3 suggest?

A. The cat would be closely watched.


B. The cat would get some medical care.

C. Benjamin would leave his home shortly.




D. Benjamin would have real brushes soon.

23.What did Pennington do to help Benjamin develop his talent?


“一

A. He took him to see painting exhibitions.


B. He provided him with painting materials.


C. He sent him to a school in Philadelphia.


D. He taught him how to make engravings.

24.Williams’ two books helped Benjamin to   .

A. master the use of paints

B. appreciate landscape paintings

C. get to know other painters

D. make up his mind to be a painter

B
Getting less sleep has become a bad habit for most American kids. According to a new

survey(调查)by the National Sleep Foundation, 51% of kids aged 10 to 18 go to bed at 10 pm or

later on school nights, even though they have to get up early. Last year the Foundation reported

that nearly 60% of 7- to 12-year-olds said they felt tired during the day, and 15% said they had

fallen asleep at school.

How much sleep you need depends a lot on your age. Babies need a lot of rest; most of them

sleep about 18 hours a day! Adults need about eight hours. For most school-age children, ten

hours is ideal(理想的). But the new National Sleep Foundation survey found that 35% of 10- to

12-year-olds get only seven or eight hours. And guess what almost half of the surveyed kids said

they do before bedtime? Watch TV.


"More children are going to bed with TVs on, and there are more opportunities(机会)to stay


awake, with more homework, the Internet and the phone," says Dr. Mary Carskadon, a sleep

researcher at Brown University Medical School. She says these activities at bedtime can get kids

all excited and make it hard for them to calm down and sleep. Other experts say part of the

problem is chemical. Changing levels of body chemicals called hormones not only make
“一

teenagers’ bodies develop adult characteristics, but also make it hard for teenagers to fall asleep

before 11 pm.

Because sleepiness is such a problem for teenagers, some school districts have decided to

start high school classes later than they used to. Three years ago, schools in Edina, Minnesota,

changed the start time from 7:25 am to 8:30 am. Students, parents and teachers are pleased with

the results.

25.What is the new National Sleep Foundation survey on?

A. American kids’ sleeping habits. B. Teenagers’ sleep-related diseases.

C. Activities to prevent sleeplessness. D. Learning problems and lack of sleep.

26.How many hours of sleep do 11-year-olds need every day?

A.7 hours. B.8 hours. C.10 hours. D.18 hours.


27.Why do teenagers go to sleep late according to Carskadon?

A. They are affected by certain body chemicals.

B. They tend to do things that excite them.

C. They follow their parents’ examples.

D. They don’t need to go to school early.

FLORENCE, Italy — Svetlana Cojochru feels hurt. The Moldovan has lived here seven years


as a caregiver to Italian kids and the elderly, but in order to stay she’s had to prove her language


skills by taking a test which requires her to write a postcard to an imaginary friend and answer a

fictional job ad.

Italy is the latest Western European country trying to control a growing immigrant( 移

民 )population by demanding language skills in exchange for work permits, or in some cases,
“一

citizenship.

Some immigrant advocates worry that as hard financial times make it more difficult for

natives to keep jobs, such measures will become more a vehicle for intolerance than integration(融

合).Others say it’s only natural that newcomers learn the language of their host nation, seeing it as

a condition to ensure they can contribute to society.

Other European countries laid down a similar requirement for immigrants, and some terms

are even tougher. The governments argue that this will help foreigners better join the society and

promote understanding across cultures.

Italy, which has a much weaker tradition of immigration, has witnessed a sharp increase in

immigration in recent years. In 1990, immigrants numbered some 1.14 million out of Italy’s then

56.7 million people, or about 2 percent. At the start of this year, foreigners living in Italy

amounted to 4.56 million of a total population of 60.6 million, or 7.5 percent, with immigrants’

children accounting for an ever larger percentage of births in Italy.


Cojochru, the Moldovan caregiver, hoped obtaining permanent residence ( 居 住 权 ) would

help her bring her two children to Italy; they live with her sister in Moldova, where salaries are

among the lowest in Europe. She was skeptical that the language requirement would encourage

integration.

Italians always "see me as a foreigner," an outsider, even though she’s stayed in the country

for years and can speak the local language fluently, she said.

28.Why does Cojochru have to take a language test?

A. To continue to stay in Italy. B. To teach her children Italian.

C. To find a better job in Italy. D. To better mix with the Italians.


29.Some people worry that the new language requirement may    .

A. reduce Italy’s population quickly



B. cause conflicts among people

C. lead to financial difficulties D. put pressure on schools

30.What do we know about Cojochru?


“一

A. She lives with her sister now in Italy.


B. She enjoys learning the Italian language.


C. She speaks Italian well enough for her job.


D. She wishes to go back to her home country.

第二节(共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余

选项。

How to Do Man-on-the-Street Interviews

The man-on-the-street interview is an interview in which a reporter hits the streets with a

cameraman to interview people on the spot. 31 But with these tips, your first

man-on-the-street interview experience can be easy.


●When your boss or professor sends you out to do man-on-the-street interviews for a story,

think about the topic and develop a list of about ten general questions relating to it. For example, if

your topic is about environmental problems in America, you might ask, " Why do you think

environmental protection is important in America?" 32

●Hit the streets with confidence. 33 Say, "Excuse me, I work for XYZ News,

and I was wondering if you could share your opinion about this topic." This is a quick way to

get people to warm up to you.

●Move on to the next person if someone tells you she is not interested in talking on camera.

Don’t get discouraged.


● 34 Each interview that you get on the street shouldn’t be longer than ten


minutes. As soon as you get the answer you need, move on to the next person. Make sure that as

you go from interview to interview, you are getting a variety of answers. If everyone is giving you

the same answer, you won’t be able to use it. A safe number of interviews to conduct is about six

to ten. 35
“一

●If your news station or school requires interviewees to sign release forms to appear on the

air, don’t leave work without them.


A. Limit your time.


B. As you approach people, be polite.


C. If you don’t own a camera, you can buy one.

D. For new reporters, this can seem like a challenging task.

E. To get good and useful results, ask them the same question.

F. That number of interviews should give you all the answers you need.

G. With a question like this, you will get more than a "Yes" or "No" reply.

第三部分 语言运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节 完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)


阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处

的最佳选项,并在答题纸上将该项涂黑。

Alia Baker is a librarian in Iraq. Her library used to be a  36 place for all who loved books

and liked to share knowledge. They  37 various matters all over the world. When the war was

near, Alia was  38 that the fires of war would destroy the books, which are more  39 to her

than mountains of gold. The books are in every language — new books, ancient books,  40 a

book on the history of Iraq that is seven hundred years old.

She had asked the government for   41   to move the books to a   42   place, but they

refused. So Alia took matters into her own hands.   43   , she brought books home every


night,  44 her car late after work. Her friends came to  45 her when the war broke out. Anis

who owned a restaurant   46   to hide some books. All through the   47   , Alia, Anis, his


brothers and neighbours took the books from the library,   48   them over the seven-foot wall

and  49 them in the restaurant. The books stayed hidden as the war  50 . Then nine days

later, a fire burned the  51 to the ground.


“一

One day, the bombing stopped and the  52 left. But the war was not over yet. Alia knew

that if the books were to be safe, they must be  53 again while the city was  54 . So she

hired a truck to bring all the books to the houses of friends in the suburbs(郊区). Now Alia waited

for the war to end and  55 peace and a new library.


36. A. meeting B. working C. personal D. religious


37. A. raised B. handled C. reported D. discussed

38. A. worried B. angry C. doubtful D. curious

39. A. practical B. precious C. reliable D. expensive

40. A. then B. still C. even D. rather

41. A. permission B. confirmation C. explanation D. information

42. A. large B. public C. distant D. safe

43. A. Fortunately B. Surprisingly C. Seriously D. Secretly


44. A. starting B. parking C. filling D. testing

45. A. stop B. help C. warn D. rescue

46. A. intended B. pretended C. happened D. agreed

47. A. war B. night C. building D. way

48. A. put B. opened C. passed D. threw

49. A. hid B. exchanged C. burnt D. distributed

50. A. approached B. erupted C. continued D. ended

51. A. restaurant B. library C. city D. wall


52. A. neighbours B. soldiers C. friends D. customers

53. A. sold B. read



C. saved D. moved

54. A. occupied B. bombed C. quiet D. busy

55. A. dreamed of B. believed in C. cared about D. looked for


“一

非选择题部分

第三部分 语言运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第二节(共 10 小题:每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)


阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1 个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。

Last October, while tending her garden in Mora, Sweden, Lena Pahlsson pulled out a handful

of small  56 (carrot) and was about to throw them away. But something made her look closer,

and she noticed a  57 (shine) object. Yes, there beneath the leafy top of one tiny carrot was her

long-lost wedding ring.

Pahlsson screamed   58   loudly that her daughter came running from the house. "She

thought I had hurt  59 (I)," says Pahlsson.

Sixteen years   60   (early), Pahlsson had removed the diamond ring   61   (cook) a
meal.When she wanted to put the ring back on later, it was gone. She suspected that one of her

three daughters — then ten, eight, and six — had picked it up, but the girls said they hadn’t.

Pahlsson and her husband   62   (search) the kitchen, checking every corner, but turned up

nothing."I gave up hope of finding my ring again, "she says. She never replaced it.

Pahlsson and her husband now think the ring probably got   63   (sweep) into a pile of

kitchen rubbish and was spread over the garden,   64   it remained until the carrot’s leafy top

accidentally sprouted (生长) through it. For Pahlsson, its return was  65 wonder.

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节 应用文写作(满分 15 分)


假定你是李华,计划组织一次郊游,请给你的英国朋友 Chris 写封邮件邀请他参加。内


容包括:

1. 参加者;

2. 时间、地点;
“一

3. 活动:登山、野餐等。

注意:

1. 词数 80 左右;

2. 可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。

第二节 读后续写(满分 25 分)

阅读下面短文,根据所给情节进行续写,使之构成一个完整的故事。

On a bright, warm July afternoon, Mac Hollan, a primary school teacher, was cycling from

his home to Alaska with his friends. One of his friends had stopped to make a bicycle repair, but

they had encouraged Mac to carry on, and they would catch up with him soon. As Mac pedaled(骑

行 ) along alone, he thought fondly of his wife and two young daughters at home. He hoped to

show them this beautiful place someday.

Then Mac heard quick and loud breathing behind him. "Man, that’s a big dog!" he thought.
But when he looked to the side, he saw instantly that it wasn’t a dog at all, but a wolf, quickly

catching up with him.

Mac’s heart jumped. He found out his can of bear spray. With one hand on the bars, he fired

the spray at the wolf. A bright red cloud enveloped the animal, and to Mac’s relief, it fell back,

shaking its head. But a minute later, it was by his side again. Then it attacked the back of Mac’s

bike, tearing open his tent bag. He fired at the wolf a second time, and again, it fell back only to

quickly restart the chase(追赶).

Mac was pedaling hard now. He waved and yelled at passing cars but was careful not to slow

down. He saw a steep uphill climb before him. He knew that once he hit the hill, he’d be easily


caught up and the wolf’s teeth would be tearing into his flesh.


At this moment, Paul and Becky were driving their car on their way to Alaska. They didn’t

think much of it when they saw two cyclists repairing their bike on the side of the road. A bit later,

they spotted what they, too, assumed was a dog running alongside a man on a bike. As they got

closer, they realized that the dog was a wolf. Mac heard a large vehicle behind him. He pulled in
“一

front of it as the wolf was catching up fast, just a dozen yards away now.

注意:

1.所续写短文的词数应为 150 左右;


2.应使用 5 个以上短文中标有下划线的关键词语;

3.续写部分分为两段,每段的开头语已为你写好;

4.续写完成后,请用下划线标出你所使用的关键词语。

绝密★启用前

2018 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(I)

英 语
(考试时间:120 分钟 试卷满分:150 分)

注意事项:

1. 答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡上。

2. 回答选择题时,选出每小题答案后,用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号
涂黑。如需改动,用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。回答非选择题时,
将答案写在答题卡上,写在本试卷上无效。

3. 考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

第一部分 听力


做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试


卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。 高
第一节

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项


中选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅
“一

读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?


A. £ 19. 15. B. £ 9. 18. C. £ 9. 15.


答案是 C。

1. 音频

What will James do tomorrow ?

A. Watch a TV program. B. Give a talk. C. Write a report.

2. 音频

What can we say about the woman?

A. She's generous. B. She's curious. C. She's helpful.


3. 音频

When does the train leave?

A. At 6:30. B. At 8:30. C. At 10:30.

4. 音频

How does the woman go to work?

A. By car. B. On foot. C. By bike.

5. 音频

What is the probable relationship between the speakers?


A. Classmates. B. Teacher and student. C. Doctor and patient.

第二节


听第 6 段材料,完成下面小题。 音频

6. What does the woman regret?


“一

A. Giving up her research.


B. Dropping out of college.


C. Changing her major.


7. What is the woman interested in studying now?

A. Ecology. B. Education. C. Chemistry.

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8、9 题。 音频

8. What is the man?

A. A hotel manager. B. A tour guide. C. A taxi driver.

9. What is the man doing for the woman?

A. Looking for some local foods.


B. Showing her around the seaside.

C. Offering information about a hotel.

听第 8 段材料,完成下面小题。 音频

10. Where does the conversation probably take place?

A. In an office. B. At home. C. At a restaurant.

11. What will the speakers do tomorow evening?

A. Go to a concert. B. Visit a friend. C. Work extra hours.

12. Who is Alice going to call?


A. Mike. B. Joan. C. Catherine.

听第 9 段材料,完成下面小题。 音频


13. Why does the woman meet the man?

A. To look at an apartment.
“一

B. To deliver some furniture.


C. To have a meal together.


14. What does the woman like about the carpet?


A. Its color. B. Its design. C. Its quality.

15. What does the man say about the kitchen?

A. It's a good size. B. It's newly painted. C. It's adequately equipped .

16. What will the woman probably do next?

A. Go downtown. B. Talk with her friend. C. Make payment.

听第 10 段材料,完成下面小题。 音频

17. Who is the speaker probably talking to?


A. Movie fans. B. News reporters. C. College students.

18. When did the speaker take English classes?

A. Before he left his hometown.

B. After he came to America.

C. When he was 15 years old.

19. How does the speaker feel about his teacher?

A. He's proud. B. He's sympathetic. C. He's grateful.

20. What does the speaker mainly talk about?


A. How education shaped his life.

B. How his language skills improved.




C. How he managed his business well.

第二部分
“一

第一节

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。


Washington, D.C. Bicycle Tours


Cherry Blossom Bike Tour in Washington, D.C.

Duration: 3 hours

This small group bike tour is a fantastic way to see a world-famous cherry trees with beautiful

flowers of Washington, D.C. Your guide will provide a history lesson about the trees and the

famous monuments where they blossom. Reserve your spot before availability — the cherry

blossoms—disappear!

Washington Capital Monuments Bicycle Tour

Duration: 3 hours (4 miles)


Join a guided bike tour and view some of the most popular monuments in Washington, D.C.

Explore the monuments and memorials on the National Mall as your guide shares unique facts and

history at each stop. Guided tour includes bike, helmet, cookies and bottled water.

Capital City Bike Tour In Washington, D.C.

Duration: 3 hours

Morning or Afternoon, this bike tour is the perfect tour for D. C. newcomers and locals looking

to experience Washington, D.C. in a healthy way with minimum effort. Knowledgeable guides will

entertain you with the most, interesting stories about Presidents, Congress, memorials, and parks.

Comfortable bikes and a smooth tour route(路线) make cycling between the sites fun and relaxing.


Washington Capital Sites at Night Bicycle Tour

Duration: 3 hours (7miles)




Join a small group bike tour for an evening of exploration in the heart of Washington, D.C. Get

up close to the monuments and memorials as you bike the sites of Capitol Hill and the National
“一

Mall. Frequent stops are made for photo taking as your guide offers unique facts and history. Tour

includes bike, helmet, and bottled water. All riders are equipped with reflective vests and safety

lights.

21. Which tour do you need to book in advance?


A. Cherry Blossom like Tour in Washington, D.C.

B. Washington capital Monuments Bicycle Tour.

C. Capital City Bike Tour in Washington.

D. Washington Capital Sites at Night Bicycle Tour.

22. What will you do on the Capital City Bike Tour?

A. Meet famous people. B. Go to a national park.

C. Visit well-known museums. D. Enjoy interesting stories.


23. Which of the following does the bicycle tour at night provide?

A. City maps. B. Cameras.

C. Meals. D. Safety lights.

Good Morning Britain’s Susanna Reid is used to grilling guests on the sofa every morning, but

she is cooking up a storm in her latest role — showing families how to prepare delicious and

nutritious meals on a tight budget.

In Save Money: Good Food, she visits a different home each week and with the help of chef


Matt Tebbutt offers top tips on how to reduce food waste, while preparing recipes for under £5 per

family a day. And the Good Morning Britain presenter says she’s been able to put a lot of what she’s


leant into practice in her own home, preparing meals for sons, Sam,14, Finn,13, and Jack, 11.

"We love Mexican churros, so I buy them on my phone from my local Mexican takeaway

restaurant," she explains. "I pay £5 for a portion(一份), but Matt makes them for 26p a portion,
“一

because they are flour, water, sugar and oil. Everybody can buy takeaway food, but sometimes

we’re not aware how cheaply we can make this food ourselves. "

The eight-part series(系列节自), Save Money: Good Food, follows in the footsteps of ITV’s

Save Money: Good Health, which gave viewers advice on how to get value from the vast range of

health products on the market.

With food our biggest weekly household expense, Susanna and Matt spend time with a

different family each week. In tonight’s Easter special they come to the aid of a family in need of

some delicious inspiration on a budget. The team transforms the family’s long weekend of

celebration with less expensive but still tasty recipes.

24. What do we know about Susanna Reid? 学-科网

A. She enjoys embarrassing her guests. B. She has started a new programme.

C. She dislikes working early in the morning. D. She has had a light budget for her family.
25. How does Matt Tebbutt help Susanna?

A. He buys cooking materials for her. B. He prepares food for her kids.

C. He assists her in cooking matters. D. He invites guest families for her.

26. What does the author intend to do in paragraph 4?

A. Summarize the previous paragraphs. B. Provide some advice for the readers.

C. Add some background information. D. Introduce a new topic for discussion.

27. What can be a suitable title for the text?

A. Keeping Fit by Eating Smart B. Balancing Our Daily Diet


C. Making yourself a Perfect Chef D. Cooking Well for Less


Languages have been coming and going for thousands of years, but in recent times there has

been less coming and a lot more going. When the world was still populated by hunter-gatherers,

small, tightly knit(联系) groups developed their own patterns of speech independent of each other.
“一

Some language experts believe that 10,000 years ago, when the world had just five to ten million

people, they spoke perhaps 12,000 languages between them.


Soon afterwards, many of those people started settling down to become farmers, and their

languages too became more settled and fewer in number. In recent centuries, trade,

industrialization, the development of the nation-state and the spread of universal compulsory

education, especially globalisation and better communications in the past few decades, all have

caused many languages to disappear, and dominant languages such as English, Spanish and

Chinese are increasingly taking over.

At present, the world has about 6,800 languages. The distribution of these languages is hugely

uneven. The general rule is that mild zones have relatively few languages. Often spoken by many

people while hot, wet zones have lots, often spoken by small numbers. Europe has only around 200

Languages: the Americas about 1,000, Africa 2,400; and Asia and the Pacific perhaps 3,200, of

which Papua New Guinea alone accounts for well over 800. The median number(中位数) of

speakers is a mere 6.000, which means that half the worlds languages are spoken by fewer people
than that.

Already well over 400 of the total of 6,800 languages are close to extinction(消亡), with only a

few elderly speakers left. Pick, at random, Busuu in Cameroon (eight remaining speakers),

Chiapaneco in Mexico(150). Lipan Apache in the United States(two or three) or Wadjigu in

Australia (one, with a question-mark): none of these seems to have much chance of survival.

28. What can we infer about languages in hunter-gatherer times?

A. They developed very fast. B. They were large in number.

C. They had similar patters. D. They were closely connected


29. Which of the following best explains "dominant" underlined in paragraph 2?


A. Complex. B. Advanced. 高
C. Powerful. D. Modern.

30. How many languages are spoken by less than 6, 000 people at present?
“一

A. About 6,800 . B. About 3,400

C. About 2,400 D. About 1,200.


31. What is the main idea of the text?


A. New languages will be created.


B. Peoples lifestyles are reflected in languages.

C. Human development results in fewer languages.

D. Geography determines language evolution.

We may think we're a culture that gets rid of our worn technology at the first sight of something

shiny and new, but a new study shows that we keep using our old devices(装置) well after they go

out of style. That’s bad news for the environment — and our wallets — as these outdated devices

consume much more energy than the newer ones that do the same things.

To figure out how much power these devices are using, Callie Babbitt and her colleagues at the
Rochester Institute of Technology in New York tracked the environmental costs for each product

throughout its life — from when its minerals are mined to when we stop using the device. This

method provided a readout for how home energy use has evolved since the early 1990s. Devices

were grouped by generation — Desktop computers, basic mobile phones, and box-set TVs defined

1992. Digital cameras arrived on the scene in 1997. And MP3 players, smart phones, and LCD TVs

entered homes in 2002, before tablets and e-readers showed up in 2007.

As we accumulated more devices, however, we didn't throw out our old ones. "The

living-room television is replaced and gets planted in the kids' room, and suddenly one day, you

have a TV in every room of the house," said one researcher. The average number of electronic

devices rose from four per household in 1992 to 13 in 2007. We're not just keeping these old devices


— we continue to use them. According to the analysis of Babbitt's team, old desktop monitors and


box TVs with cathode ray tubes are the worst devices with their energy consumption and

contribution to greenhouse gas emissions(排放)more than doubling during the 1992 to 2007

window.

So what's the solution(解决方案)? The team's data only went up to 2007, but the
“一

researchers also explored what would happen if consumers replaced old products with new

electronics that serve more than one function, such as a tablet for word processing and TV viewing.

They found that more on-demand entertainment viewing on tablets instead of TVs and desktop

computers could cut energy consumption by 44%.


32. What does the author think of new devices?

A. They are environment-friendly. B. They are no better than the old.

C. They cost more to use at home. D. They go out of style quickly.

33. Why did Babbitt's team conduct the research?

A. To reduce the cost of minerals.

B. To test the life cycle of a product.

C. To update consumers on new technology.


D. To find out electricity consumption of the devices.

34. Which of the following uses the least energy?

A. The box-set TV. B. The tablet.

C. The LCD TV. D. The desktop computer.

35. What does the text suggest people do about old electronic devices?

A. Stop using them. B. Take them apart.

C. Upgrade them. D. Recycle them.


第二节

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有


两项为多余选项。

Color is fundamental in home design—something you’ll always have in every room. A grasp
“一

of how to manage color in your spaces is one of the first steps to creating rooms you’ll love to live

in. Do you want a room that’s full of life? Professional? Or are you just looking for a place to relax

after a long day? _____36_____, color is the key to making a room feel the way you want it to feel.

Over the years, there have been a number of different techniques to help designers approach

this important point. _____37_____, they can get a little complex. But good news is that there’re

really only three kinds of decisions you need to make about color in your home: the small ones, the

medium ones, and the large ones.

_____38_____. They’re the little spots of color like throw pillows, mirrors and baskets that

most of us use to add visual interest to our rooms. Less tiring than painting your walls and less

expensive than buying a colorful sofa, small color choices bring with them the significant benefit of

being easily changeable.

Medium color choices are generally furniture pieces such as sofas, dinner tables or

bookshelves. _____39_____. They require a bigger commitment than smaller ones, and they have a
more powerful effect on the feeling of a space.

The large color decisions in your rooms concern the walls, ceilings, and floors. Whether you’re

looking at wallpaper or paint, the time, effort and relative expense put into it are significant.

_____40_____.

A. While all of them are useful

B. Whatever you’re looking for

C. If you’re experimenting with a color

D. Small color choices are the ones we’re most familiar with


E. It’s not really a good idea to use too many small color pieces


F. So it pays to be sure, because you want to get it right the first time

G. Color choices in this range are a step up from the small ones in two major ways

第三部分 语言知识运用
“一

第一节 完形填空

During my second year at the city college,I was told that the education department was

offering a "free"course, called Thinking Chess, for three credits. I ____41____the idea of taking the

class because, after all, who doesn't want to ____42____ a few dollars? More than that, I'd always

wanted to learn chess. And, even if I weren’t ____43____enough about free credits, news about our

____44____was appealing enough to me. He was an international grandmaster, which ____45____

I would be learning from one of the game's ____46____. I could hardly wait to ____47____him.

Maurice Ashley was kind and smart, a former graduate returning to teach, and this

____48____was no game for him: he meant business. In his introduction, he made it

____49____that our credits would be hard-earned. In order to _____50_____the class, among other

criteria, we had to write a paper on how we plan to _____51_____what we would learn in class to

our future professions and, _____52_____, to our lives. I managed to get an A in that

_____53_____and learned life lessons that have served me well beyond the _____54_____.
Ten years after my chess class with Ashley, I'm still putting to use what he _____55_____me:

“The absolute most important _____56_____that you learn when you play chess is how to make

good _____57_____. On every single move you have to _____58_____a situation, process what

your opponent(对手)is doing and _____59_____the best move from among all your

options.”These words still ring true today in my _____60_____as a journalist.

41. A. put forward B. jumped at C. tried out D. turned down

42. A. waste B. earn C. save D. pay

43. A. excited B. worried C. moved D. tired

44. A. title B. competitor C. textbook D. instructor


45. A. urged B. demanded C. held D. meant

46. A. fastest B. easiest C. best D. rarest




47. A. interview B. meet C. challenge D. beat

48. A. chance B. qualification C. honor D. job


“一

49. A. real B. perfect C. clear D. possible


50. A. attend B. pass C. skip D. observe


51. A. add B. expose C. apply D. compare


52. A. eventually B. naturally C. directly D. normally

53. A. game B. presentation C. course D. experiment

54. A. criterion B. classroom C. department D. situation

55. A. taught B. wrote C. questioned D. promised

56. A. fact B. step C. manner D. skill

57. A. grades B. decisions C. impressions D. comments

58. A. analyze B. describe C. rebuild D. control


59. A. announce B. signal C. block D. evaluate

60. A. role B. desire C. concern D. behavior

第二节

阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。

According to a review of evidence in a medical journal, runners live three years

____61____(long) than non-runners. You don't have to run fast or for long____62____(see)the

benefit. You may drink, smoke, be overweight and still reduce your risk of ____63____ (die) early

by running. While running regularly cann't make you live forever, the review says it ____64____

(be) more effective at lengthening life____65____ walking, cycling or swimming. Two of the


authors of the review also made a study published in 2014____66____showed a mere five to 10


minutes A day of running reduced the risk of heart disease and early deaths from all

____67____(cause).

The best exercise is one that you enjoy and will do. But otherwise… it's probably running. To

avoid knee pain, you can run on soft surfaces, do exercises to____68____(strength)your leg
“一

muscles(肌肉),avoid hills and get good running shoes. Running is cheap, easy and it's

always____69____(energy).If you are time poor, you need run for only half the time to get the same

benefits as other sports, so perhaps we should all give_____70_____a try.


第四部分 写作

第一节 短文改错

假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有 10

处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(Λ),并在其下面写出该加的次。

删除:把多余的用斜线(\)划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。

注意:(1).每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
(2).只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。

71.During my last winter holiday, I went to countryside with my father to visit my

grandparents. I find a change there. The first time I went there, they were living in a small house

with dogs, ducks, and another animals. Last winter when I went here again, they had a big separate

house to raise dozens of chicken. They also had a small pond, which they raised fish. My grandpa

said last summer they earned quite a lot by sell the fish. I felt happily that their life had improved. At

the end of our trip, I told my father that I planned to return for every two years, but he agreed.

第二节 书面表达

72.假定你是李华,你的新西兰朋友 Terry 将去中国朋友家做客,发邮件向你询问有关习


俗。请你回复邮件。内容包括:


(1)到达时间;

(2)合适的礼物;

(3)餐桌礼仪。
“一

注意:

1. 词数 100 左右;

2. 可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。

绝密★启用前

2018 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(II)

英 语

(考试时间:120 分钟 试卷满分:150 分)

注意事项:

1. 答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡上。
2. 作答时,务必将答案写在答题卡上,写在本试卷及草稿纸上无效。

3. 考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

第一部分 听力

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试
卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。

第一节

听下面 5 短对话,每段对话后有一个小题,从题中给的 A、B、C 三个选项中


选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读


下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。


例:How much is the shirt? 高
A.£19.15. B.£9.18. C.£9.15.

1. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】
“一

What does John find difficult in learning German?


A. Pronunciation. B. Vocabulary. C. Grammar.


2. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

What is the probable relationship between the speakers?

A. Colleagues.

B. Brother and sister.

C. Teacher and student.

3. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】
Where does the conversation probably take place?

A. In a bank. B. At a ticket office. C. On a train.

4. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

What are the speakers talking about?

A. A restaurant. B. A street. C. A dish.

5. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】


What does the woman think of her interview?

A It was tough. B. It was interesting.


中 C. It was successful.

.

第二节
“一

听下面 5 段对话或独白,每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、
B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小

题,每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独


白读两遍。

听第 6 段材料,完成下面小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

6. When will Judy go to a party?

A. On Monday. B. On Tuesday. C. On Wednesday.

7. What will Max do next?

A. Fly a kite. B. Read a magazine. C. Do his homework.

听第 7 段材料,完成下面小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】
8. What does the man suggest doing at first?

A. Going to a concert.

B. Watching a movie.

C. Playing a computer game.

9. What do the speakers decide to do?

A. Visit Mike. B. Go boating. C. Take a walk.

听第 8 段材料,完成下面小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】


10. Which color do cats see better than humans?

A. Red. B. Green.
中 C. Blue.

11. Why do cats bring dead birds home?

A. To eat them in a safe place.


“一

B. To show off their hunting skills.


C. To make their owners happy.


12. How does the man sound at the end of the conversation?

A. Grateful. B. Humorous. C. Curious.

听第 9 段材料,完成下面小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

13. Who is Macy?

A. Ed’s mother. B. Ed’s teacher. C. Ed’s friend.

14. How does Ed usually go to kindergarten?

A. By car. B. On foot. C. By bus.


15. What does Ed enjoy doing at the kindergarten?

A. Telling stories. B. Singing songs . C. Playing with

others.

16. What do the teachers say about Ed?

A. He’s clever. B. He’s quiet. C. He’s brave.

听第 10 段材料,完成下面小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

17. At what age did Emily start learning ballet?


A. Five. B. Six. C. Nine.

18. Why did Emily move to Toronto?




A. To work for a dance school.

B. To perform at a dance theater.


“一

C. To learn contemporary dance.


19. Why did Emily quit dancing?


A. She was too old to dance.


B. She failed to get a scholarship.

C. She lost interest in it.

20. How does Emily feel about stopping training?

A. She’s pleased. B. She’s regretful. C. She’s upset

第二部分 阅读理解

第一节

Summer Activities
Students should read the list with their parents/careers, and select two activities they would like

to do. Forms will be available in school and online for them to indicate their choices and return to

school. Before choices are finalised, parents/careers will be asked to sign to confirm their child’s

choices.

Member of
Activity Description Cost
staff

Take yourself out of

your comfort zone for a

week, discover new


personal qualities, and


learn new skills. You will 高
Outdoor be able to take part in a
Mr. Clemens £140
Adventure (OUT) number of activities from

canoeing to wild camping


“一

on Dartmoor. Learn rock

climbing and work as a


team, and enjoy the great


outdoor environment.

On Monday we

travel to London. After

staying overnight in
WWI Battlefields
London, we travel on Day
and Paris Mrs. Milson £425
2 to northern France to

(WBP) visit the World War I

battlefields. On Day 3 we

cross into Belgium.

Thursday sees us make


the short journey to Paris

where we will visit

Disneyland Paris park,

staying until late to see

the parade and the

fireworks. Our final day,

Friday, sees us visit

central Paris and tour the

main sights.


Four days of product


design centred around

textiles. Making lovely



Crafty
objects using recycled

Foxes and made materials. Mrs. Goode £30

Bags, cushions and


“一

(CRF)
decorations...Learn skills

and leave with modern

and unusual textiles.



Visit Warner Bros

Studio, shop stop to buy

picnic, stay overnight in

Potty about an approved Youth

Potter Hostel in
Miss Drake £150
Streatley-on-Thames,
(POT)
guided tour of Oxford to

see the film locations,

picnic lunch outside

Oxford’s Christchurch,
boating on the River

Cherwell through the

University Parks, before

heading back to Exeter.

21. Which activity will you choose if you want to go camping?

A. OUT B. WBP


C. CRF D. POT

22. What will the students do on Tuesday with Mrs. Wilson?



A. Travel to London.

B. See a parade and fireworks.


“一

C. Tour central Paris.


D. Visit the WWI battlefields.


23. How long does Potty about Potter last?


A. Two days. B. Four days.

C. Five days. D. One week.

Many of us love July because it’s the month when nature’s berries and stone fruits are in

abundance. These colourful and sweet jewels form British Columbia’s fields are little powerhouses

of nutritional protection.

Of the common berries, strawberries are highest in vitamin C, although, because of their seeds,

raspberries contain a little more protein (蛋白质), iron and zinc (not that fruits have much protein).

Blueberries are particularly high in antioxidants (抗氧化物质). The yellow and orange stone fruits

such as peaches are high in the carotenoids we turn into vitamin A and which are antioxidants. As
for cherries (樱桃), they are so delicious who cares? However, they are rich in vitamin C.

When combined with berries of slices of other fruits, frozen bananas make an excellent base

for thick, cooling fruit shakes and low fat “ice cream”. For this purpose, select ripe bananas for

freezing as they are much sweeter. Remove the skin and place them in plastic bags or containers and

freeze. If you like, a squeeze of fresh lemon juice on the bananas will prevent them turning brown.

Frozen bananas will last several weeks, depending on their ripeness and the temperature of the

freezer.

If you have a juicer, you can simply feed in frozen bananas and some berries or sliced fruit. Out

comes a “soft-serve” creamy dessert, to be eaten right away. This makes a fun activity for a


children’s party; they love feeding the fruit and frozen bananas into the top of the machine and

watching the ice cream come out below.

24. What does the author seem to like about cherries?




A. They contain protein. B. They are high in vitamin A.

C. They have a pleasant taste. D. They are rich in antioxidants.


“一

25. Why is fresh lemon juice used in freezing bananas?


A. To make them smell better. B. To keep their colour.


C. To speed up their ripening. D. To improve their nutrition.


26. What is “a juicer” in the last paragraph?

A. A dessert. B. A drink.

C. A container. D. A machine.

27. From which is the text probably taken?

A. A biology textbook. B. A health magazine.

C. A research paper. D. A travel brochure.

Teens and younger children are reading a lot less for fun, according to a Common Sense Media
report published Monday.

While the decline over the past decade is steep for teen readers, some data in the report shows

that reading remains a big part of many children’s lives, and indicates how parents might help

encourage more reading.

According to the report’s key findings, “the proportion (比例) who say they ‘hardly ever’ read

for fun has gone from 8 percent of 13-year-olds and 9 percent of 17-year-olds in 1984 to 22 percent

and 27 percent respectively today.”

The report data shows that pleasure reading levels for younger children, ages 2—8, remain

largely the same. But the amount of time spent in reading each session has declined, from closer to


an hour or more to closer to a half hour per session.


When it comes to technology and reading, the report does little to counsel(建议) parents

looking for data about the effect of e-readers and tablets on reading. It does point out that many

parents still limit electronic reading, mainly due to concerns about increased screen time.

The most hopeful data shared in the report shows clear evidence of parents serving as examples
“一

and important guides for their kids when it comes to reading. Data shows that kids and teens who do

read frequently, compared to infrequent readers, have more books in the home, more books

purchased for them, parents who read more often, and parents who set aside time for them to read.

As the end of school approaches, and school vacation reading lists loom(逼近) ahead, parents

might take this chance to step in and make their own summer reading list and plan a family trip to

the library or bookstore.

28. What is the Common Sense Media report probably about?

A. Children’s reading habits.

B. Quality of children’s books.

C. Children’s after-class activities.

D. Parent-child relationships.
29. Where can you find the data that best supports “children are reading a lot less for fun”?

A. In paragraph 2. B. In paragraph 3.

C. In paragraph 4. D. In paragraph 5.

30. Why do many parents limit electronic reading?

A. E-books are of poor quality.

B. It could be a waste of time.

C. It may harm children’s health.

D. E-readers are expensive.


31. How should parents encourage their children to read more?

A. Act as role models for them.




B. Ask then to write book reports.

C. Set up reading groups for them.


“一

D. Talk with their reading class teachers.


We’ve all been there: in a lift, in line at the bank or on an airplane, surrounded by people who

are, like us, deeply focused on their smartphones or, worse, struggling with the uncomfortable

silence.

What’s the problem? It’s possible that we all have compromised conversational intelligence.

It’s more likely that none of us start a conversation because it’s awkward and challenging, or we

think it’s annoying and unnecessary. But the next time you find yourself among strangers, consider

that small talk is worth the trouble. Experts say it’s an invaluable social practice that results in big

benefits.

Dismissing small talk as unimportant is easy, but we can’t forget that deep relationships

wouldn’t

even exist if it weren’t for casual conversation. Small talk is the grease(润滑剂) for social
communication, says Bernardo Carducci, director of the Shyness Research Institute at Indiana

University Southeast. "Almost every great love story and each big business deal begins with small

talk," he explains. "The key to successful small talk is learning how to connect with others, not

just communicate with them."

In a 2014 study, Elizabeth Dunn, associate professor of psychology at UBC, invited people on

their way into a coffee shop. One group was asked to seek out an interaction(互动) with its waiter;

the other, to speak only when necessary. The results showed that those who chatted with their server

reported significantly higher positive feelings and a better coffee shop experience. "It’s not that

talking to the waiter is better than talking to your husband," says Dunn. "But interactions with

peripheral(边缘的) members of our social network matter for our well-being also."


Dunn believes that people who reach out to strangers feel a significantly greater sense of


belonging a bond with others. Carducci believes developing such a sense of belonging starts with
,

small talk. "Small talk is the basis of good manners," he says.

32. What phenomenon is described in the first paragraph?


“一

A. Addiction to smartphones.

B Inappropriate behaviours in public places.


.

C. Absence of communication between strangers.


D. Impatience with slow service.

33. What is important for successful small talk according to Carducci?

A. Showing good manners. B. Relating to other people.

C. Focusing on a topic. D. Making business deals.

34. What does the coffee-shop study suggest about small talk?

A. It improves family relationships. B. It raises people’s confidence.

C. It matters as much as a formal talk. D. It makes people feel good.


35. What is the best title for the text?

A. Conversation Counts B. Ways of Making Small Talk

C. Benefits of Small Talk D. Uncomfortable Silence

If you are already making the time to exercise, it is good indeed! With such busy lives, it can be

hard to try and find the time to work out. ____36____ Working out in the morning provides

additional benefits beyond being physically fit.

Your productivity is improved. Exercising makes you more awake and ready to handle

whatever is ahead of you for the day. ____37____


Your metabolism(新陈代谢) gets a head start. ____38____ If you work out in the mornings,

then you will be getting the calorie(卡路里) burning benefits for the whole day, not in your sleep.


____39____ Studies found that people who woke up early for exercise slept better than those

who exercised in the evening. Exercise energizes you, so it is more difficult to relax and have a

peaceful sleep when you are very excited.


“一

____40____ If you work out bright and early in the morning, you will be more likely to stick to

healthy food choices throughout the day. Who would want to ruin their good workout by eating junk

food? You will want to continue to focus on positive choices.


There are a lot of benefits to working out, especially in the mornings. Set your alarm clock an

hour early and push yourself to work out! You will feel energized all day long.

A. You will stick to your diet.

B. Your quality of sleep improves.

C. You prefer healthy food to fast food.

D. There is no reason you should exercise in the morning.

E. You can keep your head clear for 4-10 hours after exercise.

F. After you exercise, you continue to burn calories throughout the day.
G. If you are planning to do exercise regularly, or you’re doing it now, then listen up!

第三部分 语言知识运用

第一节 完形填空

Two weeks earlier, my son, Ben, had got in touch, he’d moved to England with his mum when

he was three and it had been 13 years since I’d ____41____ seen him. So imagine my ____42____

when he emailed me saying he wanted to come to visit me.

I was ____43____! I arrived early at Byron Bay where we were supposed to ____44____. The

bay was ____45____ in sunshine, and there was a group of kayakers around 150m off the shore.

Getting a little ____46____. I realized one kayak(皮划艇)was in ____47____. “Something’s not


____48____!” I took off my T-shirt and ____49____ into the water. I saw there were two instructors


on board and a man lying across the middle. He was _____50_____ violently. Linking arms with

one of the instructors. I helped _____51_____ the young man out of the water. He was unconscious

and as I looked at his face, something _____52_____ to me. Those brown eyes were very

_____53_____. “What’s his name?” I asked the instructor. “Ben,” he replied, and immediately I
“一

_____54_____. That stranger was my son!


The instructors called for an ambulance. _____55_____, after a brief stay in hospital, Ben was

well enough to be allowed to _____56_____ and later the family met up for dinner. We chatted

about everything and then Ben _____57_____ to me. “I just want to say thank you,” he said, “You

_____58_____ my life!”

I still can’t believe what a _____59_____ it was. I’m just so glad I was there _____60_____ to

help my son.

41. A. also B. often C. even D. last

42 A. delight B. relief C. anger D. worry


.

43. A. scared B. shocked C. thrilled D. ashamed

44. A. talk B. stay C. meet D. settle


45. A. bathed B. clean C. deep D. formed

46. A. faster B. closer C. heavier D. wiser

47. A. trouble B. advance C. question D. battle

48. A. real B. right C. fair D. fit

49. A. stared B. sank C. dived D. fell

50. A. arguing B. fighting C. Shouting D. shaking

51. A. lead B. persuade C. carry D. keep

52. A. happened B. occurred C. applied D.


appealed

53. A. sharp B. pleasant



C. attractive D. familiar

54. A. agreed B. hesitated C. doubted D. knew

55. A. Fortunately B. Frankly C. Sadly D.


“一

Suddenly

56. A. return B. relax C. speak D. leave


57. A. joked B. turned C. listened D. pointed


58. A. created B. honored C. saved D. guided

59. A. coincidence B. change C. pity D. pain

60. A. on board B. in time C. for sure D. on

purpose

第二节

阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。

阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。

Diets have changed in China — and so too has its top crop. Since 2011, the country
____61____(grow)more corn than rice. Corn production has jumped nearly 125 percent over

____62____ past 25 years, while rice has increased only 7 percent.

A taste for meat is ____63____ (actual) behind the change: An important part of its corn is

used to feed chickens, pigs, and cattle. Another reason for corn's rise: The government encourages

farmers to grow corn instead of rice ____64____ (improve) water quality. Corn uses less water

____65____ rice and creates less fertilizer(化肥) runoff. This switch has decreased ____66____

(pollute) in the country's major lakes and reservoirs and made drinking water safer for people.

According to the World Bank, China accounts for about 30 percent of total ____67____

(globe)fertilizer consumption. The Chinese Ministry of Agriculture finds that between 2005—when


the government ____68____ (start) a soil-testing program ____69____ gives specific fertilizer

recommendations to farmers - and 2011, fertilizer use dropped by 7.7 million tons. That prevented


the emission(排放) of 51.8 million tons of carbon dioxide. China's approach to protecting its

environment while _____70_____ (feed) its citizens "offers useful lessons for agriculture and food

policymakers worldwide." says the bank's Juergen Voegele.


“一

第四部分 写作

第一节 短文改错

假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文,文中共

有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处,每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(Λ),并在其下面写出该加的词。

删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。

注意:(1).每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;

(2).只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分 。

71.When I was little, Friday’s night was our family game night. After supper, we would play

card games of all sort in the sitting room. As the kid, I loved to watch cartoons, but no matter how
many times I asked to watching them, my parents would not to let me. They would say to us that

playing card games would help my brain. Still I unwilling to play the games for them sometimes. I

didn’t realize how right my parents are until I entered high school. The games my parents taught me

where I was a child turned out to be very useful later in my life.

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

72.你受学生会委托为校宣传栏“英语天地”写一则通知,请大家观看一部英语短片

Growing Together,内容包括:

(1)短片内容:学校的发展;

(2)放映时间、地点;


(3)欢迎对短片提出意见。

注意:


(1)词数 100 左右;

(2)可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。
“一

绝密★启用前

2018 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(新课标 III 卷)

英语

注意事项:

1. 答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡上。

2. 回答选择题时,选出每小题答案后,用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号
涂黑。如需改动,用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。回答非选择题时,
将答案写在答题卡上,写在本试卷上无效。
3. 考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷
上的答案转涂到答题卡上。

第一节(共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话,每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中


选出最佳答案。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读
下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。


例:How much is the shirt?


A.£19.15. B.£9.18. C.£9.15. 高
1. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

“一

What does John find difficult in learning German?

A. Pronunciation. B. Vocabulary. C. Grammar.


2. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

What is the probable relationship between the speakers?

A. Colleagues.

B. Brother and sister.

C. Teacher and student.

3. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

Where does the conversation probably take place?


A. In a bank. B. At a ticket office. C. On a train.

4. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

What are the speakers talking about?

A. A restaurant. B. A street. C. A dish.

5. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

What does the woman think of her interview?


A. It was tough. B. It was interesting. C. It was successful.

第二节(共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)




听下面 5 段对话或独白,每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C

三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,
“一

每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读


两遍。

听第 6 段材料,回答第 6、7 题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】



6. When will Judy go to a party?

A. On Monday. B. On Tuesday. C. On Wednesday.

7. What will Max do next?

A. Fly a kite. B. Read a magazine. C. Do his homework.

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8、9 题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

8. What does the man suggest doing at first?


A. Going to a concert.

B. Watching a movie.

C. Playing a computer game.

9. What do the speakers decide to do?

A. Visit Mike. B. Go boating. C. Take a walk.

听第 8 段材料,回答第 10 至 12 题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

10. Which color do cats see better than humans?


A. Red. B. Green. C. Blue.

11. Why do cats bring dead birds home?




A. To eat them in a safe place.

B. To show off their hunting skills.


“一

C. To make their owners happy.


12. How does the man sound at the end of the conversation?

A. Grateful. B. Humorous. C. Curious.


听第 9 段材料,回答第 13 至 16 题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

13. Who is Macy?

A. Ed’s mother. B. Ed’s teacher. C. Ed’s friend.

14. How does Ed usually go to kindergarten?

A. By car. B. On foot. C. By bus.

15. What does Ed enjoy doing at the kindergarten?


A. Telling stories. B. Singing songs . C. Playing with others.

16. What do the teachers say about Ed?

A. He’s clever. B. He’s quiet. C. He’s brave.

听第 10 段材料,回答第 17 至 20 题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

17. At what age did Emily start learning ballet?

A. Five. B. Six. C. Nine.

18. Why did Emily move to Toronto?


A. To work for a dance school.

B. To perform at a dance theater.




C. To learn contemporary dance.

19. Why did Emily quit dancing?


“一

A. She was too old to dance.


B. She failed to get a scholarship.


C. She lost interest in it.


20. How does Emily feel about stopping training?

A. She’s pleased. B. She’s regretful. C. She’s upset

第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节 (共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。

Welcome to Holker Hall & Gardens


Visitor Information

How to Get to Holker

By Car: Follow brown signs an A590 from JB6, M6. Approximate travel times:

Windermere-20 minutes, Kendal-25 minutes, Lancaster-45 minutes, Manchester-1 hour 30

minutes.

By Rail: The nearest station is Cark-in-Cartmel with trains to Carnforth, Lancaster Preston for

connections to major cities & airports.

Opening Times


Sunday-Friday (closed on Saturday)11:00 am-4:00pm,30 March-2nd November.


Admission Charges 高
Hall & Gardens Gardens

Adults: £12.00 £8.00


“一

Groups £9 £5.5

Special Events

Producers: Market 13th April

Join us to taste a variety of fresh local food and drinks. Meet the producers and get some

excellent recipe ideas.

Holker Garden Festival 30th May

The event celebrate its 22nd anniversary with a great show of the very best of gardening,

making it one of the most popular events in gardening.

National Garden Day 28th August

Holker once again opens is gardens in aid of the disadvantaged. For just a small donation you
can take a tour with our garden guide.

Winter Market 8th November

This is an event for all the family. Wander among a variety of shops selling gifs while enjoying

a live music show and nice street entertainment.

21. How long does it probably take a tourist to drive to Holker from Manchester?

A. 20 minutes. B. 25 minutes.

C. 45 minutes. D. 90 minutes.

22. How much should a member of a tour group pay to visit to Hall & Cardens?


A. £12.00. B. £9.00.

C. £8.0 D. £5.50


23. Which event will you go to if you want to see a live music show?

A. Producers’ Market. B. Holker Garden Festival.


“一

C. National Garden Day. D. Winter Market.


B

Cities usually have a good reason for being where they are, like a nearby port or river. People

settle in these places because they are easy to get to and naturally suited to communications and

trade. New York City, for example, is near a large harbour at the mouth of the Hudson River. Over

300 years its population grew gradually from 800 people to 8 million. But not all cities develop

slowly over a long period of time. Boom towns grow from nothing almost overnight. In 1896,

Dawson, Canada, was unmapped wilderness(荒野). But gold was discovered there in 1897, and two

years later, it was one of the largest cities in the West, with a population of 30,000.

Dawson did not have any of the natural conveniences of cities like London or Paris. People

went there for gold. They travelled over snow-covered mountains and sailed hundreds of miles up

icy rivers. The path to Dawson was covered with thirty feet of wet snow that could fall without

warming. An avalanche(雪崩) once closed the path, killing 63 people. For many who made it to
Dawson, however, the rewards were worth the difficult trip. Of the first 20,000 people who dug for

gold, 4,000 got rich. About 100 of these stayed rich men for the rest of their lives.

But no matter how rich they were, Dawson was never comfortable. Necessities like food and

wood were very expensive. But soon, the gold that Dawson depended on had all been found. The

city was crowded with disappointed people with no interest in settling down, and when they heard

there were new gold discoveries in Alaska, they left Dawson City as quickly as they had come.

Today, people still come and go — to see where the Canadian gold rush happened. Tourism is now

the chief industry of Dawson City — its present population is 762.

24. What attracted the early settlers to New York City?


A. Its business culture.


B. Its small population.

C. Its geographical position.

D. Its favourable climate.


“一

25. What do we know about those who first dug for gold in Dawson?

A. Two-thirds of them stayed there.


B. One out of five people got rich.


C. Almost everyone gave up.

D. Half of them died.

26. What was the main reason for many people to leave Dawson?

A. They found the city too crowded.

B. They wanted to try their luck elsewhere.

C. They were unable to stand the winter.

D. They were short of food.

27. What is the text mainly about?


A. The rise and fall of a city.

B. The gold rush in Canada.

C. Journeys into the wilderness.

D. Tourism in Dawson.

While famous foreign architects are invited to lead the designs of landmark buildings in China

such as the new CCTV tower and the National Center for the Performing Arts, many excellent

Chinese architects are making great efforts to take the center stage.


Their efforts have been proven fruitful. Wang Shu, a 49-year-old Chinese architect, won the


2012 Pritzker Architecture Prize — which is often referred to as the Nobel Prize in architecture —

on February 28. He is the first Chinese citizen to win this award.



Wang serves as head of the Architecture Department at the China Academy of Art (CAA). His

office is located at the Xiangshan campus(校园) of the university in Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province.
“一

Many buildings on the campus are his original creations.


The style of the campus is quite different from that of most Chinese universities. Many visitors

were amazed by the complex architectural space and abundant building types. The curves(曲线) of

the buildings perfectly match the rise and fall of hills, forming a unique view.

Wang collected more than 7 million abandoned bricks of different ages. He asked the workers

to use traditional techniques to make the bricks into walls, roofs and corridors. This creation

attracted a lot of attention thanks to its mixture of modern and traditional Chinese elements(元素).

Wang’s works show a deep understanding of modern architecture and a good knowledge of

traditions. Through such a balance, he had created a new type of Chinese architecture, said Tadao

Ando, the winner of the 1995 Pritzker Prize.

Wang believes traditions should not be sealed in glass boxes at museums. "That is only

evidence that traditions once existed," he said.


"Many Chinese people have a misunderstanding of traditions. They think tradition means old

things from the past. In fact, tradition also refers to the things that have been developing and that are

still being created, " he said.

"Today, many Chinese people are learning Western styles and theories rather than focusing on

Chinese traditions. Many people tend to talk about traditions without knowing what they really are,

" said Wang.

The study of traditions should be combined with practice. Otherwise, the recreation of

traditions would be artificial and empty, he said.

28. Wang’s winning of the prize means that Chinese architects are ___________.


A. following the latest world trend

B. getting international recognition




C. working harder than ever before

D. relying on foreign architects


“一

29. What impressed visitors to the CAA Xiangshan campus most?


A. Its hilly environment.


B. Its large size.


C. Its unique style.

D. Its diverse functions.

30. What made Wang’s architectural design a success?

A. The mixture of different shapes.

B. The balance of East and West.

C. The use of popular techniques.

D. The harmony of old and new.


31. What should we do about Chinese traditions according to Wang?

A. Spread them to the world. B. Preserve them at museums.

C. Teach them in universities. D. Recreate them in practice.

Adults understand what it feels like to be flooded with objects. Why do we often assume that

more is more when it comes to kids and their belongings? The good news is that I can help my own

kids learn earlier than I did how to live more with less.

I found the pre-holidays a good time to encourage young children to donate less-used things,


and it worked. Because of our efforts, our daughter Georgia did decide to donate a large bag of toys

to a little girl whose mother was unable to pay for her holiday due to illness. She chose to sell a few


larger objects that were less often used when we promised to put the money into her school fund(基

金)(our kindergarten daughter is serious about becoming a doctor)

For weeks, I've been thinking of bigger, deeper questions: How do we make it a habit for them?
“一

And how do we train ourselves to help them live with, need, and use less? Yesterday, I sat with my

son, Shepherd, determined to test my own theory on this. I decided to play with him with only one

toy for as long as it would keep his interest. I expected that one toy would keep his attention for

about five minutes, ten minutes, max. I chose a red rubber ball-simple, universally available. We

passed it, he tried to put it in his mouth, he tried bouncing it, rolling it, sitting on it, throwing it. It

was totally, completely enough for him. Before I knew it an hour had passed and it was time to move

on to lunch.

We both became absorbed in the simplicity of playing together. He had my full attention and I

had his. My little experiment to find joy in a single object worked for both of us.

32. What do the words “more is more” in paragraph 1 probably mean?

A. The more, the better. B. Enough is enough.

C. More money, more worries. D. Earn more and spend more.

33. What made Georgia agree to sell some of her objects?


A. Saving up for her holiday B. Raising money for a poor girl

C. Adding the money to her fund D. Giving the money to a sick mother

34. Why did the author play the ball with Shepherd?

A. To try out an idea

B. To show a parent’s love

C. To train his attention

D. To help him start a hobby

35. What can be a suitable title for the text?


A. Take It or Leave It B. A Lesson from Kids

C. Live More with Less D. The Pleasure of Giving




第二节 (共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两
“一

项为多余选项。

Before there was the written word, there was the language of dance. Dance expresses love and

hate, joy and sorrow, life and death, and everything else in between.

____36____We dance from Florida to Alaska, from north to south and sea to sea. We dance at

weddings, birthdays, office parties and just to fill the time.

“I adore dancing,” says Lester Bridges, the owner of a dance studio in Iowa. “I can’t imagine

doing anything else with my life.” Bridges runs dance classes for all ages. “Teaching dance is

wonderful. _____37_____It’s great to watch them. For many of them, it’s a way of meeting people

and having a social life.”

____38____“I can tell you about one young couple,” says Bridges. “They’re learning to do

traditional dances. They arrive at the class in low spirits and they leave with a smile.

______39______”
So, do we dance in order to make ourselves feel better, calmer, healthier? Andrea Hillier says,

“Dance, like the pattern of a beating heart, is life. Even after all these years, I want to get better and

better._____40_____ I find it hard to stop! Dancing reminds me I’m alive.”

A. So why do we dance?

B. Dance in the U.S. is everywhere.

C. If you like dancing outdoors, come to America.

D. My older students say it makes them feel young.

E. I keep practicing even when I’m extremely tired.


F. Dancing seems to change their feeling completely.


G. They stayed up all night long singing and dancing.

第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节 完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)


“一

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入


空白处的最佳选项。

When most of us get a text message on our cell phone from an unknown person, we usually say

"sorry, ____41____ number!" and move on. But when Dennis Williams _____42_____ a text

that clearly wasn’t intended for him, he did something _____43_____.

On March 19, Dennis got a group text _____44_____ him that a couple he didn’t know were at

the hospital, waiting for the _____45_____ of a baby.

"Congratulations! But I think someone was mistaken," Dennis _____46_____. The baby

was born and update texts were _____47_____ quickly from the overjoyed grandmother, Teresa. In

her _____48_____, she didn’t seem to realize that she was _____49_____ the baby’s photos with a

complete stranger. "Well, I don’t _____50_____ you all but I will get there to take pictures with

the baby," replied Dennis before asking which room the new _____51_____ were in.

Much to the family’s surprise, Dennis stuck to his _____52_____! He turned up at the hospital
_____53_____ gifts for the new mother Lindsey and her baby boy. Lindsey’s husband was totally

_____54_____ by the unexpected visit. "I don’t think we would have randomly invited him over

but we _____55_____ it and the gifts."

Teresa _____56_____ a photo of the chance meeting on a social networking website

_____57_____ by the touching words: "What a _____58_____ this young man was to our family!

He was so _____59_____ and kind to do this." The post has since gained the _____60_____ of

social media users all over the world, receiving more than 184,000 shares and 61,500 likes in just

three days.

41. A. unlucky B. secret C. new D. wrong


42. A. received B. translated C. copied D. printed


43. A. reasonable B. special C. necessary D. practical

44. A. convincing B. reminding C. informing D. warning

45. A. wake-up B. recovery C. growth D. arrival


“一

46. A. responded B. interrupted C. predicted D. repeated


47. A. coming in B. setting out C. passing down D. moving around


48. A. opinion B. anxiety C. excitement D. effort


49. A. comparing B. exchanging C. discussing D. sharing

50. A. accept B. know C. believe D. bother

51. A. parents B. doctors C. patients D. visitors

52. A. dream B. promise C. agenda D. principle

53. A. bearing B. collecting C. opening D. making

54. A. discouraged B. relaxed C. astonished D. defeated

55. A. admit B. need C. appreciate D. expect

56. A. found B. selected C. developed D. posted


57. A. confirmed B. simplified C. clarified D. accompanied

58. A. pity B. blessing C. relief D. problem

59. A. smart B. calm C. sweet D. fair

60. A. sympathy B. attention C. control D. trust

第二节 (共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)

阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。

阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。

I'm not sure ______61______ is more frightened, me or the female gorilla(大猩猩)that


suddenly appears out of nowhere. I'm walking on a path in the forest in the Central African


Republic. Unexpectedly, I'm face-to-face with the gorilla, who begins screaming at _____62_____

top of her lungs. That makes her baby scream, and then a 400-pound male appears. He screams the

____63____(loud)of all. The noise shakes the trees as the male beats his chest and charges

toward me. I quickly lower myself, ducking my head to avoid _____64_____(look) directly into his
“一

eyes so he doesn't feel_____65_____(challenge).


My name is Mireya Mayor. I'm a ____66____(science)who studies animals such as apes and

monkeys. I was searching ____67____ these three western lowland gorillas I'd been observing. No

one had seen them for hours, and my colleagues and I were worried.

When the gorillas and I frightened each other, I was just glad to find _____68_____(they)

alive. True to a gorilla's unaggressive nature, the huge animal _____69_____(mean)me no real

harm. He was just saying: "I'm king of this forest, and here is your reminder!" Once his message was

delivered, he allowed me _____70_____ (stay)and watch.

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

71.假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文,文中共

有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处,每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删改或修改。
增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。

删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。

注意:1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;

2.只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。

It was Monday morning, and the writing class had just begin. Everyone was silent, wait to see

who would be called upon to read his and her paragraph aloud. Some of us were confident and eager

take part in the class activity, others were nervous and anxious. I had done myself homework but I


was shy. I was afraid that to speak in front of a larger group of people. At that moment, I

remembered that my father once said, "The classroom is a place for learning and that include


learning from textbooks, and mistake as well." Immediate, I raised my hand.

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

72.假定你是李华,你的英国朋友 Peter 来信询问你校学生体育运动情况。请给他回信,内容


“一

包括:

1. 学校的体育场馆;

2. 主要的运动项目;

3. 你喜欢的项目。

注意:1. 词数 100 左右:

2. 可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________

_______________________________________________________________________________
_____________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________

__________________________________________________________



绝密★启用前 高
2018 年 6 月普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(浙江卷)

英 语
“一

选择题部分

第一部分 听力

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷

上的答案转涂到答题纸上。

第一节

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中


选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时
间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

1. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

What will James do tomorrow ?


A. Watch a TV program. B. Give a talk. C. Write a report.

2. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

What can we say about the woman?

A. She's generous. B. She's curious. C. She's helpful.

3. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

When does the train leave?


A. At 6:30. B. At 8:30. C. At 10:30.

4. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】


How does the woman go to work?


“一

A. By car. B. On foot. C. By bike.


5. 【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

What is the probable relationship between the speakers?

A. Classmates. B. Teacher and student. C. Doctor and patient.

第二节

听第 6 段材料,完成下面小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

6. What does the woman regret?

A. Giving up her research.


B. Dropping out of college.

C. Changing her major.

7. What is the woman interested in studying now?

A. Ecology.

B. Education.

C. Chemistry.

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8、9 题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】


8. What is the man?

A. A hotel manager. B. A tour guide.



C. A taxi driver.

9. What is the man doing for the woman?

A. Looking for some local foods.


“一

B. Showing her around the seaside.


C. Offering information about a hotel.


听第 8 段材料,完成下面小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

10. Where does the conversation probably take place?

A. In an office. B. At home. C. At a restaurant.

11. What will the speakers do tomorow evening?

A. Go to a concert. B. Visit a friend. C. Work extra hours.

12. Who is Alice going to call?

A. Mike. B. Joan. C. Catherine.


听第 9 段材料,完成下面小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

13. Why does the woman meet the man?

A. To look at an apartment.

B. To deliver some furniture.

C. To have a meal together.

14. What does the woman like about the carpet?

A. Its color. B. Its design. C. Its quality.


15. What does the man say about the kitchen?

A. It's a good size. B. It's newly painted.



C. It's adequately equipped .

16. What will the woman probably do next?

A. Go downtown. B. Talk with her friend. C. Make payment.


“一

听第 10 段材料,完成下面小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

17. Who is the speaker probably talking to?


A. Movie fans. B. News reporters. C. College students.

18. When did the speaker take English classes?

A. Before he left his hometown.

B. After he came to America.

C. When he was 15 years old.

19. How does the speaker feel about his teacher?

A. He's proud. B. He's sympathetic. C. He's grateful.


20. What does the speaker mainly talk about?

A. How education shaped his life.

B. How his language skills improved.

C. How he managed his business well.

第二部分 阅读理解

第一节

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在


答题纸上将该项涂黑。


In 1812, the year Charles Dickens was born, there were 66 novels published in Britain. People


had been writing novels for a century—most experts date the first novel to Robinson Crusoe in

1719—

but nobody wanted to do it professionally. The steam-powered printing press was still in its

early stages; the literacy(识字) rate in England was under 50%. Many works of fiction appeared
“一

without the names of the authors, often with something like “By a lady.”Novels, for the most part,

were looked upon as silly, immoral, or just plain bad.


In 1870, when Dickens died, the world mourned him as its first professional writer and

publisher, famous and beloved, who had led an explosion in both the publication of novels and their

readership and whose characters — from Oliver Twist to Tiny Tim— were held up as moral

touchstones. Today Dickens’ greatness is unchallenged. Removing him from the pantheon(名人

堂) of English literature would make about as much sense as the Louvre selling off the Mona Lisa.

How did Dickens get to the top? For all the feelings readers attach to stories, literature is a

numbers game, and the test of time is extremely difficult to pass. Some 60,000 novels were

published during the Victorian age, from 1837 to1901; today a casual reader might be able to name

a half-dozen of them. It’s partly true that Dickens’ style of writing attracted audiences

from all walks of life. It’s partly that his writings rode a wave of social, political and scientific

progress. But it’s also that he rewrote the culture of literature and put himself at the center. No one
will ever know what mix of talent, ambition, energy and luck made Dickens such a singular writer.

But as the 200th anniversary of his birth approaches, it is possible — and important for our own

culture—to understand how he made himself a lasting one.

21. Which of the following best describes British novels in the 18th century?

A. They were difficult to understand.

B. They were popular among the rich.

C. They were seen as nearly worthless.

D. They were written mostly by women.


22. Dickens is compared with the Mona Lisa in the text to stress________.


A. his reputation in France

B. his interest in modern art

C. his success in publication


“一

D. his importance in literature


23. What is the author’s purpose in writing the text?


A. To remember a great writer.


B. To introduce an English novel.

C. To encourage studies on culture.

D. To promote values of the Victorian age.

Steven Stein likes to follow garbage trucks. His strange habit makes sense when you consider

that he’s an environmental scientist who studies how to reduce litter, including things that fall off

garbage trucks as they drive down the road. What is even more interesting is that one of Stein's jobs

is defending an industry behind the plastic shopping bags.

Americans use more than 100 billion thin film plastic bags every year. So many end up in tree

branches or along highways that a growing number of cities do not allow them at checkouts(收银台)
. The bags are prohibited in some 90 cities in California, including Los Angeles. Eyeing these

headwinds, plastic-bag makers are hiring scientists like Stein to make the case that their products

are not as bad for the planet as most people assume.

Among the bag makers' argument: many cities with bans still allow shoppers to purchase paper

bags, which are easily recycled but require more energy to produce and transport. And while plastic

bags may be ugly to look at, they represent a small percentage of all garbage on the ground today

The industry has also taken aim at the product that has appeared as its replacement: reusable

shopping bags. The stronger a reusable bag is, the longer its life and the more plastic-bag use it

cancels out. However, longer-lasting reusable bags often require more energy to make. One study


found that a cotton bag must be used at least 131 times to be better for the planet than plastic.


Environmentalists don't dispute(质疑) these points. They hope paper bags will be banned

someday too and want shoppers to use the same reusable bags for years.

24. What has Steven Stein been hired to do?

A. Help increase grocery sales.


“一

B. Recycle the waste material.


C. Stop things falling off trucks.


D. Argue for the use of plastic bags.


25. What does the word “headwinds”in paragraph 2 refer to?

A. Bans on plastic bags.

B. Effects of city development.

C. Headaches caused by garbage.

D. Plastic bags hung in trees.

26. What is a disadvantage of reusable bags according to plastic-bag makers?

A. They are quite expensive.


B. Replacing them can be difficult.

C. They are less strong than plastic bags.

D. Producing them requires more energy.

27. What is the best title for the text?

A. Plastic, Paper or Neither

B. Industry, Pollution and Environment

C. Recycle or Throw Away

D. Garbage Collection and Waste Control


As cultural symbols go, the American car is quite young. The Model T Ford was built at the


Piquette Plant in Michigan a century ago, with the first rolling off the assembly line(装配线) on

September 27, 1908. Only eleven cars were produced the next month. But eventually Henry Ford

would build fifteen million of them.


“一

Modern America was born on the road, behind a wheel. The car shaped some of the most

lasting aspects of American culture: the roadside diner, the billboard, the motel, even the

hamburger. For most of the last century, the car represented what it meant to be American—going

forward at high speed to find new worlds. The road novel, the road movie, these are the most typical

American ideas, born of abundant petrol, cheap cars and a never-ending interstate highway system,

the largest public works project in history.

In 1928 Herbert Hoover imagined an America with “a chicken in every pot and a car in every

garage.” Since then, this society has moved onward, never looking back, as the car transformed

America from a farm-based society into an industrial

The cars that drove the American Dream have helped to create a global ecological disaster. In

America the demand for oil has grown by 22 percent since 1990.

The problems of excessive(过度的)energy consumption, climate change and population

growth have been described in a book by the American writer Thomas L. Friedman. He fears the
worst, but hopes for the best.

Friedman points out that the green economy(经济)is a chance to keep American strength.

“The ability to design, build and export green technologies for producing clean water, clean air and

healthy and abundant food is going to be the currency of power in the new century.”

28. Why is hamburger mentioned in paragraph 2?

A. To explain Americans’ love for travelling by car.

B. To show the influence of cars on American culture.

C. To stress the popularity of fast food with Americans.


D. To praise the effectiveness of America’s road system.


29. What has the use of cars in America led to?

A. Decline of economy. B. Environmental problems.

C. A shortage of oil supply. D. A farm-based society.


“一

30. What is Friedman’s attitude towards America’s future?


A. Ambiguous. B. Doubtful.

C. Hopeful. D. Tolera

第二节

Moving into a new home in a new neighborhood is an exciting experience. Of course, you want

to make sure that you become an acceptable and valuable part of your neighborhood . the easiest

way to accomplish this is to make sure you conduct yourself as a good neighbor should.

______31______

Perhaps one of the most important things you can do as a good neighbor is to keep your

property(房产) neat, clean, and in good repair. _____32_____ By choosing to keep the outside of

the home in great shape, you will help to improve the look and feel of the area.

Second, take the overall appearance of the neighborhood seriously,. When going for a walk.
Take a small garbage bag. ______33______ This small act will let your neighbors know that you

care about the area.

_______34_______ If a neighbor is going to be out of town, offer to collect mail and

newspapers. If a neighbor suffers an illness, offer to do the grocery shopping . Let them know you

are there to help in any way this acceptable, while still respecting the privacy of your neighbor.

_______35_______ By following the basic rules of respecting others, taking care of what

belongs to you, and taking pride in the appearance of the neighborhood in general, you will quickly

become a good neighbor that everyone appreciate.

A. In general, keep an eye on their property while they are gone.


B.A good neighbor is also one who likes to help out in small ways.


C. Being a good neighbor is more or less about considerate behavior.

D. Sometimes neighbors may go to the supermarket together to do shopping.

E. Should you come across waste paper thrown out of a passing car, pick it up.
“一

F. People tend to lake pride in keeping everything in their street fresh and inviting.

G. Here are a few tips to help you win over everyone in the neighborhood quickly

第三部分 语言运用

第一节 完形填空

We have all heard how time is more valuable than money, but is it ____36____ to have too

much?

I____37____back in high school I spent most of my day at school since I also ____38____a

team sport. By the time I got home, I only had a few hours to do my homework, and I had to do it

_____39_____

When I got into college, things ____40____ I suddenly found myself out of class before noon

time. Because of all this _____41_____ there was no sense of _____42_____ to do my school work

immediately. I was performing this action of waiting until it later became ____43____. Once that
happened, I just kept____44____my studying further and further back in my day. Then I got to the

point where I was_____45_____really late at night to get my work alone.

One day I _____46_____a former classmate of mine who was _____47_____ a lot of money

running a sideline(副业).Since his regular job was _____48_____, I asked him why he just didn't

do his sideline full-time. He said without the job, he would _____49_____ have too much time and

would just do what I did back in_____50_____.He said that if he _____51_____the job, he would

lose his _____52_____ to work and succeed.

So, try _____53_____ your time with other work. This is why there is a _____54_____ that if

you want something done, ask a _____55_____person to do it.


36. A. true B. fair C. strange D. possible


37. A. remember B. admit C. understand D. expect

38. A. watched B. loved. C. Coached D. played

39. A. at last B. right away C. of course D. mattered


“一

40. A. happened B. repeated C. changed D. mattered


41. A. extra B. difficult. C. valuable D. limited


42. A. duty B. achievement C. urgency D. direction


43. A. burden B. relief C. risk D. habit

44. A. pushing B. taking C. setting D. calling

45. A. hanging out B. staying up C. jogging round D. showing off

46. A. met B. helped C. treated D. hired

47. A. raising B. wasting C. demanding D. making

48. A. safe B. important C. boring D. rewarding

49. A. luckily B. hardly C. hopefully D. simply

50. A. childhood B. college C. town D. business


51. A. quit B. found C. accepted D. kept

52. A. heart B. chance C. drive D. way

53. A. saving B. filling up C. giving up D. trading

54. A. message B. story C. saying D. fact

55. A. careful B. busy C. reliable D. kind

非选择题部分

第三部分 语言运用

阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1 个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。


Few people I know seem to have much desire or time to cook. Making Chinese


____56____(dish) is seen as especially troublesome. Many westerners ____57____ come to China

cook much less than in their own countries once they realize how cheap ____58____ can be to eat

out. I still remember ____59____ (visit) a friend who’d lived here for five years and I

____60____(shock) when I learnt she hadn’t cooked once in all that time.
“一

While regularly eating out seems to ____61____(become) common for many young people in

recent years, it’s not without a cost. The obvious one is money; eating out once or twice a week may

be ____62____(afford) but doing this most days adds up. There could be an even ____63____

(high) cost on your health. Researchers have found that there is a direct link between the increase in

food eaten outside the home and the rise in ____64____(weigh) problems.

If you are not going to suffer this problem, then I suggest that the next time you go to your

mum’s home ____65____ dinner, get a few cooking tips from her. Cooking food can be fun. You

might also begin to notice the effects not only on your health but in your pocket.

第四部分 写作

第一节 应用文写作

66.假定你是李华,你校英语协会招聘志愿者,接待来访的国外中学生。请你写信应聘,内

容包括:
(1) 口语能力:

(2) 相关经验;

(3) 应聘目的。

注意:

(1) 词数 80 左右;

(2) 可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。

第二节 读后续写

阅读下面短文,根据所给情节进行续写,使之构成一个完整的故事。


67.It was summer, and my dad wanted to treat me to a vacation like never before. He decided to

take me on a trip to the Wild West.




We took a plane to Albuquerque, a big city in the state of New Mexico. We reached

Albuquerque in the late afternoon. Uncle Paul, my dad’s friend, picked us up from the airport and
“一

drove us up to his farm in Pecos.

His wife Tina cooked us a delicious dinner and we got to know his sons Ryan and Kyle. My

dad and I spent the night in the guestroom of the farm house listening to the frogs and water rolling

down the river nearby. Very early in the morning, Uncle Paul woke us up to have breakfast. "The

day starts at dawn on my farm," he said. After breakfast, I went to help Aunt Tina feed the chickens,

while my dad went with Uncle Paul to take the sheep out to graze(吃草). I was impressed to see my

dad and Uncle Paul riding horses. They looked really cool.

In the afternoon, I asked Uncle Paul if I could take a horse ride, and he said yes, as long as my

dad went with me. I wasn’t going to take a horse ride by myself anyway. So, my dad and I put on our

new cowboy hats, got on our horses, and headed slowly towards the mountains. "Don’t be late for

supper," Uncle Paul cried, "and keep to the track so that you don’t get lost!" "OK! " my dad cried

back. After a while Uncle Paul and his farm house were out of sight. It was so peaceful and quiet and

the colors of the brown rocks, the deep green pine trees, and the late afternoon sun mixed to create a

magic scene. It looked like a beautiful woven(编织的) blanket spread out upon the ground just for
us.

Suddenly a little rabbit jumped out in front of my horse.

注意:

(1)所续写短文的词数应为 l50 左右;

(2)至少使用 5 个短文中标有下划线的关键词语:

(3)续写部分分为两段,每段的开头语已为你写好;

(4)续写完成后,请用下划线标出你所使用的关键词语。


Paragraph 1: Suddenly a little rabbit jumped out in front of my horse. ____________


________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________
“一

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

Paragraph 2: We had no idea where we were and it was getting dark. _____________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________
绝密★启用前

2018 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(北京卷)

(本试卷共 14 页,共 120 分。考试时长 100 分钟。)

考生务必将答案答在答题卡上,在试卷上作答无效。

考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

第一部分:知识运用


第一节 单项填空

从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,并




在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

例: It’s so nice to hear from her again. _________, we last met more than thirty years ago.
“一

A. What’s more B. That’s to say


C. In other words D. Believe it or not


答案是 D。

1. ---Hi, I’m Peter. Are you new here? I haven’t see you around?

---Hello, Peter. I’m Bob. I just ________ on Monday.

A. start B. have started

C. started D. had started

2. 【2018·北京】_________ we don’t stop climate change, many animals and plants in the world

will be gone.

A. Although B. While

C. If D. Until
3. 【2018·北京】_________ along the old Silk Road is an interesting and rewarding experience

A. Travel B. Traveling

C. Having traveled D. Traveled

4. Susan had quit her well-paid job and ________ as a volunteer in the neighborhood when I visited

her last year.

A. is working B. was working

C. has worked D. had worked

5. 【2018·北京】She and her family bicycle to work, _________ helps them keep fit.


A. which B. who

C. as D. that


6. 【2018·北京】During the Mid-Autumn Festival, family members often gather together

_________ a meal, admire the moon and enjoy moon cakes.


“一

A. share B. to share

C. having shared D. shared


7. 【2018·北京】China’s high-speed railways _________ from 9,000 to 25,000 kilometers in the

past few years.


A. are growing B. have grown

C. will grow D. had grown

8. In any unsafe situation, simply ________ the button and a highly-trained agent will get you the

help you need.

A. press B. to press

C. pressing D. pressed

9. A rescue worker risked his life saving two tourists who ________ in the mountains for two days.
A. are trapping B. have been trapped

C. were trapping D. had been trapped

10. (2018· 北京)Ordinary soap, _________ correctly, can deal with bacteria effectively.

A. used B. to use

C. using D. use

11. (2018· 北京)Without his support, we wouldn’t be _________ we are now.

A. how B. when

C. where D. why


12. (2018·北京) In today’s information age, the loss of data _________ cause serious problems for

a company.


A. need B. should

C. can D. must
“一

13. 【2018·北京】They might have found a better hotel if they _________ a few more

kilometers.

A. drove B. would drive


C. were to drive D. had driven

14. 【2018·北京】—Good morning, Mr. Lee’s office.

—Good morning. I’d like to make an appointment _________ next Wednesday afternoon.

A. for B. on

C. in D. at

15. (2018· 北京)This is _________ my father has taught me—to always face difficulties and

hope for the best.

A. how B. which
C. that D. what

第二节 完形填空

阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最


佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

The Homeless Hero

For many, finding an unattended wallet filled with £400 in cash would be a source(来源)of

temptation(诱惑). But the ____16____ would no doubt be greater if you were living on the

streets with little food and money. All of this makes the actions of the homeless Tom Smith

_____17_____ more remarkable.


After spotting a ____18____ on the front seat inside a parked car with its window down, he


stood guard in the rain for about two hours waiting for the _____19_____ to return.

After hours in the cold and wet, he _____20_____ inside and pulled the wallet out hoping to

find some ID so he could contact(联系)the driver, only to _____21_____ it contained £400 in


“一

notes, with another £50 in spare change beside it.

He then took the wallet to a nearby police station after _____22_____ a note behind to let the

owner know it was safe. When the car’s owner John Anderson and his colleague Carol Lawrence

returned to the car—which was itself worth £35, 000—in Glasgow city centre, they were

_____23_____ to find two policemen standing next to it. The policemen told them what Mr. Smith

did and that the wallet was _____24_____.

The pair were later able to thank Mr. Smith for his _____25_____.

Mr. Anderson said:"I couldn’t believe that the guy never took a penny. To think he is

sleeping on the streets tonight _____26_____ he could have stolen the money and paid for a place to

stay in. This guy has nothing and

_____27_____ he didn’t take the wallet for himself;he thought about others _____28_____. It’s

unbelievable. It just proves there are ____29____ guys out there."

Mr. Smith’s act _____30_____ much of the public’s attention. He also won praise from social
media users after Mr. Anderson _____31_____ about the act of kindness on Facebook.

Now Mr. Anderson has set up an online campaign to _____32_____ money for Mr. Smith and

other homeless people in the area, which by yesterday had received £8,000. "I think the faith that

everyone has shown _____33_____ him has touched him. People have been approaching him in the

street; he’s had job _____34_____ and all sorts," Mr. Anderson commented.

For Mr. Smith, this is a possible life-changing _____35_____. The story once again tells us

that one good turn deserves another.

16. A. hope B. aim C. urge D. effort

17. A. still B. even C. ever D. once


18. A. wallet B. bag C. box D. parcel

19. A. partner B. colleague C. owner D. policeman




20. A. turned B. hid C. stepped D. reached

21. A. discover B. collect C. check D. believe


“一

22. A. taking B. leaving C. reading D. writing


23. A. satisfied B. excited C. amused D. shocked


24. A. safe B. missing C. found D. seen


25. A. service B. support C. kindness D. encouragement

26. A. when B. if C. where D. because

27. A. rather B. yet C. already D. just

28. A. too B. though C. again D. instead

29. A. honest B. polite C. rich D. generous

30. A. gave B. paid C. cast D. drew

31. A. learned B. posted C. cared D. heard


32. A. borrow B. raise C. save D. earn

33. A. of B. at C. for D. in

34. A. details B. changes C. offers D. applications

35. A. lesson B. adventure C. chance D. challenge

第二部分:阅读理解

第一节

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在


答题卡上将该项涂黑。


My First Marathon(马拉松)


A month before my first marathon, one of my ankles was injured and this meant not running

for two weeks, leaving me only two weeks to train. Yet, I was determined to go ahead.

I remember back to my 7th year in school. In my first P.E. class, the teacher required us to run
“一

laps and then hit a softball. I didn’t do either well. He later informed me that I was "not athletic".

The idea that I was "not athletic" stuck with me for years. When I started running in my 30s,

I realized running was a battle against myself, not about competition or whether or not I was

athletic. It was all about the battle against my own body and mind. A test of wills!

The night before my marathon, I dreamt that I couldn’t even find the finish line. I woke up

sweating and nervous, but ready to prove something to myself.

Shortly after crossing the start line, my shoe laces(鞋带) became untied. So I stopped to

readjust. Not the start I wanted!

At mile 3, I passed a sign: "GO FOR IT, RUNNERS!"

By mile 17, I became out of breath and the once injured ankle hurt badly. Despite the pain, I

stayed the course walking a bit and then running again.

By mile 21, I was starving!


As I approached mile 23, I could see my wife waving a sign. She is my biggest fan. She never

minded the alarm clock sounding at 4 a.m. or questioned my expenses on running.

I was one of the final runners to finish. But I finished! And I got a medal. In fact, I got the same

medal as the one that the guy who came in first place had.zxxk

Determined to be myself, move forward, free of shame and worldly labels(世俗标签), I can

now call myself a "marathon winner".

36. A month before the marathon, the author ____________.

A. was well trained B. felt scared


C. made up his mind to run D. lost hope


37. Why did the author mention the P.E. class in his 7th year?

A. To acknowledge the support of his teacher.

B. To amuse the readers with a funny story.


“一

C. To show he was not talented in sports.

D. To share a precious memory.


38. How was the author’s first marathon?


A. He made it. B. He quit halfway.


C. He got the first prize. D. He walked to the end.

39. What does the story mainly tell us?

A. A man owes his success to his family support.

B. A winner is one with a great effort of will.

C. Failure is the mother of success.

D. One is never too old to learn.

Find Your Adventure at the Space and Aviation(航空) Center


If you’re looking for a unique adventure, the Space and Aviation Center (SAC) is the place to

be. The Center offers programs designed to challenge and inspire with hands-on tasks and lots of

fun.

More than 750,000 have graduated from SAC, with many seeking employment in engineering,

aviation, education, medicine and a wide variety of other professions. They come to camp, wanting

to know what it is like to be an astronaut or a pilot, and they leave with real-world applications for

what they’re studying in the classroom.

For the trainees, the programs also offer a great way to earn merit badges(荣誉徽章). At

Space Camp, trainees can earn their Space Exploration badge as they build and fire model rockets,


learn about space tasks and try simulated(模拟) flying to space with the crew from all over the

world. The Aviation Challenge program gives trainees the chance to earn their Aviation badge.


They learn the principles of flight and test their operating skills in the cockpit(驾驶舱) of a variety

of flight simulators. Trainees also get a good start on their Wilderness Survival badge as they learn

about water- and land-survival through designed tasks and their search and rescue of "downed"

pilot.
“一

With all the programs, teamwork is key as trainees learn the importance of leadership and

being part of a bigger task.


All this fun is available for ages 9 to 18. Families can enjoy the experience together, too, with

Family Camp programs for families with children as young as 7.


Stay an hour or stay a week — there is something here for everyone!

For more details, please visit us online at www.oursac.com.

40. Why do people come to SAC?

A. To experience adventures.

B. To look for jobs in aviation.

C. To get a degree in engineering.

D. To learn more about medicine.


41. To earn a Space Exploration badge, a trainee needs to .

A. fly to space

B. get an Aviation badge first

C. study the principles of flight

D. build and fire model rockets

42. What is the most important for trainees?

A. Leadership. B. Team spirit.

C. Task planning. D. Survival skills.


Plastic-Eating Worms




“一

学+科+网...学+科+网...学+科+网...学


+科+网...学+科+网...学+科+网...学+科+网...

Humans produce more than 300 million tons of plastic every year. Almost half of that winds up

in landfills(垃圾填埋场), and up to 12 million tons pollute the oceans. So far there is no effective

way to get rid of it, but a new study suggests an answer may lie in the stomachs of some hungry

worms.

Researchers in Spain and England recently found that the worms of the greater wax moth can

break down polyethylene, which accounts for 40% of plastics. The team left 100 wax worms on a

commercial polyethylene shopping bag for 12 hours, and the worms consumed and broke down

about 92 milligrams, or almost 3% of it. To confirm that the worms’ chewing alone was not
responsible for the polyethylene breakdown, the researchers made some worms into paste(糊状物)

and applied it to plastic films. 14 hours later the films had lost 13% of their mass — apparently

broken down by enzymes (酶) from the worms’ stomachs. Their findings were published in Current

Biology in 2017.

Federica Bertocchini, co-author of the study, says the worms’ ability to break down their

everyday food — beeswax — also allows them to break down plastic. "Wax is a complex mixture,

but the basic bond in polyethylene, the carbon-carbon bond, is there as well, "she explains, "The

wax worm evolved a method or system to break this bond. "

Jennifer DeBruyn, a microbiologist at the University of Tennessee, who was not involved in


the study, says it is not surprising that such worms can break down polyethylene. But compared with

previous studies, she finds the speed of breaking down in this one exciting. The next step, DeBruyn


says, will be to identify the cause of the breakdown. Is it an enzyme produced by the worm itself or

by its gut microbes(肠道微生物)?

Bertocchini agrees and hopes her team’s findings might one day help employ the enzyme to
“一

break down plastics in landfills. But she expects using the chemical in some kind of industrial

process — not simply "millions of worms thrown on top of the plastic."


43. What can we learn about the worms in the study?


A. They take plastics as their everyday food.


B. They are newly evolved creatures.

C. They can consume plastics.

D. They wind up in landfills.

44. According to Jennifer DeBruyn, the next step of the study is to .

A. identify other means of the breakdown

B. find out the source of the enzyme

C. confirm the research findings


D. increase the breakdown speed

45. It can be inferred from the last paragraph that the chemical might .

A. help to raise worms

B. help make plastic bags

C. be used to clean the oceans

D. be produced in factories in future

46. What is the main purpose of the passage?

A. To explain a study method on worms.


B. To introduce the diet of a special worm.

C. To present a way to break down plastics.




D. To propose new means to keep eco-balance.

Preparing Cities for Robot Cars


“一

The possibility of self-driving robot cars has often seemed like a futurist’s dream, years away

from materializing in the real world. Well, the future is apparently now. The California Department

of Motor Vehicles began giving permits in April for companies to test truly self-driving cars on

public roads. The state also cleared the way for companies to sell or rent out self-driving cars, and

for companies to operate driverless taxi services. California, it should be noted, isn’t leading the

way here. Companies have been testing their vehicles in cities across the country. It’s hard to predict

when driverless cars will be everywhere on our roads. But however long it takes, the technology has

the potential to change our transportation systems and our cities, for better or for worse, depending

on how the transformation is regulated.

While much of the debate so far has been focused on the safety of driverless cars(and rightfully

so), policymakers also should be talking about how self-driving vehicles can help reduce traffic

jams, cut emissions(排放) and offer more convenient, affordable mobility options. The arrival of

driverless vehicles is a chance to make sure that those vehicles are environmentally friendly and
more shared.

Do we want to copy — or even worsen — the traffic of today with driverless cars? Imagine a

future where most adults own individual self-driving vehicles. They tolerate long, slow journeys to

and from work on packed highways because they can work, entertain themselves or sleep on the

ride, which encourages urban spread. They take their driverless car to an appointment and set the

empty vehicle to circle the building to avoid paying for parking. Instead of walking a few blocks to

pick up a child or the dry cleaning, they send the self-driving minibus. The convenience even leads

fewer people to take public transport — an unwelcome side effect researchers have already found in

ride-hailing(叫车) services.


A study from the University of California at Davis suggested that replacing petrol-powered

private cars worldwide with electric, self-driving and shared systems could reduce carbon emissions


from transportation 80% and cut the cost of transportation infrastructure(基础设施) and operations

40% by 2050. Fewer emissions and cheaper travel sound pretty appealing. The first commercially

available driverless cars will almost certainly be fielded by ride-hailing services, considering the

cost of self-driving technology as well as liability and maintenance issues(责任与维护问题). But


“一

driverless car ownership could increase as the prices drop and more people become comfortable

with the technology.


Policymakers should start thinking now about how to make sure the appearance of driverless

vehicles doesn’t extend the worst aspects of the car-controlled transportation system we have today.

The coming technological advancement presents a chance for cities and states to develop

transportation systems designed to move more people, and more affordably. The car of the future is

coming. We just have to plan for it.

47. According to the author, attention should be paid to how driverless cars can __________.

A. help deal with transportation-related problems

B. provide better services to customers

C. cause damage to our environment

D. make some people lose jobs


48. As for driverless cars, what is the author’s major concern?

A. Safety. B. Side effects.

C. Affordability. D. Management.

49. What does the underlined word "fielded" in Paragraph 4 probably mean?

A. Employed. B. Replaced.

C. Shared. D. Reduced.

50. What is the author’s attitude to the future of self-driving cars?

A. Doubtful. B. Positive.


C. Disapproving. D. Sympathetic.

第二节


根据短文内容,从短文后的七个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中

有两项为多余选项。
“一

Why Do We Get Angry?


Anger seems simple when we are feeling it, but the causes of anger are various. Knowing these

causes can make us examine our behavior, and correct bad habits. The main reasons we get angry

are triggering(触发)events, personality traits(特征), and our assessment of situations.


___51___

Triggering events for anger are so many that to describe them all would take hundreds of

pages. However, here are some examples: being cut off in traffic, a deadline approaching,

experiencing physical pain, and much more. _____52_____ The reason why someone is triggered

by something and others are not is often due to one’s personal history and psychological traits.

Each person, no matter who they are, has psychological imbalances. People who have

personality traits that connect with competitiveness and low upset tolerance are much more likely to

get angry. ____53____ Also, sometimes pre-anger does not have to do with a lasting condition, but

rather a temporary state before a triggering event has occurred.


___54___Sometimes even routine occurrences become sources of pre-anger, or anger itself.

Sometimes ignorance and negative (消极的) outlooks on situations can create anger.

___55___However, anger can easily turn violent, and it is best to know the reasons for anger to

appear in order to prevent its presence. With these main reasons in mind, we can evaluate our level

of anger throughout the day and prevent cases of outbursts by comprehending the reasons for our

feelings.

A. Our attitude and viewpoint on situations can create anger within us as well.

B. But some types of situations can help us to get rid of the occurrence of anger.

C. Anger is rarely looked upon as a beneficial character trait, and is usually advised to reduce it.


D. Anger is a particularly strong feeling and maybe people think that they have reasons to feel

angry.


E. Having these personality traits implies the pre-anger state, where anger is in the background of

your mind.
“一

F. Understanding these reasons will control our own anger if we are willing to evaluate ourselves

with a critical eye.


G. Not everyone acts the same in response to events, and that is why what triggers one person may

or may not trigger another.


第三部分:书面表达

第一节

56. 【2018·北京】假设你是红星中学高三学生李华,你的英国朋友 Jim 在给你的邮件中提到

他对中国文化感兴趣,计划明年来北京上大学。他向你咨询相关信息。请给他回邮件,内容

包括:

(1) 表示欢迎;

(2) 推荐他上哪所大学;

(3) 建议他做哪些准备工作。
注意:(1). 词数不少于 50;

(2). 开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数。

Dear Jim,

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________


__________________________________________________________________________

中 Yours,

Li Hua

(请务必将作文写在答题卡指定区域内)
“一

第二节

57. 假设你是红星中学高三学生李华,请根据以下四幅图的先后顺序,写一篇英文周记,

记述你们上周接待外国学生,带领他们体验中国茶文化的全过程。

注意:词数不少于 60。
(请务必将作文写在答题卡指定区域内)





“一



绝密★启用前

2018 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(江苏卷)

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷
上的答案转涂到答题卡上。


第一节 (共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)


听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中
选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读

下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?


“一

A. £ 19. 15. B. £ 9. 18. C. £ 9. 15.


答案是 C。

1. 音频

What will James do tomorrow ?

A. Watch a TV program. B. Give a talk. C. Write a report.

2. 音频

What can we say about the woman?

A. She's generous. B. She's curious. C. She's helpful.

3. 音频

When does the train leave?


A. At 6:30. B. At 8:30. C. At 10:30.

4. 音频

How does the woman go to work?

A. By car. B. On foot. C. By bike.

5. 音频

What is the probable relationship between the speakers?

A. Classmates. B. Teacher and student. C. Doctor and patient.

第二节(共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)


听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C
三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,


每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读

两遍。
“一

听第 6 段材料,回答第 6、7 题。 音频

6. What does the woman regret?


A. Giving up her research.


B. Dropping out of college.


C. Changing her major.

7. What is the woman interested in studying now?

A. Ecology. B. Education. C. Chemistry.

听第 7 段材料,回答第 8、9 题。 音频

8. What is the man?

A. A hotel manager. B. A tour guide. C. A taxi driver.

9. What is the man doing for the woman?


A. Looking for some local foods.

B. Showing her around the seaside.

C. Offering information about a hotel.

听第 8 段材料,完成下面小题。 音频

10. Where does the conversation probably take place?

A. In an office. B. At home. C. At a restaurant.

11. What will the speakers do tomorow evening?

A. Go to a concert. B. Visit a friend. C. Work extra hours.


12. Who is Alice going to call?

A. Mike. B. Joan. C. Catherine.




听第 9 段材料,完成下面小题。 音频

13. Why does the woman meet the man?


“一

A. To look at an apartment.

B. To deliver some furniture.


C. To have a meal together.


14. What does the woman like about the carpet?

A. Its color. B. Its design. C. Its quality.

15. What does the man say about the kitchen?

A. It's a good size. B. It's newly painted. C. It's adequately equipped .

16. What will the woman probably do next?

A. Go downtown. B. Talk with her friend. C. Make payment.

听第 10 段材料,完成下面小题。 音频
17. Who is the speaker probably talking to?

A. Movie fans. B. News reporters. C. College students.

18. When did the speaker take English classes?

A. Before he left his hometown.

B. After he came to America.

C. When he was 15 years old.

19. How does the speaker feel about his teacher?

A. He's proud. B. He's sympathetic. C. He's grateful.


20. What does the speaker mainly talk about?

A. How education shaped his life.




B. How his language skills improved.

C. How he managed his business well.


“一

第二部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节:单项填空(共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 15 分)


请认真阅读下面各题,从题中所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,


并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

例:It is generally considered unwise to give a child _______ he or she wants.

A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever

答案是 B。

21.21.(2018·江苏)By boat is the only way to get here, which is _______ we arrived.

A. where B. when

C. why D. how
22.22.【2018·江苏】Kids shouldn’t have access to violent films because they might _______

the things they see.

A. indicate B. investigate

C. imitate D. innovate

23.23.【2018·江苏】Self-driving is an area _______

China and the rest of the world are on the same starting line.

A. that B. where

C. which D. when


24.24.【2018·江苏】It’s strange that he _______


have taken the books without the owner’s permission. 高
A. would B. should

C. could D. might
“一

25.25.【2018·江苏】

Developing the Yangtze River Economic Belt is a systematic project which _______ a clear road

map and timetable.


A. calls for B. calls on


C. calls off D. calls up

26.26.(2018·江苏)Around 13,500 new jobs were created during the period, _______ the

expected number of 12,000 held by market analysts.

A. having exceeded B. to exceed

C. exceeded D. exceeding

27.27.【2018·江苏】There is a good social life in the village, and I wish I _______ a second

chance to become more involved.

A. had B. will have


C. would have had D. have had

28.28.【2018·江苏】—You know what? I’ve got a New Year concert ticket.

—Oh, _______ You’re kidding.

A. so what? B. go ahead.

C. come on. D. what for?

29.29.【2018·江苏】_______ you can sleep well, you will lose the ability to focus, plan and stay

motivated after one or two nights.

A. Once B. Unless


C. If D. When


30.30.【2018·江苏】I was sent to the village last month to see how the development plan _______

in the past two years.

A. had been carried out B. would be carried out


“一

C. is being carried out D. has been carried out


31.31.【2018·江苏】Hopefully in 2025 we will no longer be e-mailing each other, for we _______

more convenient electronic communication tools by then.


A. have developed B. had developed


C. will have developed D. developed

32.32.【2018·江苏】Try to understand what’s actually happening instead of acting on the _______

you’ve made.

A. assignment B. association

C. acquisition D. assumption

33.33.【2018·江苏】China’s soft power grows _______

the increasing appreciation and understanding of China globally.


A. in line with B. in reply to

C. in return for D. in honour of

34.34.【2018·江苏】Despite the poor service of the hotel, the manager is _______ to invest in

sufficient training for his staff.

A. keen B. reluctant

C. anxious D. ready

35.35.【2018·江苏】—What happened? Your boss seems to _______.

—Didn’t you know his secretary leaked the secret report to the press?


A. be over the moon B. laugh his head off

C. be all ears D. fly off the handle




第二节:完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 20 分)

请认真阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳


“一

选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

Raynor Winn and her husband Moth became homeless due to their wrong investment. Their

savings had been___36___ to pay lawyers’ fees. To make matters worse, Moth was diagnosed(诊

断)with a ___37___ disease. There was no____38____, only pain relief.


Failing to find any other way out, they decided to make a ___39___ journey, as they caught

sight of an old hikers’(徒步旅行者)guide.

This was a long journey of unaccustomed hardship and ___40___ recovery. When leaving

home, Raynor and Moth had just £320 in the bank. They planned to keep the ____41____ low by

living on boiled noodles, with the ___42___ hamburger shop treat.

Wild camping is ___43___ in England. To avoid being caught, the Winns had to get their tent

up ___44___and packed it away early in the morning. The Winns soon discovered that daily hiking

in their 50s is a lot ____45____ than they remember it was in their 20s. Raynor ___46___ all over

and desired a bath. Moth, meanwhile, after an initial ___47___, found his symptoms were strangely
____48____ by their daily tiring journey.

____49____, the couple found that their bodies turned for the better, with re-found strong

muscles that they thought had ____50____ forever. "Our hair was fried and falling out, nails

broken, clothes ___51___ to a thread, but we were alive."

During the journey, Raynor began a career as a nature writer. She writes, "___52___ had taken

every material thing from me and left me torn bare, an empty page at the end of a(n) ___53___

written book. It had also given me a ____54____, either to leave that page ___55___ or to keep

writing the story with hope. I chose hope.”

36. A. drawn up B. used up C. backed up D. kept up


37. A. mild B. common C. preventable D. serious

38. A. cure B. luck C. care D. promise




39. A. business B. walking C. bus D. rail

40. A. expected B. frightening C. disappointing D. surprising


“一

41. A. budget B. revenue C. compensation D. allowance


42. A. frequent B. occasional C. abundant D. constant


43. A. unpopular B. lawful C. attractive D. illegal


44. A. soon B. early C. late D. slowly

45. A. harder B. easier C. cheaper D. funnier

46. A. rolled B. bled C. ached D. trembled

47. A. struggle B. progress C. excitement D. research

48. A. developed B. controlled C. reduced D. increased

49. A. Initially B. Eventually C. Temporarily D. Consequently

50. A. gained B. kept C. wounded D. lost


51. A. sewn B. washed C. worn D. ironed

52. A. Doctors B. Hiking C. Lawyers D. Homelessness

53. A. well B. partly C. neatly D. originally

54. A. choice B. reward C. promise D. break

55. A. loose B. full C. blank D. missing

第三部分: 阅读理解(共 15 小题; 每小题 2 分, 满分 30 分)

请认真阅读下列短文, 从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中, 选出最佳


选项, 并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。


A


The Metropolitan Museum of Art


“一


1000 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10028

211-535-7710 www.metmuseum.org

Entrances

Fifth Avenue at 82nd Street

Hours
Open 7 days a week.

Sunday-Thursday 10:00-17:30


Friday and Saturday 10:00-21:00


Closed Thanksgiving Day, December 25,January 1,and the first Monday in May.

Admission

$25.00 recommended for adults, $12.00 recommended for students, includes the Main
“一

Building and The Cloisters(回廊)on the same day; free for children under 12 with an adult.


Free with Admission

All special exhibitions, as well as films, lectures, guided tours, concerts, gallery talks, and

family/children's programs are free with admission.

Ask about today's activities at the Great Hall Information Desk.

The Cloisters Museum and Gardens


The Cloisters museum and gardens is a branch of The Metropolitan Museum of Art devoted

to the art and architecture of Europe in the Middle Ages. The extensive collection consists of

masterworks in sculpture, colored glass, and precious objects from Europe dating from about the 9th

to the 15th century.


Hours: Open 7 days a week.

March-October 10:00-17:15


November-February 10:00-16:45

Closed Thanksgiving Day, December 25,and January 1.


“一

56. How much may they pay if an 11-year-old girl and her working parents visit the museum?

A. $12. B. $37.

C. $ 50. D. $ 62

57. The attraction of the Cloisters museum and gardens lies in the fact that ________.

A. it opens all the year round

B. its collections date from the Middle Ages

C. it has a modern European-style garden

D. it sells excellent European glass collections

In the 1760s, Mathurin Roze opened a series of shops that boasted(享有)a special meat soup
called consomme. Although the main attraction was the soup, Roze's chain shops also set a new

standard for dining out, which helped to establish Roze as the inventor of the modern restaurant.

Today, scholars have generated large amounts of instructive research about restaurants. Take

visual hints that influence what we eat: diners served themselves about 20 percent more

pasta(意大利面食)when their plates matched their food. When a dark-colored cake was served

on a black plate rather than a white one, customers recognized it as sweeter and more tasty.

Lighting matters, too. When Berlin restaurant customers ate in darkness, they couldn't tell how

much they'd had: those given extra-large shares ate more than everyone else, but were none the

wiser—they didn’t feel fuller, and they were just as ready for dessert.


Time is money, but that principle means different things for different types of restaurants.


Unlike fast-food places. fine dining shops prefer customers to stay longer and spend. One way to

encourage customers to stay and order that extra round: put on some Mozart(莫扎特).When

classical, rather than pop, music was playing, diners spent more. Fast music hurried diners out.

Particular scents also have an effect: diners who got the scent of lavender(薰衣草)stayed
“一

longer and spent more than those who smelled lemon, or no scent.

Meanwhile, things that you might expect to discourage spending—"bad" tables, crowding.

high prices — don't necessarily. Diners at bad tables — next to the kitchen door, say — spent nearly

as much as others but soon fled. It can be concluded that restaurant keepers need not "be overly

concerned about ‘bad' tables," given that they're profitable. As for crowds, a Hong Kong study

found that they increased a restaurant's reputation, suggesting great food at fair prices. And doubling

a buffet's price led customers to say that its pizza was 11 percent tastier.

58. The underlined phrase "none the wiser" in paragraph 3 most probably implies that the customers

were .

A. not aware of eating more than usual

B. not willing to share food with others

C. not conscious of the food quality


D. not fond of the food provided

59. How could a fine dining shop make more profit?

A. playing classical music.

B. Introducing lemon scent.

C. Making the light brighter,

D. Using plates of larger size.

60. What does the last paragraph talk about?

A. Tips to attract more customers.


B. Problems restaurants are faced with.

C. Ways to improve restaurants' reputation.




D. Common misunderstandings about restaurants.

C
“一

If you want to disturb the car industry, you'd better have a few billion dollars: Mom-and-pop

carmakers are unlikely to beat the biggest car companies. But in agriculture, small farmers can get

the best of the major players. By connecting directly with customers, and by responding quickly to

changes in the markets as well as in the ecosystems(生态系统), small farmers can keep one step

ahead of the big guys. As the co-founder of the National Young Farmers Coalition (NYFC, 美国青

年农会)and a family farmer myself. I have a front-row seat to the innovations among small

farmers that are transforming the industry.

For example, take the Quick Cut Greens Harvester, a tool developed just a couple of years ago

by a young farmer, Jonathan Dysinger, in Tennessee, with a small loan from a local Slow Money

group. It enables small-scale farmers to harvest 175 pounds of green vegetables per hour—a huge

improvement over harvesting just a few dozen pounds by hand—suddenly making it possible for the

little guys to compete with large farms of California. Before the tool came out, small farmers

couldn't touch the price per pound offered by California farms. But now, with the combination of a
better price point and a generally fresher product, they can stay in business.

The sustainable success of small farmers, though, won't happen without fundamental changes

to the industry. One crucial factor is secure access to land. Competition from investors. developers,

and established large farmers makes owning one's own land unattainable for many new farmers.

From 2004 to 2013, agricultural land values doubled, and they continue to rise in many

regions.

Another challenge for more than a million of the most qualified farm workers and managers is

a non-existent path to citizenship — the greatest barrier to building a farm of their own. With

farmers over the age of 65 outnumbering(多于)farmers younger than 35 by six to one, and with


two-thirds of the nation's farmland in need of a new farmer, we must clear the path for talented


people willing to grow the nation's food. 高
There are solutions that could light a path toward a more sustainable and fair farm economy,

but farmers can't clumsily put them together before us. We at the NYFC need broad support as we

urge Congress to increase farmland conservation, as we push for immigration reform, and as we
“一

seek policies that will ensure the success of a diverse and ambitious next generation of farms from

all backgrounds. With a new farm bill to be debated in Congress, consumers must take a stand with

young farmers.

61. The author mentions car industry at the beginning of the passage to introduce .

A. the progress made in car industry

B. a special feature of agriculture

C. a trend of development in agriculture

D. the importance of investing in car industry

62. What does the author want to illustrate with the example in paragraph 2?

A. Loans to small local farmers are necessary.

B. Technology is vital for agricultural development.


C. Competition between small and big farms is fierce

D. Small farmers may gain some advantages over big ones.

63. What is the difficulty for those new famers?

A. To gain more financial aid.

B. To hire good farm managers.

C. To have farms of their own.

D. To win old farmers’ support.

64. What should farmers do for a more sustainable and fair farm economy?


A. Seek support beyond NYFC.

B. Expand farmland conservation.




C. Become members of NYFC.

D. Invest more to improve technology.


“一

D

Children as young as ten are becoming dependent on social media for their sense of

self-worth, a major study warned.


It found many youngsters(少年)now measure their status by how much public approval they

get online, often through “like”. Some change their behavior in real life to improve their image on

the web.

The report into youngsters aged from 8 to 12 was carried out by Children's Commissioner (专

员)Anne Longfield. She said social media firms were exposing children to major emotional risks,

with some youngsters starting secondary school ill-equipped to cope with the tremendous pressure

they faced online.

Some social apps were popular among the children even though they supposedly require users

to be at least 13.The youngsters admitted planning trips around potential photo-opportunities and
then messaging friends—and friends of friends — to demand “likes” for their online posts.

The report found that youngsters felt their friendships could be at risk if they did not respond to

social media posts quickly, and around the clock. Children aged 8 to 10 were "starting to feel happy"

when others liked their posts. However, those in the 10 to 12 age group were "concerned with how

many people like their posts", suggesting a “need” for social recognition that gets stronger the older

they become.

Miss Longfield warned that a generation of children risked growing up "worried about their

appearance and image as a result of the unrealistic lifestyles they follow on platforms, and

increasingly anxious about switching off due to the constant demands of social media.


She said: "Children are using social media with family and friends and to play games when


they are in primary school. But what starts as fun usage of apps turns into tremendous pressure in

real social media interaction at secondary school."



As their world expanded. she said, children compared themselves to others online in a way that

was "hugely damaging in terms of their self-identity, in terms of their confidence, but also in terms
“一

of their ability to develop themselves".


Miss Longfield added: "Then there is this push to connect—if you go offline, will you miss

something, will you miss out, will you show that you don't care about those people you are

following, all of those come together in a huge way at once."


"For children it is very, very difficult to cope with emotionally." The Children's Commissioner

for England's study—life in Likes—found that children as young as 8 were using social media

platforms largely for play.

However, the research—involving eight groups of 32 children aged 8 to 12—suggested that as

they headed toward their teens, they became increasingly anxious online.

By the time they started secondary school—at age 11—children were already far more aware

of their image online and felt under huge pressure to ensure their posts were popular, the report

found.
However, they still did not know how to cope with mean-spirited jokes, or the sense of

incompetence they might feel if they compared themselves to celebrities(名人)or more brilliant

friends online. The report said they also faced pressure to respond to messages at all hours of the

day—especially at secondary school when more youngsters have mobile phones.

The Children’s Commissioner said schools and parents must now do more to prepare children

for the emotional minefield(雷区)they faced online. And she said social media companies must

also "take more responsibility". They should either monitor their websites better so that children do

not sign up too early, or they should adjust their websites to the needs of younger users.

Javed Khan, of children's charity Bamardo's, said: "It's vital that new compulsory age-


appropriate relationship and sex education lessons in England should help equip children to deal

with the growing demands of social media.


“It’s also hugely important for parents to know which apps their children are using.”

65. Why did some secondary school students feel too much pressure?

A. They were not provided with adequate equipment.


“一

B. They were not well prepared for emotional risks.


C. They were required to give quick responses.


D. They were prevented from using mobile phones.


66. Some social app companies were to blame because .

A. they didn't adequately check their users' registration

B. they organized photo trips to attract more youngsters

C. they encouraged youngsters to post more photos

D. they didn't stop youngsters from staying up late

67. Children's comparing themselves to others online may lead to .

A. less friendliness to each other


B. lower self-identity and confidence

C. an increase in online cheating

D. a stronger desire to stay online

68. According to Life in Likes, as children grew, they became more anxious to .

A. circulate their posts quickly

B. know the qualities of their posts

C. use mobile phones for play

D. get more public approval


69. What should parents do to solve the problem?

A. Communicate more with secondary schools.




B. Urge media companies to create safer apps.

C. Keep track of children's use of social media.


“一

D. Forbid their children from visiting the web.


70. What does the passage mainly talk about?


A. The influence of social media on children.


B. The importance of social media to children.

C. The problem in building a healthy relationship.

D. The measure to reduce risks from social media.

第四部分:任务型阅读(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

请认真阅读下面短文,并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰
当的单词。

注意:请将答案写在答题卡上相应题号的横线上。每个空格只填一个单词。
How Arts Promote Our Economy

When most people think of the arts, they imagine the end product, the beautiful painting, a

wonderful piece of music, or an award-winning performance in the theater. But arts groups bring

broader value to our communities. The economic impact of the arts is often overlooked and badly

judged.

The arts create jobs that help develop the economy. Any given performance takes a tour bus

full of artists, technical experts, managers, musicians, or writers to create an appealing piece of art.

These people earn a living wage for their professional knowledge and skills.

Another group of folks is needed to help market the event. “If you build it they will come” is a


misleading belief. Painters, digital media experts, photographers, booking agents and promoters are


hired to sell tickets and promote the event. According to the Dallas Area Cultural Advocacy

Coalition, arts agencies employ more than 10,000 people as full-or part-time employees or

independent contractors.

A successful arts neighborhood creates a ripple effect(连锁反应)throughout a community.


“一

In 2005, when the Bishop Arts Theatre was donated to our town, the location was considered a poor

area of town. After investing more than $1 million in reconstructing the building, we began

producing a full season of theater performances, jazz concerts, and year-round arts education

programs in 2008. Nearly 40 percent of jazz lovers live outside of the Dallas city limits and drive or

fly in to enjoy an evening in the Bishop Arts District.


No doubt the theater has contributed to the area’s development and economic growth. Today,

there are galleries, studios, restaurants and newly built work spaces where neighbors share

experiences, where there is renewed life and energy. In this way, arts and culture also serve as a

public good.

TeCo Theatrical Productions Inc. made use of Bloomberg’s investment of $35,000 to get

nearly $400,000 in public and private sector support during the two-year period. Further, Dallas arts

and arts-based businesses produce $298 for every dollar the city spends on arts programming and

facilities. In Philadelphia, a metro area smaller than Dallas, the arts have an economic impact of

almost $3 million and support 44,000 jobs, 80 percent of which actually lie outside the arts industry,
including accountants, marketers, construction workers, hotel managers, printers, and other kinds of

art workers.

The arts are efficient economic drivers and when they are supported, the entire small-business

community benefits.

It is wrong to assume arts groups cannot make a profit. But in order to stay in business, arts

groups must produce returns. If you are a student studying the arts, chances are you have been

ill-advised to have a plan B. But those who truly understand the economic impact and can work to

change the patterns can create a wide range of career possibilities.

Arts as an


Our communities ___71___ from arts in terms of economy.
economic driver


Arts activity demands a(n) ___73___ effort. It involves creation,

performance, and ___74___.

★Artists make a living through their creative work.


“一

★Others get paid by marketing the event.


Arts have a gradually spreading ___75___. They could help promote


other industries whether they lie inside or outside arts.


___72___ of

★Besides tickets, some jazz lovers will pay their ___76___ to and from the
arts’ promoting our
events.
economy

★Arts contribute to cultural development when people gather together to

share their experience and renew their energy.

Investment in arts could produce potential ___77___ economic

results.

★TeCo used a $35,000 art investment to attract an overall support of

$400,000.
★In Dallas, one dollar invested in arts could harvest and extraordinary

return of nearly $300.

★In Philadelphia the arts have created about 35,000 job opportunities for

workers ___78___ arts industry.

Art students With these ___79___ in mind, art students need not worry about their

making a good living career and have a(n) ____80____ plan.


第五部分:书面表达(满分 25 分)

81.81.请阅读下面文字,并按照要求用英语写一篇 150 词左右的文章。





“一


【写作内容】

1. 用约 30 个词概括上述利用排名(ratings)进行消费的现象;

2. 谈谈你如何看待消费排名,然后用 2-3 个理由或论据支撑你的看法。

【写作要求】
1. 写作过程中不能直接引用原文语句;学科¥网

2. 作文中不能出现真实姓名和学校名称;

3. 不必写标题。

【评分标准】

内容完整,语言规范,语篇连贯,词数适当。

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________________________


“一



学*科*网...学*科*网...学*科*网...学*科*网...学*科*网...学*科*网...学*科*网...学*科*网...

绝密★启用前

2018 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(天津卷)

英语笔试

本试卷分为第 I 卷(选择题)和第 II 卷(非选择题)两部分,共 130 分,考试


用时 100 分钟。第 I 卷 1 至 10 页,第 II 卷 11 至 12 页。


答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考号填写在答题卡上,并在规定位置粘贴


考试用条形码。答卷时,考生务必将答案涂写在答题卡上,答在试卷上的无效。
考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

祝各位考生考试顺利!

第I卷
“一

注意事项:

1. 每小题选出答案后,用铅笔将答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动,

用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。

2. 本卷共 55 小题,共 95 分。

第一部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节:单项填空(共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 15 分)

从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。

例:Stand over there___________ you’ll be able to see it better.

A. or B. and C. but D. while

答案是 B。
第二节:完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从 16~35 各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,


选出最佳选项。

1.1.【2018·天津】—Wasn't Joan supposed to be here by now?

—________. She will be here in about twenty minutes.

A. All right B. Don't worry

C. No wonder D. Enjoy yourself

2.2.【2018·天津】Kae, _________sister I shared a room with when we were at college, has gone


to work in Australia.


A. whom B. that

C. whose D. her

3.3.(2018·天津) At first Robert wouldn’t let his daughter go diving, but eventually he _______ as
“一

she was so confidence about her skills.

A. gave in B. dressed up

C. broke in D. turned up

4.4.【2018·天津】Let's not pick these peaches until this weekend ___________they get sweet

enough to be eaten.

A. ever since B. as if

C. even though D. so that

5.5.【2018·天津】—I'm moving in a few days and I wonder if you could help.

—___________. Just let me know when, and I'll be there.

A. You bet B. It depends

C. Forget it D. No kidding
6.6.【2018·天津】The__________ that there is life on other planets in the universe has always

inspired scientists to explore the outer space.

A. advice B. order

C. possibility D. invitation

7.7.【2018·天津】I need a new passport so I will have to have my photographs___________.

A. taking B. taken

C. being taken D. take

8.8.【2018·天津】It took him a long time to___________ the skills he needed to become a good


dancer.


A. display B. acquire

C. teach D. test

9.9.(2018·天津)The gold medal will be awarded to ___________ wins the first place in the
“一

bicycle race.

A. whomever B. wherever

C. whoever D. whatever

10.10.(2018·天津) I can't find my purse. I___________ it in the supermarket yesterday, but I'm not

sure.

A. should leave B. must have left

C. might leave D. could have left

11.11.【2018·天津】Bob thought he couldn't go to the party because he had to write a report, but

he went ___________.

A. at first B. after all

C. above all D. at random


12.12.【2018·天津】I didn't mean ___________anything but the ice cream looked so good that I

couldn’t help_______ it.

A. to eat;to try B. eating;trying

C. eating;to try D. to eat; trying

13.13.【2018·天津】My washing machine ___________this week, so I have to wash my clothes

by hand.

A. was repaired B. is repaired

C. is being repaired D. has been repaired


14.14.【2018·天津】It was only when the car pulled up in front of our house ___________we saw


Lily in the passenger seat. 高
A. which B. that

C. when D. where
“一

15.15.【2018·天津】If we ___________the flight yesterday, we would be enjoying our holiday on

the beach

A. had caught B. caught


C. have caught D. would catch


第二节 完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从 16~35 各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,


选出最佳选项。

No one is born a winner. People make themselves into winners by their own ____16____

I learned this lesson from a(n) ____17____ many years ago. I took the head ____18____job at

a school in Baxley, Georgia. It was a small school with a weak football program.

It was a tradition for the school's old team to play against the ____19____ team at the end of

spring practice. The old team had no coach, and they didn't even practice to _____20_____the
game. Being the coach of the new team, I was excited because I knew we were going to win, but to

my disappointment we were defeated. I couldn't ____21____ I had got into such a situation.

Thinking hard about it, I came to ____22____ that my team might not be the number one team in

Georgia, but they were _____23_____me. I had to change my ____24____about their ability and

potential.

I started doing anything I could to help them build a little _____25_____. Most important, I

began to treat them like _____26_____. That summer, when the other teams enjoyed their

_____27_____, we met every day and ______28______passing and kicking the football.

Six months after suffering our ______29______on the spring practice field, we won our first


game and our second, and continued to _____30_____. Finally, we faced the number one team in

the state. I felt that it would be a _____31_____for us even if we lost the game. But that wasn't what


happened. My boys beat the best team in Georgia, giving me one of the greatest _____32_____of

my life!

From the experience I learnt a lot about how the attitude of the leader can _____33_____ the
“一

members of a team. Instead of seeing my boys as losers, I pushed and______34______them. I

helped them to see themselves _____35_____, and they built themselves into winners.

Winners are made, but born.


16. A. luck B. tests C. efforts D. nature


17. A. experiment B. experience C. visit D. show

18. A. operating B. editing C. consulting D. coaching

19. A. successful B. excellent C. strong D. new

20. A. cheer for B. prepare for C. help with D. finish with

21. A. believe B. agree C. describe D. regret

22. A. realize B. claim C. permit D. demand

23. A. reacting to B. looking for C. depending on D. caring about


24. A. decision B. attitude C. conclusion D. intention

25. A. pride B. culture C. fortune D. relationship

26. A. leaders B. partners C. winners D. leaners

27. A. rewards B. vacations C. health D. honor

28. A. risked B. missed C. considered D. practiced

29. A. defeat B. decline C. accident D. mistake

30. A. relax B. improve C. expand D. defend

31. A. shame B. burden C. victory D. favor


32. A. chances B. thrills C. concerns D. offers

33. A. surprise B. serve C. interest D. affect




34. A. encouraged B. observed C. protected D. impressed

35. A. honestly B. individually C. calmly D. differently


“一

第二部分:阅读理解(共 20 小题; 每小题 2. 5 分,满分 50 分)


阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。


A

Fire Prevention Information

The University of Adelaide employs a full-time staff of fire prevention professionals. They

inspect all campus buildings and test and maintain all sprinkler(喷水灭火装置)systems fire

alarms and fire extinguishers (灭火器). They also provide educational programs or fire safety in the

residence hall. Whenever you move to a new area, you should locate the fire alarm pull stations and

the two exits nearest your room.

Fire Alarms

The floors of all campus buildings are equipped with manual(手动的)fire alarm systems
which include fire alarm pull stations and pipes. Most are also equipped with automatic fire alarm

systems consisting of heat detectors, smoke detectors and sprinklers. For your safety, never tamper

with(胡乱摆弄)these systems. False fire alarms are illegal and may lead to imprisonment.

Fire Drills

A fire drill will be conducted in your residence hall every semester. During a fire drill, please

do the following:

·Take your room key and ID, close and lock the door to your room.

·Exit immediately from the nearest emergency exit do not use a lift.


·Meet outside of your residence hall and wait for further instructions.


Fire Extinguishers 高
Fire extinguishers are located on each floor and in each apartment. Use a fire extinguisher only

if you have been trained to do so. Irresponsible use of a fire extinguisher can create a dangerous

situation for other residents and could result in damage to personal property.
“一

Misuse of a fire extinguisher will result in fines.


Smoke Detector

A smoke detector is on the ceiling in your room. Some buildings also have heat detectors on

the ceilings. Do the following to ensure the safe operation of your smoke detector:

·If your smoke detector is working properly, the red light should be on. If the red light is not

blinking(闪动),contact residence hall staff immediately.

·Do not cover or block your smoke detector in any way.

·If a smoke detector sets off an alarm and there is no fire or smoke, inform your hall staff.

36. What is the main duty of the fire prevention professionals?

A. To provide part-time jobs for students.

B. To lead the students to the nearest exits.


C. To check and maintain fire prevention equipment.

D. To train teachers to be fire prevention professionals.

37. What do the automatic fire alarm systems include?

A. Pipes and smoke detectors.

B. Smoke detectors and sprinklers.

C. Fire alarm pull stations and pipes.

D. Sprinklers and fire alarm pull stations

38. In a fire drill, the students should ________.


A. rush quickly to a lift

B. gather at the nearest exit.




C. shut the door and leave at once

D. wait for instructions in the hall


“一

39. What do we know about the use of fire extinguishers?


A. Using them wrongly results in punishment.


B. Irresponsible use of them can damage them.


C. Improper use of them can destroy the apartment.

D. Using them without a trainer present is forbidden.

40. To ensure the safe operation of the smoke detector, one should_________.

A. contact the hall staff regularly

B. cover the things that burn easily

C. start the smoke detector in a fire

D. make certain the red light is working


B

When I was 17, I read a magazine article about a museum called the McNay, once the home of

a watercolorist named Marian McNay. She had requested the community to turn it into a museum

upon her death. On a sunny Saturday, Sally and I drove over to the museum. She asked, "Do you

have the address? ""No, but I'll recognize it, there was a picture in the magazine. "

"Oh, stop. There it is!”

The museum was free. We entered, excited. A group of people sitting in the hall stopped

talking and stared at us.

"May I help you?" a man asked. "No, "I said. "We're fine.” Tour guides got on my nerves.


What if they talked a long time about a painting you weren't that interested in? Sally had gone


upstairs. The people in the hall seemed very nosy(爱窥探的), keeping their eyes on me with

curiosity. What was their problem? I saw some nice sculptures in one room. Suddenly I sensed a

man standing behind me. "Where do you think you are? " he asked. I turned sharply. "The McNay

Art Museum!" He smiled, shaking his head. "Sorry, the McNay is on New Braunfels Street."
“一

"What’s this place?” I asked, still confused. "Well, it's our home." My heart jolted(震颤). I raced to

the staircase and called out, "Sally! Come down immediately! "

"There's some really good stuff(艺术作品) up there." She stepped down, looking confused. I

pushed her toward the front door, waving at the family, saying, "Sorry, please forgive us, you have a

really nice place." Outside, when I told Sally what happened, she covered her mouth, laughing. She

couldn't believe how long they let us look around without saying anything.

The real McNay was splendid, but we felt nervous the whole time we were there. Van Gogh,

Picasso. This time, we stayed together, in case anything else unusual happened.

Thirty years later, a woman approached me in a public place. "Excuse me, did you ever enter a

residence, long ago, thinking it was the McNay Museum?"

"Yes. But how do you know? We never told anyone."

"That was my home. I was a teenager sitting in the hall. Before you came over, I never realized
what a beautiful place I lived in. I never felt lucky before. You thought it was a museum. My

feelings about my home changed after that. I've always wanted to thank you."

41. What do we know about Marian McNay?

A. She was a painter.

B. She was a community leader.

C. She was a museum director.

D. She was a journalist.

42. Why did the author refuse the help from the man in the house?


A. She disliked people who were nosy.

B. She felt nervous when talking to strangers.




C. She knew more about art than the man.

D. She mistook him for a tour guide.


“一

43. How did the author feel about being stared at by the people in the hall?

A. Puzzled. B. Concerned.

C. Frightened. D. Delighted.

44. Why did the author describe the real McNay museum in just a few words?

A. The real museum lacked enough artwork to interest her.

B. She was too upset to spend much time at the real museum.

C. The McNay was disappointing compared with the house.

D. The event happening in the house was more significant.

45. What could we learn from the last paragraph?

A. People should have good taste to enjoy life.


B. People should spend more time with their family.

C. People tend to be blind to the beauty around them.

D. People tend to educate teenagers at a museum.

There’s a new frontier in 3D printing that’s beginning to come into focus: food. Recent

development has made possible machines that print, cook, and serve foods on a mass scale. And the

industry isn’t stopping there.

Food production


With a 3D printer, a cook can print complicated chocolate sculptures and beautiful pieces for


decoration on a wedding cake. Not everybody can do that — it takes years of experience, but a

printer makes it easy. A restaurant in Spain uses a Foodini to “re-create forms and pieces” of food

that are “exactly the same,” freeing cooks to complete other tasks. In another restaurant, all of the

dishes and desserts it serves are 3D-printed,rather than farm to table.


“一

Sustainability(可持续性)

The global population is expected to grow to 9.6 billion by 2050, and some analysts estimate

that food production will need to be raised by 50 percent to maintain current levels. Sustainability is

becoming a necessity. 3D food printing could probably contribute to the solution. Some experts

believe printers could use hydrocolloids (水解胶体) from plentiful renewables like algae(藻类) and

grass to replace the familiar ingredients(烹饪原料). 3D printing can reduce fuel use and emissions.

Grocery stores of the future might stock "food" that lasts years on end, freeing up shelf space and

reducing transportation and storage requirements.

Nutrition

Future 3D food printers could make processed food healthier. Hod Lipson, a professor at

Columbia University, said, “Food printing could allow consumers to print food with customized

nutritional content, like vitamins. So instead of eating a piece of yesterday’s bread from the

supermarket, you’d eat something baked just for you on demand.”


Challenges

Despite recent advancements in 3D food printing, the industry has many challenges to

overcome. Currently, most ingredients must be changed to a paste(糊状物) before a printer can use

them, and the printing process is quite time-consuming, because ingredients interact with each other

in very complex ways. On top of that, most of the 3D food printers now are restricted to dry

ingredients, because meat and milk products may easily go bad. Some experts are skeptical about

3D food printers, believing they are better suited for fast food restaurants than homes and high-end

restaurants.

46. What benefit does 3D printing bring to food production?


A. It helps cooks to create new dishes.


B. It saves time and effort in cooking.

C. It improves the cooking conditions.

D. It contributes to restaurant decorations.


“一

47. What can we learn about 3D food printing from Paragraphs 3?


A. It solves food shortages easily.


B. It quickens the transportation of food.


C. It needs no space for the storage of food.

D. It uses renewable materials as sources of food.

48. According to Paragraph 4, 3D-printed food ________.

A. is more available to consumers

B. can meet individual nutritional needs

C. is more tasty than food in supermarkets

D. can keep all the nutrition in raw materials

49. What is the main factor that prevents 3D food printing from spreading widely?
A. The printing process is complicated.

B. 3D food printers are too expensive.

C. Food materials have to be dry.

D. Some experts doubt 3D food printing.

50. What could be the best title of the passage?

A. 3D Food Printing: Delicious New Technology

B. A New Way to Improve 3D Food Printing

C. The Challenges for 3D Food Production


D. 3D Food Printing: From Farm to Table

D


Give yourself a test. Which way is the wind blowing? How many kinds of wildflowers can be

seen from your front door? If your awareness is as sharp as it could be, you’ll have no trouble
“一

answering these questions.


Most of us observed much more as children than we do as adults. A child’s day is filled with

fascination, newness and wonder. Curiosity gave us all a natural awareness. But distinctions that

were sharp to us as children become unclear; we are numb(麻木的)to new stimulation(刺激), new

ideas. Relearning the art of seeing the world around us is quite simple, although it takes practice and

requires breaking some bad habits.

The first step in awakening senses is to stop predicting what we are going to see and feel before

it occurs. This blocks awareness. One chilly night when I was hiking in the Rocky Mountains with

some students, I mentioned that we were going to cross a mountain stream. The students began

complaining about how cold it would be. We reached the stream, and they unwillingly walked

ahead. They were almost knee-deep when they realized it was a hot spring. Later they all admitted

they’d felt cold water at first.

Another block to awareness is the obsession(痴迷) many of us have with naming things. I saw
bird watchers who spotted a bird, immediately looked it up in field guides, and said, a

"ruby-crowned kinglet" and checked it off. They no longer paid attention to the bird and never

learned what it was doing.

The pressures of "time" and "destination" are further blocks to awareness. I encountered many

hikers who were headed to a distant camp-ground with just enough time to get there before dark. It

seldom occurred to them to wander a bit, to take a moment to see what’s around them. I asked them

what they’d seen. "Oh, a few birds," they said. They seemed bent on their destinations.

Nature seems to unfold to people who watch and wait. Next time you take a walk, no matter

where it is, take in all the sights, sounds and sensations. Wander in this frame of mind and you will


open a new dimension to your life.z.xxk


51. According to Paragraph 2, compared with adults, children are more ____________.

A. anxious to do wonders

B. sensitive to others’ feelings


“一

C. likely to develop unpleasant habits

D. eager to explore the world around them


52. What idea does the author convey in Paragraph 3?


A. To avoid jumping to conclusions.


B. To stop complaining all the time.

C. To follow the teacher’s advice.

D. To admit mistakes honestly.

53. The bird watchers’ behavior shows that they __________.

A. are very patient in their observation

B. are really fascinated by nature

C. care only about the names of birds


D. question the accuracy of the field guides

54. Why do the hikers take no notice of the surroundings during the journey?

A. The natural beauty isn’t attractive to them.

B. They focus on arriving at the camp in time.

C. The forest in the dark is dangerous for them.

D. They are keen to see rare birds at the destination.

55. In the passage, the author intends to tell us we should __________.

A. fill our senses to feel the wonders of the world


B. get rid of some bad habits in our daily life

C. open our mind to new things and ideas




D. try our best to protect nature

第三部分:写作
“一

第一节:阅读表达(共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)


阅读短文,按照题目要求用英语回答问题。

Some people live to climb the highest mountains. Some people live only dreaming about it

while others live to avoid ever climbing at all. But one thing is certain, all people encounter

mountains in their life.

When I was a little girl, my family moved to a tiny town at the bottom of a big mountain. One

day after school, while exploring the green woods of this magnificent mountain, I almost fell on a

set of stairs. What could these steps lead to? Curiosity got the best of me as I knew it would be

starting to get dark soon. I started climbing up those strangely mysterious steps.

I climbed and climbed. There was nothing but just green bushes and these steps. I had to reach

the top! But it was now getting real dark. If I kept going I might not be able to see my way back. My

mom would be worried sick if I didn’t come home soon. So I ran back home almost in the dark while
trying not to get too scared.

Anxiously I went to bed dreaming about what I would find at the top of this magical mountain.

Could there be a castle up there? Maybe I would find a monster(怪物). Maybe I was taking the risk

of never coming back home. Or, maybe all I would find was absolutely nothing! But something

inside me was going to climb that mountain at all cost. I could hardly wait to try this adventure

again.

Now we live in a world surrounded by the "can’t do" attitudes. We all fall down. We all have

doubts and regrets. Still we must climb and dream about what’s at the top of our mountain. Monsters

may appear or the night will fall. But never ever give up on your dream! Never let anyone tell you,


"You can’t." Dream big and climb high!


56. What made the author start to climb up the stairs to the mountain top? (no more than 5 words)

57. Why did the author hurry back home without reaching the top of the mountain? Give two

reasons. (no more than 15 words)


58. How would you describe the author in terms of personalities according to Paragraph 4? (no more
“一

than 10 words)

59. How do you understand the underlined sentence in the last paragraph? (no more than 5 words)

60. What’s your attitude towards the "mountain" in your life? Please explain. (no more than 20

words)

第二节:书面表达(满分 25 分)

61.61.假设你是晨光中学的机器人兴趣小组组长李津,你的美国朋友 Chris 就读于天津某国

际学校,他曾在机器人技能竞赛中获奖。你打算邀请他加入你的团队,参加即将于 7 月底在

天津举行的世界青少年机器人技能竞赛。请根据以下提示代表兴趣小组给他写一封电子邮件。

(1)比赛的时间、地点;

(2)邀请他的原因;

(3)训练计划将发送其邮箱,请他提出建议。
注意:(1)词数不少于 100;

(2)可适当加入细节,使内容充实、行文连贯;

(3)开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数。

参考词汇:

世界青少年机器人技能竞赛 the World Adolescent Robotics Competition

Dear Chris,

I have good news to tell you.

______________________________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________________________


_____________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________
“一

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________

__________________________________________________________________________

I’m looking forward to your reply.


Yours,

Li Jin

2019 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国卷 I)

英 语

注意事项:

1.答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡上。
2.回答选择题时,选出每小题答案后,用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号
涂黑。如需改动,用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。回答非选择题时,
将答案写在答题卡上,写在本试卷上无效。

3.考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷
上的答案转涂到答题卡上。

第一节 (共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)


听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中
选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读
下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。


例:How much is the shirt?

A. £19.15. B. £9.18. C. £9.15.


“一

答案是 C。

1.Where does this conversation take place?



A. In a classroom. B. In a hospital. C. In a museum.

2.What does Jack want to do?【 此处有音频,请去附件查看】

A. Take fitness classes.

B. Buy a pair of gym shoes.

C. Change his work schedule.

3.What are the speakers talking about?


A. What to drink. B. Where to meet. C. When to leave.

4.What is the relationship between the speakers?

A. Colleges. B. Classmates. C. Strangers.

5.Why is Emily mentioned in the conversation?

A She might want a ticket.


.


B. She is looking for the man. 高
C. She has an extra ticket.

第二节(共 15 小题,每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)


“一

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C


三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,

每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读


两遍。

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

6 How long did James run his business?


.

A. 10 years. B. 13years. C. 15 years.

7. How does the woman feel about James' situation?

A. Embarrassed. B. Concerned. C. Disappointed.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。
8. What has Kate's mother decided to do?

A. Return to school. B. Change her job. C. Retire from work.

9. What did Kate's mother study at college?

A. Oil painting. B. Art history. C. Business

administration.

10. What is Kate's attitude toward her mother's decision?

A. Disapproving. B. Ambiguous. C. Understanding.


听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。



11. What is the man doing?

A. Chairing a meeting.
“一

B. Hosting a radio program.


C. Conducting a job interview.


12. What benefits Mary most in her job?


A. Her wide reading. B. Her leaders' guidance. C. Her friends' help

13. Who will Mary talk about next?

A. Her teacher. B. Her father C. Her mother.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

14. Why does the man seldom do exercise?

A. He lacks motivation.
B. He has a heart problem.

C. He works all the time.

15. What does Jacob Sattelmair probably do?

A. He's an athlete. B. He's a researcher. C. He's a journalist.

16. Why does the woman speak of a study?

A. To encourage the man.

B. To recommend an exercise.

C. To support her findings.


17. How much time will the man probably spend exercising weekly?

A. 300 minutes. B. 150 minute.


中 C. 75 minutes.

听下面一段独白,回答以下小题。

“一

18. What did the scientists do to the road?


A. They repaired it. B. They painted it. C. They blocked it


19. Why are young birds drawn to the road surface?


A. It's warm. B. It's brown. C. It's smooth.

20. What is the purpose of the scientists' experiment?

A. To keep the birds there for a whole year.

B. To help students study the birds well.

C. To prevent the birds from being killed.

第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节 (共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)


阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。

Need a Job This Summer?

The provincial government and its partners offer many programs to help students find summer

jobs. The deadlines and what you need to apply depend on the program.

Not a student? Go to the government website to learn about programs and online tools

available to help people under 30 build skills, find a job or start businesses all year round.

Jobs for Youth


If you are a teenager living in certain parts of the province, you could be eligible(符合条件)for


this program. Which provides eight weeks of paid employment along with training.

Who is eligible: Youth 15-18 years old in select communities(社区).

Summer Company
“一

Summer Company provides students with hands-on business training and awards of up to

$3,000 to start and run their own summer businesses.


Who is eligible: Students aged 15-29, returning to school in the fall.


Stewardship Youth Ranger Program


You could apply to be a Stewardship Youth Ranger and work on local natural resource

management projects for eight weeks this summer.

Who is eligible: Students aged 16 or 17 at time of hire, but not turning 18 before December 31

this year.

Summer Employment Opportunities(机会)

Through the Summer Employment Opportunities program, students are hired each year in a

variety of summer positions across the Provincial Public Service, its related agencies and

community groups.
Who is eligible: Students aged 15 or older Some positions require students to be 15 to 24 or up
.
to 29 for persons with a disability.

21. What is special about Summer Company?

A. It requires no training before employment.

B. It provides awards for running new businesses.

C. It allows one to work in the natural environment.

D. It offers more summer job opportunities.

22. What is the age range required by Stewardship Youth Ranger Program?


A. 15-18. B. 15-24. C. 15-29. D. 16-17.

23. Which program favors the disabled?




A. Jobs for Youth. B. Summer Company.

C. Stewardship Youth Ranger Program. D. Summer Employment Opportunities.


“一

B

For Canaan Elementary’s second grade in Patchogue, N.Y.,today is speech day ,and right

now it’s Chris Palaez’s turn. The 8-year-old is the joker of the class. With shining dark eyes, he

seems like the of kid who would enjoy public speaking.

But he’s, nervous.“I’m here to tell you today why you should … should…”Chris trips on

the“-ld,”a. pronunciation difficulty for many non-native English speakers. His teacher ,Thomas

Whaley ,is next to him, whispering support.“…Vote for …me …”Except for some stumbles,

Chris is doing amazingly well. When he brings his speech to a nice conclusion ,Whaley invites the

rest of the class to praise him.

A son of immigrants, Chris stared learning English a little over three years ago. Whaley

recalls(回想起)how at the beginning of the year,when called upon to read,Chris would excuse

himself to go to the bathroom.


Learning English as a second language can be a painful experience. What you need is a great

teacher who lets you make mistakes. “It takes a lot for any student,” Whaley explains,

“especially for a student who is learning English as their new language,to feel confident enough

to say,‘I don’t know,but I want to know.’”

Whaley got the idea of this second-grade presidential campaign project when he asked the

children one day to raise their hands if they thought they could never be a president. The answer

broke his heart. Whaley says the project is about more than just learning to read and speak in public.

He wants these kids to learn to boast(夸耀)about themselves.

“Boasting about yourself,and your best qualities,” Whaley says,“is very difficult for a child


who came into the classroom not feeling confident.”


24. What made Chris nervous? 高
A. Telling a story. B. Making a speech.

C. Taking a test. D. Answering a question.


“一

25. What does the underlined word “stumbles” in paragraph 2 refer to?

A. Improper pauses. B. Bad manners. C. Spelling mistakes. D. Silly


jokes.

26. We can infer that the purpose of Whaley’s project is to _________.


A. help students see their own strengths

B. assess students’ public speaking skills

C. prepare students for their future jobs

D. inspire students’ love for politics

27. Which of the following best describes Whaley as a teacher?

A. Humorous. B. Ambitious. C. Caring. D.

Demanding.
C

As data and identity theft becomes more and more common, the market is growing for

biometric(生物测量)technologies—like fingerprint scans—to keep others out of private e-spaces.

At present, these technologies are still expensive, though.

Researchers from Georgia Tech say that they have come up with a low-cost device(装置)that

gets around this problem: a smart keyboard. This smart keyboard precisely measures the cadence(节

奏)with which one types and the pressure fingers apply to each key. The keyboard could offer a

strong layer of security by analyzing things like the force of a user's typing and the time between key

presses. These patterns are unique to each person. Thus, the keyboard can determine people's


identities, and by extension, whether they should be given access to the computer it's connected

to—regardless of whether someone gets the password right.


It also doesn't require a new type of technology that people aren't already familiar with.

Everybody uses a keyboard and everybody types differently.

In a study describing the technology, the researchers had 100 volunteers type the word
“一

“touch”four times using the smart keyboard. Data collected from the device could be used to

recognize different participants based on how they typed, with very low error rates. The researchers

say that the keyboard should be pretty straightforward to commercialize and is mostly made of

inexpensive, plastic-like parts. The team hopes to make it to market in the near future.

28. Why do the researchers develop the smart keyboard?

A. To reduce pressure on keys. B. To improve accuracy in typing

C. To replace the password system. D. To cut the cost of e-space protection.

29. What makes the invention of the smart keyboard possible?

A. Computers are much easier to operate.

B. Fingerprint scanning techniques develop fast.

C. Typing patterns vary from person to person.


D. Data security measures are guaranteed.

30. What do the researchers expect of the smart keyboard?all 1o soisgitieoco oll.

A. It'll be environment-friendly. B. It'll reach consumers soon.

C. It'll be made of plastics. D. It'll help speed up typing.

31. Where is this text most likely from?

A. A diary. B. A guidebook C. A novel. D. A

magazine.


During the rosy years of elementary school(小学), I enjoyed sharing my dolls and jokes,


which allowed me to keep my high social status. I was the queen of the playground. Then came my

tweens and teens, and mean girls and cool kids. They rose in the ranks not by being friendly but by

smoking cigarettes, breaking rules and playing jokes on others, among whom I soon found myself.

Popularity is a well-explored subject in social psychology. Mitch Prinstein, a professor of


“一

clinical psychology sorts the popular into two categories: the likable and the status seekers. The

likables’ plays-well-with-others qualities strengthen schoolyard friendships, jump-start

interpersonal skills and, when tapped early, are employed ever after in life and work. Then there’s

the kind of popularity that appears in adolescence: status born of power and even dishonorable

behavior.

Enviable as the cool kids may have seemed, Dr. Prinstein’s studies show unpleasant

consequences. Those who were highest in status in high school, as well as those least liked in

elementary school, are “most likely to engage(从事)in dangerous and risky behavior.”

In one study, Dr. Prinstein examined the two types of popularity in 235 adolescents, scoring the

least liked, the most liked and the highest in status based on student surveys(调查研究). “We found

that the least well-liked teens had become more aggressive over time toward their classmates. But so

had those who were high in status. It clearly showed that while likability can lead to healthy

adjustment, high status has just the opposite effect on us."


Dr. Prinstein has also found that the qualities that made the neighbors want you on a play

date-sharing, kindness, openness — carry over to later years and make you better able to relate and

connect with others.

In analyzing his and other research,Dr. Prinstein came to another conclusion: Not only is

likability related to positive life outcomes, but it is also responsible for those outcomes, too. "Being

liked creates opportunities for learning and for new kinds of life experiences that help somebody

gain an advantage, ” he said.

32. What sort of girl was the author in her early years of elementary school?

A. Unkind. B. Lonely. C. Generous. D. Cool.


33. What is the second paragraph mainly about?

A. The classification of the popular.




B. The characteristics of adolescents.

C The importance of interpersonal skills.


.
“一

D. The causes of dishonorable behavior.


34. What did Dr. Prinstein’s study find about the most liked kids?

A. They appeared to be aggressive.


B. They tended to be more adaptable.

C. They enjoyed the highest status.

D. They performed well academically.

35. What is the best title for the text?

A. Be Nice-You Won’t Finish Last

B. The Higher the Status, the Beer

C. Be the Best-You Can Make It


D. More Self-Control, Less Aggressiveness

第二节 (共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两
项为多余选项。

Is Fresh Air Really Good for You?

We all grew up hearing people tell us to “go out and get some fresh air.” ____36____

According to recent studies,the answer is a big YES,if the air quality in your camping area is

good.


___37___ If the air you’re breathing is clean-which it would be if you’re away from the

smog of cities-then the air is filled with life-giving,energizing oxygen. If you exercise out of


doors,your body will learn to breathe more deeply,allowing even more oxygen to get to your

muscles(肌肉)and your brain.

Recently,people have begun studying the connection between the natural world and
“一

healing(治愈). _____38_____ In these places patients can go to be near nature during their

recovery. It turns out that just looking at green,growing things can reduce stress,lower blood

pressure,and put people into a better mood(情绪).Greenery is good for us. Hospital patients Who

see tree branches out their window are likely to recover at a faster rate than patients who see

buildings or sky instead. ______39______ It gives us a great feeling of peace.


___40___While the sun's rays can age and harm our skin, they also give is beneficial Vitamin

D. To make sure you get enough Vitamin D—but still protect your skin— put on sunscreen right as

you head outside. It takes sunscreen about fifteen minutes to start working, and that's plenty of time

for your skin to absorb a day's worth of Vitamin D.

A. Fresh air cleans our lungs.

B. So what are you waiting for?

C. Being in nature refreshes us.

D. Another side benefit of getting fresh air is sunlight.


E. But is fresh air really as good for you as your mother always said?

F. Just as importantly, we tend to associate air with health care.

G. All across the country, recovery centers have begun building Healing Gardens.

第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节 (共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入


空白处的最佳选项。

Every year about 40,000 people attempt to climb Kilimanjaro, the highest mountain in Africa.


They ___41___ with them lots of waste. The ___42___ might damage the beauty of the place. The


glaciers(冰川)are disappearing, changing the ___43___ of Kilimanjaro.

Hearing these stories, I’m ___44___ about the place — other destinations are described as

“purer” natural experiences.


However, I soon ___45___ that much has changed since the days of disturbing reports of
“一

___46___ among tons of rubbish. I find a ___47___ mountain, with toilets at camps and along the

paths. The environmental challenges are ___48___ but the efforts made by the Tanzania National

Park Authority seem to be ___49___.


The best of a Kilimanjaro ___50___, in my opinion, isn’t reaching the top. Mountains are

___51___ as spiritual places by many cultures. This ___52___ is especially evident on Kilimanjaro

as ___53___ go through five ecosystems(生态系统)in the space of a few kilometers. At the base is

a rainforest. It ends abruptly at 3, 000 meters, ___54___ lands of low growing plants. Further up, the

weather ___55___ — low clouds envelope the mountainsides, which are covered with thick grass. I

___56___ twelve shades of green from where I stand. Above 4, 000 meters is the highland

___57___: gravel(砾石), stones and rocks. ___58___ you climb into an arctic-like zone with

___59___ snow and the glaciers that may soon disappear.

Does Kilimanjaro ___60___ its reputation as a crowded mountain with lines of tourists ruining

the atmosphere of peace?I found the opposite to be true.


41. A. keep B. mix C. connect D. bring

42. A. stories B. buildings C. crowds D.

reporters

43. A. position B. age C. face D. name

44. A. silent B. skeptical C. serious D. crazy

45. A. discover B. argue C. decide D.

advocate

46. A. equipment B. grass C. camps D. stones


47. A. remote B. quiet C. all D. clean


48. A. new B. special C. significant D.

necessary

49. A. paying off B. spreading out C. blowing up D. fading

away
“一

50. A. atmosphere B. experience C. experiment D. sight


51. A. studied B. observed C. explored D. regarded


52. A. view B. quality C. reason D. purpose


53. A. scientists B. climbers C. locals D. officials

54. A. holding on to B. going back to C. living up to D. giving

way to

55. A. changes B. clears C. improves D. permits

56. A. match B. imagine C. count D. add

57. A. village B. desert C. road D. lake

58. A. Obviously B. Easily C. Consequently D. Finally


59. A. permanent B. little C. fresh D. artificial

60. A. enjoy B. deserve C. save D. acquire

第二节 (共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)

阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。

The polar bear is found in the Arctic Circle and some big land masses as far south as

Newfoundland. While they are rare north of 88°,there is evidence ___61___ they range all the way

across the Arctic, and as far south as James Bay in Canada. It is difficult to figure out a global

population of polar bears as much of the range has been ___62___ (poor) studied; however,

biologists calculate that there are about 20,000-25,000 polar bears worldwide.


Modem methods ___63___ tracking polar bear populations have been employed only since the


mid-1980s, and are expensive ___64___ (perform) consistently over a large area. In recent years

some Inuit people in Nunayut ___65___ (report) increases in bear sightings around human

settlements, leading to a ___66___ (believe) that populations are increasing. Scientists have

responded by ___67___ (note) that hungry bears may be congregating(聚集) around human
“一

settlements, leading to the illusion(错觉) that populations are ___68___ (high) than they actually

are. Of ___69___ nineteen recognized polar bear subpopulations, three are declining, six

___70___ (be) stable, one is increasing, and nine lack enough data.

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

71.假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共

有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。

删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。

注意:1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。

I became interesting in playing football thanks to a small accident. One afternoon where I was in

primary school, I was walking by the school playground. Suddenly football fell just in front of me

but almost hit me. I stopped the ball and kicked it hardly back to the playground. To everyone`s

surprising, the ball went into the net. All the football player on the playground cheered loudly, say

that I had a talent for football. From now on, I started to play my football with classmates after

school. I am a good player now.

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)


72.假定你是李华,暑假在伦敦学习,得知当地美术馆要剧版中国画展。请写一封信申请做


志愿者,内容包括:

1.写信目的:

2.个人优势:
“一

3.能做的事情。

注意:

1.词数 100 左右;


2.可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯;

3.结束语已为你写好。

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________



“一




2019 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国卷 II)

英语

注意事项:

1.答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡上。

2.回答选择题时,选出每小题答案后,用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号
涂黑。如需改动,用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。回答非选择题时,
将答案写在答题卡上,写在本试卷上无效。

3.考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。


第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷


上的答案转涂到答题卡上。

第一节 (共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)


“一

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中


选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读
下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?


A. £19.15. B. £9.18. C. £9.15.

答案是 C。

1.Where does the conversation probably take place?【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

A. In a library. B. In a bookstore. C. In a classroom.

2.How does the woman feel now?【此处有音频,请去附件查看】


A. Relaxed. B. Excited. C. Tired.

3.How much will the man pay?【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

A. $520. B. $80. C. $100.

4.What does the man tell Jane to do?【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

A. Postpone his appointment. B. Meet Mr. Douglas. C. Return at 3

o’clock.


5.Why would David quit his job?【此处有音频,请去附件查看】



A. To go back to school. B. To start his own firm. C. To work for his

friend.
“一

第二节(共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)


听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C


三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,

每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读


两遍。

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

6. What does the man want the woman to do?

A. Check the cupboard.

B. Clean the balcony.

C. Buy an umbrella.
7. What is the probable relationship between the speakers?

A. Husband and wife.

B. Employer and employee.

C. Shop assistant and customer.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

8. Where did the woman go at the weekend?

A. The city centre.


B. The forest park.

C. The man’s home.




9. How did the man spend his weekend?

A. Packing for a move.


“一

B. Going out with Jenny.


C. Looking for a new house.


10. What will the woman do for the man?


A. Take Henry to hospital. B. Stay with his kid. C. Look after his pet.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

11. What is Mr. Stone doing now?

A. Eating lunch. B. Having a meeting. C. Writing a diary.

12. Why does the man want to see Mr. Stone?

A. To discuss a program. B. To make a travel plan. C. To ask for sick


leave.

13. When will the man meet Mr. Stone this afternoon?

A. At 3:00. B. At 3:30. C. At 3:45.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

14. What are the speakers talking about?

A. A company. B. An interview. C. A job offer.

15. Who is Monica Stansfield?


A. A junior specialist. B. A department manager. C. A sales assistant.

16. When will the man hear from the woman?




A On Tuesday. B. On Wednesday. C. On Thursday.

.
“一

听下面一段独白,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

17. What did John enjoy doing in his childhood?


A. Touring France. B. Playing outdoors. C. Painting pictures.


18. What did John do after he moved to the US?

A. He did business. B. He studied biology. C. He worked on a

farm.

19. Why did John go hunting?

A. For food. B. For pleasure. C. For money.

20. What is the subject of John’s works?

A. American birds. B. Natural scenery. C. Family life.


第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节 (共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。

My Favourite Books

Jo Usmar is a writer for Cosmopolitan and co-author of the This Book Will series(系列)of

lifestyle books. Here she picks her top reads.

Matilda


Roald Dahl


I once wrote a paper on the influence of fairy tales on Roald Dahl's writing and it gave me a

new appreciation for his strange and delightful words. Matilda's battles with her cruel me parents

and the bossy headmisres,Miss Trunchbull,are equally fumy and frightening,but they're also

aspirational.
“一

After Dark

Haruki Murakami

It’s about two sisters-Eri,a model who either won’t or can’t stop sleeping,and Mari, a young

student . In trying to connect to her sister. Mari starts changing her life and discovers a world of

diverse ”night people” who are hiding secrets.

Gone Girl

Gillian Fynn

There was a bit of me that didn't want to love this when everyone else on the planet did but the

horror story is brilliant. There's tension and anxiety from the beginning as Nick and Amy battle for

your trust. It's a real whodunit and the frustration when you realise what's going on is horribly

enjoyable
The Stand

Stephen King

This is an excellent fantasy novel from one of the best storytellers around. After a serious flu

outbreak wipes out 99.4% of the world's population, a battle unfolds between good and evil among

those let. Randall Flagg is one of the scariest characters ever.

21. Who does "I" refer to in the text?

A. Stephen King. B. Gillian Flynn.

C Jo Usmar. D. Roald Dahl


.


22. Which of the following tells about Mari and Eri?

A. Cosmopolitan.

B. Matilda.

C. After Dark. D. The Stand.

23. What kind of book is Gone Girl?)


“一

A. A folk tale. B. A biography.


C. A love story. D. A horror story.


B

“You can use me as a last resort(选择), and if nobody else volunteers,then I will do it.” This

was an actual reply from a parent after I put out a request for volunteers for my kids lacrosse(长曲棍

球)club.

I guess that there's probably some demanding work schedule, or social anxiety around stepping

up to help for an unknown sport. She may just need a little persuading. So I try again and tug at the

heartstrings. I mention the single parent with four kids running the show and I talk about the dad

coaching a team that his kids aren’t even on … At this point the unwilling parent speaks

up,“Alright. Yes, I’ll do it.”

I’m secretly relieved because I know there’s real power in sharing volunteer responsibilities
among many. The unwilling parent organizes the meal schedule, sends out emails, and collects

money for end-of-season gifts. Somewhere along the way, the same parent ends up becoming an

invaluable member of the team. The coach is able to focus on the kids while the other parents are

relieved to be off the hook for another season. Handing out sliced oranges to bloodthirsty kids can

be as exciting as watching your own kid score a goal.

Still, most of us volunteers breathe a sigh of relief when the season comes to a close. That relief

is coupled with a deep understanding of why the same people keep coming back for more:

Connecting to the community(社区)as you freely give your time, money, skills, or services provides

a real joy. Volunteering just feels so good.


In that sense, I’m pretty sure volunteering is more of a selfish act than I’d freely like to admit.

However, if others benefit in the process, and I get some reward too, does it really matter where my

motivation lies?


24. What can we infer about the parent from her reply in paragraph l?

A. She knows little about the club.


“一

B. She isn't good at sports.


C. She just doesn't want to volunteer.


D. She's unable to meet her schedule.


25. What does the underlined phrase“tug at the heartstrings”in paragraph 2 mean ?

A. Encourage team work.

B. Appeal to feeling.

C. Promote good deeds.

D. Provide advice.

26. What can we learn about the parent from paragraph 3?

A. She gets interested in lacrosse.


B. She is proud of her kids.

C. She’ll work for another season.

D. She becomes a good helper.

27. Why does the author like doing volunteer work?

A. It gives her a sense of duty.

B. It makes her very happy.

C. It enables her to work hard.

D. It brings her material rewards.


C


Marian Bechtel sits at West Palm Beach’s Bar Louie counter by herself, quietly reading her

e-book as she waits for her salad. What is she reading? None of your business! Lunch is Bechtel’s

“me” time. And like more Americans, she’s not alone.


“一

A new report found 46 percent of meals are eaten alone in America. More than half(53

percent)have breakfast alone and nearly half(46 percent)have lunch by themselves. Only at

dinnertime are we eating together anymore,74 percent,according to statistics from the report.

“I prefer to go out and be out. Alone,but together,you know?”Bechtel said,looking up


from her book. Bechtel,who works in downtown West Palm Beach,has lunch with coworkers

sometimes,but like many of us,too often works through lunch at her desk. A lunchtime escape

allows her to keep a boss from tapping her on the shoulder. She returns to work feeling energized.

“Today,I just wanted some time to myself,”she said.

Just two seats over,Andrew Mazoleny,a local videographer,is finishing his lunch at the

bar. He likes that he can sit and check his phone in peace or chat up the barkeeper with whom he's on

a first-name basis if he wants to have a little interaction(交流). “I reflect on how my day's gone and

think about the rest of the week,” he said. “It's a chance for self-reflection, You return to work

recharged and with a plan.”


That freedom to choose is one reason more people like to eat alone. There was a time when

people may have felt awkward about asking for a table for one,but those days are over. Now,we

have our smartphones to keep us company at the table. “It doesn't feel as alone as it may have before

al the advances in technology,” said Laurie Demerit, whose company provided the statistics for

the report.

28. What are the statistics in paragraph 2 about?

A. Food variety.

B. Eating habits.

C. Table manners.


D. Restaurant service.

29. Why does Bechtel prefer to go out for lunch?




A. To meet with her coworkers.

B. To catch up with her work.


“一

C. To have some time on her own.


D. To collect data for her report.


30. What do we know about Mazoleny?


A. He makes videos for the bar.

B. He’s fond of the food at the bar.

C. He interviews customers at the bar.

D. He’s familiar with the barkeeper.

31. What is the text mainly about?

A The trend of having meals alone.


.

B. The importance of self-reflection.


C. The stress from working overtime.

D. The advantage of wireless technology.

Bacteria are an annoying problem for astronauts. The microorganisms(微生物) from our

bodies grow uncontrollably on surfaces of the International Space Station, so astronauts spend hours

cleaning them up each week. How is NASA overcoming this very tiny big problem? It’s turning to a

bunch of high school kids. But not just any kids. It depending on NASA HUNCH high school class,

like the one science teachers Gene Gordon and Donna Himmelberg lead at Fairport High School in

Fairport, New York.


HUNCH is designed to connect high school classrooms with NASA engineers. For the past


two years, Gordon’s students have been studying ways to kill bacteria in zero gravity, and they think

they’re close to a solution(解决方案). “We don’t give the students any breaks. They have to do it

just like NASA engineers,” says Florence Gold, a project manager.


“There are no tests,” Gordon says. “There is no graded homework. There almost are no grades,
“一

other than‘Are you working towards your goal?’ Basically, it’s ‘I’ve got to produce this

product and then, at the end of year, present it to NASA.’ Engineers come and really do an

in-person review, and…it’s not a very nice thing at time. It’s a hard business review of your

product.”

Gordon says the HUNCH program has an impact(影响) on college admissions and practical

life skills. “These kids are so absorbed in their studies that I just sit back. I don’t teach.” And that

annoying bacteria? Gordon says his students are emailing daily with NASA engineers about the

problem, readying a workable solution to test in space.

32 What do we know about the bacteria in the International Space Station?


.

A. They are hard to get rid of. B. They lead to air pollution.

C. They appear different forms. D. They damage the instruments.

33. What is the purpose of the HUNCH program?


A. To strengthen teacher-student relationships. B. To sharpen students’ communication

skills.

C. To allow students to experience zero gravity. D. To link space technology with school

education

34. What do the NASA engineers do for the students in the program?

A. Check their product. B. Guide project designs

C. Adjust work schedules. D. Grade their homework.

35. What is the best title for the text?


A. NASA: The Home of Astronauts.


B. Space: The Final Homework Frontier.

C. Nature: An Outdoor Classroom.

D. HUNCH:A College Admission Reform.


“一

第二节 (共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)


根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两
项为多余选项。

Imagine a child standing on a diving board four feet high and asking himself the

question:“Should I jump? This is what motivation or the lack of it can do. Motivation and goal

setting are the two sides of same coin. ___36___Like the child on the diving board, you will

stay undecided.

___37___ More than that how should you stay motivated to achieve the goal? First, you
,

need to evaluate yourself , your values your strengths, your weaknesses, your achievements, your

desires ,etc. Only then should your you’re your goals

You also need to judge the quality and depth of your motivation. This is quite important,

because it is directly related to your commitment. There are times when your heart is not in your
work. ___38___ So, slow down and think what you really want to do at that moment. Clarity(清

晰)of thoughts can help you move forward.

Another way of setting realistic goals is to analyze your short and long term objectives,

keeping in mind your beliefs, values and strengths. Remember that goals are flexible.____39____

They also need to be measurable. You must keep these points in mind while setting your goals.

Your personal circumstances are equally important. For example, you may want to be a Pilot

but can’t become one because your eyesight is not good enough.____40____You should reassess

your goals, and motivate yourself to set a fresh goal.

You will surely need to overcome some difficulties, some planned, but most unplanned. You


cannot overcome them without ample motivation. Make sure that you plan for these difficulties at


the time of setting your goals. 高
A. This can affect your work.

B. So how should you motivate yourself?


“一

C. However, this should not discourage you.

D. So why should we try to set specific goals?


E. They can change according to circumstances.


F. Motivation is what you need most to do a good job.


G. Without motivation you can neither set a goal nor reach it

第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节 (共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入


空白处的最佳选项。

It’s about 250 miles from the hills of west-central lowa to Ehlers’ home in Minnesota. During

the long trip home, following a weekend of hunting. Ehlers ___41___about the small dog he had

seen ___42___ alongside the road. He had ___43___ to coax(哄)the dog to him but, frightened, it
had ___44___.

Back home, Ehlers was troubled by that ___45___ dog. So, four days later, he called his friend

Greg, and the two drove ___46___. After a long and careful ___47___. Greg saw, across a field, the

dog moving ___48___ away. Ehlers eventually succeeded in coaxing the animal to him.

Nervousness and fear were replaced with ___49___. It just started licking(舔)Ehlers’ face.

A local farmer told them the dog sounded like one ___50___ as lost in the local paper. The ad

had a ___51___ number for a town in southern Michigan. Ehlers ___52___ the number of Jeff and

Lisa to tell them he had ___53___ their dog.

Jeff had ___54___ in lowa before Thanksgiving with his dog, Rosie, but the gun shots had


scared the dog off. Jeff searched ___55___ for Rosie in the next four days.


Ehlers returned to Minnesotan, and then drove 100 miles to Minneapolis to put Rosie on a

flight to Michigan. “It’s good to know there’s still someone out there who ___56___ enough to go

to that kind of ___57___,”says Lisa of Ehlers’ rescue ___58___.


I figured whoever lost the dog was probably just as ___59___ to it as I am to my dogs,” says
“一

Ehlers. “If it had been my dog, I’d hope that somebody would be ___60___ to go that extra mile.”

41. A. read B. forgot C. thought D. heard


42. A. read B. trembling C. eating D. sleeping


43. A. tried B. agreed C. promised D.

regretted

44. A. calmed down B. stood up C. rolled over D. run off

45. A. injured B. stolen C. lost D. rescued

46. A. home B. past C. back D. on

47. A. preparation B. explanation C. test D. search

48. A. cautiously B. casually C. skillfully D. angrily

49. A. surprise B. joy C. hesitation D. anxiety


50. A. predicted B. advertised C. believed D. recorded

51. A. house B. phone C. street D. car

52. A. called B. copied C. counted D.

remembered

53. A. fed B. adopted C. found D. cured

54. A. hunted B. skied C. lived D. worked

55. A. on purpose B. on time C. in turn D. in vain

56. A. cares B. sees C. suffers D. learns


57. A. place B. trouble C. waste D. extreme

58. A. service B. plan



C. effort D. team

59. A. equal B. allergic C. grateful D. close

60. A. suitable B. proud C. wise D. wiling


“一

第二节 (共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)


阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。

A 90-year-old has been awarded“Woman Of The Year”for ___61___ (be)Britain's oldest


full-time employee-still working 40 hours a week. Now Irene Astbury works from 9am to 5pm daily

at the pet shop in Macclesfield, ___62___ she opened with her late husband Les. Her years of hard

work have ___63___(final)been acknowledged after a customer nominated(提名)her to be

Cheshire's Woman Of The Year.

Picking up her“Lifetime Achievement”award,proud Irene ___64___(declare) she had no

plans ___65___ (retire) from her 36-year-old business. Irene said,“I don't see any reason to give

up work. I love coming here and seeing my family and all the friends I ___66___(make) over the

years. I work not because I have to, ___67___ because I want to.”

Granddaughter Gayle Parks,31-who works alongside her in the family business-said it


remained unknown as to who nominated Irene for the award. She said,“We don't have any idea

who put grandma forward. When we got a call ___68___ (say)she was short-listed,we thought it

was ___69___ joke. But then we got an official letter and we were blown away. We are so proud of

her. It's ___70___ (wonder).”

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

71.假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共

有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。


删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。


注意:1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;

2. 只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。


“一

Since I was a kid, I`ve considered different job I would like to do. First, I wanted to be a fireman,

whose uniform looked so coolly. Then, when I was in the five grade, I wanted to be a teacher

because I liked my English teacher too much. When I studied chemistry high school, I reconsidered

mg goal or decided to be a doctor. They were two reasons for the decision. One was that I was

amazing at the fact that a sick person could feel much more better after seeing a doctor. And the

other is that I wanted to help people in need.

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

72.假定你是校排球队队长李华。请写封邮件告知你的队友 Chris 球队近期将参加比赛,内容

包括:

1.比赛信息;

2.赛前准备;

3.表达期待。
注意:

1.词数 100 左右;

2.可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________





“一



2019 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国卷 III)

英 语

注意事项:

1.答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡上。

2.回答选择题时,选出每小题答案后,用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号
涂黑。如需改动,用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。回答非选择题时,
将答案写在答题卡上,写在本试卷上无效。

3.考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。


第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷


上的答案转涂到答题卡上。

第一节 (共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)


“一

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中


选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读
下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?


A. £19.15. B. £9.18. C. £9.15.

答案是 C。

1.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

Where does the conversation probably take place?

A. In a library. B. In a bookstore. C. In a classroom.

2.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

How does the woman feel now?


A. Relaxed. B. Excited. C. Tired.

3.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

How much will the man pay?

A. $520. B. $80. C. $100.

4.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

What does the man tell Jane to do?

A. Postpone his appointment. B. Meet Mr. Douglas. C. Return at 3

o’clock.


5.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

Why would David quit his job?




A. To go back to school. B. To start his own firm. C. To work for his

friend.
“一

第二节(共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)


听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C


三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,

每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读


两遍。

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

6. What does the man want the woman to do?

A. Check the cupboard. B. Clean the balcony. C. Buy an umbrella.

7. What is the probable relationship between the speakers?

A. Husband and wife.


B. Employer and employee.

C. Shop assistant and customer.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

8. Where did the woman go at the weekend?

A. The city centre. B. The forest park. C. The man’s home.

9. How did the man spend his weekend?

A. Packing for a move.


B. Going out with Jenny.

C. Looking for a new house.




10. What will the woman do for the man?

A. Take Henry to hospital. B. Stay with his kid. C. Look after his pet.
“一

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

11. What is Mr. Stone doing now?


A. Eating lunch. B. Having a meeting. C. Writing a diary.

12. Why does the man want to see Mr. Stone?

A. To discuss a program. B. To make a travel plan. C. To ask for sick

leave.

13. When will the man meet Mr. Stone this afternoon?

A. At 3:00. B. At 3:30. C. At 3:45.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】
14. What are the speakers talking about?

A. A company. B. An interview. C. A job offer.

15. Who is Monica Stansfield?

A. A junior specialist. B. A department manager. C. A sales assistant.

16. When will the man hear from the woman?

A. On Tuesday. B. On Wednesday. C. On Thursday.

听下面一段独白,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】


17. What did John enjoy doing in his childhood?


A. Touring France. B. Playing outdoors. C. Painting pictures.

18. What did John do after he moved to the US?


“一

A. He did business. B. He studied biology. C. He worked on a


farm.

19. Why did John go hunting?


A. For food. B. For pleasure. C. For money.

20. What is the subject of John’s works?

A American birds. B. Natural scenery. C. Family life.


.

第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节 (共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。

A
OPENINGS AND PREVIEWS

Animals Out of Paper

Yolo!Productions and the Great Griffon present the play by Rajiv Joseph,in which an

origami(折纸术)artist invites a teenage talent and his teacher into her studio. Merri Milwe directs.

In previews. Opens Feb.12.(West Park Presbyterian Church,165 W.86th St.212-868-4444.)

The Audience

Helen Mirren stars in the play by Peter Morgan,about Queen Elizabeth II of the UK and her

private meetings with twelve Prime Ministers in the course of sixty years. Stephen Daldry directs.

Also starring Dylan Baker and Judith Ivey. Previews begin Feb.14.(Schoenfeld,236 W.45th


St.212-239-6200.)

Hamilton


Lin-Manuel Miranda wrote this musical about Alexander Hamilton,in which the birth of

America is presented as an immigrant story. Thomas Kail directs. In previews. Opens


“一

Feb.17.(Public,425 Lafayette St.212-967-7555.)

On the Twentieth Century


Kristin Chenoweth and Peter Gallagher star in the musical comedy by Betty Comden and

Adolph Green,about a Broadway producer who tries to win a movie star's love during a

cross-country train journey. Scott Ellis directs,for Roundabout Theatre Company. Previews begin

Feb.12.(American Airlines Theatre,227 W.42nd St.212-719-1300.)

21. What is the play by Rajiv Joseph probably about?.

A. A type of art. B. A teenager's studio.

C. A great teacher. D. A group of animals.

22. Who is the director of The Audience?

A. Helen Mirren. B. Peter Morgan.

C. Dylan Baker. D. Stephen Daldry.


23. Which play will you go to if you are interested in American history?

A. Animals Out of Paper. B. The Audience.

C. Hamilton. D. On the Twentieth Century.

For Western designers China and its rich culture have long been an inspiration for Western
,

creative.

"It's no secret that China has always been a source(来源)of inspiration for designers " says
,

Amanda Hill, chief creative officer at A+E Networks, a global media company and home to some of


the biggest fashion(时尚)shows.


Earlier this year, the China Through A Looking Glass exhibition in New York exhibited 140

pieces of China-inspired fashionable clothing alongside Chinese works of art, with the aim of

exploring the influence of Chinese aesthetics(美学)on Western fashion and how China has fueled

the fashionable imagination for centuries. The exhibition had record attendance, showing that there
“一

is huge interest in Chinese influences.


"China is impossible to overlook," says Hill. "Chinese models are the faces of beauty and

fashion campaigns that sell dreams to women all over the world, which means Chinese women are

not just consumers of fashion — they are central to its movement. "Of course, only are today's top

Western designers being influenced by China-some of the best designers of contemporary fashion

are themselves Chinese." Vera Wang, Alexander Wang, Jason Wu are taking on Galiano, Albaz,

Marc Jacobs-and beating them hands down in design and sales," adds Hil.

For Hill, it is impossible not to talk about China as the leading player when discussing fashion.

"The most famous designers are Chinese, so are the models, and so are the consumers," she says.

"China is no longer just another market; in many senses it has become the market. If you talk about

fashion today, you are talking about China-its influences, its direction, its breathtaking clothes, and

how young designers and models are finally acknowledging that in many ways."

24. What can we learn about the exhibition in New York?


A. It promoted the sales of artworks. B. It attracted a large number of visitors.

C. It showed ancient Chinese clothes. D. It aimed to introduce Chinese models.

25. What does Hill say about Chinese women?

A. They are setting the fashion. B. They start many fashion campaigns.

C. They admire super models. D. They do business all over the world.

26. What do the underlined words "taking on" in paragraph 4 mean?

A. learning from B. looking down on C. working with D.

competing against


27. What can be a suitable title for the text?

A. Young Models Selling Dreams to the World




B. A Chinese Art Exhibition Held in New York

C. Differences Between Eastern and Western Aesthetics


“一

D. Chinese Culture Fueling International Fashion Trends


C

Before the 1830s,most newspapers were sold through annual subscriptions in America, usually

$8 to $10 a year. Today $8 or $10 seems a small amount of money, but at that time these amounts

were forbidding to most citizens. Accordingly, newspapers were read almost only by rich people in

politics or the trades. In addition, most newspapers had little in them that would appeal to a mass

audience. They were dull and visually forbidding. But the revolution that was taking place in the

1830s would change all that.

The trend, then, was toward the "penny paper"-a term referring to papers made widely

available to the public. It meant any inexpensive newspaper; perhaps more importantly it meant

newspapers that could be bought in single copies on the street.

This development did not take place overnight. It had been possible(but not easy)to buy single
copies of newspapers before 1830,but this usually meant the reader had to go down to the printer's

office to purchase a copy. Street sales were almost unknown. However, within a few years, street

sales of newspapers would be commonplace in eastern cities. At first the price of single copies was

seldom a penny-usually two or three cents was charged-and some of the older well-known papers

charged five or six cents. But the phrase "penny paper " caught the public's fancy, and soon there

would be papers that did indeed sell for only a penny.

This new trend of newspapers for "the man on the street" did not begin well. Some of the early

ventures(企业)were immediate failures. Publishers already in business, people who were owners of

successful papers, had little desire to change the tradition. It took a few youthful and daring

businessmen to get the ball rolling.


28. Which of the following best describes newspapers in America before the 1830s?

A. Academic. B. Unattractive.

C. Inexpensive. D.

Confidential.

29 What did street sales mean to newspapers?


.
“一

A. They would be priced higher. B. They would disappear from cities.


C. They could have more readers. D. They could regain public trust.

30. Who were the newspapers of the new trend targeted at?

A. Local politicians. B. Common people.

C. Young publishers. D. Rich businessmen.

31. What can we say about the birth of the penny paper?

A. It was a difficult process. B. It was a temporary success.

C. It was a robbery of the poor. D. It was a disaster for printers.

Monkeys seem to have a way with numbers.


A team of researchers trained three Rhesus monkeys to associate 26 clearly different symbols

consisting of numbers and selective letters with 0-25 drops of water or juice as a reward. The

researchers then tested how the monkeys combined—or added—the symbols to get the reward.

Here's how Harvard Medical School scientist Margaret Livingstone who led the team,
,

described the experiment: In their cages the monkeys were provided with touch screens. On one part

of the screen, a symbol would appear, and on the other side two symbols inside a circle were shown.

For example, the number 7 would flash on one side of the screen and the other end would have 9 and

8. If the monkeys touched the left side of the screen they would be rewarded with seven drops of

water or juice; if they went for the circle, they would be rewarded with the sum of the numbers—17


in this example.


After running hundreds of tests, the researchers noted that the monkeys would go for the higher

values more than half the time, indicating that they were performing a calculation, not just

memorizing the value of each combination.

When the team examined the results of the experiment more closely, they noticed that the
“一

monkeys tended to underestimate(低估)a sum compared with a single symbol when the two were

close in value—sometimes choosing, for example, a 13 over the sum of 8 and 6. The

underestimation was systematic: When adding two numbers, the monkeys always paid attention to

the larger of the two, and then added only a fraction(小部分)of the smaller number to it.

"This indicates that there is a certain way quantity is represented in their brains, "Dr.

Livingstone says. “But in this experiment what they're doing is paying more attention to the big

number than the little one.”

32. What did the researchers do to the monkeys before testing them?

A. They fed them. B. They named them.

C. They trained them. D. They measured them.

33. How did the monkeys get their reward in the experiment?

A. By drawing a circle. B. By touching a screen.


C. By watching videos. D. By mixing two drinks.

34. What did Livingstone's team find about the monkeys?

A. They could perform basic addition. B. They could understand simple words.

C. They could memorize numbers easily. D. They could hold their attention for

long.

35. In which section of a newspaper may this text appear?

A. Entertainment. B. Health. C. Education. D. Science.

第二节 (共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)


根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两
项为多余选项。


In an online class, developing healthy patterns of communication with professors is very

important. ___36___ While I have only listed two of each, there are obviously many other situations

that can arise. Students should be able to extend the logic(逻辑)of each to their particular
“一

circumstance.

Do's

• ___37___ Questions about subject content are generally welcomed. Before asking questions

about the course design, read the syllabus(教学大纲)and learning management system information

to be sure the answer isn't hiding in plain sight.

• Participate in discussion forums(论坛), blogs and other open-ended forums for dialogue.

___38___ Be sure to stay on topic and not offer irrelevant information. Make a point, and make it

safe for others to do the same.

Don'ts

• Don't share personal information or stories. Professors are not trained nurses, financial aid

experts or your best friends. If you are in need of a deadline extension, simply explain the situation

to the professor. ___39___


• Don't openly express annoyance at a professor or class. ___40___ When a student attacks a

professor on the social media, the language used actually says more about the student. If there is

truly a concern about a professor's professionalism or ability, be sure to use online course

evaluations to calmly offer your comments.

A. That's what they are for.

B. Turn to an online instructor for help.

C. If more information is needed, they will ask.

D. Remember that online professors get a lot of emails.


E. Below are some common do's and don' ts for online learners.


F. Everyone has taken a not-so-great class at one time or another.

G. Ask questions, but make sure they are good, thoughtful questions.

第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)
“一

第一节 (共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入


空白处的最佳选项。

The small town of Rjukan in Norway is situated between several mountains and does not get

direct sunlight from late September to mid-March- ___41___ six months out of the year.

Of course, we ___42___ it when the sun is shining," says Karin Ro, who works for the town’s

tourism office. “We see the sky is ___43___, but down in the valley it’s darker — it’s like on a

___44___ day.”

But that ___45___ when a system of high-tech ___46___ was introduced to reflect sunlight

from neighboring peaks(山峰)into the valley below. Wednesday, residents(居民)of Rjukan

___47___ their very first ray of winter sunshine: A row of reflective boards on a nearby

mountainside were put to ___48___. The mirrors are controlled by a computer that ___49___ them

to turn along with the sun throughout the ___50___ and to close during windy weather. They reflect
a concentrated beam(束)of light onto the town’s central ___51___, creating an area of sunlight

roughly 600 square meters. When the light ___52___, Rjukan residents gathered together.

“People have been ___53___ there and standing there and taking ___54___ of each other," Ro

says. "The town square was totally ___55___. I think almost all the people in the town were there.

"The 3,500 residents cannot all ___56___ the sunshine at the same time. ___57___, the new light

feels like more than enough for the town’s ___58___ residents.

"It's not very ___59___,” she says, "but it is enough when we are ___60___.”

41. A. only B. obviously C. nearly D.

precisely


42. A. fear B. believe C. hear D. notice

43. A. empty B. blue



C. high D. wide

44. A. cloudy B. normal C. different D. warm

45. A. helped B. changed C. happened D. mattered


“一

46. A. computers B. telescopes C. mirrors D. cameras


47. A. remembered B. forecasted C. received D.


imagined

48. A. repair B. risk C. rest D. use

49. A. forbids B. directs C. predicts D. follows

50. A. day B. night C. month D. year

51. A. library B. hall C. square D. street

52. A. appeared B. returned C. faded D. stopped

53. A. driving B. hiding C. camping D. siting

54. A. pictures B. notes C. care D. hold

55. A. new B. full C. flat D. silent


56. A. block B. avoid C. enjoy D. store

57. A. Instead B. However C. Gradually D.

Similarly

58. A. nature-loving B. energy-saving C. weather-beaten D.

sun-starved

59. A. big B. clear C. cold D. easy

60. A. trying B. waiting C. watching D. sharing

第二节 (共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)


阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。


On our way to the house,it was raining ___61___ hard that we couldn't help wondering how

long it would take ___62___ (get)there. It was in the middle of Pearl City.

We were first greeted with the barking by a pack ___63___ dogs,seven to be exact. They

were well trained by their masters ___64___ had great experience with caring for these animals. Our
“一

hosts shared many of their experiences and ___65___(recommend)wonderful places to eat,shop,


and visit. For breakfast,we were able to eat papaya(木瓜)and other fruits from their trees in the

backyard.

When they were free from work,they invited us to local events and let us know of an

interesting ___66___(compete)to watch,together with the story behind it. They also shared with

us many ___67___(tradition)stories about Hawaii that were ___68___ (huge)popular with tourists.

On the last day of our week-long stay,we ___69___(invite)to attend a private concert on a

beautiful farm on the North Shore under the stars,___70___ (listen)to musicians and meeting

interesting locals.

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

71.假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。

删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。

注意:

1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;

2.只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。

I've had many dreams since I was a child. Now my dream is to opens a cafe. Though it may appear


simple, it required a lot of ideas and efforts. What I want is not just an ordinarily cafe but a very


special one. I want my cafe have a special theme such as like "Tang Dynasty". In the cafe, customers

will enjoy yourselves in the historical environment what is created for them. If I succeed in manage

one, I will open more. I wish to have a chain of cafes in many different city. Each of my cafes will

have a different theme and an unique style.


“一

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

72.假定你是李华,你校将举办音乐节。请写封邮件邀请你的英国朋友 Allen 参加,内容包括:


1.时间;

2.活动安排;

3.欢迎他表演节目。

注意:

1.词数 100 左右;

2.可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________
2019 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(北京卷)

英 语

(考试时间:100 分钟 试卷满分:120 分)

考生务必将答案答在答题卡上,在试卷上作答无效。

考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

第一部分:知识运用(共两节,45 分)

第一节 语法填空(共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,共 15 分)


A


阅读下列短文,根据短文内容填空,在未给提示词的空白处仅填写 1 个适当的单词,在给出

提示词的空白处用括号内所给词的正确形式填空。

On the first day of my first grade,I stood by the door with butterflies in my stomach. I

___1___(voice)my biggest concern to my mother. “How will I make friends?” She handed me
“一

advice. “Be yourself.” For the past 20 years. I have lived by these words. Soon I will graduate and

become part of the real world. Nervously ___2___ (face) challenges. I know I will whisper to

___3___(I) the two simple words “Be yourself”.


B

阅读下列短文,根据短文内容填空,在未给提示词的空白处仅填写 1 个适当的单词,在给出

提示词的空白处用括号内所给词的正确形式填空。

Earth Day,___4___(mark)on 22 April,is an annual event aiming to raise public awareness

about environmental protection. First celebrated ___5___ 1970,the Day now includes events in

more than 190 countries and regions(地区). No matter what you like to do,there is a way to get

involved in various ___6___(activity) on Earth Day. You can plant a tree,make a meal with

locally grown vegetables,or save power—the possibilities are endless.

C
阅读下列短文,根据短文内容填空,在未给提示词的空白处仅填写 1 个适当的单词,在给出

提示词的空白处用括号内所给词的正确形式填空。

Does the name of the college you attend really matter?Research on the question

___7___(suggest)that,for most students,it doesn't. What students do at college seems to matter

much more than ___8___ they go. The students benefitting most from college are those ___9___ are

totally engaged(参与)in academic life. taking full advantage of the college’s chances and

resources(资源),Students should have a proper attitude towards college before thinking about

which college to attend, and it’s never too early to make necessary preparations for a healthy and

___10___(meaning)college experience.



第二节 完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,共 30 分) 高
阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳
选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

Regardless of the weather or the distance, Paul Wilson will make sure low-income students in
“一

his neighbourhood arrive at their college classes on time.


A retired engineer, 76-year-old Wilson has been ___11___ free rides to college students for the

past eight years. Since he first started ___12___ his car to the young people. Wilson has ___13___

am astonishing 64, 000 miles, and has had countless pleasant and often humorous ___14___ with

the students he transports to and from school. The students who he's ___15___ have gone on to

become physicians, teachers and engineers, but what they've also got out of their time in school is

finding a role model and a friend in Wilson. Some students ___16___ call him “Grandpa”.

Tina Stern ___17___ rides from Wilson for all her four years in college, and the trips meant

much more to her than just free ___18___. "It's not just a ride;you're not just sitting there in

___19___ silence or with your headphones on.” Stern said. “He asks you questions and actually

___20___ the answers, so the next time you ride with him, he'll ___21___ those things."

Wilson first worked as a driver through a student-support programme of the non-profit

organisation. On Point for College. Although the ___22___ asks the members only to drive students
to and from their classes, Wilson often goes ___23___ to ensure the welfare and safety of the

students. If they have problems with registration.

Wilson is there to ___24___ them. If they run out of certain daily necessities. Wilson will drive

to the nearest store and purchase what's needed. If a student gets hungry on the long drives to and

from school, Wilson never ___25___ to buy them a meal.

For many students, Wilson's help is not only appreciated, it's also entirely ___26___ for them

to be able to complete their college education. Some students don't have a reliable car, while others

have to ___27___ vehicles with parents who work six days a week. For them, riding with Wilson

has ___28___ them to complete their education — but according to Wilson, he benefits just as much


from the ___29___. “I just love driving and I love these kids, "Wilson said. "It's such a(n) ___30___

to be a part of these kids’ lives, even just for a few hours, getting to know them and hearing their

stories."


11. A. linking B. sending C. offering D.

distributing
“一

12. A. donating B. lending C. delivering D.

volunteering

13. A. paved B. covered C. measured D.


wandered

14. A. arguments B. interviews C. negotiations D.

wandered

15. A. met B. driven C. addressed D.

conversations

16. A. even B. ever C. once D. already

17. A. earned B. received C. assessed D.

demanded

18. A. transportation B. style C. time D.


communication

19. A. forced B. awkward C. ridiculous D.

suspicious

20. A. selects B. recites C. guesses D.

remembers

21. A. act on B. settle on C. check on D. agree on

22. A. club B. league C. college D.

programme


23. A. far B. around C. beyond D.

forwards

24. A. assist B. watch



C. urge D. warm

25. A. expects B. attempts C. manages D. hesitates

26. A. extra B. unusual C. necessary D.


“一

adequate

27. A. share B. fuel C. repair D.


exchange

28. A. required B. allowed C. reminded D.

convinced

29. A. experience B. arrangement C. appreciation D.

employment

30. A. effort B. ambition C. privilege D.

convenience

第二部分:阅读理解(共两节,40 分)

第一节(共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,共 30 分)


阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答
题卡上将该项涂黑。

Want to explore new cultures,meet new people and do something worthwhile at the same

time? You can do all the three with Global Development Association(GDA).Whatever stage of life

you're at,wherever you go and whatever project you do in GDA,you'll create positive changes in

a poor and remote community(社区).

We work with volunteers of all ages and backgrounds. Most of our volunteers are aged

17-24.Now we need volunteer managers aged 25-75.They are extremely important in the safe and


effective running of our programmes. We have such roles as project managers,mountain leaders,


and communication officers. 高
Depending on which role you choose,you could help to increase a community's access to

safe drinking water,or help to protect valuable local cultures. You might also design an adventure

challenge to train young volunteers.


“一

Not only will you help our young volunteers to develop personally,you'll also learn new

skills and increase your cultural awareness. You may have chances to meet new people who'll

become your lifelong friends.


This summer we have both 4-week and 7-week programmes:


Schedule
Country
4-week programmes 7-week programmes

Algeria 5 Jul.- 1Aug. 20Jun. -7Aug.

Egypt 24 Jul-20 Aug. 19Jun.-6 Aug.

Kenya 20 Jul.-16Aug. 18 Jun.-5 Aug.


South Africa 2Aug -29 Aug. 15 Jun.-2Aug.
.

GDA ensures that volunteers work with community members and local project partners where

our help is needed. All our projects aim to promote the development of poor and remote

communities.

There is no other chance like a GDA programme. Join us as a volunteer manager to develop

your own skills while bringing benefits to the communities.

Find out more about joining a GDA programme:


Website:www.glodeve.org

Email:humanresources@glodeve.org


31. What is the main responsibility of volunteer managers?

A. To seek local partners B. To take in young volunteers


“一

C. To carry out programmes D. To foster cultural awareness


32. The programme beginning in August will operate in .


A. Egypt B. Algeria C. Kenya D. South


Afria

33. The shared goal of GDA’s projects to .

A explore new cultures B. protect the environment


.

C. gain corporate benefit D. help communities in need

Alice Moore is a teenager entrepreneur(创业者), who in May 2015 set up her business

AilieCandy. By the time she was 13,her company was worth millions of dollars with the

invention of a super-sweet treat that could save kids' teeth,instead of destroying them.
It all began when Moore visited a bank with her dad. On the outing she was offered a candy
,

bar. However, her dad reminded her that sugary treats were bad for her teeth. But Moore was sick of

missing out on candies. So she desired to get round the warning, "Why can't I make a healthy candy

that's good for my teeth so that my parents can't say no to it?" With that in mind, Moore asked her


dad if she could start her own candy company. He recommended that she do some research and talk


to dentists about what a healthier candy would contain.

With her dad's permission, she spent the next two years researching online and conducting

trials to get a recipe that was both tasty and tooth-friendly. She also approached dentists to learn

more about teeth cleaning. Consequently, she succeeded in making a kind of candy only using
“一

natural sweeteners, which can reduce oral bacteria.


Moore then used her savings to get her business of the ground. Afterwards, she and her father

secured their first business meeting with a supermarket owner, who finally agreed to sell Moore's

product-Cancandy.

As CanCandy's success grows, so does Moore's credibility as a young entrepreneur. Moore is

enthusiastic about the candy she created, and she's also positive about what the future might bring.

She hopes that every kid can have a clean mouth and a broad smile.

Meanwhile, with her parents' help, Moore is generally able to live a normal teenage life.

Although she founded her company early on in life, she wasn't driven primarily by profit. Moore

wants to use her unique talent to help others find their smiles. She donates 10% of AilicCandy's

profits to Big Smiles. With her talent and determination, it appears that the sky could be the limit for

Alice Moore.

34. How did Moore react to her dad's warning?


A. She argued with him. B. She tried to find a way out.

C. She paid no attention. D. She chose to consult dentists.

35. What is special about CanCandy?

A. It is beneficial to dental health. B. It is free of sweeteners.

C. It is sweeter than other candies. D. It is produced to a dentists' recipe.

36. What does Moore expect from her business?

A. To earn more money. B. To help others find smiles.

C. To make herself stand out. D. To beat other candy companies.


37. What can we learn from Alice Moore's story?

A. Fame is a great thirst of the young.




B. A youth is to be regarded with respect.

C. Positive thinking and action result in success.


“一

D. Success means getting personal desires satisfied


C

The problem of robocalls has gotten so bad that many people now refuse to pick up calls from

numbers they don't know. By next year,half of the calls we receive will be scams(欺诈).We are

finally waking up to the severity of the problem by supporting and developing a group of tools,

apps and approaches intended to prevent scammers from getting through. Unfortunately,it's too

little,too late. By the time these “solutions"(解决方案)become widely available,scammers will

have moved onto cleverer means. In the near future,it's not just going to be the number you see on

your screen that will be in doubt. Soon you will also question whether the voice you're hearing is

actually real.

That's because there are a number of powerful voice manipulation ( 处理 ) and automation

technologies that are about to become widely available for anyone to use .At this year's I/O
Conference ,a company showed a new voice technology able to produce such a convincing human –

sounding voice that it was able to speak to a receptionist and book a reservation without detection.

These developments are likely to make our current problems with robocalls much worse. The

reason that robocalls are a headache has less to do with amount than precision A decade of data

breaches(数据侵入)of personal information has led to a situation where scammers can easily learn

your mother 's name ,and far more. Armed with this knowledge. they're able to carry out

individually targeted campaigns to cheat people. This means. for example,that a scammer could

call you from what looks to be a familiar number and talk to you using a voice that sounds exactly

like your bank teller 's,ricking you into "confirming " your address,mother's name,and card

number. Scammers follow money,so companies will be the worst hit. A lot of business is still


done over the phone,and much of it is based on trust and existing relationships. Voice


manipulation technologies may weaken that gradually.

We need to deal with the insecure nature of our telecom networks. Phone carriers and

consumers need to work together to find ways of determining and communicating what is real. That

might mean either developing a uniform way to mark videos and images showing when and who
“一

they were made by. or abandoning phone calls altogether and moving towards data-based

communications—using apps like Face Time or WhatsApp, which can be tied to your identity.

Credibility is hard to earn but easy to lose, and the problem is only going to harder from here on

out.

38. How does the author feel about the solutions to problem of robecalls?

A. Panicked. B. Confused. C. Embarrassed. D.

Disappointed.

39. taking advantage of the new technologies,scammer can______.

A. aim at victims precisely B. damage databases easily

C. start campaigns rapidly D. spread information widely

40. What does the passage imply?


A. Honesty is the best policy.

B. Technologies can be double-edited.

C. There are more solutions than problems.

D. Credibility holds the key to development.

41. Which of the following would be the best title for the passage?

A. Where the Problem of Robocalls Is Rooted

B. Who Is to Blame for the Problem of Roboealls

C. Why Robocalls Are About to Get More Dangerous


D. How Robocalls Are Affecting the World of Technology

D


By the end of the century,if not sooner,the world's oceans will be bluer and greener thanks

to a warming climate,according to a new study.


“一

At the heart of the phenomenon lie tiny marine microorganisms(海洋微生物)called


phytoplankton. Because of the way light reflects off the organisms,these phytoplankton create

colourful patterns at the ocean surface. Ocean colour varies from green to blue,depending on the

type and concentration of phytoplankton. Climate change will fuel the growth of phytoplankton in

some areas,while reducing it in other spots,leading to changes in the ocean's appearance.

Phytoplankton live at the ocean surface,where they pull carbon dioxide(二氧化碳)into the

ocean while giving off oxygen. When these organisms die,they bury carbon in the deep ocean,an

important process that helps to regulate the global climate. But phytoplankton are vulnerable to the

ocean's warming trend. Warming changes key characteristics of the ocean and can affect

phytoplankton growth,since they need not only sunlight and carbon dioxide to grow,but also

nutrients.

Stephanie Dutkiewicz,a scientist in MIT's Center for Global Change Science,built a climate

model that projects changes to the oceans throughout the century. In a world that warms up by 3℃,
it found that multiple changes to the colour of the oceans would occur. The model projects that

currently blue areas with little phytoplankton could become even bluer. But in some waters,such

as those of the Arctic,a warming will make conditions riper for phytoplankton,and these areas

will turn greener. “Not only are the quantities of phytoplankton in the ocean changing. ”she said,

“but the type of phytoplankton is changing. ”

42. What are the first two paragraphs mainly about?

A. The various patterns at the ocean surface.

B. The cause of the changes in ocean colour.

C. The way light reflects off marine organisms.


D. The efforts to fuel the growth of phytoplankton.


43. What does the underlined word“vulnerable”in Paragraph 3 probably mean?

A. Sensitive. B. Beneficial C. Significant D.

Unnoticeable
“一

44. What can we learn from the passage?


A. Phytoplankton play a declining role in the marine ecosystem.


B. Dutkiewicz's model aims to project phytoplankton changes


C. Phytoplankton have been used to control global climate

D. Oceans with more phytoplankton may appear greener.

45. What is the main purpose of the passage?

A. To assess the consequences of ocean colour changes

B. To analyse the composition of the ocean food chain

C. To explain the effects of climate change on oceans

D. To introduce a new method to study phytoplankton


第二节 (共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,共 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的七个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中
有两项为多余选项。

Much of the work in today’s world is accomplished(完成)in teams. Most people believe the

best way to build a great team is to gather a group of the most talented

individuals._____46_____Companies spend millions hiring top business people. Is their money

well spent?

___47___They focused on football,basketball and baseball. The results are mixed For

football and basketball,adding talented players to a team proves a good method,but only up to the


point where 70% of the players are top talent;above that level, the team’s performance begins to


decline. Interestingly,this trend isn’t evident in baseball. where additional individual talent keeps

improving the team’s performance.



To explain this phenomenon,the researchers explored the degree to which a good

performance by a team requires its members to coordinate(协调)their actions.______48______In


“一

baseball,the performance of individual players is less dependent on teammates. They conclude

that when task interdependence is high,team performance will suffer when there is too much

talent,while individual talent will have positive effects on team performance when task

interdependence is lower. If a basketball star is. for example,trying to gain a high personal point

total,he may take a shot himself when it would be better to pass the ball to a teammate,affecting

the team's performance. Young children learning to play team sports are often told,“There is no I

in TEAM.”___49___

Another possibility is that when there is a lot of talent on a team,some players may make less

effort. Just as in a game of tug-of-war(拔河比赛),whenever a person is added,everyone else pulls

the rope with less force.

___50___.An A-team may require a balance-not just A players,but a few generous B players

as well.

A. It's not a simple matter to determine the nature of talent.


B Sports team owners spend millions of dollars attracting top talent
.

C. The group interaction and its effect drew the researchers' attention.

D. Stars apparently do not follow this basic principle of sportsmanship.

E. Several recent studies examined the role of talent in the sports world.

F. Building up a dream team is more complex than simply hiring the best talent.

G. This task interdependence distinguishes baseball from football and basketball.

第三部分:书面表达(共两节,35 分)


第一节 (15 分)


51.假设你是红星中学高三学生李华。你的英国好友 Jim 打算暑假期间来北京、天津和上海

旅游,发来邮件询问相关信息。请你给他回复邮件,内容包括:

1.交通出行;

2.必备衣物。
“一

注意:

1.词数不少于 50;

2.开头和结尾已经给出,不计入总词数。

Dear Jim,

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________

Yours,

Li Hua
第二节(20 分)

52.假设你是红星中学高三学生李华。你们班上周组织了一次以“劳动最光荣”为主题的社会

实践活动。请根据以下四幅图的先后顺序,写一篇英文周记,记述整个过程。

注意:词数不少于 60。

提示词:西瓜 watermelon





“一

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________
2019 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(江苏卷)

英 语

(满分:120 分钟,考试时间:120 分)

注 意 事 项

考生在答题前请认真阅读本注意事项及各题答题要求。

1. 本试卷共 14 页,包含选择题(第 1 题~第 70 题,共 70 题)、非选择题(第 71


题~第 81 题,共 11 题)两部分。本卷满分为 120 分,考试时间为 120 分钟。考


试结束后,请将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。


2. 答题前,请务必将自己的姓名、准考证号用 0.5 毫米黑色墨水的签字笔填写
在试卷及答题卡的规定位置上。

3. 请认真核对监考员在答题卡上所粘贴的条形码上的姓名、准考证号与本人是

否相符。
“一

4. 作答选择题,必须用 2B 铅笔将答题卡上对应选项的方框涂满、涂黑;如需改
动,请用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案。作答非选择题,必须用 0.5 毫米黑

色墨水的签字笔在答题卡上的指定位置作答,在其他位置作答一律无效。

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 20 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷
上的答案转涂到答题卡上。

第一节 (共 5 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 5 分)

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中


选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读
下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?


A. £ 19.15. B. £ 9.18. C. £ 9.15.

答案是 C。

1.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

Where does this conversation take place?

A. In a classroom. B. In a hospital. C. In a museum.

2.【 此处有音频,请去附件查看】

What does Jack want to do?

A. Take fitness classes. B. Buy a pair of gym shoes. C. Change his work


schedule.

3.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】


What are the speakers talking about?

A. What to drink. B. Where to meet. C. When to leave.


“一

4.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

What is the relationship between the speakers?


A. Colleges. B. Classmates. C. Strangers.


5.【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

Why is Emily mentioned in the conversation?

A. She might want a ticket.

B. She is looking for the man.

C. She has an extra ticket.

第二节 (共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 15 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C


三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,
每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读
两遍。

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

6. How long did James run his business?

A. 10 years. B. 13years. C. 15 years.

7. How does the woman feel about James' situation?

A. Embarrassed. B. Concerned. C. Disappointed.


听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】



8. What has Kate's mother decided to do?

A. Return to school. B. Change her job. C. Retire from work.


“一

9. What did Kate's mother study at college?


A. Oil painting. B. Art history. C. Business


administration.

10. What is Kate's attitude toward her mother's decision?

A. Disapproving. B. Ambiguous. C. Understanding.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

11. What is the man doing?

A. Chairing a meeting. B. Hosting a radio program. C. Conducting a job

interview.

12. What benefits Mary most in her job?


A. Her wide reading. B. Her leaders' guidance. C. Her friends' help

13. Who will Mary talk about next?

A. Her teacher. B. Her father C. Her mother.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

14. Why does the man seldom do exercise?

A. He lacks motivation.

B. He has a heart problem.


C. He works all the time.

15. What does Jacob Sattelmair probably do?




A. He's an athlete.

B. He's a researcher.
“一

C. He's a journalist.

16. Why does the woman speak of a study?


A To encourage the man.


.

B. To recommend an exercise.

C. To support her findings.

17. How much time will the man probably spend exercising weekly?

A. 300 minutes.

B. 150 minute.

C. 75 minutes.

听下面一段独白,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】
18. What did the scientists do to the road?

A. They repaired it.

B. They painted it.

C. They blocked it

19. Why are young birds drawn to the road surface?

A. It's warm.

B. It's brown.


C. It's smooth.

20. What is the purpose of the scientists' experiment?




A. To keep the birds there for a whole year.

B. To help students study the birds well.


“一

C. To prevent the birds from being killed.


第二部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节:单项填空(共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 15 分)


请认真阅读下面各题,从题中所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,


并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

例:It is generally considered unwise to give a child _______ he or she wants.

A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever

答案是 B。

21.We have entered into an age _______ dreams have the best chance of coming true.

A. which B. what C. when D. that


22.The musician along with his band members ___________ ten performances in the last three

months.

A. gives B. has given C. have given D. give

23.The doctor shares his phone number with the patients __________ they need medical assistance.

A. if only B. as if C. even though D. in case

24.More wind power stations will ____________ to meet the demand for clean energy.

A. take up B. clear up C. hold up D. spring

up


25.Scientists have obtained more evidence ___________ plastic is finding its way into the human


body. 高
A. what B. that C. which D. where

26.Nowadays the ___________ for travelling is shifted from shopping to food and scenery.
“一

A. priority B. potential C. proportion D. pension

27.Favorable policies are ___________ to encourage employees' professional development.


A. in effect B. in command C. in turn D. in shape


28.Unlike traditional gyms, app-backed gyms offer people ___________ options to exercise.

A. casual B. regular C. flexible D. tight

29.A few months after he had arrived in China, Mr. Smith ___________ in love with the people and

culture there.

A would fall B. had fallen C. has fallen D. fell


.

30.___________ the convenience of digital payment, many senior citizens started to use smart

phones.

A. To enjoy B. Enjoying C. To have enjoyed D. Enjoy


31.What a pity! You missed the sightseeing, or we _________a good time together.

A. had B. will have C. would have had D. had had

32.China's image is improving steadily, with more countries__________ its role in international

affairs.

A. recognizing B. being recognized C. to be recognized D.

recognized

33.They are trying to make sure that 5G terminals_________ by 2022 for the Beijing Winer

Olympics.


A. will install B. will have been installed C. are installed D. have

been installed


34.A city is the product of the human hand and mind, __________ man's intelligence and creativity.

A. resembling B. reflecting C. reviewing D.

restoring
“一

35.—Let's take a coffee break.


— __________ We' ve been working for hours.


A. Why bother? B. What for? C. You got me there. D. You said


it.

第二节:完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 20 分)

请认真阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳


选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

Wildlife has been greatly threatened in the modem age. There are species(物种)that are

___36___ every day. The white-naped crane is a typical example. So scientists are trying their best

to ___37___ the species from going out of existence.

Chris and Tim work at a zoo, helping endangered cranes with their ___38___. Emma, a female

crane, has been in their ___39___ since she arrived in 2004.


Born at an international crane foundation, Emma was ___40___ by human caretakers. This led

to an unexpected ___41___, though she had a wonderful time there. Emma had ___42___ taken

herself as a crane and become deeply attached to humans. She ___43___ to live with male cranes,

and even had a ___44___ for killing some of them, which made it ___45___ for her to become a

mother.

___46___, the two zookeepers didn’t want to see the extinction(灭绝)of this precious species.

With their patience and efforts, they successfully developed a ___47___ of artificial breeding(人工

繁殖)and natural reproduction. This ___48___ Emma to give birth to five baby cranes.

The two keepers are proud of their productive work. But before they can be ___49___, more


efforts must be made, because the population of the crane in the wild is on the ___50___, and many

other species appear headed toward extinction. ___51___, not everyone has realized that wildlife


has thoughts, feelings, and most importantly, equal rights to survive.

How can we ___52___ the ever-widening gap that separates us from other animals? Chris and

Tim offered us the ___53___: human beings took it for granted that their ___54___ held all the
“一

solutions, but maybe their hearts can be a better ___55___.

36. A. growing B. migrating C. competing D.


disappearing

37. A. ban B. save C. split D. remove


38. A. abortion B. recreation C. reproduction D.

administration

39. A. care B. eye C. mind D. story

40. A. found B. chosen C. raised D. seized

41. A. bonus B. consequence C. victory D. sacrifice

42. A. never B. always C. unluckily D.

cheerfully

43. A. liked B. refused C. decided D.


hesitated

44. A. gift B. skill C. concern D.

reputation

45. A. illegal B. inspiring C. important D.

impossible

46. A. Therefore B. Moreover C. However D. Instead

47. A. combination B. collection C. strategy D. system

48. A. forced B. forbade C. taught D. enabled


49. A. defeated B. grateful C. assured D. tolerant


50. A. it B. rise C. agenda D. decline

51. A. In contrast B. After all C. By the way D. On the

contrary
“一

52. A. leave B. bridge C. open D. identify

53. A. course B. excuse C. answer D. reward


54. A. brains B. behaviors C. services D. projects


55. A. guide B. treat C. example D.


companion

第三部分: 阅读理解(共 15 小题; 每小题 2 分, 满分 30 分)

请认真阅读下列短文, 从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中, 选出最佳


选项, 并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

Whatever your age or interests, Buxton has something to see or do to make your visit truly

memorable.
High energy

If you desire physical activities, you can choose activities from swimming to horse riding.

Explore the heights with Go Ape, the high wire forest adventure course, or journey beneath the earth

at Poole's Cavern. And don't forget: we are surrounded by a natural playground just perfect for

walking, caving, climbing and cycling.





“一

High minded

Buxton is justifiably proud of its cultural life and you' ll find much to suit all tastes with art,

music, opera and the performing arts at Buxton Opera House & Pavilion Arts Centre and Green

Man Gallery. There are plenty of opportunities for the creative person to become involved,

including workshops and events.


Keeping the kids happy

Children love the small train and playgrounds in the Pavilion Gardens and there’s plenty more

to explore at the Buxton Museum. There's a new indoor play centre, plus the special events and

workshops, and others during school holiday periods

56. If you want to take an undergounld journey, which place is the best choice?

A. Pole's Caven. B. Pavilion Gardens.


C. Buxton Museum. D. Green Man Gallery.


57. Buxton Open House & Pavilion Arts Centre is special because it offers ________
.

A. rides in small trains

B. courses in modcm arts


“一

C. artistic and cultural activities


D. basic courses in horse riding


B

In the 1960s,while studying the volcanic history of Yellowstone National Park,Bob

Christiansen became puzzled about something that,oddly,had not troubled anyone before:he

couldn't find the park's volcano. It had been known for a long time that Yellowstone was volcanic in

nature — that's what accounted for all its hot springs and other steamy features. But Christiansen

couldn't find the Yellowstone volcano anywhere.

Most of us,when we talk about volcanoes,think of the classic cone(圆锥体)shapes of a Fuji

or Kilimanjaro,which are created when erupting magma(岩浆)piles up. These can form

remarkably quickly. In 1943,a Mexican farmer was surprised to see smoke rising from a small

part of his land. In one week he was the confused owner of a cone five hundred feet high. Within
two years it had topped out at almost fourteen hundred feet and was more than half a mile across.

Altogether there are some ten thousand of these volcanoes on Earth,all but a few hundred of them

extinct. There is,however,a second les known type of volcano that doesn't involve mountain

building. These are volcanoes so explosive that they burst open in a single big crack,leaving

behind a vast hole,the caldera. Yellowstone obviously was of this second type,but Christiansen

couldn't find the caldera anywhere.

Just at this time NASA decided to test some new high-altitude cameras by taking photographs

of Yellowstone. A thoughtful official passed on some of the copies to the park authorities on the

assumption that they might make a nice blow-up for one of the visitors' centers. As soon as

Christiansen saw the photos,he realized why he had failed to spot the caldera; almost the whole


park-2.2 million acres—was caldera. The explosion had left a hole more than forty miles


across—much too huge to be seen from anywhere at ground level. At some time in the past

Yellowstone must have blown up with a violence far beyond the scale of anything known to

humans.

58. What puzzled Christiansen when he was studying Yellowstone?


“一

A. Its complicated geographical features.


B. Its ever-lasting influence on tourism.


C. The mysterious history of the park.


D. The exact location of the volcano.

59. What does the second-paragraph mainly talk about?

A. The shapes of volcanoes.

B. The impacts of volcanoes.

C. The activities of volcanoes.

D. The heights of volcanoes.

60. What does the underlined word "blow-up" in the last paragraph most probably mean?
A. Hot-air balloon. B. Digital camera.

C. Big photograph. D. Bird's view.

Who cares if people think wrongly that the Internet has had more important influences than the

washing machine? Why does it matter that people are more impressed by the most recent changes?

It would not matter if these misjudgments were just a matter of people's opinions. However,

they have real impacts, as they result in misguided use of scarce resources.

The fascination with the ICT(Information and Communication Technology) revolution


,


represented by the Internet, has made some rich countries wrongly conclude that making things is so


"yesterday" that they should try to live on ideas. This belief in "post-industrial society" has led those

countries to neglect their manufacturing sector(制造业) with negative consequences for their

economies.

Even more worryingly, the fascination with the Internet by people in rich countries has moved
“一

the international community to worry about the "digital divide" between the rich countries and the

poor countries. This has led companies and individuals to donate money to developing countries to

buy computer equipment and Internet facilities. The question, however, is whether this is what the

developing countries need the most. Perhaps giving money for those less fashionable things such as

digging wells, extending electricity networks and making more affordable washing machines would

have improved people's lives more than giving every child a laptop computer or setting up Internet

centres in rural villages, I am not saying that those things are necessarily more important, but many

donators have rushed into fancy programmes without carefully assessing the relative long-term

costs and benefits of alternative uses of their money.

In yet another example, a fascination with the new has led people to believe that the recent

changes in the technologies of communications and transportation are so revolutionary that now we

live in a "borderless world". As a result, in the last twenty years or so, many people have come to

believe that whatever change is happening today is the result of great technological progress, going

against which will be like trying to turn the clock back. Believing in such a world, many
governments have put an end to some of the very necessary regulations on cross-border flows of

capital, labour and goods, with poor results.

Understanding technological trends is very important for correctly designing economic

policies, both at the national and the international levels, and for making the right career choices at

the individual level. However, our fascination with the latest, and our under valuation of what has

already become common, can, and has, led us in all sorts of wrong directions.

61. Misjudgments on the influences of new technology can lead to __________.

A. a lack of confidence in technology

B. a slow progress in technology


C. a conflict of public opinions

D. a waste of limited resources




62. The example in Paragraph 4 suggests that donators should __________.

A. take people's essential needs into account


“一

B. make their programmes attractive to people


C. ensure that each child gets financial support


D. provide more affordable internet facilities


63. What has led many governments to remove necessary regulations?

A. Neglecting the impacts of technological advances.

B. Believing that the world has become borderless.

C. Ignoring the power of economic development.

D. Over-emphasizing the role of international communication.

64. What can we learn from the passage?

A. People should be encouraged to make more donations.


B. Traditional technology still has a place nowadays.

C. Making right career choices is crucial to personal success.

D. Economic policies should follow technological trends.

The 65-year-old Steve Goodwin was found suffering from early Alzheimer’s(阿尔楚海默症).

He was losing his memory.

A software engineer by profession, Steve was a keen lover of the piano, and the only musician

in his family. Music was his true passion, though he had never performed outside the family.


Melissa, his daughter, felt it more than worthwhile to save his music, to which she fell asleep


catch night when she was young. She thought about hiring a professional pianist to work with her

father.

Naomi, Melissa’s best friend and a talented pianist, got to know about this and showed

willingness to help.
“一

“Why do this?” Steve wondered.


“Because she cares.” Melissa said.


Steve nodded, tears in eye.


Naomi drove to the Goodwin home. She told Steve she’d love to hear him play. Steve moved to

the piano and sat at the bench, hands trembling as he gently placed his fingers on the keys.

Naomi put a small recorder near the piano, Starts and stops and mistakes. Long pauses, heart

sinking. But Steve pressed on, playing for the first time in his life for a stranger.

“It was beautiful." Naomi said after listening to the recording. “The music was worth saving.”

Her responsibility, her privilege, would be to rescue it. The music was sill in Steve Goodwin. It

was bidden in rooms with doors about to be locked.

Naomi and Steve met every other week and spent hours together. He’d move his fingers
clumsily on the piano, and then she’d take his place. He struggled to explain what he heard in his

head. He stood by the piano, eyes closed, listening for the first time to his own work being played by

someone else.

Steve and Naomi spoke in musical code lines, beats, intervals, moving from the root to end a

song in a new key. Steve heard it. All of it. He just couldn’t play it.

Working with Naomi did wonders for Steve. It had excited within him the belief he could write

one last song. One day, Naomi received an email. Attached was a recording, a recording of loss and

love, of the fight. Steve called it “Melancholy Flower”.

Naomi heard multiple stops and starts, Steve struggling, searching while his wife Joni called


him “honey” and encouraged him. The task was so hard, and Steve, angry and upset, said he was


quitting. Joni praised him, telling her husband this could be his signature piece.

Naomi managed to figure out 16 of Steve’s favorite, and most personal songs. With Naomi’s

help, the Goodwin family found a sound engineer to record Naomi playing Steve’s songs. Joni

thought that would be the end. But it wasn’t.


“一

In the months leading up to the 2016 Oregon Repertory Singers Christmas concert, Naomi told

the director she had a special one in mind: “Melancholy Flower”


She told the director about her project with Steve. The director agreed to add it to the playing

list. But Naomi would have to ask Steve’s permission. He considered it an honor.

After the concert, Naomi told the family that Steve’s music was beautiful and professional. It

needed to be shared in public.

The family rented a former church in downtown Portland and scheduled a concert. By the day

of the show, more than 300 people had said they would attend.

By then, Steve was having a hard time remembering the names of some of his friends. He knew

the path his life was now taking. He told his family he was at peace.

Steve arrived and sat in the front row, surrounded by his family. The house lights faded. Naomi

took the stage. Her fingers. His heart.


65. Why did Melissa want to save her father’s music?

A. His music could stop his disease from worsening.

B. She wanted to please her dying old father.

C. His music deserved to be preserved in the family.

D. She wanted to make her father a professional.

66. After hearing Steve’s playing, Naomi ________.

A. refused to make a comment on it

B. was deeply impressed by his music


C. decided to free Steve from suffering

D. regretted offering help to her friend




67. How can the process of Steve’s recording be described?

A. It was slow but productive.


“一

B. It was beneficial to his health.


C. It was tiresome for Naomi.


D. It was vital for Naomi’s career.


68. Before Steve finished “Melancholy Flower," his wife Joni _______.

A. thought the music talent of Steve was exhausted

B. didn’t expect the damage the disease brought about

C. didn’t fully realize the value of her husband’s music

D. brought her husband’s music career to perfection

69. How did Steve feel at the concert held in downtown Portland?

A. He felt concerned about his illness.


B. He sensed a responsibility for music.

C. He regained his faith in music.

D. He got into a state of quiet.

70. What can be a suitable title for the passage?

A. The Kindness of Friends

B. The Power of Music

C. The Making of a Musician

D. The Value of Determination


第四部分:任务型阅读(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

请认真阅读下面短文,并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。


注意:请将答案写在答题卡上相应题号的横线上。每个空格只填一个单词。

The Cost of Thinking


“一

Despite their many differences, all human beings share several defining characteristics. such as

large brains and the ability to walk upright on two legs.


The first unique human characteristic is that humans have extraordinarily large brains

compared with other animals. It seems obvious that evolution should select for larger brains.

Mammals(哺乳动物)weighing sixty kilograms have an average brain size of 200 cm2. Modern man

has a brain averaging 1200-1400 cm2. We are so fond of our high intelligence that we assume that

when it comes to brain power, more must be better. Unfortunately, that is not the case.

The fact is that a huge brain is a huge drain—consumption of energy—on the body. I's not easy

to carry around, especially when boxed inside a massive skull(倾骨). It's even harder to provides

energy. In modern man, the brain accounts for about 2-3%of total body weight but it consumes 25%

of the body's energy when the body is at rest. By comparison, the brains of apes(类人猿)require

only 8%of rest-time energy. Early humans pad for their large brains in two ways. Firstly, they spent

more time in search food. Secondly, their muscles grew smaller and weaker. It's hardly an obvious
conclusion that this is a good way to survive. A chimpanzee(黑猩猩) can't win an argument with a

modern man, but it can tear the man apart like a rag doll.

Another unique human characteristic is that we walk upright. Standing up, it's easier to find

food or enemies. In addition, their arms that are unnecessary for moving around are freed for other

purposes, like throwing stones or signaling. As a result, humans can perform very complex tasks

with their hands.

Yet walking upright has its disadvantage. The bone structure of our ancestors developed for

millions of years to support a creature that walked on all fours and has a relatively small head.

Adjusting to an upright position was quite a challenge, especially when the bones had to support an


extra-large skull. Humankind paid for its broad vision and skillful hands backaches and painful

necks.


We assume that a large brain makes huge advantages. It seems obvious that these have made

humankind the most powerful animal on earth. But humans enjoyed all of these advantages for a full

2 million years during which they remained weak and marginal creature. Thus humans who lived a
“一

million years ago, despite their big brains and sharp stone tools, lived in constant fear of meat-eating

animals.

The Cost of Thinking


• Large brains for their bodies and the ability to walk upright are

Introduction
two ___71___ of human beings.

• The larger brains may not be better because of the cost.

• The big brains make it harder for the body to move around and
The ___72___ of
consume more energy.
large human brains
• The animal brain requires less ___73___ when the body is at rest.

• Large human brains consume more food, and weaken muscles.


• Walking upright makes it easy to find food or ___75___ against

enemies.

• Freed hands can serve some ___76___ purpose and perform complex
The ___74___ of tasks.
walking upright
• Walking upright challenges the human bone structure, and

___77___ the size of brains.

• Walking upright results in ___78___ sufferings.

• With a large brain, human beings ___79___ other beings in


terms of intelligence.


Conclusion
• Weak and marginal, human beings remained ___80___ of

meat-eating animals.

“一

第五部分: 书面表达(满分 25 分)

81.请阅读下面文字,并按照要求用英语写一篇 150 词左右的文章。


Li Jiang:Have you heard this?A group of exchange students from the UK are visiting our school

next month.

Su Hua:Yes,I have. Some are already recommending the traditional Chinese dress for the

welcome ceremony.

Li Jiang:But it seems people have different opinions.

Su Hua:What do you think?

Li Jiang:I think it's a good idea. It's an opportunity to make the Chinese culture better known to

international students.
Su Hua:I agree. But we don't have to dress that way. That's not our daily style. Besides,it's not

very convenient.

Li Jiang:You see. It's the Chinese culture that the British friends are coming for. Just the right

occasion.

Su Hua:I prefer the school uniform. It's nice. It's also a better display of our school culture.

【写作内容】

1.用约 30 个词概括上述信息的主要内容;

2.在上述场合,你是否倾向于穿中国传统服装?请说明理由(不少于两点)。


【写作要求】


1.写作过程中不能直接引用原文语句;

2.作文中不能出现真实姓名和学校名称;

3.不必写标题。
“一

【评分标准】

内容完整,语言规范,语篇连贯,词数适当。

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

绝密★启用前

2019 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(天津卷)

英语笔试

本试卷分为第 I 卷(选择题)和第Ⅱ卷(非选择题)两部分,共 130 分,考试用


时 100 分钟。第 l 卷 1 至 10 页,第Ⅱ卷 11 至 12 页。

答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考号填写在答题卡上,并在规定位置粘贴
考试

用条形码。答卷时,考生务必将答案涂写在答题卡上,答在试卷上的无效。考
试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

祝各位考生考试顺利!

第I卷

注意事项:


1. 每小题选出答案后,用铅笔将答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动,


用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号 高
2. 本卷共 55 小题,共 95 分。

第一部分:英语知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)
“一

第一节;单项填空(共 15 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 15 分)

从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。

例:Stand over there _____________ you'll be able to see it better.


A. or B. and C. but D. while


答案是 B。

1.---I guess you want to go play tennis.

---__________. That's exactly what I was thinking too.

A. I didn't get it B. It's up to you

C. You never know D. You read my mind

2.I __________ to send Peter a gift to congratulate him on his marriage,but I couldn't manage it.

A. had hoped B. am hoping


C. have hoped D. would hope

3.A study shows the students who are engaged in after-school activities are happier than

_________who are not.

A. ones B. those

C. these D. them

4.____________ to think critically is an important skill today's children will need for the future.

A. Learn B. Learned

C. Learning D. Having learned


5.___________ all the problems, several of the players produced excellent performances.

A. According to

B. Instead of

C. In addition to D. In spite of

6.---My son got a full scholarship to his dream university!


“一

----Wow, ___________! What's he going to study?


A. good for him B. go for it


C. what a coincidence D. all the best


7.We can observe that artificial intelligence has already made a(n) ___________on our lives in

many ways.

A. statement B. impact

C. impression D. judgment

8.Amy, as well as her brothers, ____________ a warm welcome when returning to the village last

week.

A. is given B. are given

C. was given D. were given


9.Kate heard a man's voice in the background, but she couldn't ___________ what he was saying.

A. set aside B. take back

C. make out D. keep off

10.Most colleges now offer first-year students a course specially ___________ to help them

succeed academically and personally.

A. designed B. designing

C. to design D. being designed

11.Their child is at the stage__________ she can say individual words but not full sentences.


A. why B. where

C. which

D. what

12.The professor warned tie students that on no account _____________ use mobile phones in his

class.
“一

A. should they B. they should


C. dare they D. they dare


13.Tom is so independent that he never asks his parents' opinion _________ he wants their support
.

A. since B. once

C. unless D. after

14.The workers were not better organized, otherwise they ____________ the task in half the time.

A. accomplished B. had accomplished

C. would accomplish D. would have accomplished

15.A dog's eating habit requires regular training before it is ___________ established.

A. properly B. widely
C. originally D. temporarily

第二节:完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1. 5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,掌握其大意,然后从 16~35 各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项


中,选出最佳选项。

I was ready to pay for my bananas at the grocery one night,when fear seized me. My wallet

was gone. I could only have left it on the G9 bus,which was now speeding in the dark to

some______16______station.

The____17____moment was quickly followed by mental math. How much time and money

would it cost to replace the_____18_____of that little wallet?The credit cards,the driver's


license,the cash,all lost to the bus.


Two hours later,back at my house,I heard a knock on the door. My husband

_____19_____it while I was on the phone in the dining room. "Does Jennifer live here?" I heard a

lady say. In my husband's hand was my wallet,with not a penny_____20_____. She left before I

could ____21____ make it to the door to offer my thanks.


“一

After sharing the story online,I heard from someone,who ____22____ the lady as Erin

Smith. Without ___23___ ,I called to thank her. She said she ____24____ my wallet on a bus

seat. She_____25_____that going to a stranger's house was a ____26____ move,but she decided

to take the chance. "If I were in that ____27____ I would want someone to try to find me," she

said.

This one stranger responded beautifully to my small ____28____ ,but she actually wasn't the

only one. Right after Erin ____29____ my wallet on the bus,she posted a picture of my driver's

license to an online forum(论坛),trying to see ____30____ anyone knew me. No sooner did she

leave my doorstep than I had emails from two women whose kids go to my son's nursery and who

recognized my face. I've never ____31____ words with those moms beyond small tall,but they

wanted to help. I read that people are more divided than ever,but that's not how the people

I_____32_____tend to act.

___33___,I feel blessed someone had wanted to help a stranger. Erin had gone
____34____what almost anyone would have done,finding my house on a bitterly cold night,and

for that I was extremely ____35____ .

16. A. accessible B. hidden C. unknown D.

convenient

17. A. face-saving B. brain-washing C. eye-catching D.

heart-stopping

18. A. parts B. contents C. details D.

ingredients

19. A. ignored B. answered C. examined D.


interrupted

20. A. missing B. returned



C. remaining D.

abandoned

21. A. still B. ever C. yet D. even


“一

22. A. selected B. appointed C. identified D. defined


23. A. delay B. alarm C. regret D.

invitation

24. A. moved B. placed C. opened D. spotted


25. A. disagreed B. complained C. calculated D.

recommended

26. A. selfless B. risky C. slow D. personal

27. A. site B. direction C. situation D.

atmosphere

28. A. crisis B. danger C. threat D. failure

29 A. got rid of B. made use of C. had control of D. took


.
possession of

30. A. if B. where C. how D. when

31. A. recalled B. exchanged C. repeated D.

whispered

32. A. encounter B. follow C. consult D.

accompany

33. A. Going away B. Turning around C. Looking back? D. Coming

along


34. A. into B. against C. over D. beyond


35. A. longing B. enthusiastic 高 C. concerned D. grateful

第二部分:阅读理解(共 20 小题;每小题 2. 5 分,满分 50 分)


阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 国个选项中,选出最佳选项。


“一

History Fair Competition


Understanding history is vital to understanding ourselves as a people and as a nation.


History is much more than the study of dusty old objects and events long past. It is an essential

part of who we are today and who we will become. Thornton fiddle School History Fair

Competition makes understanding history exciting,engaging,and fun!

This Year's Theme

All participants must address how communication or transportation technology has promoted

the quality of life for Americans throughout history. To many people,technology means

computers,hand-held devices,or vehicles that travel to distant planets. However,technology is

also the application of scientific knowledge to solve a problem,touching lives in countless ways.

Individuals or groups may enter one of the following categories:


·Performance

·Documentary(纪实作品)

·Essay Writing

Category Requirements

Performance: A dramatic presentation of the topic no more than 10 minutes long. If special

clothes are used,they should truly represent a given period.

Documentary: A visual presentation(such as a video,slide show,or computer project)no

more than 10 minutes long. A desktop computer,screen,projector,and loudspeakers will be


available. Students must provide their presentations on CDs before Friday,March 23.


Essay Writing: An academic paper of 2,000 to 2,500 words. No illustrations(图解)are

allowed. Please do not include covers. A list of references must be included.



Important Dates

January 5 Submit a topic proposal to your history teacher. The teacher may require a
“一

second proposal if the first is off-topic or unclear.


February 5 Submit a first draft of your essay,performance script(剧本),or


documentary highlights.

February 19 A committee of teachers will evaluate materials and give opinions. Students

then have an opportunity to improve their products.

March 9 Submit a final draft of your essay.

March 15 Performance and documentary committee preview

March 24 Thornton Middle School History Fair Competition

7:00A. M-9:00A. M Participants signing in at the gym

10:00A. M. -6:00PM. Competition and judges' review

7:00P.M. Awards ceremony and picnic


36. According to Paragraph 1,what is the major goal of understanding history?

A. To preserve national traditions.

B. To prepare for a history competition.

C. To better know the present and future.

D. To further explore historical mysteries.

37. What is the theme of this year's competition?

A. Technology advances science.

B. Science interacts with technology.


C. Science has made the study of history easy.

D. Technology has improved the life of Americans.




38. Among the items provided by the school for a visual presentation are__________.

A. special clothes and a screen


“一

B. a desktop computer and a CD


C. a projector and special clothes


D. a desktop computer and loudspeakers


39. What would a participant have to do with an essay of 1,500 words to meet the category

requirement?

A. Include more information in the essay.

B. Remove the references.

C. Provide a cover for the essay.

D Explain the details with illustrations.


.

40. What will the committee of teachers do on February 19?


A. Preview performances and documentaries.

B. Make comments on the materials.

C Improve the participant's first draft.


.

D. Collect a second proposal from the participant.

I must have always known reading was very important because the first memories I have as a

child deal with books. There was not one night that I don't remember mom reading me a storybook

by my bedside. I was extremely inspired by the elegant way the words sounded.


I always wanted to know what my mom was reading. Hearing mom say," I can't believe what's


printed in the newspaper this morning," made me want to grab it out of her hands and read it myself.

I wanted to be like my mom and know all of the things she knew. So I carried around a book, and

each night, just to be like her, I would pretend to be reading.


This is how everyone learned to read. We would start off with sentences, then paragraphs, and
“一

then stories. It seemed an unending journey, but even as a six-year-old girl I realized that knowing

how to read could open many doors. When mom said," The C-A-N-D-Y is hidden on the top shelf,"

I knew where the candy was. My progress in reading raised my curiosity, and I wanted to know

everything. I often found myself telling my mom to drive more slowly, so that I could read all of the

road signs we passed.

Most of my reading through primary, middle and high school was factual reading. I read for

knowledge, and to make A's on my tests. Occasionally, I would read a novel that was assigned, but

I didn't enjoy this type of reading. I liked facts, things that are concrete. I thought anything abstract

left too much room for argument.

Yet, now that I'm growing and the world I once knew as being so simple is becoming more

complex, I find myself needing a way to escape. By opening a novel, I can leave behind my burdens

and enter into a wonderful and mysterious world where I am now a new character. In these worlds I

can become anyone. I don't have to write down what happened or what technique the author was
using when he or she wrote this. I just read to relax.

We're taught to read because it's necessary for much of human understanding. Reading is a

vital part of my life. Reading satisfies my desire to keep learning. And I've found that the

possibilities that lie within books are limitless.

41. Why did the author want to grab the newspaper out of mom's hands?

A. She wanted mom to read the news to her.

B. She was anxious to know what had happened.

C. She couldn't wait to tear the newspaper apart.


D. She couldn't help but stop mom from reading.


42. According to Paragraph 3,the author's reading of road signs indicates___________

A. her unique way to locate herself

B. her eagerness to develop her reading ability


“一

C. her effort to remind mom to obey traffic rules


D. her growing desire to know the world around her.


43. What was the author's view on factual reading?


A. It would help her update test-taking skills.

B. It would allow much room for free thinking.

C. It would provide true and objective information.

D. It would help shape a realistic and serious attitude to life.

44. The author takes novel reading as a way to___________.

A. explore a fantasy land

B. develop a passion for leaning

C. learn about the adult community


D. get away from a confusing world

45. What could be the best title for the passage?

A. The Magic of Reading

B. The Pleasure of Reading

C. Growing Up with Reading

D. Reading Makes a Full Man

How does an ecosystem(生态系统)work?What makes the populations of different species


the way they are?Why are there so many flies and so few wolves?To find an answer,scientists


have built mathematical models of food webs,noting who eats whom and how much each one eats.

With such models,scientists have found out some key principles operating in food webs.

Most food webs,for instance,consist of many weak links rather than a few strong ones. When a

predator(掠食动物)always eats huge numbers of a single prey(猎物),the two species are


“一

strongly linked;when a predator lives on various species,they are weakly linked. Food webs may

be dominated by many weak links because that arrangement is more stable over the long term. If a

predator can eat several species,it can survive the extinction(灭绝)of one of them. And if a

predator can move on to another species that is easier to find when a prey species becomes rare,

the switch allows the original prey to recover. The weak links may thus keep species from driving

one another to extinction.

Mathematical models have also revealed that food webs may be unstable,where small

changes of top predators can lead to big effects throughout entire ecosystems. In the 1960s,

scientists proposed that predators at the top of a food web had a surprising amount of control over

the size of populations of other species---including species they did not directly attack.

And unplanned human activities have proved the idea of top-down control by top predators to

be true. In the ocean,we fished for top predators such as cod on an industrial scale,while on

land,we killed off large predators such as wolves. These actions have greatly affected the
ecological balance.

Scientists have built an early-warning system based on mathematical models. Ideally,the

system would tell us when to adapt human activities that are pushing an ecosystem toward a

breakdown or would even allow us to pull an ecosystem back from the borderline. Prevention is key,

scientists says because once ecosystems pass their tipping point(临界点),it is remarkably

difficult for them to return.

46. What have scientists discovered with the help of mathematical models of food webs?

A. The living habits of species in food webs.

B. The rules governing food webs of the ecosystems.


C. The approaches to studying the species in the ecosystems.


D. The differences between weak and strong links in food webs.

47. A strong link is found between two species when a predator______

A. has a wide food choice


“一

B. can easily find new prey


C. sticks to one prey species


D. can quickly move to another place


48. What will happen if the populations of top predators in a food web greatly decline?

A. The prey species they directly attack will die out.

B. The species they indirectly attack will turn into top predators.

C. The living environment of other species will remain unchanged.

D. The populations of other species will experience unexpected changes.

49. What conclusion can be drawn from the examples in Paragraph 4?

A. Uncontrolled human activities greatly upset ecosystems.


B. Rapid economic development threatens animal habitats.

C. Species of commercial value dominate other species.

D. Industrial activities help keep food webs stable.

50. How does an early-warning system help us maintain the ecological balance?

A. By getting illegal practices under control.

B. By stopping us from killing large predators.

C. By bringing the broken-down ecosystems back to normal.

D. By signaling the urgent need for taking preventive action.


D


Would you BET on the future of this man?He is 53 years old. Most of his adult life has been a

losing struggle against debt and misfortune. A war injury has made his left hand stop functioning,

and he has often been in prison. Driven by heaven-knows-what motives,he determines to write a
“一

book.

The book turns out to be one that has appealed to the world for more than 350 years That
.

former prisoner was Cervantes,and the book was Don Quixote(《堂吉诃德》). And the story

poses an interesting question: why do some people discover new vitality and creativity to the end of

their days,while others go to seed long before?

We've all known people who run out of steam before they reach life's halfway mark. I'm not

talking about those who fail to get to the top. We can't all get there. I'm talking about people who

have stopped learning on growing because they have adopted the fixed attitudes and opinions that

all too often come with passing years.

Most of us,in fact,progressively narrow the variety of our lives. We succeed in our field of

specialization and then become trapped in it. Nothing surprises us. We lose our sense of wonder.

But,if we are willing to lean,the opportunities are everywhere.

The things we learn in maturity seldom involve information and skills. We learn to bear with
the things we can't change. We learn to avoid self-pity. We learn that however much we try to please,

some people are never going to love us-an idea that troubles at first but is eventually relaxing.

With high motivation and enthusiasm,we can keep on learning. Then we will know how

important it is to have meaning in our life. However,we can achieve meaning only if we have

made a commitment to something larger than our own little egos(自我),whether to loved ones,

to fellow humans,to work,or to some moral concept.

Many of us equate(视……等同于)“commitment” with such “caring” occupations as

teaching and nursing. But doing any ordinary job as well as one can is in itself an admirable

commitment. People who work toward such excellence whether they are driving a truck,or


running a store-make the world better just by being the kind of people they are. They've learned

life's most valuable lesson.


51. The passage starts with the story of Cervantes to show that_________.

A. loss of freedom stimulates one's creativity

B. age is not a barrier to achieving one's goal


“一

C. misery inspires a man to fight against his fate


D. disability cannot stop a man's pursuit of success


52. What does the underlined part in Paragraph 3 probably mean?


A. End one's struggle for liberty.

B. Waste one's energy taking risks.

C. Miss the opportunity to succeed.

D. Lose the interest to continue learning.

53. What could be inferred from Paragraph 4?

A. Those who dare to try often get themselves trapped.

B. Those who tend to think back can hardly go ahead.


C. Opportunity favors those with a curious mind.

D. Opportunity awaits those with a cautious mind.

54. What does the author intend to tell us in Paragraph 5?

A. A tough man can tolerate suffering.

B. A wise man can live without self-pity.

C. A man should try to satisfy people around him.

D. A man should learn suitable ways to deal with life.

55. What is the author's purpose in writing the passage?


A. To provide guidance on leading a meaningful adult life.


B. To stress the need of shouldering responsibilities at work.

C. To state the importance of generating motivation for learning.

D. To suggest a way of pursuing excellence in our lifelong career.


“一

第Ⅱ卷

注意事项:

1. 用黑色墨水的钢笔或签字笔将答案写在答题卡上。

2. 本卷共 6 小题,共 35 分。

第三部分:写作

第一节:阅读表达(共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

阅读短文,按照题目要求用英语回答问题。

Haze Mabry,who has worked as a school keeper for thirteen years,walks into the school

building every day and empties garbage cans,wipes down bathrooms and mops wet messes in the

hallways.
Last Friday,after he arrived at the school,instead of finding garbage to clean up,he found

almost 800 students lining the hallways with handmade cards,blowing noisemakers and singing a

full-throated happy birthday to him. It was his 80th. As he walked the long hallway,some popped

out of lime to hug him. They handed him so many cards that they filled several large boxes.

Touched by their enthusiastic expression of affection. Mabry thanked them all. "They're like my

children,"Mabry said.

On a regular day,students at the school sometimes come up to him to say they're not feeling

well or other times to tell him about something that happened at break. He knows most of the kids at

the school,but can't name each one. Some of them make him know them. Like Faith,who often

forgets her backpack in the cafeteria,and Lucy,who just wants a hug.


“He won't brag(夸耀)on himself,but it doesn't matter what he's doing or where he is,he


will always stop what he's doing to take care of a child if that child is having a bad day. If a child

approaches him,he will pause to give that child his undivided attention. He's the most loved one

in this building,"said Lori Gilreath,a reading teacher.


“一

Mabry works circles around all the students,cleaning up messes others don't want to touch.

He doesn't expect a lot. Mabry said he hadn't planned to do much for his milestone birthday,so he

was happy the students had prepared the surprise celebration.


Over the weekend,he worked through the piles of handmade cards at his house. One card

from a student stood out to him. It read: “Mr. Haze,you are my sunshine.”

56. What is Mabry's daily work as a school keeper?(no more than 5 words)

57. How did the students celebrate Mabry's birthday?(no more than 15 words)

58. What does the underlined word in Paragraph 2 probably mean?(1 word)

59. Why is Mabry's presence at the school important?(no more than 10 words)

60. Who is the "sunshine” in your life?Please explain. (no more than 20 words)

第二节:书面表达(满分 25 分)

61.假设你是晨光中学的李津,英国友好校将派教师来你校参加为期一周的暑期交流活动。
活动期间,英方教师 Chris 将做一个有关西方艺术的讲座、现就讲座内容征求你校学生的意

见。请根据以下提示给 Chris 写一封电子邮件:

(1)你喜欢的讲座话题(从音乐、美术、舞蹈中任选其一);

(2)选择该话题的原因及关于该话题你感兴趣的内容;

(3)希望从中有何收获。

注意:

(1)词数不少于 100:

(2)可适当加入细节,使内容充实、行文连贯;


(3)开头和结尾已给出、不计入总词数。

Dear Chris,


I'm Li Jim,a student at Chenguang High School.

_______________________________________________________________________________
“一

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________

Thank you for your time.

Yours,

2019 年 6 月普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(浙江卷)

英 语

选择题部分

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)
做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷
上的答案转涂到答题纸上。

第一节 (共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中


选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读
下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?

A. £19.15. B. £9.18. C. £9.15.


答案是 C。


1.Where does this conversation take place?【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

A. In a classroom. B. In a hospital. C. In a museum.


“一

2.What does Jack want to do?【 此处有音频,请去附件查看】


A. Take fitness classes.


B. Buy a pair of gym shoes.


C. Change his work schedule.

3.What are the speakers talking about?【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

A. What to drink. B. Where to meet. C. When to leave.

4.What is the relationship between the speakers?【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

A. Colleges. B. Classmates. C. Strangers.


5.Why is Emily mentioned in the conversation?【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

A. She might want a ticket.

B. She is looking for the man.

C. She has an extra ticket.

第二节(共 15 小题,每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C


三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,


每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读


两遍。 高
听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

“一

6. How long did James run his business?

A. 10 years. B. 13years. C. 15 years.


7. How does the woman feel about James' situation?


A. Embarrassed. B. Concerned. C. Disappointed.


听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

8. What has Kate's mother decided to do?

A. Return to school. B. Change her job. C. Retire from work.

9. What did Kate's mother study at college?

A. Oil painting. B. Art history. C. Business

administration.
10. What is Kate's attitude toward her mother's decision?

A. Disapproving. B. Ambiguous. C. Understanding.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

11. What is the man doing?

A. Chairing a meeting.

B. Hosting a radio program.

C. Conducting a job interview.


12. What benefits Mary most in her job?

A. Her wide reading.



B. Her leaders' guidance. C. Her friends' help

13. Who will Mary talk about next?

A. Her teacher. B. Her father C. Her mother.


“一

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

14. Why does the man seldom do exercise?


A. He lacks motivation.

B. He has a heart problem.

C. He works all the time.

15. What does Jacob Sattelmair probably do?

A. He's an athlete. B. He's a researcher. C. He's a journalist.

16. Why does the woman speak of a study?

A. To encourage the man.


B. To recommend an exercise.

C. To support her findings.

17 How much time will the man probably spend exercising weekly?
.

A. 300 minutes. B. 150 minute. C. 75 minutes.

听下面一段独白,回答以下小题。【此处有音频,请去附件查看】

18. What did the scientists do to the road?


A. They repaired it. B. They painted it. C. They blocked it


19. Why are young birds drawn to the road surface? 高
A. It's warm. B. It's brown. C. It's smooth.

20. What is the purpose of the scientists' experiment?


“一

A. To keep the birds there for a whole year.

B. To help students study the birds well.


C. To prevent the birds from being killed.


第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节(共 10 小题;每小题 2.5 分,满分 25 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在


答题纸上将该项涂黑。

Zachariah Fike has an unusual hobby. He finds old military(军队的)medals for sale in antique

stores and on the Internet.But unlike most collectors, Zac tracks down the medals’ rightful owners,

and returns them.

His effort to reunite families with lost medals began with a Christmas gift from his mother, a
Purple Heart with the name Corrado A. G. Piccoli, found in an antique shop. Zac knows the

meaning of a Purple Heart-he earned one himself in a war as a soldier. So when his mother gave him

the medal, he knew right away what he had to do.

Through the Internet, Zac tracked down Corrado’s sister Adeline Rockko. But when he finally

reached her, the woman flooded him with questions: "Who are you?What antique shop?"

However, when she hung up, she regretted the way she had handled the call. So she called Zac back

and apologized. Soon she drove to meet Zac in Watertown, N.Y. "At that point, I knew she meant

business, " Zac says. "To drive eight hours to come to see me."

The Piccolis grew up the children of Italian immigrants in Watertown. Corrado, a translator for


the Army during WWII, was killed in action in Europe.


Before hearing from Zac, Adeline hadn’t realized the medal was missing. Like many military

medals, the one Zac’s mother had found was a family treasure." This medal was very precious to my

parents. Only on special occasions(场合)would they take it out and let us hold it in our hands,"

Adeline says.
“一

As a child, Adeline couldn't understand why the medal was so significant. “But as I grew

older,” Adeline says, "and missed my brother more and more, I realized that was the only thing we

had left." Corrado Piccoli’s Purple Heart medal now hangs at the Italian American Civic

Association in Watertown.

Zac recently returned another lost medal to a family in Alabama. Since he first reunited

Corrado’s medal, Zac says his record is now 5 for 5.

21. Where did Zac get a Purple Heart medal for himself?

A. In the army.

B. In an antique shop.

C. From his mother.

D. From Adeline Rockko.

22. What did Zac realize when Adeline drove to meet him?
A. She was very impolite.

B. She was serious about the medal.

C. She suspected his honesty.

D. She came from a wealthy family.

23. What made Adeline treasure the Purple Heart?

A. Her parents’ advice.

B. Her knowledge of antiques.

C. Her childhood dream.


D. Her memory of her brother.

B


Money with no strings attached. It’s not something you see every day. But at Union Station in

Los Angeles last month, a board went up with dollar bills attached to it with pins and a sign that
“一

read, "Give What You Can, Take What You Need."


People quickly caught on. And while many took dollars, many others pinned their own cash to

the board. “People of all ages, races, and socio-economic(社会经济 的)backgrounds gave and

took, ”said Tyler Bridges of The Toolbox, which created the project. "We even had a bride in her

wedding dress come up to the board and take a few dollars." Most of the bills on the board were

singles, but a few people left fives, tens and even twenties. The video clip(片段)shows one man who

had found a $ 20 bill pinning it to the board.

“What I can say for the folks that gave the most, is that they were full of smiles,” Bridges said.

“There’s a certain feeling that giving can do for you and that was apparent in those that gave the

most." Most people who took dollars took only a few, but Bridges said a very small number took as

much as they could.

While the clip might look like part of a new ad campaign, Bridges said the only goal was to

show generosity and sympathy. He added that he hopes people in other cities might try similar
projects and post their own videos on the Internet.

“After all, everyone has bad days and good days," he said. “Some days you need a helping

hand and some days you can be the one giving the helping hand.”

24. What does the expression "money with no strings attached" in paragraph 1 mean?

A. Money spent without hesitation.

B. Money not legally made.

C. Money offered without conditions.

D. Money not tied together.


25. What did Bridges want to show by mentioning the bride?

A. Women tended to be more sociable.




B. The activity attracted various people.

C. Economic problems were getting worse.


“一

D. Young couples needed financial assistance.


26. Why did Bridges carry out the project?


A. To do a test on people’s morals.


B. To raise money for his company.

C. To earn himself a good reputation.

D. To promote kindness and sympathy.

California has lost half its big trees since the 1930s, according to a study to be published

Tuesday and climate change seems to be a major factor(因素).

The number of trees larger than two feet across has declined by 50 percent on more than 46,

000 square miles of California forests, the new study finds. No area was spared or unaffected, from
the foggy northern coast to the Sierra Nevada Mountains to the San Gabriels above Los Angeles. In

the Sierra high country, the number of big trees has fallen by more than 55 percent; in parts of

southern California the decline was nearly 75 percent.

Many factors contributed to the decline, said Patrick Mclntyre, an ecologist who was the lead

author of the study. Woodcutters targeted big trees. Housing development pushed into the woods.

Aggressive wildfire control has left California forests crowded with small trees that compete with

big trees for resources(资源).

But in comparing a study of California forests done in the 1920s and 1930s with another one

between 2001 and 2010, Mclntyre and his colleagues documented a widespread death of big trees


that was evident even in wildlands protected from woodcutting or development.


The loss of big trees was greatest in areas where trees had suffered the greatest water shortage.

The researchers figured out water stress with a computer model that calculated how much water

trees were getting in comparison with how much they needed, taking into account such things as

rainfall, air temperature, dampness of soil, and the timing of snowmelt(融雪).


“一

Since the 1930s, Mclntyre said, the biggest factors driving up water stress in the state have

been rising temperatures, which cause trees to lose more water to the air, and earlier snowmelt,

which reduces the water supply available to trees during the dry season.

27. What is the second paragraph mainly about?


A. The seriousness of big-tree loss in California.

B. The increasing variety of California big trees.

C. The distribution of big trees in California forests.

D. The influence of farming on big trees in California.

28. Which of the following is well-intentioned but may be bad for big trees?

A. Ecological studies of forests.

B. Banning woodcutting.
C. Limiting housing development.

D. Fire control measures.

29. What is a major cause of the water shortage according to Mclntyre?

A. Inadequate snowmelt. B. A longer dry season.

C. A warmer climate. D. Dampness of the air.

30. What can be a suitable title for the text?

A. California's Forests: Where Have All the Big Trees Gone?

B. Cutting of Big Trees to Be Prohibited in California Soon


C. Why Are the Big Trees Important to California Forests?

D. Patrick Mclntyre: Grow More Big Trees in California




第二节(共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两
“一

项为多余选项。

Rock music consists of many different styles. Even though there is a common spirit among all

music groups, they make very different music. ___31___ At that time the Beatles entered the world

of music from Liverpool.


After they were given an invitation to appear live on BBC, the Beatles quickly became famous

in Britain with nationwide tours. By mid-1963, the Beatles had been extremely popular in England.

___32___ They held large concerts and performed at clubs. They became the hottest thing on the

pop music scene in England. They began as a modestly successful musician group and ended the

year as show business legends(传说). John Lennon and Paul McCartney were named composers of

the year.

___33___ They were not sure how the Americans would react to the new type of music.

Beatlemania hit New York on February 7 1964. Hundreds of fans jammed the airport to greet
,
them. ___34___ The concert was broadcast live and attracted the largest one night audience in the

history of television up to that time. The Beatles were described as a British invasion(入侵)by local

and nationwide newspapers at that time. Their victory in America was still remembered as a major

turning point in the history of rock and roll. Thanks to the Beatles, a lot of opportunities were

opened up to new faces on the market. ___35___

A. They decided on a tour to the United States in 1964.

B. Even their hairstyles became major trends at that time.

C. Rock music developed in the 1950s and the early 1960s.

D. However, their songs changed the lives of generations to come.


E. Many rock bands were able to follow in the footsteps of the Beatles.


F. They appeared in the films A Hard Day's Night(1964)and Help!(1965).

G. They performed their first concert in America at CBS television's 53rd street studio.

第三部分 语言运用(共两节,满分 45 分)
“一

第一节 完形填空(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)


阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入


空白处的最佳选项,并在答题纸上将该项涂黑。

There are lots of ways to raise awareness for a cause. Usually, the ___36___ the idea is, the

more it gets noticed. And that’s precisely why one ___37___ Frenchman has caught our attention.

Baptiste Dubanchet is biking across Europe,surviving ___38___ on discarded(丢弃)food.

The three-month, 1 900-mile journey from Paris to Warsaw is Dubanchet’s ___39___ of raising

awareness of food waste in Europe and throughout the world.

As you can ___40___, the trip is no piece of cake. While restaurants ___41___ tons of food

each year, much of it remains inaccessible because of ___42___ garbage containers, health

regulations, or business policies. Only about one in ten places ___43___ him food that would

otherwise be discarded.
For legal ___44___, most restaurants have a policy against ___45___ food waste. "Some

people have even ___46___ their jobs by giving me food," Dubanchet said.

What's ___47___ interesting is the attitude various cities have toward Dubanchet’s cause.

Berlin has been the ___48___ while the most difficult was the Czech town of Pilsen. There, he had

to ___49___ at some ___50___ different stores or restaurants before finding food. The 50 is all the

more serious when you consider the ___51___ exercise required to bike from France to Poland.

"I have to get food ___52___ because after all the biking I am tired and I need the ___53___,"

Dubanchet explained. "Is my ___54___ full or empty? That is the most important thing, not

what I am eating."


He aims to ___55___ his journey by mid-July. With any luck, he’ll turn a few more heads in


the process.

36. A. cleverer B. older C. stranger D. simpler

37. A. garbage-eating B. sports-loving C. food-wasting D.


“一

law-breaking

38. A. secretly B. finally C. entirely D.


probably

39. A. purpose B. way C. opinion D. dream


40. A. observe B. imagine C. suggest D.

remember

41. A. store B. cook C. shop for D. throw

away

42. A. locked B. damaged C. connected D.

abandoned

43. A. bought B. offered C. ordered D. sold

44. A. reasons B. rights C. fees D. aids


45. A. begging for B. giving away C. hiding D. causing

46. A. did B. kept C. accepted D. risked

47. A. hardly B. usually C. particularly D. merely

48. A. easiest B. nearest C. biggest D. richest

49. A. work B. shout C. ask D. jump

50. A. competition B. conversation C. conflict D.

challenge

51. A. adequate B. rewarding C. demanding D. suitable


52. A. again B. alone C. later D. fast

53. A. spirit B. energy



C. time D. effort

54. A. stomach B. hand C. pocket D. basket

55. A. arrange B. restart C. report D. finish


“一

非选择题部分

第三部分 语言运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第二节(共 10 小题:每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)


阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1 个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。

There are several reasons why school uniforms are good idea. First of all, uniforms help the

school look smart. The students feel that they belong to a particular group. When every pupil in the

school wears the uniform, nobody ___56___ (have) to worry about fashion(时尚). Everybody

wears___57___ same style of clothes. Uniforms can be useful in unexpected ways, A school in

Ireland has introduced an interesting new uniform. On the edge of the jacket, there is a piece of cloth

___58___gives off light in the dark. When the children are walking or ___59___ (cycle) to school

on dark mornings, car drivers can ___60___ (easy) see them.

But can uniforms help improve school standards? The answer ___61___ this question is not
clear. One study in America found that students' grades ___62___ (improve) a little after the school

introduced uniforms. But some students didn't want ___63___ (wear) the uniform. Other American

studies showed no ___64___(connect) between uniforms and school performance.

School uniforms are ___65___ (tradition) in Britain, but some schools are starting to get rid of

them. Some very good schools don't have a uniform policy. However, uniforms are still popular.

Pupils at about 90 percent of British secondary schools wear uniforms.

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节 应用文写作(满分 15 分)

66.假定你是李华,经常帮助你学习英语的朋友 Alex 即将返回自己的国家。请给他写一封邮


件,内容包括:

1.表示感谢;


2.回顾 Alex 对你的帮助;

3.临别祝愿。
“一

注意:

1.词数 80 左右;

2 可适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

__________

第二节 读后续写(满分 25 分)

67.阅读下面短文,根据其内容写一篇 60 词左右的内容概要。

Parents everywhere praise their kids. Jenn Berman, author of The A to Z Guide to Raising
Happy and Confident Kids, says, "We've gone to the opposite extreme of a few decades ago when

parents tended to be more strict." By giving kids a lot of praise, parents think they're building their

children's confidence, when, in fact, it may be just the opposite. Too much praise can backfire and,

when given in a way that's insincere, make kids afraid to try new things or take a risk for fear of not

being able to stay on top where their parents' praise has put them.

Still, don't go too far in the other direction. Not giving enough praise can be just as damaging

gas giving too much. Kids will feel like they're not good enough or that you don't care and, as a

result, may see no point in trying hard for their accomplishments.

So what is the right amount of praise? Experts say that the quality of praise is more important


than the quantity. If praise is sincere and focused on the effort not the outcome, you can give it as

often as your child does something that deserves a verbal reward." We should especially recognize


our children's efforts to push themselves and work hard to achieve a goal, "says Donahue, author of

Parenting Without Fear: Letting Go of Worry and Focusing on What Really Matters. "One thing to

remember is that it's the process not the end product that matters."
“一

Your son may not be the best basketball player on his team. But if he's out there every day and

playing hard, you should praise his effort regardless of whether his team wins or loses. Praising the

effort and not the outcome can also mean recognizing your child when she has worked hard to clean

the yard, cook dinner, or finish a book report. But whatever it is, praise should be given on a

case-by-case basis and be proportionate(相称 的)to the amount of effort your child has put into it.

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

____________________

2020 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国卷 I)

英语
注意事项:

1.答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡和试卷指定位置上。

2.回答选择题时,选出每小题答案后,用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号
涂黑。如需改动,用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。回答非选择题时,
将答案写在答题卡上,写在本试卷上无效。

3.考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。

版本一(河南、山西)

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)


做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷


上的答案转涂到答题卡上。

第一节(共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中


“一

选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读
下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?


A. £19.15. B. £9.18. C. £9.15.


答案 是C。

1.Where are the speakers?

A. At a swimming pool. B. In a clothing shop. C. At a school lab.

2.What will Tom do next?

A. Turn down the music. B. Postpone the show. C. Stop practicing.

3.What is the woman busy doing?

A. Working on a paper.
B. Tidying up the office.

C. Organizing a party.

4.When will Henry start his vacation?

A. This weekend. B. Next week. C. At the end of

August.

5.What does Donna offer to do for Bill?

A. Book a flight for him. B. Drive him to the airport. C. Help him park the

car.


第二节(共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C




三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,
每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读

两遍。
“一

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

6. Why does Pete call Lucy?


A. To say that he’ll be late. B. To tell her about his work. C. To invite her to

dinner.

7. When is Pete going to see Lucy?

A. At 6:00 pm. B. At 6:45 pm. C. At 8:00 pm.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

8. Why does Cathy want to quit her job?

A. She’ll join another firm.

B. She’ll run her own business.

C. She’s fed up with it.


9. What is Mark’s attitude towards Cathy’s decision?

A. Forgiving. B. Sympathetic. C. Supportive.

10. What might Cathy do for the present company?

A. Apply for a project. B. Train a new person. C. Recommend an

engineer.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

11 How did the man feel about his performance today?


.

A. Greatly encouraged.


B. A bit dissatisfied.

C. Terribly disappointed.


12. What did the man say helped him overcome the problem?

A. Patience.
“一

B. Luck.

C. Determination.

13. What is the woman doing?


A. Conducting an interview.

B. Holding a press conference.

C. Hosting a ceremony.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

14. What is next to the apartment building?

A. A restaurant.

B. A laundry.
C. A grocery store.

15. Which is included in the rent?

A. Electricity.

B. The Internet.

C. Satellite TV.

16. What does the woman think of the apartment?

A. It’s quite large.

B. It’s well furnished.


C. It’s worth the money.



听下面一段独白,回答以下小题 。

17. Where is Jeff from?


“一

A. Liverpool.

B. Coventry.

C. Newcastle.

18. Where do young men go to watch big games according to Jeff?


A. Pubs.

B. Stadiums.

C. Friends’ homes.

19. Why does Jeff have to pick a team to support?

A. To avoid being bothered.

B. To open a conversation.

C. To earn respect from others.


20. What does Jeff mainly talk about?

A. England’s moment of success.

B. English flag as a symbol of hope.

C. England’s all-time favourite sport.

版本二(湖北,河北,江西,安徽,福建,湖南)

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷
上的答案转涂到答题卡上。


第一节(共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中




选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读

下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
“一

例:How much is the shirt?


A. £19.15. B. £9.18. C. £9.15.


答案是 C。

1.Where does the conversation probably take place?

A. In a supermarket. B. In the post office. C. In the street.

2.What did Carl do?

A. He designed a medal. B. He fixed a TV set. C. He took a test.

3.What does the man do?

A. He’s a tailor. B. He’s a waiter. C. He’s a shop

assistant.

4.When will the flight arrive?


A. At 18:20. B. At 18:35. C. At 18:50.

5.How can the man improve his article?

A. By deleting unnecessary words.

B. By adding a couple of points.

C. By correcting grammar mistakes.

第二节(共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C


三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,


每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读


两遍。 高
听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

6. What does Bill often do on Friday night?


“一

A. Visit his parents. B. Go to the movies. C. Walk along

Broadway.

7. Who watches musical plays most often?


A. Bill. B. Aarah. C. Bill’s parents.


听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

8. Why does David want to speak to Mike?

A. To invite him to a party.

B. To discuss a schedule.

C. To call off a meeting.

9. What do we know about the speakers?

A. They are colleagues.


B. They are close friends.

C. They’ve never met before.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

10 What kind of camera does the man want?


.

A. A TV camera.

B. A video camera.

C. A movie camera.


11. Which function is the man most interested in?


A. Underwater filming. 高
B. A large memory.

C. Auto-focus.
“一

12. How much would the man pay for the second camera?

A. 950 euros.

B. 650 euros.

C. 470 euros.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

13. Who is Clifford?

A. A little girl.

B. The man’s pet.

C. A fictional character.

14. Who suggested that Norman paint for children’s books?

A. His wife.
B. Elizabeth.

C. A publisher.

15. What is Norman’s story based on?

A. A book.

B. A painting.

C. A young woman.

16. What is it that shocked Norman?

A. His unexpected success.


B. His efforts made in vain.

C. His editor’s disagreement.




听下面一段独白,回答以下小题。

17. Who would like to make small talk according to the speaker?
“一

A. Relatives.

B. Strangers.

C. Visitors.

18. Why do people have small talk?

A. To express opinions.

B. To avoid arguments.

C. To show friendliness.

19. Which of the following is a frequent topic in small talk?

A. Politics.

B. Movies.
C. Salaries.

20. What does the speaker recommend at the end of his lecture?

A. Asking open-ended questions.

B. Feeling free to change topics.

C. Making small talk interesting.

第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节(共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。


A

Train Information


All customers travelling on TransLink services must be in possession of a valid ticket before

boarding. For ticket information,please ask at your local station or call 13 12 30.
“一

While Queensland Rail makes every effort to ensure trains run as scheduled,there can be no

guarantee of connections between trains or between train services and bus services.

Lost property(失物招领)

Call Lost Property on 13 16 17 during business hours for items lost on Queensland Rail

services.

The lost property office is open Monday to Friday 7:30am to 5:00pm and is located(位于)at

Roma Street station.

Public holidays

On public holidays, generally a Sunday timetable operates. On certain major event days,i.e.

Australia Day, Anzac Day, sporting and cultural days, special additional services may operate.

Christmas Day services operate to a Christmas Day timetable,Before travel please visit
translink. com. au or call TransLink on 13 12 30 anytime.

Customers using mobility devices

Many stations have wheelchair access from the car park or entrance to the station platforms.

For assistance, please Queensland Rail on 13 16 17.

Guardian trains (outbound)

Depart Origin Destination Arrive

6:42pm Altandi Varsity Lakes 7:37pm


7:29pm Central Varsity Lakes 8:52pm

Fortitude


8:57pm Varsity Lakes 9:52pm
Valley

11:02pm Roma Street Varsity Lakes 12:22am


“一


21. What would you do get ticker information?

A. Call 13 16 17. B. Visit translink .com.au.

C. Ask at the local station. D. Check the train schedule.

22. At which station can you find the lost property office?

A. Altandi. B. Roma Street. C. Varsity Lakes. D.

Fortitude Valley.

23. Which train would you take if you go from Central to Varsity Lakes?
A. 6:42 pm. B. 7:29 pm. C. 8:57 pm. D. 11:02

pm.

Returning to a book you’ve read many times can feel like drinks with an old friend. There’s a

welcome familiarity - but also sometimes a slight suspicion that time has changed you both, and

thus the relationship. But books don’t change, people do. And that’s what makes the act of rereading

so rich and transformative.

The beauty of rereading lies in the idea that our bond with the work is based on our present

mental register. It’s true, the older I get, the more I feel time has wings. But with reading, it’s all


about the present. It’s about the now and what one contributes to the now, because reading is a give


and take between author and reader. Each has to pull their own weight.

There are three books I reread annually The first, which I take to reading every spring is Emest

Hemningway’s A Moveable Feast. Published in 1964, it’s his classic memoir of 1920s Paris. The

language is almost intoxicating (令人陶醉的),an aging writer looking back on an ambitious yet
“一

simpler time. Another is Annie Dillard’s Holy the Firm, her poetic 1975 ramble (随笔) about

everything and nothing. The third book is Julio Cortazar’s Save Twilight: Selected Poems, because

poetry. And because Cortazar.


While I tend to buy a lot of books, these three were given to me as gifs, which might add to the

meaning I attach to them. But I imagine that, while money is indeed wonderful and necessary,

rereading an author’s work is the highest currency a reader can pay them. The best books are the

ones that open further as time passes. But remember, it’s you that has to grow and read and reread in

order to better understand your friends.

24. Why does the author like rereading?

A. It evaluates the writer-reader relationship.

B. It’s a window to a whole new world.

C. It’s a substitute for drinking with a friend.


D. It extends the understanding of oneself.

25. What do we know about the book A Moveable Feas!?

A. It’s a brief account of a trip.

B. It’s about Hemingway’s life as a young man.

C. It’s a record of a historic event.

D. It’s about Hemingway’s friends in Paris.

26. What does the underlined word "currency" in paragraph 4 refer to?

A. Debt


B. Reward.

C. Allowance.


D. Face value.

27. What can we infer about the author from the text?
“一

A. He loves poetry.

B. He’s an editor.

C. He’s very ambitious.


D. He teaches reading.

Race walking shares many fitness benefits with running, research shows, while most likely

contributing to fewer injuries. It does, however, have its own problem.

Race walkers are conditioned athletes. The longest track and field event at the Summer

Olympics is the 50-kilometer race walk, which is about five miles longer than the marathon. But the

sport’s rules require that a race walker’s knees stay straight through most of the leg swing and one

foot remain in contact (接触) with the ground at all times. It’s this strange form that makes race
walking such an attractive activity, however, says Jaclyn Norberg, an assistant professor of exercise

science at Salem State University in Salem, Mass.

Like running, race walking is physically demanding, she says, According to most calculations,

race walkers moving at a pace of six miles per hour would burn about 800 calories(卡路里) per

hour, which is approximately twice as many as they would burn walking, although fewer than

running, which would probably burn about 1,000 or more calories per hour.

However, race walking does not pound the body as much as running does, Dr. Norberg says.

According to her research, runners hit the ground with as much as four times their body weight per

step, while race walkers, who do not leave the ground, create only about 1.4 times their body weight


with each step.


As a result, she says, some of the injuries associated with running, such as runner’s knee, are

uncommon among race walkers. But the sport’s strange form does place considerable stress on the

ankles and hips, so people with a history of such injuries might want to be cautious in adopting the

sport. In fact, anyone wishing to try race walking should probably first consult a coach or
“一

experienced racer to learn proper technique, she says. It takes some practice.

28. Why are race walkers conditioned athletes?


A. They must run long distances.


B. They are qualified for the marathon.


C. They have to follow special rules.

D. They are good at swinging their legs.

29. What advantage does race walking have over running?

A. It’s more popular at the Olympics.

B. It’s less challenging physically.

C. It’s more effective in body building.

D. It’s less likely to cause knee injuries.


30. What is Dr. Norberg’s suggestion for someone trying race walking?

A. Getting experts’ opinions.

B. Having a medical checkup.

C. Hiring an experienced coach.

D. Doing regular exercises.

31. Which word best describes the author’s attitude to race walking?

A. Skeptical. B. Objective.

C. Tolerant. D. Conservative.


D


The connection between people and plants has long been the subject of scientific research.

Recent studies have found positive effects. A study conducted in Youngstown,Ohio,for

example, discovered that greener areas of the city experienced less crime. In another,employees
“一

were shown to be 15% more productive when their workplaces were decorated with houseplants.

The engineers at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology(MIT)have taken it a step further


changing the actual composition of plants in order to get them to perform diverse,even unusual

functions. These include plants that have sensors printed onto their leaves to show when they’re

short of water and a plant that can detect harmful chemicals in groundwater. "We’re thinking

about how we can engineer plants to replace functions of the things that we use every day,"

explained Michael Strano, a professor of chemical engineering at MIT.

One of his latest projects has been to make plants glow(发光)in experiments using some

common vegetables. Strano’s team found that they could create a faint light for three-and-a-half

hours. The light,about one-thousandth of the amount needed to read by,is just a start. The

technology, Strano said, could one day be used to light the rooms or even to turn tree into

self-powered street lamps.

in the future,the team hopes to develop a version of the technology that can be sprayed onto
plant leaves in a one-off treatment that would last the plant’s lifetime. The engineers are also trying

to develop an on and off"switch"where the glow would fade when exposed to daylight.

Lighting accounts for about 7% of the total electricity consumed in the US. Since lighting is

often far removed from the power source(电源)-such as the distance from a power plant to street

lamps on a remote highway-a lot of energy is lost during transmission(传输).

Glowing plants could reduce this distance and therefore help save energy.

32. What is the first paragraph mainly about?

A. A new study of different plants.


B. A big fall in crime rates.


C. Employees from various workplaces. 高
D. Benefits from green plants.

33. What is the function of the sensors printed on plant leaves by MIT engineer?
“一

A. To detect plants’ lack of water

B. To change compositions of plants


C. To make the life of plants longer.


D. To test chemicals in plants.


34. What can we expect of the glowing plants in the future?

A. They will speed up energy production.

B. They may transmit electricity to the home.

C. They might help reduce energy consumption.

D. They could take the place of power plants.

35. Which of the following can be the best title for the text?

A. Can we grow more glowing plants?


B. How do we live with glowing plants?

C. Could glowing plants replace lamps?

D. How are glowing plants made pollution-free?

第二节(共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两
项为多余选项。

A Few Tips for Self-Acceptance

We all want it to accept and love ourselves. But at times it seems too difficult and too far out of


reach. ___36___ Here’s a handful of ways that will set you in the right direction.


●___37___ Do not follow the people who make you feel not-good-enough Why do you
.

follow them? Are you hoping that eventually you will feel empowered because your life is better

than theirs? Know that your life is your own;you are the only you in this world.
“一

●Forgive yourself for mistakes that you have made. We are often ashamed of our

shortcomings, our mistakes and our failures. ___38___ You will make mistakes, time and time

again. Rather than getting caught up in how you could have done better, why not offer yourself a

compassionate (有同情心) response? "That didn’t go as planned. But, I tried my best."


●Recognize all of your strengths. Write them down in a journal. Begin to train your brain to

look at strength before weakness. List all of your accomplishments and achievements. You have a

job, earned your degree, and you got out of bed today. ___39___

●Now that you’ve listed your strengths, list your imperfections. Turn the page in your journal.

Put into words why you feel unworthy, why you don’t feel good enough. Now, read these words

back to yourself. ___40___ Turn to a page in your journal to your list of strengths and achievements.

See how awesome you are?

A. Feeling upset again?

B. Where do you start?


C. Nothing is too small to celebrate.

D. Remember, you are only human.

E. Set an intention for self-acceptance.

F. Stop comparing yourself with others.

G. When does the comparison game start?

第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入


空白处的最佳选项。


Since our twins began learning to walk, my wife and I have kept telling them that our sliding

glass door is just a window. The ___41___ is obvious. If we ___42___ it is a door, they’ll want to go

outside ___43___. It will drive us crazy. The kids apparently know the ___44___. But our insisting

it’s ___45___ a window has kept them from ___46___ millions of requests to open the door.
“一

I hate lying to the kids. One day they’ll ___47___ and discover that everything they’ve always

known about windows is a ___48___.I wonder if ___49___ should always tell the truth no matter

the _____50_____. I have a very strong _____51_____ that the lie we’re telling is doing

_____52_____ damage to our children. Windows and doors have _____53_____ metaphorical(比

喻) meanings. I’m telling them they can’t open what they absolutely know is a door. What if later

in _____54_____ they come to a metaphorical door, like an opportunity(机会) of some sort, and

_____55_____ opening the door and taking the opportunity, they just _____56_____ it and wonder,

"What if it isn’t a door?" That is, "What if it isn’t a _____57_____ opportunity?"

Maybe it’s an unreasonable fear. But the _____58_____ is that I shouldn’t lie to my kids. I

should just _____59_____ repeatedly having to say, "No. We can’t go outside now." Then when

they come to other doors in life, be they real or metaphorical, they won’t _____60_____ to open

them and walk through.

41. A. relief B. target C. reason D. case


42. A. admit B. believe C. mean D. realize

43. A. gradually B. constantly C. temporarily D. casually

44. A. result B. danger C. method D. truth

45. A. merely B. slightly C. hardly D. partly

46. A. reviewing B. approving C. receiving D.

attempting

47. A. win out B. give up C. wake up D. stand

out


48. A. dream B. lie C. fantasy D. fact


49. A. parents B. twins C. colleagues D. teachers

50. A. restrictions B. explanations C. differences D.

consequences
“一

51. A. demand B. fear C. desire D. doubt

52. A. physical B. biological C. spiritual D.


behavioral

53. A. traditional B. important C. double D. original


54. A. life B. time C. reply D. history

55. A. by comparison with B. in addition to C. regardless of D. instead

of

56. A. get hold of B. stare at C. knock on D. make

use of

57. A. real B. Typical C. similar D. limited

58. A. safety rule B. comfort zone C. bottom line D. top

secret
59. A. delay B. regret C. enjoy D. accept

60. A. hurry B. decide C. hesitate D. intend

第二节(共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)

阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。

China has become the first country to land a spacecraft on the far side of the moon. The

unmanned Chang’e-4 probe (探测器) - the name was inspired by an ancient Chinese moon goddess

___61___ (touch) down last week in the South Pole-Aitken basin. Landing on the moon’s far side is

___62___ (extreme) challenging. Because the moon’s body blocks direct radio communication with

a probe, China first had to put a satellite in orbit above the moon in a spot ___63___ it could send


signals to the spacecraft and to Earth. The far side of the moon is of particular ___64___


(interesting) to scientists because it has a lot of deep craters (环形山), more so ___65___ the

familiar near side. Chinese researchers hope to use the instruments onboard Chang’e-4 ___66___

(find) and study areas of the South Pole-Aitken basin. "This really excites scientists," Carle

Pieters, a scientist at Brown University, says, "because it ___67___ (mean) we have the chance to
“一

obtain information about how the moon ___68___ (construct)" Data about the moon’s

composition, such as how ___69___ ice and other treasures it contains, could help China decide

whether ____70____ (it) plans for a future lunar (月球的) base are practical.

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

71.假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共

有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。

删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。

注意:1 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
.
2. 只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。

Today I tried cooking a simply dish myself. I like eating frying tomatoes with eggs, and I

thought it must to be easy to cook. My mom told me how to preparing it. First I cut the tomatoes into

pieces but put them aside. Next I broke the eggs into a bowl and beat them quickly with chopstick.

After that I poured oil into a pan and turned off the stove, I waited patiently unless the oil was hot.

Then I put the tomatoes and the beaten eggs into pan together. "Not that way," my mom tried

to stop us but failed. She was right. It didn’t tum out as I had wished.

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

72.你校正在组织英语作文比赛。请以身边值得尊敬和爱戴的人为题,写一篇短文参赛,内


容包括:


1. 人物简介;

2. 尊敬和爱戴的原因。

注意:
“一

1. 词数 100 左右;

2. 短文题目和首句已为你写好。

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________
2020 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国卷 II)

英语

注意事项:

1.答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡和试卷指定位置上。

2.回答选择题时,选出每小题答案后,用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号
涂黑。如需改动,用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。回答非选择题时,


将答案写在答题卡上,写在本试卷上无效。

3.考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。


第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷
“一

上的答案转涂到答题卡上。

第一节(共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)


听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中


选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读

下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?

A. £19.15. B. £9.18. C. £9.15.

答案是 C。

1.Where does the conversation probably take place?

A. In a supermarket. B. In the post office. C. In the street.

2.What did Carl do?


A. He designed a medal. B. He fixed a TV set. C. He took a test.

3.What does the man do?

A. He’s a tailor. B. He’s a waiter. C. He’s a shop

assistant.

4.When will the flight arrive?

A. At 18:20. B. At 18:35. C. At 18:50.

5.How can the man improve his article?

A. By deleting unnecessary words.


B. By adding a couple of points.

C. By correcting grammar mistakes.




第二节(共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C


“一

三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,
每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读

两遍。

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

6. What does Bill often do on Friday night?

A. Visit his parents. B. Go to the movies. C. Walk along

Broadway.

7. Who watches musical plays most often?

A. Bill. B. Aarah. C. Bill’s parents.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

8. Why does David want to speak to Mike?


A. To invite him to a party.

B. To discuss a schedule.

C. To call off a meeting.

9. What do we know about the speakers?

A. They are colleagues.

B. They are close friends.

C. They’ve never met before.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。


10 What kind of camera does the man want?


. 高
A. A TV camera.

B. A video camera.
“一

C. A movie camera.

11. Which function is the man most interested in?


A. Underwater filming.

B. A large memory.

C. Auto-focus.

12. How much would the man pay for the second camera?

A. 950 euros.

B. 650 euros.

C. 470 euros.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

13. Who is Clifford?


A. A little girl.

B. The man’s pet.

C. A fictional character.

14. Who suggested that Norman paint for children’s books?

A. His wife.

B. Elizabeth.

C. A publisher.

15. What is Norman’s story based on?


A. A book.

B. A painting.


C. A young woman.

16. What is it that shocked Norman?


“一

A. His unexpected success.


B. His efforts made in vain.


C. His editor’s disagreement.


听下面一段独白,回答以下小题。

17. Who would like to make small talk according to the speaker?

A. Relatives.

B. Strangers.

C. Visitors.

18. Why do people have small talk?

A. To express opinions.
B. To avoid arguments.

C. To show friendliness.

19. Which of the following is a frequent topic in small talk?

A. Politics.

B. Movies.

C. Salaries.

20. What does the speaker recommend at the end of his lecture?

A. Asking open-ended questions.


B. Feeling free to change topics.

C. Making small talk interesting.




第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节(共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)


“一

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。


A

The Lake District Attractions Guide


Dalemain Mansion & Historic Gardens

History, Culture & Landscape(景观). Discover and enjoy 4 centuries of history, 5 acres of

celebrated and award-winning gardens with parkland walk. Owned by the Hasell family since 1679,

home to the International Marmalade Festival. Gifts and antiques, plant sales, museums &

Mediaeval Hall Tearoom.

Open:29 Mar-29 Oct,Sun to Thurs.

Tearoom,Gardens & Gift Shop:10.30-17.00(16.00 in Oct).

House:11.15-16.00(15.00 in Oct)
Town: Pooley Bridge & Penrith

Abbot Hall art Gallery & Museum

Those viewing the quality of Abbot Hall’s temporary exhibitions may be forgiven for thinking

they are in a city gallery. The impressive permanent collection includes Turners and Romneys and

the temporary exhibition programme has Canaletto and the artists from St Ives.

Open: Mon to Sat and Summer Sundays. 10.30 -17.00 Sumner.10.30 -16.00 Winter.

Town:Kendal

Tullie House Museum & Art Gallery


Discover, explore and enjoy award-winning Tullie House, where historic collections,


contemporary art and family fun are brought together in one impressive museum and art gallery.

There are four fantastic galleries to visit from fine art to interactive fun, so there’s something for

everyone!

Open: High Season 1 Apr – 31 Oct: Mon to Sat 10.00 – 17.00, Sun 11.00 – 17.00.
“一

Low Season 1 Nov – 31 Mar: Mon to Sat 10.00 – 16.30, Sun 12.00 – 16.30.

Town: Carlisle

Dove Cottage & The wordsworth Museum


Discover William Wordsworth’s inspirational home. Take a tour of his Lakeland cottage, walk

through his hillside garden and explore the riches of the collection in the Museum. Visit the shop

and relax in the café. Exhibitions, events and family activities throughout the year.

Open: Daily, 09.30 – 17.30 (last admission 17.00).

Town: Grasmere

21. When is the House at Dalemain Mansion & Historic Gardens open on Sundays in July?

A. 09.30-17.30. B. 10.30-16.00. C. 11.15-16.00. D.

12.00-16.30
22. What can visitors do at Abbot Hall Art Gallery & Museum?

A. Enjoy Ronney’s works.

B. Have some interactive fun.

C Attend a famous festival.


.

D. Learn the history of a family

23. Where should visitors go if they want to explore Wordsworth’s life?

A. Penrith. B. Kendal. C. Carlisle. D.

Grasmere.


B


Some parents will buy any high-tech toy if they think it will help their child, but researchers

said puzzles help children with math-related skills.

Psychologist Susan Levine, an expert on mathematics development in young children the


“一

University of Chicago, found children who play with puzzles between ages 2 and 4 later develop

better spatial skills. Puzzle play was found to be a significant predictor of cognition(认知) after

controlling for differences in parents’ income, education and the amount of parent talk, Levine said.

The researchers analyzed video recordings of 53 child-parent pairs during everyday activities

at home and found children who play with puzzles between 26 and 46 months of age have better

spatial skills when assessed at 54 months of age.

“The children who played with puzzles performed better than those who did not, on tasks that

assessed their ability to rotate(旋转)and translate shapes,” Levine said in a statement.

The parents were asked to interact with their children as they normally would, and about half of

children in the study played with puzzles at one time. Higher-income parents tended to have

children play with puzzles more frequently, and both boys and girls who played with puzzles had

better spatial skills. However, boys tended to play with more complex puzzles than girls, and the

parents of boys provided more spatial language and were more active during puzzle play than
parents of girls.

The findings were published in the journal Developmental Science.

24. In which aspect do children benefit from puzzle play?

A. Building confidence. B. Developing spatial skills.

C. Learning self-control. D. Gaining high-tech knowledge.

25. What did Levine take into consideration when designing her experiment?

A. Parents’ age. B. Children’s imagination.

C. Parents’ education. D. Child-parent relationship.


26. How do boy differ from girls in puzzle play?

A. They play with puzzles more often.




B. They tend to talk less during the game.

C. They prefer to use more spatial language.


“一

D. They are likely to play with tougher puzzles.


27. What is the text mainly about?


A. A mathematical method. B. A scientific study.


C. A woman psychologist D. A teaching program.

When you were trying to figure out what to buy for the environmentalist on your holiday list
,

fur probably didn’t cross your mind. But some ecologists and fashion (时装)enthusiasts are trying to

bring back the market for fur made from nutria(海狸鼠).

Unusual fashion shows in New Orleans and Brooklyn have(showcased)nutria fur made into

clothes in different styles. “It sounds crazy to talk about guilt-free fur-unless you understand that the

nutria are destroying vast wetlands every year”, says Cree McCree, project director of Righteous
Fur.

Scientists in Louisiana were so concerned that they decided to pay hunters $5 a tail. Some of

the fur ends up in the fashion shows like the one in Brooklyn last month.

Nutria were brought there from Argentina by fur farmers and let go into the wild. “The

ecosystem down there can’t handle this non-native species(物种).It’s destroying the environment.

It’s them or us.” says Michael Massimi, an expert in this field.

The fur trade kept nutria check for decades,but when the market for nutria collapsed in the

late 1980s,the cat-sized animals multiplied like crazy.

Biologist Edmond Mouton runs the nutria control program for Louisiana. He says it’s not easy


to convince people that nutria fur is green, but he has no doubt about it. Hunters bring in more than


300,000 nutria tails a year, so part of Mouton’s job these days is trying to promote fur.

Then there’s Righteous Fur and its unusual fashion. Morgan says,”To give people a guilt-free

option that they can wear without someone throwing paint on them-1 think that’s going to be a

massive thing, at least here in New York.” Designer Jennifer Anderson admits it took her a while to
“一

come around to the opinion that using nutria fur for her creations is morally acceptable. She trying to

come up with a lable to attach to nutria fashions to show it is eco-friendly.


28. What is the purpose of the fashion shows in New Orleans and Brooklyn?

A. To promote guilt-free fur.

B. To expand the fashion market.

C. To introduce a new brand.

D. To celebrate a winter holiday.

29. Why are scientists concerned about nutria?

A. Nutria damage the ecosystem seriously.

B. Nutria are an endangered species.

C. Nutria hurt local cat-sized animals.


D. Nutria are illegally hunted.

30. What does the underlined word “collapsed” in paragraph 5 probably mean?

A. Boomed. B. Became mature. C. Remained stable. D. Crashed.

31. What can we infer abouf wearing fur in New York according to Morgan?

A. It’s formal. B. It’s risky. C. It’s harmful. D. It’s

traditional.

I have a special place in my heart for libraries. I have for as long as I can remember. I was


always an enthusiastic reader sometimes reading up to three books a day as a child. Stories were
,


like air to me and while other kids played ball or went to parties, I lived out adventures through the

books I checked out from the library.

My first job was working at the Ukiah Library when I was 16 years old .It was a dream job and

I did everything from shelving books to reading to the children for story time.
“一

As I grew older and became a mother, the library took on a new place and an added meaning in

my life. I had several children and books were our main source(来源) of entertainment. It was a big

deal for us to load up and go to the local library, where my kids could pick out books to read or

books they wanted me to read to them.


I always read ,using different voices ,as though I were acting out the stories with my voice and

they loved it !It was a special time to bond with my children and it filled them with the wonderment

of books .

Now, I see my children taking their children to the library and I love that the excitement of

going to the library lives on form generation to generation.

As a novelist, I’ve found a new relationship with libraries. I encourage readers to go to their

local library when they can’t afford to purchase a book. I see libraries as a safe haven(避风港) for

readers and writers, a bridge that helps put together a reader with a book. Libraries, in their own
way, help fight book piracy(盗版行为) and 1 think all writers should support libraries in a

significant way when they can. Encourage readers to use the library. Share library announcements

on your social media. Frequent them and talk about them when you can.

32. Which word best describes the author’s relationship with books as a child?

A. Cooperative. B. Uneasy. C. Inseparable. D. Casual.

33. What does the underlined phrase “an added meaning” in paragraph 3 refer to?

A. Pleasure from working in the library.

B. Joy of reading passed on in the family.


C. Wonderment from acting out the stories.


D. A closer bond developed with the readers.

34. What does the author call on other writers to do?

A. Sponsor book fairs. B. Write for social media.


“一

C. Support libraries. D. Purchase her novels.


35. Which can be a suitable title for the text?


A. Reading: A Source of Knowledge


B. My Idea about writing

C. Library: A Haven for the Young

D. My Love of the Library

第二节(共 5 小题:每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两
项为多余选项。

Emoji(表情符号) and Workplace Communication

In Asia, messaging platforms are growing rapidly, with users in the hundreds of millions, both
at work and play. ___36___. It’s been reported that 76 percent of employees in some western

countries are using emojis at work.

Written communications can often read as cold and dull. Using emojis can add humor and

feeling, keeping intention clear. ___37___, encouraging better and more frequent communication.

In any given office, employees can range from age 22 to 70 and beyond, and finding common

ground in communication style can be a challenge. ___38___. While the younger generations prefer

to communicate visually, for those used to working with traditional tools like email, it may feel like

a learning curve(曲线). The good news is that it’s simple to learn and can be worth the effort.

There is also the matter of tone(语气). Who hasn’t received an email so annoying that it ruined


an entire day? ___39___. Emoji can help communication feel friendlier, and even a serious note can


be softened with an encouraging smile. 高
___40___, and emoji can contribute directly to that positive outcome. And when your

employees begin adding smiling emojis to their business communication, you’ll know you have

succeeded in improving your work culture.


“一

A. Message with emojis feel more conversational


B. Even a formal email can seem cold and unfriendly


C. Sending smiling faces to colleagues may seem strange


D. The popularity of these platforms is spreading globally

E. Giving employees the tools enables them to communicate honestly

F. Studies show that friendlier communication leads to a happier workplace

G. An easy way to bring all work generations together is with a chat platform

第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节 (共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入


空白处的最佳选项。
It was just after sunrise on a June morning. “Nicolo,” whose real name cannot be ___41___ to

the public because of Italy’s privacy laws, ___42___ working the whole night at a factory in Turin.

As he often did, he stopped by the “after work auction(拍卖)” ___43___ by the Italian police where

things ___44___ on the trains were sold to the highest bidder. There, among many other things,

Nicolo spotted two paintings he thought would look ___45___above his dining room table. Nicolo

and another bidder ___46___ until Nicolo finally won the paintings for $32.

When Nicolo retired and went to live in Sicily, he ___47___ the paintings with him. He hung

them above the same table he had ___48___ from Turin. His son, age 15, who had ___49___ an art

appreciation class, thought that there was something ____50____ about the one with a young girl

sitting on a garden chair. It was signed(签名) “Bonnato” or so he thought, but when he ____51____


it, he only found “Bonnard,” a French ____52____ he had never heard of. He bought a book and


was ____53____ to find a picture of the artist Pierre Bonnard sitting on the same chair in the same

____54____ as his father’s painting.

“That’s the garden in our picture,”Nicolo’s son told his father. They ____55____ learned that

the painting they ____56____was called “The Girl with Two Chairs.” They ____57____ the other
“一

painting and learned that it was ____58____ Paul Gauguin’s “Still Life of Fruit on a Table with a

Small Dog.” The ____59____ called the Italian Culture Ministry; the official confirmed that the

paintings were ____60____ and worth as much as $50 million.


41. A. attached B. allocated C. exposed D.


submitted

42. A. finished B. delayed C. considered D. tried

43. A. attended B. reserved C. cancelled D. run

44. A. shown B. found C. kept D. hidden

45. A. nice B. familiar C. useful D. real

46. A. battled B. debated C. discussed D. bargain

47. A. held B. left C. registered D. brought


48. A. chosen B. received C. ordered D. moved

49. A. missed B. failed C. taken D. led

50. A. concrete B. unusual C. unappealing D. natual

51. A. appreciated B. touched C. researched D.

witnessed

52. A. painter B. designer C. author D. actor

53. A. expected B. surprised C. anxious D. ready

54. A. room B. kitchen C. hall D. garden


55. A. apparently B. confidently C. eventually D.


temporarily

56. A. owned B. borrowed C. sold D. stole

57. A. collected B. cleaned C. framed D. studied


“一

58. A. suitably B. actually C. rightly D.

specifically

59. A. girl B. artist C. family D. police


60. A. copies B. originals C. models D. presents


第二节(共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)

阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。

Deorating with Plants, Fruits and Flowers for Chinese New Year

Chinese New Year is a ___61___ (celebrate) marking the end of the winter season and the

beginning of spring. This is why decorating with plants, fruits and flowers ___62___ (carry) special

significance. They represent the earth ___63___ (come) back to life and best wishes for new

beginnings.

These are some of the most popular in many parts of the country:
Oranges: Orange trees are more ___64___ decoration; they are a symbol of good fortune and

wealth. They make great gifs and you see them many times ___65___ (decorate) with red envelopes

and messages of good fortune.

Bamboo: Chinese love their “Lucky Bamboo” plants and you will see them often in their

homes and office. ___66___ (certain) during the holiday period, this plant is a must. Bamboo plants

are associated ___67___ health, abundance and a happy home. They are easy ___68___ (care) for

and make great presents.

Branches of Plum Blossoms (梅花): The ___69___ (beauty) long branches covered with

pink-colored buds (蓓蕾) make fantastic decorations. The plum trees are ____70____ first to


flower even as the snow is melting(融化). They represent the promise of spring and a renewal of

life.

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 35 分)


第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

71.假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共
“一

有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。

增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。

删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。

修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。

注意:1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;

2. 只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。

Thank you for your letter, what really made me happy. I’m glad to know that you’ve come

China to learn kung fu in a school in my hometown. I’m surely you’ll have a good time. Actually, I

start to learn kung fu when I was seven years old, for I have long been out of practice. Luckily, I will

go home in two weeks for summer vacations. Then I can spare some time to learn it again, such that

we can practice together on every day. Best of luck with yours learning kung fu in China. See you

sooner.
第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

72.上周末,你和同学参加了一次采摘活动。请你为班级英语角写一篇短文,介绍这次活动,

内容包括:

1. 农场情况;

2 采摘过程;
.

3. 个人感受

注意:

1. 词数 100 左右;


2. 题目已为你写好。

题目:My Weekend


_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
“一

_______________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________



2020 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(全国卷 III)

英语

注意事项:

1.答卷前,考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡和试卷指定位置上。

2.回答选择题时,选出每小题答案后,用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号
涂黑。如需改动,用橡皮擦干净后,再选涂其他答案标号。回答非选择题时,


将答案写在答题卡上,写在本试卷上无效。

3.考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。


第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷
“一

上的答案转涂到答题卡上。

第一节(共 5 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)


听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中


选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读

下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?

A. £19.15. B. £9.18. C. £9.15.

答案是 C。

1.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】

Where does the conversation probably take place?


A. In a supermarket. B. In the post office. C. In the street.

2.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】

What did Carl do?

A. He designed a medal. B. He fixed a TV set. C. He took a test.

3.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】

What does the man do?

A. He’s a tailor. B. He’s a waiter. C. He’s a shop


assistant.

4.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】


When will the flight arrive?

A. At 18:20. B. At 18:35. C. At 18:50.


“一

5.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】

How can the man improve his article?


A. By deleting unnecessary words.


B. By adding a couple of points.

C. By correcting grammar mistakes.

第二节(共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C


三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,
每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读
两遍。

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】
6. What does Bill often do on Friday night?

A. Visit his parents. B. Go to the movies. C. Walk along

Broadway.

7. Who watches musical plays most often?

A. Bill. B. Aarah. C. Bill’s parents.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题 。【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】


8. Why does David want to speak to Mike?

A. To invite him to a party.




B. To discuss a schedule.

C To call off a meeting.


“一

9. What do we know about the speakers?


A. They are colleagues.


B. They are close friends.


C. They’ve never met before.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】

10. What kind of camera does the man want?

A. A TV camera.

B. A video camera.

C. A movie camera.
11. Which function is the man most interested in?

A. Underwater filming.

B. A large memory.

C. Auto-focus.

12. How much would the man pay for the second camera?

A. 950 euros.

B. 650 euros.

C. 470 euros.


听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】



13. Who is Clifford?

A. A little girl.
“一

B. The man’s pet.


C. A fictional character.

14. Who suggested that Norman paint for children’s books?


A. His wife.

B. Elizabeth.

C. A publisher.

15. What is Norman’s story based on?

A. A book.

B. A painting.

C. A young woman.
16. What is it that shocked Norman?

A. His unexpected success.

B. His efforts made in vain.

C. His editor’s disagreement.

听下面一段独白,回答以下小题。【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】

17. Who would like to make small talk according to the speaker?

A. Relatives.


B. Strangers.

C. Visitors.


18. Why do people have small talk?

A. To express opinions.
“一

B. To avoid arguments.

C. To show friendliness.

19. Which of the following is a frequent topic in small talk?


A. Politics.

B. Movies.

C. Salaries.

20. What does the speaker recommend at the end of his lecture?

A Asking open-ended questions.


.

B. Feeling free to change topics.

C. Making small talk interesting.


第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节(共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项。

Journey Back in Time with Scholars

Classical Provence(13days)

Journey through the beautiful countryside of Provence,France,with Prof. Ori Z. Soltes. We

will visit some of the best-preserved Roman monuments in the world. Our tour also includes a


chance to walk in the footsteps of Van Gogh and Gauguin. Fields of flowers, tile-roofed(瓦屋


顶)villages and tasty meals enrich this wonderful experience.

Southern Spain(15days)

Spain has lovely white towns and the scent(芳香)of oranges,but it is also a treasury of

ancient remains including the cities left by the Greeks,Romans and Arabs. As we travel south
“一

from Madrid with Prof. Ronald Messier to historic Toledo,Roman Merida and into Andalucia, we

explore historical monuments and architecture.


China’s Sacred Landscapes(21days)


Discover the China of”past ages,its walled cities,temples and mountain scenery with Prof.

Robert Thorp. Highlights(精彩之处)include China’s most sacred peaks at Mount Tai and

Hangzbou’s rolling hills,waterways and peaceful temples. We will wander in traditional small

towns and end our tour with an exceptional museum in Shanghai.

Tunisia(17days)

Join Prof. Pedar Foss on our in-depth Tunisian tour. Tour highlights include the Roman city of

Dougga,the underground Numidian capital at Bulla Regia, Roman Sbeitla and the remote areas

around Tataouine and Matmata,uique for underground cities. Our journey takes us to picturesque

Berber villages and lovely beaches.


21. What can visitors see in both Classical Provence and Southern Spain?

A Historical monuments. B. Fields of flowers.


.

C. Van Gogh’s paintings. D. Greek buildings.

22. Which country is Prof. Thorp most knowledgeable about?

A. France. B. Spain. C. China. D. Tunisia.

23. Which of the following highlight the Tunisian tour?

A. White towns. B. Underground cities. C. Tile-roofed villages. D. Rolling

hills.


B


When “Rise of the Planet of the Apes” was first shown to the public last month, a group of

excited animal activists gathered on Hollywood Boulevard. But they weren’t there to throw red

paint on fur-coat-wearing film stars. Instead, one activist, dressed in a full-body monkey suit, had
“一

arrived with a sign praising the filmmakers: “Thanks for not using real apes (猿)!”

The creative team behind “Apes” used motion-capture (动作捕捉) technology to create

digitalized animals, spending tens of millions of dollars on technology that I records an actor’s

performance and later processes it with computer graphics to create a final image (图像). In this

case, one of a realistic-looking ape.

Yet “Apes” is more exception than the rule. In fact, Hollywood has been hot on live animals

lately. One nonprofit organization, which monitors the treatment or animals in filmed

entertainment, is keeping tabs on more than 2,000 productions this year. Already, a number of films,

including “Water for Elephants,” “The Hangover Part Ⅱ” and “Zookeeper,” have drawn the anger

of activists who say the creatures acting in them haven’t been treated properly.

In some cases, it’s not so much the treatment of the animals on set in the studio that has

activists worried; it’s the off-set training and living conditions that are raising concerns. And there

are questions about the films made outside the States, which sometimes are not monitored as closely
as productions filmed in the Sates.

24. Why did the animal activists gather on Hollywood Boulevard?

A. To see famous film stars.

B. To oppose wearing fur coats.

C. To raise money for animal protection.

D. To express thanks to some filmmakers.

25. What does paragraph 2 mainly talk about?

A. The cost of making “Apes.”


B. The creation of digitalized apes.

C. The publicity about “Apes.”




D. The performance of real apes.

26. What does the underlined phrase “keeping tabs on” in paragraph 3 probably mean?
“一

A. Listing completely.

B. Directing professionally.

C. Promoting successfully.

D. Watching carefully.

27. What can we infer from the last paragraph about animal actors?

A. They may be badly treated.

B. They should take further training.

C. They could be traded illegally

D. They would lose popularity.

C
With the young unable to afford to leave home and the old at risk of isolation(孤独), more

families are choosing to live together.

The doorway to peace and quiet, for Nick Bright at least, leads straight to his mother-in-law,

she lives on the ground floor, while he lives upstairs with his wife and their two daughters.

Four years ago they all moved into a three-storey Victorian house in Bristol - one of a growing

number of multigenerational families in the UK living together under the same roof. They share a

front door and a washing machine, but Rita Whitehead has her own kitchen, bathroom, bedroom and

living room on the ground floor.

“We floated the idea to my mum of sharing at a house,” says Kathryn Whitehead. Rita cuts in:


“We spoke more with Nick because I think it’s a big thing for Nick to live with his mother-in-law.”


And what does Nick think? “From my standpoint, it all seems to work very well. Would I

recommend it? Yes, I think I would.”

It’s hard to tell exactly how many people agree with him, but research indicates that the

numbers have been rising for some time. Official reports suggest that the number of households
“一

with three generations living together had risen from 325,000 in 2002 to 419,000 in 2013.

Other varieties of multigenerational family are more common. Some people live with their

elderly parents; many more adult children are returning to the family home, if they ever left. It is

said that about 20% of 25-34-year-olds live with their parents, compared with 16% in 1991.The

total number of all multigenerational households in Britain is thought to be about 1.8 million.

Stories like that are more common in parts of the world where multigenerational living is more

firmly rooted. In India, particularly outside cities, young women are expected to move in with their

husband’s family when they get married.

28. Who mainly uses the ground floor in the Victorian house in Bristol?

A. Nick. B. Rita. C. Kathryn D. The

daughters.

29. What is Nick’s attitude towards sharing the house with his mother-in -law?
A. Positive. B. Carefree. C. Tolerant. D.

Unwilling.

30. What is the author’s statement about multigenerational family based on?

A. Family traditions. B. Financial reports. C. Published statistics. D. Public

opinions.

31 What is the text mainly about?


.

A. Lifestyles in different countries. B. Conflicts between generations.

C. A housing problem in Britain. D. A rising trend of living in the UK.


D


We are the products of evolution, and not just evolution that occurred billions of years ago. As

scientists look deeper into our genes (基因), they are finding examples of human evolution in just

the past few thousand years. People in Ethiopian highlands have adapted to living at high altitudes.

Cattle -raising people in East Africa and northern Europe have gained a mutation (突变) that helps
“一

them digest milk as adults.


On Thursday in an article published in Cell, a team of researchers reported a new kind of


adaptation - not to air or to food, but to the ocean. A group of sea-dwelling people in Southeast Asia

have evolved into better divers. The Bajau, as these people are known, number in the hundreds of

thousands in Indonesia, Malaysia and the Philippines. They have traditionally lived on houseboats;

in recent times, they’ve also built houses on stilts (支柱) in coastal waters. “They are simply a

stranger to the land,” said Redney C. Jubilado, a University of Hawaii researcher who studies the

Bajau.

Dr. Jubilado first met the Bajau while growing up on Samal Island in the Philippines. They

made a living as divers, spearfishing or harvesting shellfish. “We were so amazed that they could

stay underwater much longer than us local islanders,” Dr. Jubilado said. “I could see them actually

walking under the sea.”

In201, Melissa Ilardo, then a graduate student in genetics at the University of Copenhagen,
heard about the Bajau. She wondered if centuries of diving could have led to the evolution of

physical characteristics that made the task easier for them. “it seemed like the perfect chance for

natural selection to act on a population,” said Dr. Ilardo. She also said there were likely a number of

other genes that help the Bajau dive.

32. What does the author want to tell us by the examples in paragraph 1?

A. Environmental adaptation of cattle raisers. B. New knowledge of human evolution.

C. Recent findings of human origin. D. Significance of food selection.

33. Where do the Bajau build their houses?


A. In valleys. B. Near rivers. C. On the beach. D. Off the

coast.

34. Why was the young Jubilado astonished at the Bajau?




A. They could walk on stilts all day. B. They had a superb way of fishing.

C. They could stay long underwater. D. They lived on both land and water.
“一

35. What can be a suitable title for the text?


A. Bodies Remodeled for a Life at Sea B. Highlanders’ Survival Skills


C. Basic Methods of Genetic Research D. The World’s Best Divers


第二节(共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)

根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两
项为多余选项。

A housewarming party is a special party to be held when someone buys or moves into a new

apartment or house. The person who bought the house or moved is the one who throws the party.

The party is a chance for friends and family to congratulate the person on the new home. ___36___

And it is good time to fill the new space with love and hopeful presents.

___37___ Some people register a list of things they want or need for their new home at a local
stores. Some common things people will put on a gift registry include kitchen tools like knives and

things like curtains. Even if there isn’t a registry, a good housewarming gift is something to decorate

the new house with, like a piece of art or a plant.

___38___ This is often appreciated since at a housewarming there isn’t a lot of food served.

There are usually no planned activities like games at a housewarming party. The host or hostess of

the party will, however, probably give all the guests a tour of their new home. Sometimes, because a

housewarming party happens shortly after a person moves into their new home, people may be

asked to help unpack boxes. ___39___

Housewarming parties get their name from the fact that a long time ago people would actually


bring firewood to a new home as a gift. ___40___ Now most homes have central heating and don’t

use fires to keep warm.

A. This isn’t usual though.




B. It is traditional to bring a gift to a housewarming party.

C. You can also bring food or drinks to share with the other guests.
“一

D. If you’re lucky enough to receive gifts, keep them in a safe place.


E. It also gives people a chance to see what the new home looks like.

F. The best housewarming parties encourage old friends to get together.


G. This was so that the person could keep their home warm for the winter.

第三部分 语言知识运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入


空白处的最佳选项。

As s businesswoman, I care deeply about my customers. But like anyone for whom you feel

affection, ___41___ can also drive you mad. They’ll come rushing in, ___42___their handbag’s

been stolen. They’ll ___43___ that they left it in the changing room, create havoe (混乱) and then
___44___ it had been in their car all the time. They’ll have out half the ___45___ in the shop, and

want the only style you don’t have left in a ___46___ colour. I do know how upset the shop staff can

get, but I try to persuade them to keep ___47___.

I remember the first really ___48___ customer we had at Covent Garden. She was ___49___

absolutely everything, nothing was right and I was rather ____50____ that she became a “regular”.

After a while, she ____51____ for the way she behaved at the beginning. She had split up with her

husband the week before, was living in a flat ____52____, and since she’d found it too much to cope

with (应对), she’d taken it out on ____53____ people.

That taught me a valuable ____54____ and I pass it on to the people who ____55____ in the


market. Don’t take it ____56____. If a customer is rude or difficult, just think “Maybe she’s had a

row with her husband. Maybe her child’s not ____57____.” Always water it down and don’t let


your ego (自我) get ____58____. If you do, you won’t be able to ____59____ it and the whole thing

develops into an unpleasant scene and that ____60____ everyone’s day.

41. A. shopkeepers B. customers C. salespersons D.


“一

receptionists

42. A. saying B. pretending C. guessing D. replying


43. A. agree B. promise C. imagine D. swear


44. A. forget B. decide C. discover D. assume


45. A. foods B. catalogues C. belongings D. goods

46. A. particular B. different C. matching D. natural

47. A. fighting B. smiling C. waiting D.

changing

48. A. generous B. polite C. careless D. difficult

49. A. curious about B. displeased with C. patient with D.

uncertain about
50. A. relaxed B. delighted C. surprised D.

embarrassed

51. A. searched B. argued C. prayed D.

apologized

52. A. by chance B. by herself C. on purpose D. on duty

53. A. rude B. such C. other D. lonely

54. A. lesson B. trick C. skill D. trade

55. A. work B. shop C. meet D. quarrel


56. A. kindly B. secretly C. personally D. casually


57. A. ready B. away C. up D. well

58. A. out of sight B. in the way C. behind the scene D. above

the law
“一

59. A. stress B. expect C. handle D. blame

60. A. ruins B. makes C. starts D. saves


第二节(共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)


阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。

In ancient China lived an artist___61___ paintings were almost lifelike. The artist’s reputation

had made him proud. One day the emperor wanted to get his portrait (画像) done so he called all

great artists to come and present their ___62___ (fine) work, so that he could choose the best. The

artist was sure he would___63___(choose), but when he presented his masterpiece to the emperor’s

chief minister, the old nan laughed. The wise old man told him to travel to the Li River~perhaps he

could learn a little from the greatest artist in the world.

Filled with ___64___ (curious), the artist packed his bags and left. ___65___ he asked the

villagers on the banks of the river where he could find the legendary (传奇的) artist, they smiled and

___66___ (point) down the river. The next morning he hired a boat and set out ___67___ (find) the
well-known painter. As the small boat moved, ___68___ (gentle) along the river he was left

speechless by the mountains being silently reflected in the water. He passed milky white waterfalls

and mountains in many shades of blue. And when he saw the mists rising from the river and the soft

clouds___69___ (surround) the mountain tops, he was reduced to tears. The artist was finally

humbled (谦卑) by the greatest artist ____70____ earth, Mother Nature.

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 35 分)

第一节 短文改错(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

71.假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共

有 10 处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。


增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。

删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。


修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。

注意:1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
“一

2. 只允许修改 10 处,多者(从第 11 处起)不计分。


My mom is really concerning with the health of everyone in our families. In order to make

surely all of us are in good health, and she makes specific plans for us. For example, every morning,

my dad has to have the bowl of egg soup while I had to eat an apple. My dad don’t like the soup and

I don’t enjoy apples. I tell my mom that if we’re forced eat things, we may become ill.

But he insists on us eating healthy food. Understanding her good intentions, I eat all the food

what is provided by Mom with appreciation.

第二节 书面表达(满分 25 分)

72.假定你是李华,你和同学根据英语课文改编了一个短剧。给外教 Miss Evans 写封邮件,

请她帮忙指导。邮件内容包括:

1. 剧情简介;

2. 指导内容;
3. 商定时间地点。

注意:

1. 词数 100 左右;

2. 结束语已为你写好。

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________





“一



2020 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(新全国一)

英语

注意事项:

1.答卷前, 考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号填写在答题卡上。

2.回答选择题时, 选出每小题答案后, 用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号


涂黑。如需改动, 用橡皮擦干净后, 再选涂其他答案标号。回答非选择题时, 将


答案写在答题卡上, 写在本试卷上无效。

3.考试结束后, 将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。


第一部分 阅读(共两节, 满分 50 分)

第一节(共 15 小题:每小题 2.5 分, 满分 37.5 分)


“一

阅读下列短文, 从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出最佳选项。


A

POETRY CHALLENGE

Write a poem about how courage, determination, and strength have helped you face challenges

in your life.

Prizes

3 Grand Prizes:Trip to Washington, D.C. for each of three winners, a parent and one other

person of the winner’s choice. Trip includes round-trip air tickets, hotel stay for two nights, and

tours of the National Air and Space Museum and the office of National Geographic World.

6 First Prizes:The book Sky Pioneer:A Photobiography of Amelia Earhart signed by author

Corinne Szabo and pilot Linda Finch.

50 Honorable Mentions:Judges will choose up to 50 honorable mention winners, who will


each receive a T-shirt in memory of Earhart’s final flight.

Rules

Follow all rules carefully to prevent disqualification.

■Write a poem using 100 words or fewer. Your poem can be any format any number of lines.
,

■Write by hand or type on a single sheet of paper You may use both the front and back of the
.
paper.

■On the same sheet of paper, write or type your name, address, telephone number, and birth

date.


■Mail your entry to us by October 31 this year.


1. How many people can each grand prize winner take on the free trip?

A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Six.

2. What will each of the honorable mention winners get?


“一

A. A plane ticket. B. A book by Corinne Szabo.


C. A special T-shirt. D. A photo of Amelia Earhart.


3. Which of the following will result in disqualification?


A. Typing your poem out. B. Writing a poem of 120 words.

C. Using both sides of the paper. D. Mailing your entry on October 30.

Jenifer Mauer has needed more willpower than the typical college student to pursue her goal of

earning a nursing degree. That willpower bore fruit when Jennifer graduated from University of

Wisconsin-Eau Claire and became the first in her large family to earn a bachelor's degree.

Mauer, of Edgar, Wisconsin, grew up on a farm in a family of 10 children. Her dad worked at a

job away from the farm, and her mother ran the farm with the kids. After high school, Jennifer
attended a local technical college, working to pay her tuition(学费), because there was no extra

money set aside for a college education. After graduation, she worked to help her sisters and

brothers pay for their schooling.

Jennifer now is married and has three children of her own. She decided to go back to college to

advance her career and to be able to better support her family while doing something she loves:

nursing. She chose the UW-Eau Claire program at Ministry Saint Joseph's Hospital in Marshfield

because she was able to pursue her four-year degree close to home. She could drive to class and be

home in the evening to help with her kids. Jenifer received great support from her family as she

worked to earn her degree: Her husband worked two jobs to cover the bills, and her 68-year-old

mother helped take care of the children at times.


Through it all, she remained in good academic standing and graduated with honors. Jennifer


sacrificed(牺牲)to achieve her goal, giving up many nights with her kids and missing important

events to study. ''Some nights my heart was breaking to have to pick between my kids and studying

for exams or papers,'' she says. However, her children have learned an important lesson witnessing

their mother earn her degree. Jennifer is a first-generation graduate and an inspiration to her
“一

family-and that's pretty powerful.


4. What did Jennifer do after high school?


A. She helped her dad with his work.


B. She ran the family farm on her own.

C. She supported herself through college.

D. She taught her sisters and brothers at home.

5. Why did Jennifer choose the program at Ministry Saint Joseph's Hospital in Marshfield?

A. To take care of her kids easily. B. To learn from the best nurses.

C. To save money for her parents. D. To find a well-paid job there.

6. What did Jennifer sacrifice to achieve her goal?


A. Her health. B. Her time with family.

C. Her reputation. D. Her chance of promotion.

7. What can we learn from Jenifer's story?

A. Time is money. B. Love breaks down barriers.

C. Hard work pays off. D. Education is the key to success.

In the mid-1990s, Tom Bissell taught English as a volunteer in Uzbekistan. He left after seven

months, physically broken and having lost his mind. A few years later, still attracted to the country,


he returned to Uzbekistan to write an article about the disappearance of the Aral Sea.


His visit, however, ended up involving a lot more than that. Hence this book, Chasing the Sea:

Lost Among the Ghosts of Empire in Central Asia, which talks about a road trip from Tashkent to

Karakalpakstan, where millions of lives have been destroyed by the slow drying up of the sea. It is

the story of an American travelling to a strange land, and of the people he meets on his way: Rustam,
“一

his translator, a lovely 24-year-old who picked up his colorful English in California, Oleg and

Natasha, his hosts in Tashkent, and a string of foreign aid workers.


This is a quick look at life in Uzbekistan, made of friendliness and warmth, but also its darker

side of society. In Samarkand, Mr Bissell admires the architectural wonders, while on his way to

Bukhara he gets a taste of police methods when suspected of drug dealing. In Ferghana, he attends a

mountain funeral(葬礼)followed by a strange drinking party. And in Karakalpakstan, he is

saddened by the dust storms, diseases and fishing boats stuck miles from the sea.

Mr Bissell skillfully organizes historical insights and cultural references, making his tale a

well-rounded picture of Uzbekistan, seen from Western eyes. His judgment and references are

decidedly American, as well as his delicate stomach. As the author explains, this is neither a travel

nor a history book, or even a piece of reportage. Whatever it is, the result is a fine and vivid

description of the purest of Central Asian traditions.

8. What made Mr Bissell return to Uzbekistan?


A. His friends' invitation. B. His interest in the country.

C. His love for teaching. D. His desire to regain health.

9. What does the underlined word “that” in paragraph 2 refer to?

A. Developing a serious mental disease.

B. Taking a guided tour in Central Asia.

C. Working as a volunteer in Uzbekistan.

D Writing an article about the Aral Sea.


.


10. Which of the following best describes Mr Bissell's road trip in Uzbekistan?


A. Romantic. B. Eventful. C. Pleasant. D.

Dangerous.

11. What is the purpose of this text?

A. To introduce a book. B. To explain a cultural phenomenon.


“一

C. To remember a writer. D. To recommend a travel destination.


D

According to a recent study in the Journal of Consumer Research, both the size and

consumption habits of our eating companions can influence our food intake. And contrary to

existing research that says you should avoid eating with heavier people who order large portions(份),

it's the beanpoles with big appetites you really need to avoid.

To test the effect of social influence on eating habits, the researchers conducted two

experiments. In the first, 95 undergraduate women were individually invited into a lab to

ostensibly(表面上)participate in a study about movie viewership. Before the film began, each

woman was asked to help herself to a snack. An actor hired by the researchers grabbed her food

first. In her natural state, the actor weighed 105 pounds. But in half the cases she wore a specially

designed fat suit which increased her weight to 180 pounds.


Both the fat and thin versions of the actor took a large amount of food. The participants

followed suit, taking more food than they normally would have. However, they took significantly

more when the actor was thin.

For the second test, in one case the thin actor took two pieces of candy from the snack bowls. In

the other case, she took 30 pieces. The results were similar to the first test: the participants followed

suit but took significantly more candy when the thin actor took 30 pieces.

The tests show that the social environment is extremely influential when we're making

decisions. If this fellow participant is going to eat more, so will I. Call it the “I’ll have what she's

having” effect. However, we'll adjust the influence. If an overweight person is having a large


portion, I'll hold back a bit because I see the results of his eating habits. But if a thin person eats a lot,

I'll follow suit. If he can eat much and keep slim, why can't I?

12. What is the recent study mainly about?




A. Food safety. B. Movie viewership.

C. Consumer demand. D. Eating behavior.


“一

13. What does the underlined word “beanpoles” in paragraph 1 refer to?

A. Big eaters. B. Overweight persons.


C. Picky eaters. D. Tall thin persons.


14. Why did the researchers hire the actor?

A. To see how she would affect the participants.

B. To test if the participants could recognize her.

C. To find out what she would do in the two tests.

D. To study why she could keep her weight down.

15. On what basis do we “adjust the influence” according to the last paragraph?

A. How hungry we are. B. How slim we want to be.


C. How we perceive others. D. How we feel about the food.

第二节(共 5 小题:每小题 2. 5 分, 满分 12. 5 分)

阅读下面短文, 从短文后的选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两
项为多余选项。

Some individuals are born with a gift for public speaking.___16___Do you want to be a good

public speaker? Here are some principles you must master.

People want to listen to someone who is interesting, relaxed and comfortable. Too often when

you stand up to give a speech, you focus on the “public”at the expense of the”speaking. “ ___17___

Focus on the speaking. Talk directly to your audience, be yourself and make a connection.


Even the most successful public speaker will make mistakes. Yet, the only one who cares about


any mistake is the one who is speaking. People’s attention wanders constantly. In fact,most people

only absorb about 20 percent of a speaker’s message. So, don’t stop speaking when you make a

mistake unless it’s a truly serious one.___18___


“一

Your goal is not to be a perfect public speaker.___19___And like everything else in life, that

takes practice. Remember, even world champion athletes practice their skills on a consistent basis.

___20___It’s rare to hear someone say “I wish that speaker had spoken longer. “On the other
,

hand, you probably can’t count the times that you’ve thought, “I’m glad that talk is over. It seemed

to go on forever! “So surprise your audience. Always make your presentation just a bit shorter than

anticipated. It’s better to leave your listeners wishing for more than shifting restlessly in their seats

waiting for your speech finally to end.

A. Do the opposite.

B. You want to be an effective public speaker.

C. You don’ t need to apologize for a minor slip.

D. When it comes to public speaking, less is usually more.

E. The objective of most speeches is to benefit the audience


F. Take the fear out of public speaking by focusing on your listeners

G. However, the majority of people are effective speakers because they train to be.

第二部分语言运用(共两节,满分 30 分)

第一节(共 15 小题:每小题 1 分,满分 15 分)

阅读下面短文, 从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最


佳选项。

Molai grew up in a tiny village in India. The village lay near some wetlands which became his

second_____21_____. He learned the value and beauty of ____22____ there from a very young


age.


When he was 16, Molai began to notice something ____23____ happening around his home. A

flood had hit the area earlier that year and the ____24____ it caused had driven away a number of

birds. ____25____, the number of snakes had declined as well. He ____26____ that it was because

there weren’t enough trees to protect them from the ____27____. The solution, of course, was to
“一

plant trees so the animals could seek ____28____ during the daytime. He turned to the ____29____

department for help but was told that nothing would grow there. However, Molai went looking on

his own and _____30_____a nearby island where he began to plant trees.

____31____ young plants in the dry season was ______32______for a lone boy. Molai built at

the _____33_____ of each sapling(幼树)a bamboo platform, where he placed earthen pots with

small holes to______34______ rainwater. The water would then drip(滴落)on the plants below.

Molai _____35_____ to plant trees for the next 37 years. His efforts have resulted in 1,360

acres of naturally-grown land that has become home to many plants and animals.

21. A. dream B. job C. home D. choice

22. A. nature B. youth C. culture D.

knowledge

23 A. precious B. interesting C. disturbing D.


.
awkward

24. A. waste B. tension C. pain D. damage

25. A. Besides B. However C. Therefore D.

Otherwise

26. A. agreed B. realized C. remembered D.

predicted

27. A. noise B. heat C. disease D. dust

28. A. directions B. partners C. help D. shelter


29. A. labor B. police C. forest D. finance


30. A. rebuilt B. discovered C. left D.

managed

31. A. Decorating B. Observing C. Watering D.

Guarding
“一

32. A. tough B. illegal C. fantastic D.


beneficial

33. A. back B. top C. foot D. side


34. A. cool down B. keep off C. purify D. collect

35. A. returned B. learned C. failed D.

continued

第二节(共 10 小题:每小题 1. 5 分, 满分 15 分)

阅读下面短文, 在空白处填入 1 个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。

Many people have the hobby of collecting things, e.g. stamps, postcards or antiques. In the

18th and 19th centuries, ___36___ (wealth) people travelled and collected plants, historical objects

and works of art. They kept their collection at home until it got too big ___37___ until they died, and
then it was given to a museum. The 80,000 objects collected by Sir Hans Sloane, for example,

___38___ (form) the core collection of the British Museum ___39___ opened in 1759.

The parts of a museum open to the public ___40___ (call) galleries or rooms. Often, only a

small part of a museum’s collection ___41___ (be) on display. Most of it is stored away or used for

research.

Many museums are lively places and they attract a lot of visitors. As well as looking at

exhibits, visitors can play with computer simulations (模拟) and imagine ___42___ (they) living at

a different time in history or ___43___(walk)through a rainforest. At the Jorvik Centre in York, the

city’s Viking settlement is recreated, and people experience the sights, sounds and smells of the old


town. Historical ___44___ (accurate) is important but so is entertainment. Museums must compete

____45____people’s spare time and money with other amusements. Most museums also welcome

school groups and arrange special activities for children.




第三部分 写作(共两节, 满分 40 分)

第一节(满分 15 分)
“一

46.假定你是李华, 上周日你校举办了 5 公里越野赛跑活动。请你为校英文报写一篇报道, 内


容包括:

1. 参加人员:

2. 跑步路线:从校门口到南山脚下:

3. 活动反响。

注意:

1. 写作词数应为 80 左右:

2. 请按如下格式在答题卡的相应位置作答。

A Cross-Country Running Race

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________

第二节(满分 25 分)

47.阅读下面材料, 根据其内容和所给段落开头语续写两段, 使之构成一篇完整的短文。

The Meredith family lived in a small community. As the economy was in decline, some people

in the town had lost their jobs. Many of their families were struggling to make ends meet. People

were trying to help each other meet the challenges.

Mrs. Meredith was a most kind and thoughtful woman. She spent a great deal of time visiting

the poor. She knew they had problems, and they needed all kinds of help. When she had time, she


would bring food and medicine to them.


One morning she told her children about a family she had visited the day before. There was a

man sick in bed, his wife, who took care of him and could not go out to work, and their little boy.

The little boy -his name was Bernard-had interested her very much.
“一

“I wish you could see him,” she said to her own children, John, Harry, and Clara. “He is such a

help to his mother. He wants very much to earn some money, but I don't see what he can do.”

After their mother left the room, the children sat thinking about Bernard. “I wish we could help

him to earn money,” said Clara. “His family is suffering so much.”


“So do I,” said Harry. “We really should do something to assist them.”

For some moments, John said nothing, but, suddenly, he sprang to his feet and cried, “I have a

great idea! I have a solution that we can all help accomplish(完成).”

The other children also jumped up all attention. When John had an idea, it was sure to be a

good one. “I tell you what we can do,” said John. “You know that big box of corn Uncle John sent

us? Well, we can make popcorn(爆米花), and put it into paper bags, and Bernard can take it around

to the houses and sell it.”

注意:
1. 续写词数应为 150 左右:

2. 请按如下格式在答题卡的相应位置作答。

When Mrs. Meredith heard of John's idea, she thought it was a good one, too.

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________

With everything ready, Bernard started out on his new business.


_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________

“一



2020 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(浙江)

英语试题

选择题部分

第一部分 听力(共两节,满分 30 分)

做题时,先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后,你将有两分钟的时间将试卷
上的答案转涂到答题纸上。


第一节(共 5 小题:每小题 1.5 分,满分 7.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中




选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后,你都有 10 秒钟的时

间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
“一

例:How much is the shirt?


A. £19. 15. B. £9. 18. C. £9. 15.


答案是 C。

1.What will the speakers do tonight?

A. Visit Mary. B. Go out of town. C. Host a dinner.

2.How does the woman go to work this week?

A. By car. B. By bike. C. On foot.

3.What time does Dave's meeting start?

A. At 8:30. B. At 9:00. C. At 10:00.

4.What is Helen going to do?

A. Buy some books. B. Study in the library. C. Attend a history


class.

5.What is the woman's feeling now?

A. Relief. B. Regret. C. Embarrassment.

第二节(共 15 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 22.5 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的 A、B、C


三个选项中选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前,你
将有时间阅读各个小题,每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答
时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。


听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。


6. What is Tom busy doing? 高
A. Raising money. B. Writing a lab report. C. Giving classes to

children.

7. Who might be able to help Tom this week?


“一

A. Mike. B. Cathy. C. Jane.


听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

8. Why is Jack leaving early?


A. To avoid getting stuck in traffic.

B. To enjoy the scenery on the way.

C To buy some gifts for his family.


.

9. What does Judy often do at the railway station?

A. Read books. B. Call some friends. C. Look around the

shops.

10. What are the speakers mainly talking about?


A. What to do next year.

B. Where to go for vacations.

C. How to pass the waiting time.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

11. Why does Bill look troubled?

A. He is short of money.

B. He has made a big mistake.

C. He is facing a tough choice.


12. What is Bill now?

A. A college student. B. An army officer.


中 C. A computer

engineer.

13. What does the woman seem to suggest Bill do?


“一

A. Learn to repair cars. B. Decline the job offer. C. Ask his uncle for

advice.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。

14. What is the woman recommending to the man?

A. A writer. B. A club. C. A course.

15. What is the woman reading now?

A. The Beautiful Mind. B. The Great Gatsby. C. The Kite Runner.

16. How much time does the man have to read the book?

A. Two weeks. B. Three weeks. C. Four weeks.

听下面一段独白,回答以下小题。

17. What is the speaker doing?


A. Reporting a study. B. Chairing a meeting. C. Teaching a class.

18. What should you pay most attention to when taking notes?

A. Listening. B. Reading. C. Writing.

19. What is an advantage of using symbols in note-taking?

A. It keeps information secret.

B. It leaves space for future use.

C. It makes key words noticeable.

20. What will the speaker do next?


A. Ask a few questions. B. Show some notes. C. Make a summary.

第二部分 阅读理解(共两节,满分 35 分)


第一节(共 10 小题:每小题 2.5 分,满分 25 分)

阅读下列短文,从每题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在


“一

答题纸上将该项涂黑。

A

I am an active playgoer and play-reader, and perhaps my best reason for editing this book is a

hope of sharing my enthusiasm for the theater with others. To do this I have searched through

dozens of plays to find the ones that I think best show the power and purpose of the short play.

Each play has a theme or central idea which the playwright(剧作家) hopes to get across

through dialogue and action. A few characters are used to create a single impression growing out of

the theme. It is not my intention to point out the central theme of each of the plays in this collection,

for that would, indeed, ruin the pleasure of reading, discussing, and thinking about the plays and the

effectiveness of the playwright. However, a variety of types is represented here. These include

comedy, satire, poignant drama, historical and regional drama. To show the versatility(多面性) of

the short play, I have included a guidance play, a radio play and a television play.
Among the writers of the plays in this collection, Paul Green, Susan Glaspell, Maxwell

Anderson, Thornton Wilder, William Saroyan, and Tennessee Williams have all received Pulitzer

Prizes for their contributions to the theater. More information about the playwrights will be found at

the end of this book.

To get the most out of reading these plays, try to picture the play on stage, with you, the reader,

in the audience. The houselights dim(变暗). The curtains are about to open, and in a few minutes the

action and dialogue will tell you the story.

21. What do we know about the author from the first paragraph?

A. He has written dozens of plays. B. He has a deep love for the theater.


C. He is a professional stage actor. D. He likes reading short plays to others.

22. What does the author avoid doing in his work?




A. Stating the plays’ central ideas. B. Selecting works by famous

playwrights.
“一

C Including various types of plays. D. Offering information on the


.

playwrights.

23. What does the author suggest readers do while reading the plays?

A. Control their feelings. B. Apply their acting skills.

C. Use their imagination. D. Keep their audience in mind.

24. What is this text?

A. A short story. B. An introduction to a book.

C. A play review. D. An advertisement for a theater.

The traffic signals along Factoria Boulevard in Bellevue, Washington, generally don't flash the

same length of green twice in a row, especially at rush hour. At 9:30am, the full red/yellow/green
signal cycle might be 140 seconds. By 9:33am, a burst of additional traffic might push it to 145

seconds. Less traffic at 9:37am could push it down to 135. Just like the traffic itself, the timing of the

signals changes.

That is by design. Bellevue, a fast-growing city just east of Seattle, uses a system that is

gaining popularity around the US: intersection(十字路口) signals that can adjust in real time to

traffic conditions. These lights, known as adaptive signals, have led to significant declines in both

the trouble and cost of travels between work and home.

“Adaptive signals can make sure that the traffic demand that is there is being addressed, ” says

Alex Stevanovic, a researcher at Florida Atlantic University.


For all of Bellevue’s success, adaptive signals are not a cure-all for jammed roadways. Kevin


Balke, a research engineer at the Texas A&M University Transportation Institute, says that while

smart lights can be particularly beneficial for some cities, others are so jammed that only a sharp

reduction in the number of cars on the road will make a meaningful difference. “It’s not going to fix

everything, but adaptive signals have some benefits for smaller cities,” he says.
“一

In Bellevue, the switch to adaptive signals has been a lesson in the value of welcoming new

approaches. In the past, there was often an automatic reaction to increased traffic: just widen the

roads, says Mark Poch, the Bellevue Transportation Department’s traffic engineering manager.

Now he hopes that other cities will consider making their streets run smarter instead of just making

them bigger.

25. What does the underlined word “that” in paragraph 2 refer to?

A. Increased length of green lights. B. Shortened traffic signal cycle.

C. Flexible timing of traffic signals. D. Smooth traffic flow on the road.

26. What does Kevin Balke say about adaptive signals?

A. They work better on broad roads.

B. They should be used in other cities.

C. They have greatly reduced traffic on the road.


D. They are less helpful in cities seriously jammed.

27. What can we learn from Bellevue’s success?

A. It is rewarding to try new things. B. The old methods still work today.

C. I pays to put theory into practice. D. The simplest way is the best way.

Challenging work that requires lots of analytical thinking, planning and other managerial skills

might help your brain stay sharp as you age, a study published Wednesday in the journal Neurology

suggests.


Researchers from the University of Leipzig in Germany gathered more than 1, 000 retired


workers who were over age 75 and assessed the volunteers’ memory and thinking skills through a

battery of tests. Then, for eight years, the scientists asked the same group to come back to the lab

every 18 months to take the same sorts of tests.

Those who had held mentally stimulating(刺激), demanding jobs before retirement tended to
“一

do the best on the tests. And they tended to lose cognitive(认知) function at a much slower rate

than those with the least mentally challenging jobs. The results held true even after the scientists

accounted for the participants’ overall health status.


“This works just like physical exercise, ” says Francisca Then, who led the study. “After a long

run, you may feel like you’re in pain, you may feel tired. But it makes you fit. After a long day at

work-sure, you will feel tired, but it can help your brain stay healthy. ”

It's not just corporate jobs or even paid work that can help keep your brain fit, Then points
,

out. A waiter’s job, for example, that requires multitasking, teamwork and decision-making could

be just as stimulating as any high-level office work. And “running a family household requires

high-level planning and coordinating(协调), ” she says. “You have to organize the activities of the

children and take care of the bills and groceries. ”

Of course, our brains can decline as we grow older for lots of reasons-including other

environmental influences or genetic factors. Still, continuing to challenge yourself mentally and
keeping your mind busy can only help.

28. Why did the scientists ask the volunteers to take the tests?

A. To assess their health status. B. To evaluate their work habits.

C. To analyze their personality. D. To measure their mental ability.

29. How does Francisca Then explain her findings in paragraph 4?

A. By using an expert’s words. B. By making a comparison.

C. By referring to another study. D. By introducing a concept.

30. Which of the following is the best title for the text?


A. Retired Workers Can Pick Up New Skills

B. Old People Should Take Challenging Jobs




C. Your Tough Job Might Help Keep You Sharp

D. Cognitive Function May Decline As You Age


“一

第二节(共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)


根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两

项为多余选项。

I experienced years of loneliness as a child. ___31___ His friends teased him about babysitting

his sister and his interests were far different from mine. With no other kids of my age in the

neighborhood, I had to spend hours by myself.

A bright spot for me turned out to be reading. My love of the written word began early as my

mother read to me every evening. ___32___ I started reading books on my own before age 5 and my

mother took me to the public library once a week to borrow several books. I quickly graduated from

typical children’s books to ones with fewer pictures and longer chapters. Reading opened new

worlds to me. ___33___

My mother also encouraged me to make what I wanted. I tried making toy cars with cardboard
boxes and constructing buildings from leftover cardboard and bits of wood my father gave me.

When my mother saw my creations she told me how creative my designs were. ___34___ I learned
,

a lot about how to extend the life of objects and transform them into something new and useful. It

was a trait(特点) others found helpful, and I soon had friends who wanted to make things with me.

___35___My parents made it a point for their two kids to spend time outside, no matter the

weather or season. My brother, of course, raced off to be with his friends, while I had plenty to do

myself. There was making leaf houses in autumn, ice skating in winter, and so much more. They’re

all memories I treasure today.

A. I wasn't alone any longer.


B. I enjoyed reading stories aloud.

C. I was invited to play with another kid.




D. I loved the colorful photographs in the books.

E. Another habit I formed early was being outdoors.


“一

F. Thus, I began my lifelong interest in making things.


G. My older brother couldn’t be bothered to play with me.


第三部分 语言运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第一节(共 20 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C 和 D 四个选项中,选出可以填入


空白处的最佳选项,并在答题纸上将该项涂黑。

I’ve been farming sheep on a hillside for 54 years. I use a small tractor to get about. My dog

Don always sits beside me in the passenger scat.

One morning I ___36___ a lost lamb when I was in the top field,near where a motorway cuts

through my land. The lamb had become separated from its ___37___ , so I jumped out of the tractor

to ___38___ it while Don stayed in his scat.


Lamb and mother ___39___ , I turned back to the tractor only to see it move suddenly away

from me. This was so ___40___ because I had put the handbrake on when I jumped out. ___41___

Don had somehow made the ___42___move.

My heart froze in my chest as I ___43___ the tractor heading towards the ___44___ .I ran

desperately but failed to _____45_____. It crashed through a wooden fence and disappeared. The

_____46_____ thing I saw was Don’s face, looking calmly back at me.

Heart in mouth, I _____47_____ the fence and looked over. The tractor was

_____48_____against the crash barrier in the central reservation, having miraculously(奇迹般地)

crossed the _____49_____ road with fast-flowing traffic. I couldn’t see Don, but as I _____50_____


the tractor he jumped out onto the road, apparently _____51_____ , and dashed back to me.


The police _____52_____ and the motorway ran normally again. I couldn't quite believe my

_____53_____ it turned out no one got badly hurt, but the outcome could have been _____54_____

.Don was given a special _____55_____ that night—I didn’t want him thinking I was angry with

him.
“一

36. A. dropped B. spotted C. carried D. returned


37. A. kids B. friends C. owner D. mother


38. A. ask about B. play with C. tend to D. run into

39 A. freed B. switched C. reunited D.


.
examined

40. A. unexpected B. dangerous C. embarrassing D. difficult

41. A. Fortunately B. Generally C. Immediately D.

Obviously

42. A. lamb B. vehicle C. seat D. fence

43. A. saw B. stopped C. remembered D. drove

44. A. crowd B. motorway C. field D. hill


45. A. take off B. catch up C. hold back D. get out

46. A. real B. best C. basic D. last

47. A. fixed B. noticed C. reached D. closed

48. A. resting B. running C. parking D. turning

49. A. sleep B. long C. rough D. busy

50. A. abandoned B. approached C. recognized D. repaired

51. A. unclean B. uncertain C. unhurt D. unhappy

52. A. arrived B. replied C. survived D. waited


53. A. ability B. dream C. luck D. idea

54. A. common B. confusing



C. desirable D. awful

55. A. meal B. test C. job D. lesson

非选择题部分
“一

第三部分 语言运用(共两节,满分 45 分)

第二节(共 10 小题;每小题 1.5 分,满分 15 分)


阅读下面材料,在空白处填入适当的内容(1 个单词)或括号内单词的正确形式。

Some time after 10,000 BC,people made the first real attempt to control the world they lived

___56___ ,through agriculture. Over thousands of years,they began to depend less on ___57___

could be hunted or gathered from the wild,and more on animals they had raised and crops they

had sown.

Farming produced more food per person ___58___ hunting and gathering,so people were

able to raise more children. And,as more children were born,more food ___59___(need).

Agriculture gave people their first experience of the power of technology ___60___(change)lives.

By about 6000 BC,people ___61___ (discover)the best crops to grow and animals to raise.

Later,they learned to work with the ___62___ (season),planting at the right time and,in dry areas,
___63___ (make)use of annual floods to irrigate(灌溉)their fields.

This style of farming lasted for quite a long time. Then,with ___64___ rise of science,

changes began. New methods _____65_____ (mean)that fewer people worked in farming. In the

last century or so,these changes have accelerated. New power machinery and artificial

fertilizers(化肥)have now totally transformed a way of life that started in the Stone Age.

第四部分 写作(共两节,满分 40 分)

第一节应用文写作(满分 15 分)

66.假定你是李华,你校来自爱尔兰的外教 Peter 因病回国休假。请给他写一封电子邮件,内

容包括:1. 询问近况;2. 分享班级最新消息;3. 表达祝愿。


注意:1. 词数 80 左右;2. 可适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。


_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
“一

_______________________________________

第二节 读后续写(满分 25 分)

67.阅读下面短文,根据所给情节进行续写,使之构成一个完整的故事。

One fall,my wife Elli and I had a single goal:to photograph polar bears. We were staying at a

research camp outside “the polar bear capital of the world”-the town of Churchill in Manitoba,

Canada.

Taking pictures of polar bears is amazing but also dangerous. Polar bears-like all wild

animals-should be photographed from a safe distance. When I'm face to face with a polar bear,I

like it to be through a camera with a telephoto lens. But sometimes,that is easier said than done.

This was one of those times.

As Elli and I cooked dinner,a young male polar bear who was playing in a nearby lake

sniffed,and smelled our garlic bread.


The hungry bear followed his nose to our camp,which was surrounded by a high wire fence.

He pulled and bit the wire. He stood on his back legs and pushed at the wooden fence posts.

Terrified,Elli and I tried all the bear defense actions we knew. We yelled at the bear,hit pots

hard,and fired blank shotgun shells into the air. Sometimes loud noises like these will scare bears

off. Not this polar bear though-he just kept trying to tear down the fence with his massive paws(爪

子).

I radioed the camp manager for help. He told me a helicopter was on its way,but it would be

30 minutes before it arrived. Making the best of this close encounter(相遇),I took some pictures

of the bear.


Elli and I feared the fence wouldn't last through 30 more minutes of the bear's punishment. The


camp manager suggested I use pepper spray. The spray burns the bears' eyes,
but doesn't hurt them.

So I approached our uninvited guest slowly and,through the fence,sprayed him in the face. With

an angry roar(吼叫),the bear ran to the lake to wash his eyes.

注意:1. 所续写短文的词数应为 150 左右;


“一

2. 至少使用 5 个短文中标有下划线的关键词语;

3. 续写部分分为两段,每段的开头语已为你写好;

4. 续写完成后,请用下划线标出你所使用的关键词语。

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________

2016 年普通高等学校全国统一考试(江苏)

一部分听力(共两节, 满分 20 分)

做题时, 先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后, 你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上


的答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节(共 5 小题; 每小题 1 分, 满分 5 分)

听下面 5 段对话。每段对话后有一个小题, 从题中所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选


出最佳选项, 并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后, 你都有 10 秒钟的时间
来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。

例:How much is the shirt?

A. £19.15. B. £59.18. C. £9.15.

答案是 C。

1.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】


Where does the conversation probably take place?


A. In a supermarket. B. In the post office C. In the street.

2.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】

What did Carl do?


“一

A. He designed a medal. B. He fixed a TV set. C. He took a test.


3.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】

What does the man do?


A. He’s a tailor. B. He’s a waiter. C. He’s a shop

assistant.

4.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】

When will the flight arrive?

A. At 18:20. B. At 18:35. C. At 18:50.

5.【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】

How can the man improve his article?

A. By deleting unnecessary words.


B. By adding a couple of points.

C. By correcting grammar mistakes.

第二节(共 15 小题:每小题 I 分, 满分 15 分)

听下面 5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题, 从题中所给的 A、B、C


三个选项中选出最佳选项, 并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前, 你将
有时间阅读各个小题,每小题 5 秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出 5 秒钟的作答时间。
每段对话或独白读两遍。

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】



6. What does Bill often do on Friday night? 高
A. Visit his parents. B. Go to the movies. C. Walk along

Broadway.

7. Who watches musical plays most often?


“一

A. Bill. B. Sarah. C. Bill’s parents.


听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】

8. Why does David want to speak to Mike?

A. To invite him to a party. B. To discuss a schedule. C. To call off a

meeting.

9. What do we know about the speakers?

A. They are colleagues. B. They are close friends. C. They’ve never met

before.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】
10. What kind of camera does the man want?

A. A TV camera. B. A video camera. C. A movie camera.

11. Which function is the man most interested in?

A. Underwater filming. B. A large memory. C. Auto-focus.

12. How much would the man pay for the second camera?

A. 950 euros. B. 650 euros. C. 470 euros.

听下面一段较长对话,回答以下小题。【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】


13. Who is Clifford?

A. A little girl. B. The man’s pet.


中 C. A fictional

character.

14. Who suggested that Norman paint for children’s books?


“一

A. His wife. B. Elizabeth. C. A publisher.


15. What is Norman’s story based on?


A. A book. B. A painting. C. A young woman.


16. What is it that shocked Norman?

A. His unexpected success.

B His efforts made in vain.


.

C. His editor’s disagreement.

听下面一段独白,回答以下小题。【此处可播放相关音频,请去附件查看】

17. Who would like to make small talk according to the speaker?
A. Relatives. B. Strangers. C. Visitors.

18. Why do people have small talk?

A. To express opinions. B. To avoid arguments. C To show

friendliness.

19. Which of the following is a frequent topic in small talk?

A. Politics. B. Movies. C. Salaries.

20. What does the speaker recommend at the end of his lecture?

A Asking open-ended questions.


.


B. Feeling free to change topics.

C. Making small talk interesting.




第二部分:英语知识运用(共两节, 满分 35 分)

第一节:单项填空(共 15 小题; 每小题 1 分, 满分 15 分)


“一

请认真阅读下面各题, 从题中所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中, 选出最佳选项, 并


在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

例:It is generally considered unwise to give a child ______ he or she wants.


A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever

答案是 B。

21.Many lessons are now available online, from _____ students can choose for free.

A. whose B. which C. when D. whom

22.If you look at all sides of the situation, you’ll find probably a solution that ______ everyone.

A. suit B. suited C. suits D. has

suited

23.They decide to have more workers for the project ____ it won’t be delayed.
A. even if B. as if C. now that D. so that

24.Building such a bridge over the bay was ______ but the local government made it within two

years.

A. a wet blanket B. a piece of cake C. a dark horse D. a hard

nut to crack

25.It is not a problem _____ we can win the battle; it’s just a matter of time.

A. whether B. why C. when D. where

26.Instead of getting down to a new task as I _____, he examined the previous work again.


A. had expected B. have expected C. would expect D. expect


27.There will still be lots of challenges if we are to _____ garbage in a short time.

A. clarify B. justify C. satisfy D. classify

28.If I hadn’t been faced with so many barriers, I _____where I am.


“一

A won’t be B. wouldn’t have been C. wouldn’t be D.


.

shouldn’t have been


29.The outbreak of Covid-19 has meant an _____ change in our life and work.

A. absurd B. abrupt C. allergic D.

authentic

30.Taking on this challenge will bring you _____ someone who shares your interests.

A. in exchange for B. in answer to C. in contact with D. in

memory of

31.Technological innovations, ____ good marketing, will promote the sales of these products.

A combined with B. combining with C. having combined with D. to be


.
combined with
32.This actor often has the first two tricks planned before performing, and then goes for ______.

A. whichever B. whenever C. wherever D.

whatever

33.The health security systems of many countries are undergoing considerable ______.

A. reservation B. transformation C. distinction D.

submission

34.The speed of 6G will exceed 125 GB/s, ______ a new generation of virtual reality.

A. allowing for B. accounting for C. calling for D.


compensating for


35.—Do you know anything about Zhang Zhongjing? 高
—______ He has been honored as a master doctor since the Eastern Han Dynasty.

A. How come? B. So what? C. By all means. D. With

pleasure.
“一

第二节:完形填空(共 20 小题; 每小题 1 分, 满分 20 分)


请认真阅读下面短文, 从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中, 选出最佳


选项, 并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

Being good at something and having a passion for it are not enough. Success ___36___

fundamentally on our view of ourselves and of the ____37____ in our lives.

When twelve-year-old John Wilson walked into his chemistry class on a rainy day in 1931, he

had no ___38___ of knowing that his life was to change ____39____. The class experiment that day

was to ____40____ how heating a container of water would bring air bubbling (冒泡) to the surface.

____41____, the container the teacher gave Wilson to heat ____42____ held something more

volatile (易挥发的) than water. When Wilson heated it, the container ___43___, leaving Wilson

blinded in both eyes.

When Wilson returned home from hospital two months later, his parents ____44____ to find a
way to deal with the catastrophe that had ______45______ their lives. But Wilson did not regard the

accident as ______46______. He learned braille (盲文) quickly and continued his education at

Worcester College for the Blind. There, he not only did well as a student but also became

a(n)______47______ public speaker.

Later, he worked in Africa, where many people suffered from ______48______ for lack of

proper treatment. For him, it was one thing to _____49_____ his own fate of being blind and quite

another to allow something to continue _____50_____ it could be fixed so easily. This moved him

to action. And tens of millions in Africa and Asia can see because of the ______51______ Wilson

made to preventing the ______52______.


Wilson received several international ______53______ for his great contributions. He lost his

sight but found a _____54_____. He proved that it’s not what happens to us that ______55______

our lives-it’s what we make of what happens.




36. A. depends B. holds C. keeps D. reflects

37. A. dilemmas B. accidents C. events D. steps


“一

38. A. way B. hope C. plan D. measure


39. A. continually B. gradually C. gracefully D.


completely

40. A. direct B. show C. advocate D. declare

41. A. Anyway B. Moreover C. Somehow D. Thus

42. A. mistakenly B. casually C. amazingly D. clumsily

43. A. erupted B. exploded C. emptied D. exposed

44. A. deserved B. attempted C. cared D. agreed

45. A. submitted to B. catered for C. impressed on D.

happened to

46. A. fantastic B. extraordinary C. impressive D.


catastrophic

47. A. accomplished B. crucial C. specific D. innocent

48. A. deafness B. depression C. blindness D.

speechlessness

49. A. decide B. abandon C. control D. accept

50. A. until B. when C. unless D. before

51. A. opposition B. adjustments C. commitment D.

limitations


52. A. preventable B. potential C. spreadable D.


influential 高
53. A. scholarships B. rewards C. awards D. bonuses

54. A. fortune B. recipe C. dream D. vision


“一

55. A. distinguishes B. determines C. claims D. limits

第三部分:阅读理解(共 15 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 30 分)


请认真阅读下列短文,从短文后各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,选出最佳


选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。

Some important dates in China’s fighting Covid-19 before May 7,2020

Jan 23: Wuhan declared temporary outbound (向外的) traffic restrictions.

Jan 24: National medical teams began to be sent to Hubei and wuhan.
Jan 20, 2020~ Feb 20,2020
Jan 27: The Central Steering (指导) Group arrived in Wuhan.

Feb 18: The daily number of newly cured and discharged (出院) patients
exceeded that of the newly confirmed cases.

Feb 21: Most provinces and equivalent administrative units started to lower their

public health emergency response level.

Feb 21, 2020~ Mar 17,2020 Feb 24: The WHO-China Joint Mission on Covid-19 held a press conference in

Beijing.

Mar 11-17: The epidemic (流行病) peak had passed in China as a whole.

Apr1: Chinese customs began NAT (核酸检测) on inbound arrivals at all points

of entry.


Mar 18,2020 ~Apr 28,2020
Apr 8: Wuhan lifted outbound traffic restrictions.


Apr 26: The last Covid-19 patient in Wuhan was discharged from hospital.

Apr 30: The public health emergency response was lowered to Level 2 in the

Beijing-Tianjin-Hebei region.
“一

Apr 29, 2020~ May 7,2020


May 7: The State Council released Guidelines on Conducting Covid-19

Prevention and Control on an Ongoing Basis.



56. What happened between January 20 and February 20?

A. The Central Steering Group arrived in Wuhan.

B. The WHO-China Joint Mission on Covid-19 held a press conference.

C. The last Covid-19 patient in Wuhan was discharged from hospital.

D. Beijing lowered its emergency response level.


57. From which date were private cars allowed to go out of Wuhan?

A. January 23. B. March 11. C. April 8. D. May 7.

Sometimes it’s hard to let go. For many British people, that can apply to institutions and

objects that represent their country’s past-age-old castles, splendid homes… and red phone boxes.

Beaten first by the march of technology and lately by the terrible weather in junkyards (废品场),

the phone boxes representative of an age are now making something of a comeback. Adapted in

imaginative ways, many have reappeared on city streets and village greens housing tiny cafes,

cellphone repair shops or even defibrillator machines (除颤器).


The original iron boxes with the round roofs first appeared in 1926. They were designed by


Giles Gilbert Scott, the architect of the Battersea Power Station in London. After becoming an

important part of many British streets, the phone boxes began disappearing in the 1980s, with the

rise of the mobile phone sending most of them away to the junkyards.
“一

About that time, Tony Inglis’ engineering and transport company got the job to remove phone

boxes from the streets and sell them out. But Inglis ended up buying hundreds of them himself, with

the idea of repairing and selling them. He said that he had heard the calls to preserve the boxes and

had seen how some of them were listed as historic buildings.


As Inglis and, later other businessmen, got to work, repurposed phone boxes began

reappearing in cities and villages as people found new uses for them. Today, they are once again a

familiar sight, playing roles that are often just as important for the community as their original

purpose.

In rural areas, where ambulances can take a relatively long time to arrive, the phone boxes have

taken on a lifesaving role. Local organizations can adopt them for l pound, and install defibrillators

to help in emergencies.

Others also looked at the phone boxes and saw business opportunities. LoveFone, a company

that advocates repairing cellphones rather than abandoning them, opened a mini workshop in a
London phone box in 2016.

The tiny shops made economic sense, according to Robert Kerr, a founder of LoveFone. He

said that one of the boxes generated around $13,500 in revenue a month and cost only about $400 to

rent.

Inglis said phone boxes called to mind an age when things were built to last. I “like what they

are to people, and I enjoy bringing things back,” he said.

58. The phone boxes are making a comeback ______.

A. to form a beautiful sight of the city


B. to improve telecommunications services


C. to remind people of a historical period 高
D. to meet the requirement of green economy

59. Why did the phone boxes begin to go out of service in the 1980s?
“一

A. They were not well-designed. B. They provided bad services.

C. They had too short a history. D. They lost to new technologies.


60. The phone boxes are becoming popular mainly because of ______.

A. their new appearance and lower prices B. the push of the local organizations

C. their changed roles and functions D. the big funding of the businessmen

For those who can stomach it, working out before breakfast may be more beneficial for health

than eating first, according to a study of meal timing and physical activity.

Athletes and scientists have long known that meal timing affects performance. However, far

less has been known about how meal timing and exercise might affect general health.

To find out, British scientists conducted a study. They first found 10 overweight and inactive

but otherwise healthy young men, whose lifestyles are, for better and worse, representative of those
of most of us. They tested the men’s fitness and resting metabolic (新陈代谢的) rates and took

samples (样品) of their blood and fat tissue.

Then, on two separate morning visits to the scientists’ lab, each man walked for an hour at an

average speed that, in theory should allow his body to rely mainly on fat for fuel. Before one of these

workouts, the men skipped breakfast, meaning that they exercised on a completely empty stomach

after a long overnight fast (禁食). On the other occasion, they ate a rich morning meal about two

hours before they started walking.

Just before and an hour after each workout, the scientists took additional samples of the men’s

blood and fat tissue.


Then they compared the samples. There were considerable differences. Most obviously, the


men displayed lower blood sugar levels at the start of their workouts when they had skipped

breakfast than when they had eaten. As a result, they burned more fat during walks on an empty

stomach than when they had eaten first. On the other hand, they burned slightly more calories (卡路

里), on average, during the workout after breakfast than after fasting.
“一

But it was the effects deep within the fat cells that may have been the most significant, the

researchers found. Multiple genes behaved differently, depending on whether someone had eaten or

not before walking. Many of these genes produce proteins (蛋白质) that can improve blood sugar

regulation and insulin (胰岛素) levels throughout the body and so are associated with improved

metabolic health. These genes were much more active when the men had fasted before exercise than

when they had breakfasted.

The implication of these results is that to gain the greatest health benefits from exercise, it may

be wise to skip eating first.

61. The underlined expression “stomach it” in Paragraph 1 most probably means “______”.

A. digest the meal easily B. manage without breakfast

C. decide wisely what to eat D. eat whatever is offered

62. Why were the 10 people chosen for the experiment?


A. Their lifestyles were typical of ordinary people.

B. Their lack of exercise led to overweight.

C. They could walk at an average speed.

D. They had slow metabolic rates.

63. What happened to those who ate breakfast before exercise?

A They successfully lost weight. B. They consumed a bit more calories.


.

C. They burned more fat on average. D. They displayed higher insulin levels.


64. What could be learned from the research?


A. A workout after breakfast improves gene performances.

B. Too much workout often slows metabolic rates.

C. Lifestyle is not as important as morning exercise.


“一

D. Physical exercise before breakfast is better for health.

D

I was in the middle of the Amazon (亚马逊) with my wife, who was there as a medical

researcher. We flew on a small plane to a faraway village. We did not speak the local language, did

not know the customs, and more often than not, did not entirely recognize the food. We could not

have felt more foreign.

We were raised on books and computers, highways and cell phones, but now we were living in

a village without running water or electricity It was easy for us to go to sleep at the end of the day

feeling a little misunderstood.

Then one perfect Amazonian evening, with monkeys calling from beyond the village green, we

played soccer. I am not good at soccer, but that evening it was wonderful. Everyone knew the rules.

We all spoke the same language of passes and shots. We understood one another perfectly. As

darkness came over the field and the match ended, the goal keeper, Juan, walked over to me and said
in a matter-of-fact way, “In your home, do you have a moon too?” I was surprised.

After I explained to Juan that yes, we did have a moon and yes, it was very similar to his, I felt

a sort of awe (敬畏) at the possibilities that existed in his world. In Juan’s world, each village could

have its own moon. In Juan’s world. the unknown and undiscovered was vast and marvelous.

Anything was possible.

In our society, we know that Earth has only one moon. We have looked at our planet from

every angle and found all of the wildest things left to find. I can, from my computer at home, pull up

satellite images of Juan’s village. There are no more continents and no more moons to search for,

little left to discover. At least it seems that way.


Yet, as I thought about Juan’s question, I was not sure how much more we could really rule out.


I am, in part, an ant biologist, so my thoughts turned to what we know about insect life and I knew

that much in the world of insects remains unknown. How much, though? How ignorant (无知的)

are we? The question of what we know and do not know constantly bothered me.

I began collecting newspaper articles about new species, new monkey, new spider…, and on
“一

and on they appear. My drawer quickly filled. I began a second drawer for more general discoveries:

new cave system discovered with dozens of nameless species, four hundred species of bacteria

found in the human stomach. The second drawer began to fill and as it did I wondered whether there

were bigger discoveries out there, not just species, but life that depends on things thought to be

useless, life even without DNA. I started a third drawer for these big discoveries. It fills more

slowly, but all the same, it fills.

In looking into the stories of biological discovery, I also began to find something else, a

collection of scientists, usually brilliant occasionally half-mad, who made the discoveries. Those

scientists very often see the same things that other scientists see, but they pay more attention to

them, and they focus on them to the point of exhaustion (穷尽), and at the risk of the ridicule of their

peers. In looking for the stories of discovery, I found the stories of these people and how their lives

changed our view of the world.

We are repeatedly willing to imagine we have found most of what is left to discover. We used
to think that insects were the smallest organisms (生物), and that nothing lived deeper than six

hundred meters. Yet, when something new turns up, more often than not, we do not even know its

name.

65. How did the author feel on his arrival in the Amazon?

A. Out of place. B. Full of joy. C. Sleepy. D.

Regretful.

66. What made that Amazonian evening wonderful?

A. He learned more about the local language.


B. They had a nice conversation with each other.


C. They understood each other while playing. 高
D. He won the soccer game with the goal keeper.

67. Why was the author surprised at Juan’s question about the moon?
“一

A. The question was too straightforward.

B. Juan knew so little about the world.


C. The author didn’t know how to answer.


D. The author didn’t think Juan was sincere.


68. What was the author’s initial purpose of collecting newspaper articles?

A. To sort out what we have known.

B. To deepen his research into Amazonians.

C. To improve his reputation as a biologist.

D. To learn more about local cultures.

69. How did those brilliant scientists make great discoveries?

A. They shifted their viewpoints frequently.


B. They followed other scientists closely.

C. They often criticized their fellow scientists.

D. They conducted in-depth and close studies.

70. What could be the most suitable title for the passage?

A. The Possible and the Impossible .

B. The Known and the Unknown .

C. The Civilized and the Uncivilized .

D. The Ignorant and the Intelligent.


第四部分:任务型阅读(共 10 小题;每小题 1 分,满分 10 分)

请认真阅读下面短文,并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。


注意:请将答案写在答题卡上相应题号的横线上。每个空格只填一个单词。

Humor
“一

If you see humor as an optional form of entertainment, you’re missing some of its biggest

benefits: Humor makes average-looking people look cute and uninteresting people seem

entertaining. Studies show that a good sense of humor even makes you seem smarter.

Best of all, humor raises your energy, and that can have an effect on everything you do at

school, at work, or in your personal life. The increase of energy will even make you more willing to

exercise, and that will raise your overall energy even more.

Humor also transports your mind away from your daily troubles. Humor lets you better

understand life and sometimes helps you laugh at even the worst of your problems.

In my experience, most people think they have a sense of humor, and to some degree that’s

true. But not all senses of humor are created equal. So I thought it would be useful to include some

humor tips for everyday life.

You don’t have to be the joke teller in the group in order to show your sense of humor. You can
be the one who directs the conversation to fun topics that are ripe for others to add humor. Every

party needs a straight person. You’ll appear fun and funny by association.

When it comes to in-person humor, effort counts a lot. When people see you trying to be funny,

it frees them to try it themselves. So even if your own efforts at humor fall short, you might be

freeing the long kept humor in others. People need permission to be funny in social settings because

there’s always a risk that comes with humor. For in-person humor, quality isn’t as important as you

might think. Your attitude and effort count a lot.

Some people--and I was one of them--believe that humorous complaints about the little

problems of life make humor, and sometimes that is the case. The problem comes when you start


doing too much complaint-based humor. One funny observation about problem in your life can be

funny, but five is just complaining, no matter how smart you think you are. Funny complaints can

wear people out.




Self-deprecating(自嘲式) humor is usually the safest type, but here again you don’t want to

overshoot the target. One self-deprecating comment is a generous and even confident form of
“一

humor. You have to be at least a bit self-assured to laugh at yourself in front of others. But if you do

it too often, you can transform in the eyes of others from a confident joker to a Chihuahua dog.

Humor

●Humor is form of ____71____. Humor can improve one’s___72___ and


personality.
Benefits of humor
●Humor can make one ____73____ in his work, study, and life.

●Humor has a positive____74____ effect when we are in difficulties.

●____76____ others for a conversation of fun is as good as telling a joke

yourself when showing your sense of humor.


____75____to follow
●Quality counts ____77____ than attitude and effort-even stupid joke can

____78____ others of risk and embarrassment.


●One humorous complaint makes funny person. But too many complaints

will _____80_____ your audience.


Traps to ___79___
●Self-deprecating comments show one’s assurance. But too much deprecation

will make a Chihuahua dog.

第五部分:书面表达(满分 25 分)


81.请阅读下面有关中国题材纪录片(documentary)的对话,并按照要求用英语写一篇 150 个

词左右的文章。



Su Hua: Hi, Li Jiang! Did you see the BBC documentary on CCTV 9 last week?

Li Jiang: You mean Du Fu: China’s Greatest Poet? Yes, I did. Fantastic!
“一

Su Hua: Just think an English actor recites Chinese poems.


Li Jiang: I don’t really understand every line he recites, but I believe he truly loves the poems himself.

Su Hua: Right. It is reported that the film is well received outside China.

Li Jiang: Yeah, It’s my first time to hear Chinese stories told by an English speaker.

Su Hua: In fact, documentaries about our country are plentiful both at home and abroad. These films can help

foreign friends better understand this land-Chinese literature, geography history, food...

Li Jiang: I couldn’t agree more.

【写作内容】

1.用约 30 个词概括上述对话的主要内容;
2.谈谈中国题材纪录片受到外国朋友欢迎的原因(至少两点)。

【写作要求】

1.写作过程中不能直接引用原文语句;

2.作文中不能出现真实姓名和学校名称;

3.不必写标题。

【评分标准】

内容完整语言规范,语篇连贯,词数适当。

_______________________________________________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________

“一



2020 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(天津卷)

英语笔试(第二次)

本试卷分为第Ⅰ卷(选择题)和第Ⅱ卷(非选择题)两部分,共 130 分,考试用时 100


分钟。第Ⅰ卷 1 至 11 页,第Ⅱ卷 12 至 13 页。

答卷前, 考生务必将自己的姓名、考生号、考场号和座位号填写在答题卡上, 并
在规定位置粘贴考试用条形码。答卷时,考生务必将答案涂写在答题卡上,答


在试卷上的无效。考试结束后,将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。


祝各位考生考试顺利。 高
第Ⅰ卷

注意事项:
“一

1. 每小题选出答案后, 用铅笔将答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动,
用橡皮擦干净后, 再选涂其他答案标号。

2. 本卷共 55 小题, 共 95 分。

第一部分:英语知识运用(共两节, 满分 45 分)

第一节:单项填空(共 15 小题; 每小题 1 分, 满分 15 分)

从 A、B、C、D 四个选项中, 选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。

例:Stand over there ______ you’ll be able to see it better.

A. or B. and C. but D. while

答案是 B。

1.Jim says we ______ stay in his house as long as we leave it clean and tidy .

A. must B. can C. need D. should


2.—You are a great swimmer.

—Thanks. It’s because I ______ a lot these days.

A. have been practising B. was practising

C. would practise D. had practised

3.—Next time you visit Bob, remember to give him a call in advance.

—______. I will.

A. My pleasure B. No wonder C. Good point D. Never

mind


4.______ us prepare for the exam, the teacher suggested reading through our notes.

A. To help B. Helped

C. Helping D. Being

helped

5.—Shall I order a taxi for Sarah to go to the airport tonight?


“一

—______. I’ll drive her there.


A. Have a try B. Don’t mention it C. Don’t bother D. Go

ahead

6.Dr. Rowan, ______ secretary resigned two weeks ago, has had to do all his own typing.

A. whose B. of whom C. of which D. which

7.According to Professor Johnson, we don’t have to read the book if we don’t want to, as it is

______.

A. worthwhile B. necessary C. optional D. serious

8.I never worried about my son while I was away because my mother ______ him.

A. drank a toast to B. played a joke on

C. kept an eye on D. made an apology to


9.The number of medical schools reached 18 in the early 1990s and ______ around that level since.

A. are remaining B. have remained

C. is remaining D. has remained

10.—Why do people like pop music? I hate it so much.

—______ it is not your style, that doesn’t mean it is bad.

A. Only if B. Even though C. Nov that D. In case

11.We offered to give Sharon a ride home, but she ______, saying that she felt like walking.

A. understood B. accepted C. compromised D. declined


12.For my fifth birthday, my mother baked me a cake ______ a monkey.

A. in the shape of

B. beyond the reach of

C. at the mercy of D. on the side of

13.We can’t ______ buying a new printer for our company. The one we have doesn’t work.
“一

A. take up B. carry out C. keep on D. put off


14.The dancer’s incredible performance had the audience on its feet ______ for 10 minutes at the

end of the show.


A. being clapped B. clap C. clapped D. clapping

15.The student completed this experiment to make come true ______ Professor Joseph had said.

A. that B. what C. when D. where

第二节:完形填空(共 20 小题:每小题 1. 5 分, 满分 30 分)

阅读下面短文, 掌握其大意, 然后从 16~35 各题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中,


选出最佳选项。

Detective Ashley Jones works at a police department in England. He has recently made a

significant___16___- -loneliness is a serious social problem that can contribute to depression and
even crimes, but it can be___17___in a clever way. The___18___? Chat benches.

Jones got the idea after he had talked with an elderly lady who had been cheated of

her___19___. The lady would get a call from a stranger every morning who ___20___made her

believe that he was her friend, and then she lent him about “f 31,000 . Jones was___21___ when she

said that she didn’t actually___22___ being cheated. “Otherwise, 1would never speak to another

person for weeks on end,” she said.

This led Jones to the conclusion that there are too many extremely ___23___ people in his

community, who are easy targets of cheating. So he___24___ to do something about it.

He_____25_____ the police department to allow him to _____26_____ a couple of “chat


benches” in two of their local parks. Then he hung a colorful sign on each of the benches

that_____27_____:”HAPPY TO CHAT. “Just a few days after the signs went up, he found people


sitting there and engaging in active and_____28_____ conversations.

The idea is catching on_____29_____There are now over 40 chat benches throughout

England. More new chat benches have sprung up across the UK and beyond. All who participated
“一

have gained a(n)_____30_____ outcome from getting involved. Jones’ idea has been fully

_____31_____-the “HAPPY TO CHAT” benches help_____32_____ the invisible social barrier


that keeps people from saying hello.


This effort is not just a(n) _____33_____ at being community minded- -it’s also a

_____34_____ measure. It prevents people who are cut off from society falling victim to cheaters.

The Chat Bench is a fantastic new project that_____35_____ those of all ages to interact and

get to know each other in the future.

16. A. choice B. discovery C. visit D. promise

17. A. experienced B. suffered C. prevented D. felt

18. A. solution B. puzzle C. excuse D. intention

19. A. pleasure B. prize C. credit D. money

20. A. eventually B. frequently C. previously D.


occasionally

21. A. ashamed B. shocked C. excited D. amused

22. A. mind B. forgive C. risk D. enjoy

23. A. active B. lonely C. cautious D. stubborn

24. A. learned B. refused C. pretended D. decided

25. A. forced B. ordered C. convinced D. taught

26. A. put away B. make out C. tear apart D. set up

27. A. read B. claimed C. meant D. implied


28. A. formal B. joyful C. awkward D. crazy

29. A. randomly B. slowly



C. quickly D.

purposefully

30. A. positive B. disappointing C. correct D.


“一

embarrassing

31. A. realized B. examined C. discussed D. formed


32. A. break down B. put up C. keep off D. take out


33. A. glance B. attempt C. knock D. attack

34. A. heart-breaking B. risk-taking C. face-saving D.

crime-cutting

35. A. forbids B. appoints C. encourages D. troubles

第二部分:阅读理解(共 20 小题:每少题 2. 5 分, 满分 50 分)

阅读下列短文, 从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中, 选出最佳选项。

How to Use a Modern Public Library


Has it been a while since your last visit to a public library? If so, you may be surprised to learn

that libraries have changed for the better. It’s been years since they were dusty little rooms with

books. They have transformed themselves into places where you can develop your love of

knowledge meet interesting people, or find out how to start a business.

Check out a book. While libraries still loan out(出借)books, you’ll find it easier to get a copy

of whatever you’re looking for, thanks to a cooperative network of area libraries. Via such

networks, libraries share their books with each other through the use of delivery vehicles. Once the

book you’ve requested is delivered to the nearest branch, they will inform you by e-mail, so you can

pick it up.


Check out other items. The library is now a multimedia zone, loaded with information in

many formats(载体形式). You can borrow movies on DVDs, music on CDs, and popular


magazines. Some libraries even loan out toys and games. If a popular magazine you want isn’t

offered and the library keeps a list of such requests, they may bring it in when enough interest is

shown.
“一

Join targeted reading groups. Libraries will often hold reading-group sessions targeted to

various age groups. Perhaps you’d like to learn a language or improve your English. The library

may sponsor a language group you could join. If you have difficulties reading, ask about special

reading opportunities. Your library might be able to accommodate you. And you might find it

relaxing to bring your small kid to a half-hour Story Time while you sit quietly in a corner with a

good book.

Start a business using the help of your local library. If you want to have a business of your

own, your local library can become a launch space for it. In library books and computers, you can

find information on starting a business. Many libraries will help you with locally supplied

information about business management shared through chambers of commerce(商会)and

government agencies, and they will offer printing, faxing and database services you need.

36. Public libraries connected by a cooperative network benefit readers by______.

A. sharing their books on the Internet


B. giving access to online reading at a library branch

C. sending a needed book to a library branch nearby

D. making the checkout procedures diverse

37. According to Paragraph 3, what items may be checked out from a public library?

A. A magazine and an e-book.

B. A game and an oil painting.

C. A music CD and a kid’s toy.

D. A DVD and a video player


38. As is described in Paragraph 4, taking a small kid to a half-hour Story Time allows ______.

A. the kid to learn a new language




B. the parent to enjoy quiet reading

C. the kid to overcome reading difficulties


“一

D. the parent to meet their program sponsor


39. Your local library can help you start a business by ______.

A. providing relevant information and supporting services


B. offering professional advice on business management

C. supplying useful information of your potential buyers

D. arranging meetings with government officials

40. What is the purpose of the passage?

A. To point out the importance of public libraries.

B. To encourage people to work in public libraries.

C. To introduce the improved services of public libraries.


D. To call for the modernization of public library systems.

“They tell me that you’d like to make a statue(塑像) of me-is that correct, Miss Vinnie

Ream?”

The deep, gentle voice helped calm the nervous girl. Asking a favor of the President of the

United States was no casual matter, especially for a seventeen-year-old girl.

“Yes, sir,” she replied, her dark eyes meeting his. “I wouldn’t have duo ask you, but my

teacher, Mr. Mills, says I am ready. I plan to make it in an admirable manner. “


President Lincoln smiled. “Painters, sculptors-they’ve all tried to make the best of this ordinary

face, but I’m afraid there’s not much hope. What did you have in mind, Miss Ream? A bust(半身

像)?”


Before Vinnie could say yes, the President hurried on, a shade of apology in his voice.

“Of course-I shouldn’t have asked. A full-length pose would be much too big a project for a
“一

young woman your size. “


Vinnie’s face turned red. She realized she looked like a child, with her tiny figure. “Small does

not mean weak, sir,” she defended herself. “I was born in the country of Wisconsin. I’ve driven

teams of horses and carried water. Making a full-length clay(粘土) figure would not exhaust my

strength-and that is what I intend to do!”

The President’s eyes, brightened at her show of spirit. “Sorry, madam, I have underestimated

you as I didn’t know your background.”

But his smile faded as he rubbed his beard with bony fingers, in thought. “Miss Ream,” he

sighed, “I’d like to let you do it, but as you know, we are in the middle of a war. How could I

possibly take the time to pose for a sculpture now? I hardly have a minute to myself.”

Vinnie glanced around and noted the size of his office. “I work quickly,” she said. Her voice

was soft but confident as she pointed to the corner near the windows. “If I were to bring my clay

here and work for three hours every afternoon, I could complete most of the project while you are at
your desk.”

The President seemed to consider her idea seriously. He got up and shook Vinnie’s hand

warmly, “I’ve heard that you are a talented young woman, and I have found you charming and

intelligent as well. I cannot make my decision immediately, but you will hear from me soon.”

The very next day, Vinnie received an invitation from the President.

41. What gave Vinnie confidence to make her request of President Lincoln?

A. Her aggressive personality.

B. Mr. Mills’s encouraging remark.


C. President Lincoln’s gentle voice.


D. Her interest in a challenging job.

42. How did President Lincoln first respond to Vinnie’s request?

A. Pleased.
“一

B. Thrilled.

C. Regretful.

D. Doubtful.

43. Vinnie confirmed her ability to make a full-length statue by highlighting ______.

A. her experience from other projects

B. her innocent childhood in the country

C. the heavy labor she had done before

D. the skill she picked up in Wisconsin

44. Vinnie wanted to choose the corner near the windows to ______.

A. achieve effects of natural lighting

B. keep all her tools within easy reach


C. observe the President at a right angle

D. avoid disturbing the president’s work

45 What message does the story convey?


.

A. A strong-willed soul can reach his goal.

B. Experience helps to promote excellence.

C. Ups and downs make one strong.

D. Devotion requires enthusiasm.


C


For people, who are interested in sound, the field of sound technology is definitely making

noise. In the past, sound engineers worked in the back rooms of recording studios, but many of

today’s sound professionals are sharing their knowledge and experience with professionals in other

fields to create new products based on the phenomenon we call sound.


“一

Sound can be used as a weapon. Imagine that a police officer is chasing a thief. The thief tries

to escape. And the officer can’t let him get away. He pulls out a special device, points it at the

suspect, and switches it on. The thief drops to the ground. This new weapon is called a Long Range

Acoustic Device(LRAD, 远程定向声波发射器). It produces a deafening sound so painful that it


temporarily disables a person. The noise from the LRAD is directed like a ray of light and travels

only into the ears of that person, but it is not deadly.

For those who hunger for some peace and quiet, sound can now create silence. Let’s say you

are at the airport, and the little boy on the seat next to you is humming(哼唱) a short commercial

song. He hums it over and over again, and you are about to go crazy. Thanks to the Silence Machine,

a British invention, you can get rid of the sound without upsetting the boy or his parents. One may

wonder how the Silence Machine works. Well, it functions by analyzing the waves of the incoming

sound and creating a second set of outgoing waves. The two sets of waves cancel each other out.

Simply turn the machine or point it at the target, and your peace and quiet comes back.
Directed sound is a new technology that allows companies to use sound in much the same way

spotlights(聚光灯) are used in the theater. A spotlight lights up only one section of a stage;

similarly, “spotsound” creates a circle of sound in on targeted area. This can be useful for businesses

such as restaurants and stores because it offers a new way to attract customers. Restaurants can offer

a choice of music along with the various food choices on the menu, allowing customers more

control over the atmosphere in which they are dining. Directed sound is also beginning to appear in

shopping centers and even at homes.

46. What could be inferred from Paragraph 2 about the effect of the LRAD?

A. It causes temporary hearing loss.


B. It slows down a running man.


C. It makes it easy to identify a suspect.

D. It keeps the suspect from hurting others.

47. The Silence Machine is a device specially designed to ________.


“一

A. silence the people around you


B remove the sound of commercials


.

C. block the incoming sound waves


D. stop unwanted sound from affecting you

48. What feature do spotsounds and spotlights share?

A. They travel in circles.

B. They clear the atmosphere.

C. They can be transformed into energy.

D. They can be directed onto a specific area.

49. Directed sound can be used for ________.


A. creative designs of restaurant menus

B. ideal sound effects on the theater stage

C. different choices of music for businesses

D. strict control over any suspicious customer

50. What does the passage focus on?

A How professionals invented sound products.


.

B. Inventions in the field of sound technology.


C. The growing interest in the study of sound.


D. How sound engineers work in their studios. 高
D

After years of observing human nature, I have decided that two qualities make the difference

between men of great achievement and men of average performance curiosity and discontent. I have
“一

never known an outstanding man who lacked either. And I have never known an average man who

had both. The two belong together.


Together, these deep human urges (驱策力) count for much more that ambition. Galileo was

not merely ambitious when he dropped objects of varying weights from the Leaning Tower at Pisa

and timed their fall to the ground. Like Galileo, all the great names in history were curious and

asked in discontent, “Why? Why? Why?”

Fortunately, curiosity and discontent don’t have to be learned. We are born with them and need

only recapture them.

“The great man,” said Mencius (孟子), “is he who does not lose his child’s heart.” Yet most

of us do lose it. We stop asking questions. We stop challenging custom. We just follow the crowd.

And the crowd desires restful average. It encourages us to occupy our own little corner, to avoid

foolish leaps into the dark, to be satisfied.


Most of us meet new people and new ideas, with hesitation. But once having met and liked
,

them, we think how terrible it would have been, had we missed the chance. We will probably have

to force ourselves to waken our curiosity and discontent and keep them awake.

How should you start? Modestly, so as not to become discouraged. I think of one friend who

couldn’t arrange flowers to satisfy herself. She was curious about how the experts did it. How she is

one of the experts, writing books on flower arrangement.

One way to begin is to answer your own excuses. You haven’t any special ability? Most people

don’t; there are only a few geniuses. You haven’t any time? That’s good, because it’s always the

people with no time who get things done. Harriet Stowe, mother of six, wrote parts of Uncle Tom’s


Cabin while cooking. You’re too old? Remember that Thomas Costain was 57 when he published


his first novel, and that Grandma Moses showed her first pictures when she was 78.

However you start, remember there is no better time to start than right now, for you’ll never be

more alive than you are at this moment.


51. In writing Paragraph 1, the author aims to ________.


“一

A. propose a definition

B. make a comparison

C. reach a conclusion

D. present an argument

52. What does the example of Galileo tell us?

A. Trial and error leads to the finding of truth.

B. Scientists tend to be curious and ambitious.

C. Creativity results from challenging authority.

D. Greatness comes from a lasting desire to explore.

53. What can you do to recapture curiosity and discontent?


A. Observe the unknown around you.

B. Develop a questioning mind.

C. Lead a life of adventure.

D. Follow the fashion.

54. What can we learn from Paragraphs 6 and 7?

A. Gaining success helps you become an expert.

B. The genius tends to get things done creatively.

C. Lack of talent and time is no reason for taking no action.


D. You should remain modest when approaching perfection.

55. What could be the best tile or the passage?




A. Curious Minds Never Feel Contented

B. Reflections on Human Nature


“一

C. The Keys to Achievement


D. Never Too Late to Learn


2020 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试(天津卷)

英语笔试(第二次)

第Ⅱ卷

注意事项:

1. 用黑色墨水的钢笔或签字笔将答案写在答题卡上。

2. 本卷共 6 小题,共 35 分。

第三部分:写作

第一节:阅读表达(共 5 小题;每小题 2 分,满分 10 分)


阅读短文,按照题目要求用英语回答问题。

As any younger brother will tell you, having a big brother involves a lot of walking in someone

else’s shadow, especially when you have a brother who is a typical example of “cool”. For years I

wanted to do everything my elder brother Tyson did, but no matter how hard I tried, I was always

the neglected (被忽略的) one. My legs just weren’t made to run like his. I could never play football

or basketball well.

I probably would have continued trying to keep up with him for the rest of my high school

career, but when my family moved, everything changed. Tyson left for college, so I had to start at a

new school all by myself. This new start gave me an opportunity to redefine myself and discover an


entirely new version of “cool”.


I don’t know what made me decide to try some new activities at the new school, but one day I

chanced to show up for an after-school meeting of the Science Olympiad team. I had always been

fascinated with chemistry, biology, and math, but since those interests hadn’t fit Tyson’s definition

of “cool”, I had never pursued them. On this day, for some reason, I did.
“一

As we organized teams, prepared resources and practiced answering questions, I felt more

connected than I ever had to any sports team. I didn’t feel as though I needed to keep up with

anybody else; I was finally with peers who understood me. It was so good to feel accepted for what

I’m good at. For the first time in my life, I actually felt cool. Now I know who I am! I’m Tyson’s

little brother, but that’s only part of my identity. I’m a cool guy in my own way, too. I’m relieved to

know that “cool” has a much broader definition than what I used to think.

56. How do you understand the underlined part in Paragraph 1? (no more than 8 words)

_________________________

57. What changes offered a new start to the author after his family moved? (no more than 15 words)

_________________________

58. According to Paragraph 3, what marked the turning point in the author’s growth? (no more than

7 words)
_________________________

59. What does Paragraph 4 mainly talk about? (no more than 10 words)

_________________________

60. What is your example of “cool”? Please explain why. (no more than 20 words)

_________________________

第二节:书面表达(满分 25 分)

你 的英国朋友 Chris
61.假设你是晨光中学高三学生李津。你校于 6 月 8 日举办了成人礼活动,

很想了解该活动。你于当晚给 Chris 回一封电子邮件,介绍关情况,内容包括:


(1)成人礼活动内容(成长点滴回顾、观看校友抗疫事边录像);

(2)对活动的感受;


(3)对自己未来的展望。

注意:
“一

(1)词数不少于 100;

(2)可适当加入细节,使内容充实、行方连贯;

(3)开头已给出,不计入总词数。

参考词汇:

成人礼 the coming-of age ceremony

新冠脑炎 COVID-F9

Dear Chris,

I’m so glad to hear from you.

_______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

Yours,



“一




Li Jin
以上由公众号“一个高中僧”整理成册,码字不易,可能有偏差,若有发现,
及时联系我们修改。





“一


You might also like